Sah dutta tatictanetchade dated pee CAE Le An tee 1 mo ga Panto ws & hat naa tion Patan Palin tah aoAnAe OT ct a ect eS I ENS AEE COE IEE ES RAEI Sa en A Ran Sal Lace Nn Pla Pots te igi eh = we RD NT on eR ge ates ache! s . Nat ih AAD ry a Reto amon frre ae Ha NG ay ea} v Big eel PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1899. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW, DiS OF THE COUNCIL AN D OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1899. Dr. Joun ANDERSON, Vice-President. Wittim T. Branrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. Grorce A. Bovrencer, Ksq., F.RS. Epwarp Norrn Buxton, Esq. Witiiam E. pe Winton, Esq. Herzert Drvce, Esq., F.L.S. Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea- surer. Gen. Tue Hon. Fritpine, K.C.B. Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D. F, DuCans Gopman, Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President. F.RS., Sir Percy PRINCIPAL P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Frank KE. Brepparp, Ksq., Prosector. COUNCIL. (Hlected April 28, 1899.) Tue Dux or Brprorp, President. Dr. Apert GunrHer, F.I-S., Vice-President. Proresson GzEoreE B. Howns, LL.D., F.RS. Sir Huex Low, G.C.M.G. Ricwarpb Lypaxxksr, Esq., F.R.S. Str THomas Painn. Tar Hon. Lieven Roruscaitp, M.P. Howaxp Satyoers, Esq., F.L., Vice-President. Parrrp Lurity Scrarer, lisq., M.A.,Ph.D., F.BS., Sceretary. Cuartzs 8. Tomes, Esq., F.R.S. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President. WALTER OFFICERS. Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Mr. Crarence Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. Artnur Tomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super- intendent. Mr. F. H. Waternoussz, Librarian. Me. Jonn Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. H. Cote, Chief Clerk. Mr. Groren Artuur Dovsrupay, Clerk of Publications, ore ee TT LIST OF Tit CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. AMEGHINO, FLORENTINO, C.M.Z.S. On the Primitive Type of the Plexodont Molars of My lieurvavrineall Ste yy yen c ses avarice teiGN es obcs ena/es cute: ANDREWS, CHARLES WiLLIAM, B.Sc., B.A., F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir on the Osteology of one of the ereat Extinct Birds of Patagonia, Phororhacos inflatus On the Remains of a new Bird from the London Clay Orsheppeye) Colater Tile wei test e:.’s a's Soopers sacgen eeeuexe Barrett-Hamitron, G. HB. H., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Kuropean Squirrels (Sctwrus vulgaris) showing local colour- WEIS EUSP NST, Ble etcioah Gira ic o/a eae Mam MOEN ee ma Ie es oll sa On the Species of the Genus Mus inhabiting St. Kilda. Gelato Ney fe wre. MEMS ad Phe MRO Ae, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Varying Hare (Lepus variabilis) in the Spring moulting-stage . . a2 Page co lv Basserr-SMiru, Staff-Surgeon P. W., R.N., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S. On the Formation of the Coral-reefs on the N.W. @oastrok Australia’ s2.26) 5 ees ove aan oa A Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found on Fishes, with an Enumeration of the known Species. (Ga Enis) 9. ©: Gigi ES eae Nerrerenrne fs eC ER STIPE oc Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cerebral Convolutionsiof the Gorilla "25.0... > soe eee Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society, and Frparzs, Sora M. Notes upon two Earthworms, Pericheta biserialis and Urcehochota hespertduine.: herent oe ts See eee Benuam, W. Buaxtann, D.Sc., M.A., Professor of Biology, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand. On the Internal Anatomy of Notornis .............. Braavw, F. E., C.M.Z.S. On the Breeding of the Weka Rail and Snow-Goose in Captnvaty iaceio ds opooedseuacee > 46 Figs. 1,2. Muricella flexils. Figs. 3,4. M. tenera.. Euplexanng Gnttpathesy a. o)e\alela ie ielela ie 2 mii > + 2 hie J THEUTOCOT GUM MACE CSCW set eteh tats ol ve ys) seh) stele CUT OCORGHAUIM JONTSOTD yee e\eleioinie|«/cle +) «ils ea 57 Figs. 1 & 4. Pleurocorallium maderense. Figs. 2 & 5. JE, Volos, Nes By TE UMUCUOP Gaoe ce scnec Oude OWS CHET AG WS one ong dso ooo de oceee oon agin c 64 Fig. 1. Mus hirtensis. Fig. 2. M. muralis ........ dit IEBGARTA UG SODO\ Nelo aig n cen UB be CoO e8 SR ee Poo 96 Fig. 1. Tilapia marie. Fig.2. T. livingstoni. Fig. 3. If, CRVOMTIED poo honnebovos ne gen ooo douneo O09 98 Fig. 1. Tilapia rostrata. Fig. 2. T. zebra. Fig. 3. 18. GUERRA a ea cl 0m. OTE ACT PONS CG o Oia oe OOS ECMO WHED. ont besogude nee soe euesatonads 144 Ophisaurus harti i Fig. 1. Tropidonotus craspedogaster. Fig. 2. T. per- CUTE WIS! 6 Sao bn 16 be silaGhO DOO bE Skin cons Sonos Fig. 1. Tapinophis latouchit. Fig. 2. Trirhinopholis >159 BUI. dine Wed at SHOEI Or crciyaetonnte b | Fig. 1. Rana latouchit. Fig. 2. R. ricketti. Fig. 3. IETS HAO UUCHITTO, AOD POR Sb). 656 GOOG ae Anthropopithecus troglodytes kooloo-kamba, 2° (Solenng 2yieais Wes Fase eked oe eerste nie teat 296 Soc.—1899. b XVHi Plate Pace XXI. New Species of African Phytophagous Coleoptera .. 339 oak Gsteolosyiofithe ml abinetes ee eee ee rer 331 DOO) SOGNPCRLET CLINE Ha ROA PO Ana tort oe eS AAP GOO 415 XXV. Butterflies from British Hast Africa ............-. 417 ONGVIET ee Eanasitics Copepoda im rsei arn er eet aoe ee 438 XXVII. Ornis of the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil............ 508 OMVIOOG | ARGIOD. (URUODSTUTIG son 0905 608n ob nobsdebdncan ss: 517 a New Species of Exotic Spiders.................. 518 XXXI. Rhinopithecus roxellane | 579 NOOK nieenusisechuencrs!s Men) | 000 asec aa XXXII. XOXO.) Central Atrieanwuand=Shells 2 a\.5 cee ees 579 XXXV. EXOXOXGV JIE ne /7, 1072) CSU DIATUS =r Tare ele rte eer eet XXXVI. Fig.l. Zyphlops albiceps. Fig. 2. T. flower. Fig. 3. | 606 CHM ODS HYPE 25o00b04se000q00000000000% DOOCV em nothelphusc macula reer ttle yea nel eee 697 XXKIX. Figs. 1, 2, 4-9. Limnocaridina tanganyike. Vig. 3. Comaing iy ckiimeen Sarr eee ee eee 704 XL. Figs. 10-19. Limnocaridina tanganyike. Figs. 20-24, TAU AAUD (DOORD ah bBo ocleanep oo son po Oddo. NAGI Chirysichthysvbucticopen) rade wn tee eer ernie ) XLH. A. Chrysichthys biitttkoferi, juv. B. Hemichromis UP SHMOMIB s 66 0600400080 000000000000Cn90e00 jhe 2UIUOL, CEU STSULONS WORITUIS ans ogoeeacdoovosnoconsoe ee QUIN | COYRANIINS COMMROMEOISUS 255005 04cb85d0eb00000 XLV. A. Chrysichthys kingsleye. 3B. Petersius occidentalis. XLVI. ap @oralsifromithensonthy Paciie ye rr mee mercer 734 XLIX. Ibe SURG auee PS hal JBM0G o'o¢hencbooonsanoengodsecou 764 Iblig JERYDICANOD SHUNGORD, sngheaccdnepvenaconccens 776 IGANG AAO RUS SUNS oa onebcnccotcsangodoacnads 790 LIII. Brown female Kob from Sierra Leone............ 794. ULV. ‘The Weopardofthe| Caucasus) ace seme yer 795 LV. ee Wiest=Adrican! Arrachindallei eer intent tare 833 LVI. LIX. Tadpoles—1l. Rana macrodon. 2. R. tigrina. 3. Rhacophorus leucomystar ..........-+12.-+ +2 885 LX. Tadpoles—1l. Wicrohyla ornata. 2. Microhyla(?) sp.? CHV AVN OVTENOIGEUDS Soganocnacossnsaduscane> LXJ. Male Chilian Guemal (Mazama bisulca) .......... 917 F XIX Plate Page LXII. Lower teeth of Placental and Marsupial Carnivora. 929 Xe LXIV.> Efferent Branchial Vessels of Teleostean Fishes .... 939 LOW, LXVI. 1. Draco whiteheadt. 2. Acanthosaura hainanensis . ) LXVI. 1. Rana graminea. 2. Staurois hainanensis. 3. Rha- | BON CTOS: CAV GA ULI ern ahem OSM OM OR aCe oe +} 956 BNO ALM Car-conencanonitcheady cnr Kies sini ceo sale | LXIX. 1. Gymnostomus lepturus. 2. Barilius hainanensis.. | LXX. Butterflies from British Hast Africa.............. 962 LXXI. Skin of Smitheman’s Kob (Cobus smithemam) .... 981 IPXEN ME Osteolosy of theveycopodes! .u...5. ee ieca eee ees 1018 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT. 1899. Page AcaiseDeer. Maltormedtantlersyot ire mar ania erate ieee ieee ete 4 Halloween Ma lformed antlersiotan. neces ee ne en arene 4 LENGE GRIME, SHAUL CE soocdgaboussdconeaceedoubcocone noc 110 Jn RTES Crudilens., Chorncbene 1NOIS CH ocho s0cn0b0sausocnc0ceon0% 13 NESTOR UALS SUI G Ve ori ootoaona son aaceotpeogusnodb ood 6 14 Corvus coraz, to show diagrammatically the muscular fosse and TAUCSTA (ENMU RINOKTEV MR Sa Beading ao dooo Sbna ome oO Mb OIDoooOdoS> 15 Psittacus erithacus, for comparison with fig. 4 ..............008. 16 Nestor meridionalis, for comparison with figs. 4 and 5 ............ I INESiOTMMmentiuiondlisy QuadratesDOne Olen coerce 17 SURG LOS LOC OREN UMS, SIRWI OE oc oodcsbacconooangndoobconoures 18 Stringops habroptilus : part of skull of young individual for comparison TAMIR ON Oe Chen aH MI Gan la dod AeA OOS GO Dino 0 da0% 70-000 I Stringops habroptilus, Quadrate bone of ..............++-+..00e: 19 Wormusidomicellameartiotskullvot meme seer cis eee irene 20 ACROSS CLAIMS, SAW OE She scuoocdopos doen aceaccsvodue 22 Microglossus aterrimus, Quadrate bone of ........-..-...-5-s55: 22 Cacaiuarduconps:, Skulliot) aricee netic eos eee ete 3 emensasica, iS KUlWOf ee ree eee ea toe er eee 24 Cnllocephalon galeatunw Skulltataee ey acre ee eee 24 Calopsitiacus nove-hollandie, Part of skull of..........-..+..000- 25 PAM AA OT MYM CHUSWLY CEI emesis Kant) Note as) ese olen eneie creel aie 27 Alina MOOG, SNA GE akon odowoaboocadasonds ora sadooosc. 28 Anachlonoptera Quadnrate bone Oty a pyael-citeririe i) eee 28 Comins cerugenosus, >i Ol pee ey ae en nelle tae eee tte 29 Mii CSO SAM OF Ae yosegacoddosobeaacdbeuoescote anol: 30 Chiysotus ested, Quadrate bonelol em eaeeee ee eels nee 30 Cmeamelanocephala, siaullot, Veiemer meen ites cl aes 31 XX1 Page Gaica melanocephala, Quadrate bone Of ....+...2sess.ccenseccs: 31 PEeOe OUCH LUIS USCUCCIOILUS SKULL) OM salays, «sieves «6.6, sto eee) eo ea we kas B31 ORCA BSI CAS WO AMIL, Offsreraiing as, Sd y sted ed 58 4 Levon 4 habeaaies HOG M2 32 Dasypelus pecguetz, lmpertect skull of. ..........0.0enoues ess 33 LBM BOOS, COPA Pts) S00) CO) San ene EE obs ok ny rn Cn aN 34 Manyonalhus megalorhynchus, Skull of... ..6..: ose sales dee sess dd Tanygnathus megalorhynchus, Quadrate bone of ......,......... 35 PICU OMNT TO RROD SKU OL!) 2s /alaala 5) gala. (ccni cae eye ey elo Ne 30 PAMROSINICLUS CHAROPYGIUs, SIKU OL 25. tots .s5... la. Serta eaan cis 35 ee CLO DSIsy PCr SOMGED Wo Kullu Otis mys icles sug ielsya spel eta eecra a aiek 36 aOR LL O BSUS Me NMEOITON Ve TE STON Oly ye sheys setlals sels lads since hake apne ste ie 36 AGO MOIS FOSCICHPULUS SKU MOL )e,2 4.2.12 22s laia eae tS ieee ete ie 37 GTEC CUS CLCGO NS. anti Olj Skully Oe Aun alee) 4s cae aay eeieid | ee 37 BOP LPUCUS LULU CECTASIS es SAN NO Lays a5) 5. = cyah viel shee rot clad eve ee Mats gic oh 38 Nymphicus weensis, Auditory region of .............0eeccceeeee 38 MUO SiHLACUSTUMALATUS | SKUNGO Ln. scuaey aciieat any el or eee 39 MEO CORMULUMUCEUCOLOTN scr teles d.c7es co sei sc+ tes pS ENV oe 58 Gorilla, Brain of, belonging to R. College of Surgeons. Dorsal view. 66 Lateral view. 67 ” ” oD my) - A 5 University of Oxford. Dorsal view.. 69 FA os i R. College of Surgeons. Vertical view. 70 i SEN Miho SA x ody av Seal hy Nett aN SAY oy SP vad Cc REN SION ct seh 71 ‘es SSM Eb. ces coyastaegratny cho eual av cucrake trae Opa R PONS EE 72 A 5 iorsall VAG Wp srh-oe a cach souk vs Sra. tA eo cn eee ae ae 73 Notornis, A semidiagrammatic plan of the intestinal coils of ...... 2 Notornis: A. The tongue and neighbow ing parts of the floor of the mouth of; B. Enlarged view of the postglottidean longitudinal MOnecH OL MP APUG VOL, 45, s5.05) eb cWN apclous as) Alaa. 5,5, 3 cea Rah tae 91 loans wlherskeletoniot the larynxiol | 25 45.2 .seeasenades aan 92 herons. lhersyrinx Of dorsal View si)42/452 vy cess. sae aclaersieus O4. Rnroniis ub ersyrltix, Of verioral View oss 1a. a. . 4 ueaeens ae 95 MiGioiis. line syrinx OL, trom thenlettisidel. s)./).1) 04a ae 96 ONY DUD, OBSCURE CLIN No coer AEDS, COMER PLEO A RR ea MMe 5 5h) Maas Gs 159 Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia.......... 147 eswonebroushton Island) NOW Australia, (2.05. saacee ce aenee: 158 Ophisaurus harti, Lower jaw of ....... se fehl ob ete al Eee 16) Tachydromus septentrionalis, Chin of, showing unusual number of SIGS onto ooh A MOAN EEL ncn eer yeer nts Siesta ets arte) ick gue 162 BCC) U SRILET OL) CN CEIES py 0) fanlah hat he obey acs ceevs ees gles eke Ake Mee Ree 173 BEE CUUCILLESE RGU ICT AUUSG GY 2,21 ¢ le hee Ney as) ayo2y Sno Sp eats GM ER ea 173 PSE COD ESCA TICOUMIUS Sires dey Vers thet-1 1idheycis\s) 5; 01 al Ap a ee 174 LL RSCUCTIO UOT ES SAREE ATMO OG CER OE GIs & V7 DLO CCH OStCOSCHIC I SAIN i myartnt suaer. 314) eee ane SPeberheeatebstiactupawiets 178 ALRGLOCIIOS GAY EO LOS She OIA AAO DAPI EMAL ois 86 %.0,.00 ce RN oh 180 PCR OSELOMILCLLCULOSCULS Uom Beak a. 3.200) she as = ba Gian IA A ER ole ae chu 182 DRE OSLES IUD IS SM Wal) siatal a tra: Meo 4a 0 dee ee AME ee i aaa: 183 Page OWI (IO MOLLOSOD, (Blo banc aodbusnansopnene sooo b boo cno. 183 GTA EHE CHIALTIES RG, ces Staae do como gdse soos ouosmeacok. gp c 184 OF-Cnanay GIPCSEF TUS Gyeh ene ae ee eee eee rea 185. 1 ISRO PRUE LE, EG goon wesecospvabobogaddcnsonomoredoss 185 ROMITIES (PUBOSUDS (i Sonos ea soos po seub onto oscudMas paccn. 187 JEAN OUCUCIHORE HONS) (8 55 a2 2080060260002 b0do Faroe oD HONK E sa sod 189 I MSOBIUGS EPI DISA G15) HOLE Aa oO A DIA n.6 O61 indo OR Omit aad on 8\c.0% 190 CrocidophonapryOpRona cin. aie se ek ete enn ot 191 IVEGTUCON TL ESEULLUUS amor cement ones PEACE a ate el ee ae Te bE 194 BA CLOUGESICIIVETEDIUS BON ee ee ee ei cen 195 CERTGUA CALC COU AIS GL Waele ere SIE oes Ch tece ain ne ene Eien es 195 JRO ROMDMOOUES WODORUND) “Aaa sbascess soos ocueteogoccu0Cs a. 196 J PUT RUETAA SOD IETS SCN GER MRAP LS CLF Oa Cee NUCL RE GI Pee O0 00.0)0-0 - 199 IDSCORITOS OLGA CG Snaceacesodoocuespesoncooacanpoce: 200 BINGHLO DN MONO CLULCIIC NS rapt. 1ar. eee etree ree ee ee 201 JER EON HNO URISUOS (6) te dbo datz cos Ob up bocce asouoOme cs: 202 URECLOSO MUA NIE YCRUELDIUNCLOLS aime tak Plee eee ere ee 206 LOMPROMARIERE CAMATHUS, (0) Gash onodgedioobanboraoosog4 soa0506 20 206 IEOCTORE GEASILS, CG oooasecssgoooosabasovorsvooosesnoe roe Ue PRU CLENONES LASAOLIS aimee Ey ey eeiele este eae ee ee 208 DD VASETIUG PAMOUIUTLUS Wipe aie so ie at eae ce Te ke ee 213 Jieielo eae MOG NONI), Cl so bab dceanoodseos cas scn0bendeusne: 214 VAGIUOUSTRONCHLAIAIUNGLIS. AG Cae eer eet eae 215 LGD TAO COMMEQINS (i ene dooocceddas mos eqonsg ne goabaogesoou> 216 S]o5 UG HOU, GOPELLAOS, GB a bobowacaccoceabobcodsocpnusazaacces 217 Ta OCR COU TEREST OOUCT LS: are lee ean Bonn Olea a an A aio vordor eo BEG tLe Goda 6-400 217 iMG MORHOO CORTULIIS) b Gacansacacegoocousosegoconnoscss 218 LNGESYG TOUCH ORI. Gomogaedascdhoasncnusdodscasbocoosnc0d 219 TERUG (DAM UE (Ch Sova tage douse agoUnn Aes eronemeo-no000 219 Mich ocausi@ dynisimebrialis, oy anne meer el ceiae ae ieee 220 WNOOhAG Olube alts: “Bice sss bee Rhee Oe Oe oe ee 220 Manisanatallitsalis, Gy -ciseat ee acini cite terete oes oe ere 222 HEemiscopis SU Usaliss GB. he eaten ita oe ee eee at Oe eee 223 JOSH COOL OTE SAN NG AE Ssihitinced oi MH oa SAO A Bina eas qiao 50.99° 224 IB OOLOnChamantimalsy G sn spake eens weiner en cies cic cee 225 VAL ELOCEN TNA: ChIONASPIS Gilt. asim ee Re eee ee ee ee 226 IP PROLACOMELISICONSEFICTA SG iis Rie cine as SCE Roe Cee see 226 VAG LOO CO RALNT Pea DOR 2 G1 has Ane Ore BI AG CO pI on 6 227 Galamochrous tranquillalis, (Sie ne. en ee ee eee 227 Oybalonia pentadalis, Swe atelier eee eee 228 IPROCHONISEIS MeDICAPUALES VS) we tty Wiehe ent eke are ee 230 CYRCAEINAENE GILES ctistchasem niet Sale ork eer tes eae ok eae a ee 230 IMinesictena GuUaadrales, GO \ i. ue eco eed: eee eae ee 231 Ewenistis.asyphela,y oS \Gh va siaislatien se lodon oiokelats cies eee eee 232 IMEONOCONGTUBTANS «SG See aes & i een ee Rei hoe ee 232 Edolophid sujemetausy S$ | iandsne eit -)ie roe ea ee eee 235 ARHEOCOSINIAKCON CINTA. 9. esa ertale Ke Meee Ae aise areca ne 234 Page WIG PUTO OM ELUE TILA: GS rabyeke ie cate cchaie) ts Biovetehs sxe viagsiAinutsets oan ates 234 WRLETCOMLORTILELLESH Cat eae oF nee SY eee eat eT eRe A al LOO MME SETANIOIZELUGS Gitar UPA re Stee te eee Gs ee PLE Se fUaeay DOU. JPUIUUROR POTPOGIL aH AG A OCD CR TO COREE OT cece Cet ere tee 240 SPIEL CLTUN USSU UELULE 1 Ul Wclicks)@ Shah ete. they erate) eb elcosh a Bin pegehe eo tieke> sh etonevionel 251 RTE CCEROP IS) VCUC OPIS Ne rata gs sia crocrerciete eres ie cto she erat oie inl) yea 251 NRE SLORCOCLES HUIS IW Outi MteRet a chert ay ee) a dept buey Sea dcl shone \e-anolaeeyensbour sac tyshmsysioss 252 SGUADOAS COREE) ane ACA OM OCIS ODIO DERE eee oD a Ee 275 PMECLCLETEOMPIZA DUCE Cael isienaPits sicraln ail /atahariale ei epalis bee ahaMer Wee ica eat ane is 27 CEA ROLES CURARTITUDS 6) WB GOBIND A ea OR icin aes DCA 30 CO agOame 276 TN AD OSIOTED (AUT CRUE ON ORO Oe OI AO ON HES Wer eaee acre 277 IM EQRADUGRALS, Keio Ae Al oe co or OOOO AEE Occ oor Crt Ce 278 PELE TEO HC! OO CLO EN CRATE Reicha tary inchs faethe oso se eke hore tela ascites 289 EAS UR UULCULASCURILS Y Gipsy cour Oca 5 ac, Wa eee cathe) wales aes eee aie 28] PLOCERLOROLUS NESTLE a. ON ars vopegaeyh iene arte ays evincojauslla pen stata pe kous hehe ve aigear ee OS NSWITACELUISULSEELCCOLOT Moin rote Sirs chaies Pedal wh ceva Stnacenel toi repent Pou See sic 282 INE ODEN CRA CELOM ACLU IA iain ey spas choc siuelnicw a ebre satel cuenst sd tae on 283 SR IICOMCSEILICT OFLU DILMLISs Gym oh yioes © aia ay en tia ales hayecuchee ekiieno 284 WE ICOMESRLORCLY LLU umn nib roses nies oe eRe MOEN Riera RCS QRH Muntjac, Horns of Indian, and of another specimen ............-. 295 Oceanodroma leucorrhou, Inner and outer views of the lower jaw of AMRIT SUITS gee tie aa ele: oy het cre toner etinert Mav atedsac ache RAG aoc atens Sends 392 Tubinares, Diagram to indicate the inter-relationships of the ...... 402 PEACE CSI COILED NE Gu itevopeys ole ecCate ste wis tt meaty of ayer ove Raters yaley o1 nt or svlonshete de \aue 428. eae SMe tC. © ALDUS) OL myayete es cceln uske oe cies pe) ole Srousonstean today eelie dave 429 MP ECSESCINEIUS IS SGU LOL) ovaevushths«.%, crtvidlavs ed aeuaiedals 4 austaheqdtadueda ee 534 CCRIDOS! CIULAIESS Ws) 8 ee) Me cam es eat EERE CEN ne eT er er 585 DEES COPTER ARES) AUG ters Sei cRNA Renee Ore Oe Ce SOE 538 Wena TECSOMELTS WO ICU OL 2 ere. sy c.shaeeten ale sew eseicl ci spemekcbya iat a hears 540 CUONS URGO RPS TSEC NIGH Ge ees Cocke eae ome Aa do etd acc 541 Manis Vulpes egy PUaCUs, Skull OL eid. ciey ors ake <0 eek Vacs ee ei 544 CERES UTES TEC) CO sinhaeeet aio cs Mann siete © ar 7 OMe. Gino b45 COIS TOCA TSN UO Sad owe sin Mn OA Oke ten A Sb aoese c Oot 546. Cimads Copxahs, Sl Ck oeoaanadcoconeoue PES shh Pe ck ope meu 547 PRA LUISRC ION UA aS HAMM ULy Ole | eadayeh sha, iets. eck « eo) et RMS} oh hays ers evairsereg< 548 Canis zerda, Skull of ...... fer Ee Eee St 29k ee ce eee 549 EOE. GAGES ISU Noe Uinieeecoee ee opm ee sbocme cole So: 550 LVGTGEB (OIEHTS) IS EO aos cose ae OOCe ic i oor ceo ose 552 Proteodidelphys precursor: right mandibular ramus, outer aspect .. 557 Proteodidelphys precursor: sixth right lower molar, external and SITE VES US irons POO ene Or mono rodoc ceo" occ eC one 558 Cyonasua argentina: fifth right lower molar, superior and external OS OC RIMS olen Og clo ie Den eee Reese ame eeicas coi 4 os ergrcimia ec 559 Halmariphus didelphoides : fifth right lower molar, superior and ex- erMeASPECt scree cies ee dicts & nfale crete ay tars oele MR esteL ts cheba 559 Halmariphus guaraniticus: fifth right lower molar, superior, internal, ANGE xLETMANAS PC a oiaate somo. oe cl piensa eres Beet vee tl aca Yate 560 XX1V Page Cephalomys proraus: last right lower molar, superior aspect ...... 560 Deuterotherium distichum: fifth right lower molar, superior and external aspect....... Wiel eRe MeVaAt ah Mel ste’ arsine ier age se Ute eaealie ister ipe a ate 56] Morphippus imbricatus: fifth right lower molar, superior aspect .. 562 Morphippus imbricatus ; fifth right lower molar of adult, superior SPCC DMM ale ill a ars WEN Cac Lod svarlavannl steel rst aietia obeaRe ee roro a ea eae Re 563 Notohippus toxedontoides : fifth right lower molar, superior aspect .. 563 Equus caballus, Crown ot homologous tooth of existing............ 563 Archeophilus patrius: fifth right lower molar, unworn and worn, SUPOLIOLASPeCtamn amma racine eissi a celts alan ciel eee oe eeeeee 5€3 Notopithecus fossulatus: fifth right lower molar, slightly worn, Extenniaimancesupenaraspectias ssa \autt-uia acy: ace oleae 564 Pitheculus australis: fifth right lower molar, superior and external YS) OEY ON 2 cer Ac pean en Peace Mie SHH ameNAInE Bid) dc, c O64 Homunculus patagonicus: fifth right lower molar, superior and Externalbas pect Qn jf. s,s aid marvay sonisl sea ae = eee 565 Proteodidelphys precursor: third right lower molar, external and unternalWaspeet es. soid eters Sea Ae eer ea Tee 566 Homunculus patagonicus: second to sixth lower molars, superior FNS] 01 5) 0 Ra nic st ca SES AA tL Seen nintet Aaa ters Ses 0 567 Tanthanotus borneensis, Open mouth of 4.2) .s. 4... cee nese 597 Bell-birdaC@ arunculated witead of es 144 eae eee 713 Bera Greys: Sy (CLG UUs igieLon pacers i: ae erento eee 714 Chrysichthys) auratus (Leethy on) palate of) 5 ..)2.5.......4ee see 719 Chrysichthys macrops 3 Sith at | ache schlentsttdale me Reet ote ea 719 Chrysichthys walkerv 7 SiO Avicis datton ta ee ey eee 720 Chrysichthys biittikofert BS pie allie te dea Ae ee 722 Chrysichthys ogowensis - Bp Wh oitale cadence tes ne 724 Chrysichthys lagoensts 5 Te Veo taomabioo ob Dotd oo55 726 Chrysichthys persimilis: upper and lower teeth ................-. 727 Chrysichthys kingsleye : wpper and lower teeth .................. 729 Cephalophuswayjilatus, Gs lot ae eee eee U2 Prophuethon shrubsolet, Skull of, from above ..........++...-00- hdl ET OMUGeLLOn Shiesole), Moelwas Oke t Piet eer en ee 782 Wasalsilanvdius, Ovadevclendvot ei eee ee ee Bee Salat Cee 786 Wasauslarvatus, us it: eee dh oky meh ete e yee en ee 786 dydrocherus, Brain of, dorsal yiew........-4-.0.2--0 + 52-0 eee 799 Hay drochoerus setae Ofmventraliayic was ae ents ere eee 800 Hydrocherus, Cerebral hemispheres of, dorsal view .............. 801 Hydrocherus, Brain of, inner view of hemispheres .............. 802 sen Onochcerts:ssrain Of naeray ewer: nt en een eee 802 Pericheta biserialis, Spermathecal segments of ............000 00s 806 Trichocheta hesperidum : ventral view of anterior segment........ 807 Trichocheta hesperidum: sperM-sac ... 0.6.00. e cece veces ieee 808 TevOpa cles CR Pansy i hs oe Ae ael el Gee ae 818 Aniipathelia gracilis”, : MNEs NIN Y SN Rasy), Let oy Senay, ey aaa 820 Spies fof Corals], Arrangement of assassinate en anne 823 XXV Paze ebrappulentcler ColGViy Sue tempi selec sects) hot Grae) tars. 4 arnsy sichelg ned) Sao. crs, 4 825 CeregeeUySICONQLCUS! inoue 3 A. oc08\ 6 5 Svar Vehseeutainre siete alesis we ate > 827 Swamp-Deer (Cervus duvaucelt) from Central Provinces, Head of .. 829 Chilian Guemal (Mazama bisulea), Head of an adult male ........ 918 Prosqualodon australis, Upper surface of skull of ................ 920 Prosqualodon australis, Lateral aspect of skull of ....... HCA Sul ett 921 tAptenodytes pennants, Weathers Of |... 5. een ees ees ce oss 980 Loder’s Puku (Cobus vardont loderv), Skull and horns of .......... 933 Musk-ox, Youue male, vino at) Wobuim) 30... 0f- ee. snes oe 985 Colymbus septentrionalis and Podicipes cristatus: outer aspect of palsies limmbyomadialty Yop vals ects ceeirepolekeny Shales: obese ey dusvartuslaee. 1088 Podicipes cristatus : outer aspect of pelvic limb of nestling........ 1033 Proc. Zoo. Soc. —1899. C XXV1 LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS. 1899. Page Page AMthrodes (Arachn.) .........+-- 861 Monocida (Coleopt.) ............ 370 Endolophia (Lapid.) ............ 233 Notomela (Coleopt.) ............ 357 Aalticella (Coleopt.) ............ 357 Oralien (Copepoda)............... 489 Hemixantha (Coleopt.) ......... 367 Orneates (Coleopt.) ............... 345 Heteroseodra (Arachn.) ......... 839 Palystodes (Arachn.) ............ 879 Taniifera (Lepid.) .............6. 134 Prophaethon (Aves) ............ 776 Tamnocaridina (Crust.) ......... 704 Limnothelphusa (Crust.) ...... 698 Richiardia (Copepoda) ......... 478 Malyernia (Coleopt.) Borne 346 Tapinophis (Rept.) . ............. 164 Metaprotus (Lepid.) ............ 282 ERRATA. P. 715, bottom line, for “ Parkfield ” read ‘ Pakefield.” P. 716, 22nd line from top, for “was probably identical with ” read “ was probably not identical with.” PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 17, 1899. Dr. ALBERT GtntuER, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1898 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December was 80, of which 20 were by presentation, 1 by exchange, 19 by purchase, 35 were received on deposit, and 5 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 97. Dr, F. P. Moreno exhibited and made remarks upon the original specimen of the recently described mammal Meomylodon hstai, which he believed to be a portion of the skin of one of the old Pampean Mylodons now quite extinct. Mr. Sclater read some extracts from letters recently received from Mr. J. 8. Budgett, F.Z.S., who had been sent by the Council on a scientific mission to the Gambia (see P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 852). Mr. Budgett had arrived at M‘Carthy’s Island, 127 miles up the river, on Nov. 11, and up to the date of his last letter (Dec. 8) had been principally occupied in collecting Fishes. He had obtained a large number of Polyptert of different sizes, the Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. I. 1 2 MR. A. H. COCKS ON HYBRID STOATS AND FERRETS. [Jan.17, largest being about 19 inches in length. The ovaries of the females did not appear to be nearly ripe, and, according to native reports, these fishes did not spawn until the wet season. Only two of the whole number possessed external gills. Altogether, examples of about twelve species had been procured, amongst which were two of Mormyrus, a Malapterurus, several Siluroids, and a Sword-fish, 8 feet 6 inches in length. Mud-fish (Protopterus) were stated by the natives to be abundant in the adjoining swamp, but Mr. Budgett had not yet succeeded in obtaining specimens. Mr. Budgett was also collecting Birds and Insects (principally Orthoptera and Hemiptera). Mr. A. H. Cocks, F.Z.8., exhibited some living specimens of supposed hybrids between the Stoat (Mustela erminea) and the Ferret (1. furo), and remarked that it was only on seeing the first of his specimens that his scepticism as to the possibility of such hybridity had been removed. arly in 1898 he had seen an advertisement respecting some half-bred Stoats and Ferrets, and had purchased three of them; and was so satisfied as to their genuineness, that he subsequently purchased the remainder of the breeder’s stock, making six specimens in all. One female died from foot-rot; the second became pregnant to a Polecat, but miscarried almost at the last moment; the third (exhibited) was at the date of purchase said to be a week gone in young to a male hybrid purchased at the same time, and in due course produced a fine litter of 4 males and 1 female (one of the males was also exhibited). The breeder (a railway signalman) had made most positive and straightforward statements as to the animals being the undoubted offspring of a male Stoat and female Ferret (both white and dark), and Mr. Cocks had taken an opportunity to interview him personally ; he stated that he had bred altogether some six litters between Stoats and Ferrets, and considered such cross, if anything, easier to breed than pure Ferrets. At the time of Mr. Cocks’s visit, a young Weasel was sharing a hutch with a pair of Ferrets. The specimens, including the second generation, were exactly alike, except the father of the second generation, which was some- what paler but with identical markings, and was probably born from a white Ferret. Ferrets of course varied very greatly in the body-colour, but Mr. Cocks had never seen any Ferrets with exactly the body-colour or texture of pelage as these, and this improvement on the ordinary quality of a Ferret’s pelt was seen in Polecat and Ferret crosses. The following points also showed a resemblance to Stoats:—bright yellow throats ; a small spot of yellow on the (true) knee; the distal portions of the feet were white, the colour terminating abruptly ; the ears were broader than a Ferret’s, and much more so than a Polecat’s; the moustachial bristles were finer and more numerous than in a Polecat, but 1899. ] ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. 3 possiby this last point might not hold good in a large series of Ferrets. Of the British Mustelide, the Stoat had by far the biggest feet in proportion to its size; the Polecat had relatively very small feet, those of Ferrets being decidedly larger; while the feet of these hybrids were markedly larger than the normal size of those of Ferrets. Mr. Cocks also exhibited the skull of the reputed hybrid which had died ; together with, for comparison, a skull of a Stoat, of a Polecat, and of a Polecat-Ferret cross (cf. ‘ Zoologist,’ 1880, p. 396). Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited some specimens of malformed antlers of the Axis and Fallow Deer, and made the following remarks upon them :— “The Axis Deer (Cervus avis) (fig. A, p. 4) lived over three years in the Manchester Zoological Gardens, and on its death the body was kindly sent to me by the proprietors, Messrs. Jennison. For a considerable portion of this time it had seemed to be in ill-health. The horns were never shed during that time. About two years ago the soft tumour-like excrescences began to form at the base of the horns. I saw it early last year, and it was then apparently suffering from some wasting disease, probably tuberculosis. It died early in December. There was unfortunately no post-mortem; but judging from numerous notes and specimens collected, and from records in veterinary pathology, I think the specimen is interesting as showing the intimate association between continued ill-health and defective horn-growth. “The Fallow Buck (Cervus dama) (fig. B, p. 4) was five years old when shot in August last and was in good condition. Throughout last year it had grown a perfectly normal pair of horns. The abnor- mality of the left horn is apparently due to a purely local cause, viz., imperfect formation of the ‘“ burr” directly after shedding the horns, causing the temporal artery, which supplies the blood to the horn when at the velvety stage, to course through a hole in the centre of the burr, and so dividing the beam up into points. Some indication of disease at the pedicle is also apparent.” Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of European Squirrels, Sciwrus vulgaris Linneus, to illustrate the local colour-variations. He pointed out that the British Squirrel was as different from those found on the Continent as any animal could well be, being distinguishable at all seasons of the year and not intergrading with Continental specimens, Yet naturalists had been slow to recognize this fact; and the extra- ordinary seasonal changes in the coat of the animal (unparalleled, he believed, among mammals) had never been systematically studied until taken in hand by Mr. Oldfield Thomas (see ‘ Zoologist,’ 1896, p- 401). The correct name for the British Squirrel (as had been pointed out by Mr. Thomas) appeared to be Sccwrus leucurus' Kerr. 1 Spelt lewcowrus by Kerr (ef. ‘ Animal Kingdom,’ p. 256, 1792). 1* 4 MALFORMED ANTLERS OF AXIS AND FALLOW DEER. [Jan.17, A. Malformed antlers of Axis Deer. B. Ditto of Fallow Deer. ~ 1899. ] ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. D It differed from the Continental Squirrel of all localities in the fact that the tail was never red (except occasionally in a few quite young specimens, and then never so bright as in Continental specimens), but brown, and that it bleached regularly each season to a dirty cream or straw-colour. On the Continent of Europe the Squirrels of all localities were greatly affected with total or partial melanism, which made them rather a difficult subject for study. Excluding the melanisms, which had from time to time received names,—such as S. niger Kerr 1792, from Lake Baikal, S. alpinus F. Cuvier 1821, from the Pyrenees, and S. ttalicus Bp. 1838, from Italy,—Mr. Barrett- Hamilton. stated that he knew of three subspecies of Squirrel in Northern and Central Europe, of which the first was found in Germany, Northern France, Belgium, Holland, and Switzerland, and was distinguishable all the year round by its bright red colour. In the North and East, the Central European Squirrel met and intergraded with a lighter red form, which in winter became almost grey, while the typical S. vulgaris of Linneus would appear to be restricted to a comparatively small area in South Scandinavia. The latter approached nearest to S. leucurus, but was at once distinguishable by the redness of the tail, which, moreover, did not bleach. ‘To all these forms, except the typical S. vulgaris, the names given to them by Robert Kerr in 1792 appeared to be applicable. Their distribution was in accordance with what might be expected from a knowledge of the existing climatic conditions of Europe; and it was interesting to find the milder portions of Scandinavia inhabited by a Squirrel which approached more nearly to the British than to any other form. The occurrence of this torm might be parallel to that of a Wren, Troglodytes bergensis, which had been described by Stejneger from South Scandinavia. It was also interesting to find that the light red Squirrel of Northern Scandinavia, Lapland, and Russia occurred farther south in propertion to the extension of its range eastward and inland, and was thus found in Poland, Eastern Prussia, and Hungary. Of the Squirrels of South Europe he had nothine to say for the present. For the proper appreciation of the local colour- variations of the common European mammals a large series of skins collected in different localities was essential, and the little already accomplished towards the accumulation of such a series had been largely due to the energy of Mr. Oldfield Thomas. The following was a brief diagnosis of the colour-distinctions of the European subspecies of Sciurus vulgaris, together with that of one subspecies from Siberia : — SCIURUS VULGARIS RUFUS Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 255 (1792). Hab. Central Europe: North of France, Belgium, Holland, Germany (except the east), Switzerland, and parts of Northern Austria. Colour—of ear-tufts, body, and tail red all the year round, the 6 ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. [Jan. 17, winter coat in perfectly typical specimens only differing from that of summer in its much greater thickness. I have seen specimens from a number of German localities, in the more northern of which the winter coat contains a more or less amount of white or grey hairs on the flanks, thus intergrading with the next subspecies. ScIURUS VULGARIS VARIUS Kerr, op. cit. p. 256 (nec Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-As. 1831, i. p. 183). . Hab. Northern Scandinavia, Lapland, Northern and Central European Russia, Poland, East Prussia, parts of Hungary, and Western Siberia. Colour—in summer red, but lighter than S. rufus; im winter the body is more or less completely shining grey, nearly white, with the tail and ear-tufts red. In some specimens there is also a trace of the red colour on the dorsal line, head, and legs. ScIuRUS VULGARIS TYPICUS. Hab. South Norway and Sweden. Colour—in summer the body resembles in its brownish-red tints that of S. lewcwrus, but the tail is red, and does not bleach when the hairs are old and worn; in winter, the body-coat is composed of soft greyish-brown hairs, the summer tints remaining visible to a variable extent on the dorsal line and legs. SciuRUs VULGARIS CALoTUS Gray, Anu. Mag. N. H. xx. p. 272 (1867). Hab. Fastern Siberia, the exact limits uncertain ; but specimens in the British Museum labelled as from Wilni (Siberia), Seoul (Corea), Southern Manchuria, Sachalin Island, Pekin, and Nepal all appear to belong to a single form. Colour—in winter darker than S. varius. I have seen no summer skins which are not melanisms, but a winter skin which I purchased at Hakodate, Yezo Island, shows a trace of rufous colour on the central dorsal line. This subspecies might possibly prove to be identical with that from the River Obi, to which the name of S. vulgaris argenteus had been given by Kerr (op. cit.). In conclusion Mr. Barrett-Hamilton said that he ventured to suggest that when a further knowledge of the local variations of European mammals should have been gained, it might be found that the European Continent might be divided, for the purposes of study of the geographical distribution of mammals, into some such areas as those represented by the different subspecies of Squirrels to which he had now drawn attention. The following papers were read :— 1899.] ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTH SEAS. 7 1. General Account of a Zoological Expedition to the South Seas during the years 1894-1897. By Arruur WILLEy, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab. [Received January 16, 1899.] The main object of my recent journey to the South-west Pacific was the investigation of the life-history of the Pearly Nautilus. My first destination was the Island of New Britain (Neu-Pommern) in the Bismarck Archipelago, as this had already become knownas a locality where living Nautiluses could be obtained in abundance. The principal difficulties which had to be coped with were owing to the comparatively deep water—50 to 70 fathoms—in which Nautilus pompilius lives. It is only to be caught at night—both in Blanche Bay and in Talili Bay, on opposite sides of the Gazelle Peninsula—in native fish-traps baited with small fish. After finding the tracts where Nautiluses congre- gated in shoals at night, I would, on the following morning, go over the same ground with the dredge. Almost always the dredge would come up full of pumiceous fragments. In fact I came to the conclusion in New Britain, which | afterwards confirmed in the Loyalty Islands, that the feeding-ground is not the breeding-ground of the Nautilus—or, in other words, that the Nautilus migrates in shoals nocturnally from deeper into shallower water in quest of food. The Nautilus will eat any animal-food which is offered to it, from a fowl to a sea-urchin, and from a langouste to a shrimp, but its natural food consists chiefly of small Decapod Crustacea. When attacking a shrimp, for example, the Nautilus dart: forward with great rapidity, and enclosing the victim within its tentacular complex seizes it between its powerful beak-like jaws. It can protrude its body by action of protractor muscles far beyond the mouth of the shell, but it only does this when occasion demands. When normally swimming, the body is slightly raised as to com- pletely expose the eyes above the level of the margin of the shell, and to allow free entrance for the water into the mantle-cavity and exit through the cleft siphon. Like all the other Cephalopods, Nautilus swims backwards with considerable speed. It holds the shell, when swimming, in one position only, namely with the spire and with the mouth of the shell directed upwards, as shown in the photograph here exhibited. | Nautilus is incapable of capsizing its boat as described by Rumphius. After spending the best part of a year in New Britain, during which I made new observations upon the vascular system and branchial sense-organs, I determined to change my base, and accordingly proceeded to the Eastern Archipelago of British New Guinea. Meanwhile, however, I had made a prospecting journey to New Hanover, where I found the natives baling out their canoes with Nautilus-shells. J made no further progress during the five months I spent in New Guinea so far as Nautilus is concerned, 8 ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTH SEAS. [Jan. 17, but I captured four specimens of Ctenoplana’, which yielded a number of results of some interest. This remarkable form, halt Ctenophore and half Plathelminth, had previously only been obtained as a unique specimen by the Russian naturalist Korotneff, off the west coast of Sumatra in 1886. Korotneff’s account was inaccurate in many details, and his discovery of the type was regarded with some scepticism. My re-discovery of this creature is therefore matter of satisfaction. All four specimens were taken from a drifting cuttle-bone off the Conflict Lagoon in the Louisiades, British New Guinea. From the Deboyne Lagoon, in the same Archipelago, I obtained a species of Amphiowus belonging to the subgenus Asymmetron, previously known only from the West Indies. This is a remark- able fact of distribution, since in the Torres Straits, which are comparatively close by, there are two species of Amphioxus belonging to other subgenera. When I revisited New Guinea on my return for the second time to New Britain, I was fortunate in securing the only specimen ever seen of the animal of Nautilus wnbilicatus, which had been taken from the surface off the Hast Cape of British New Guinea. Nautilus does not come to the surface normally according to my observations, and all specimeus which are taken from the surface are probably in a moribund condition. This was the case with the specimen obtained by Dr. Bennett, upon which Sir Richard Owen based his classical work on Nautilus. My object in changing my locality from time to time was for the purpose of finding a place where Nautilus could be more easily got at. After much misgiving and disappointment, I at last found such a place—namely, Sandal Bay, Lifu, in the Loyalty Group. In this place Nautilus migrates at night from deep water into as little as three fathoms. It comes quite close to the shore. The species occurring here is V. macromphalus. So far as I have ascertained at present, this species only differs from NV. pompilius in the character of the umbilicus of the shell. The animals are almost identical. NV. winbilicatus differs strikingly in external appearance from both of the preceding. After an absence from England exceeding two years, I induced Nautilus to deposit its eggs in my cages. The eggs are firmly fixed to a suitable surface: the best artificial surface which can be offered to the Nautilus is sacking, the fibres of which are entangled in the hardened milk- white capsule of the egg. I have described these eggs in the ‘ Pro- ceedings of the Royal Society’ (1897). Neither in Lifu nor subsequently in New Britain, where I got the eggs of NV. pompilius, was I able to rear embryos from the deposited eggs—such was the effect of captivity. The geographical distribution of V. macromphalus is interesting. It is confined rigidly to the New Caledonian Archipelago. In the neighbouring New Hebrides and in Fiji, V. pompilius is again met with. ve 1 See Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxix. 1896, p. 328. 1899. ] ON THE CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 9 During my various changes of venue I accumulated a rich material of Enteropneusta, an account of which I shall shortly publish in Part III. of my Zoological Results which are being issued by the Cambridge University Press. Lastly, it was my happiness to discover a new type of Peripatus in New Britain which differs from the South African, Australasian, and Neotropical subgenera in the same respects—anatomy and development—in which they differ from one another. It con- stitutes therefore a fourth subgenus, which I have called Paraperi- patus. With regard to Peripatus, the next point of interest centres upon the new species—P. tholloni, which has recently been described by Mons. E. L. Bouvier from the Gaboon district (West Africa). 2. On Characteristic Points in the Cranial Osteology of the Parrots. By D’Arcy W. Tuompson, C.B., F.Z.S. [Received November 16, 1898.] To discover anatomical characters such as might yield or help to yield a natural classification of the Parrots has been the desire of many ornithologists, but the search has availed little. Garrod’s abundant work has told us many facts in regard to the presence or absence of an ambiens, of an oil-gland, of one carotid or two, and other varying characters in a multitude of species; but when we come to put these data together the result is unsatisfactory, and one is left with the impression that the several series of facts are incoordinate and cannot be linked together in a single system. When we find, for instance, that the collation of these facts places in a single group dra, Psittacus, Pococephalus, and Nestor, and in another Stringops, Melopsittacus, and Agapornis, one is tempted to think that the only thing proved is that the data are invalid or antagonistic—in other words, that the several structures had really followed diverse or parallel or convergent lines of modification and evolution. While such internal structures seem to me to lead to confusion by indiscriminate variability, the characters of the skeleton are generally deemed too monotonously alike to present features of significance. Even in Stringops, the osteological peculi- arities of which are greater than those of any other form (except perhaps Nestor), they are yet not conspicuous enough to have pre- vented certain recent writers from remarking that the divergence of Stringops from the other Parrots is not so great as it had been supposed to be. There is indeed in most parts of the skeleton a very great uniformity throughout the order, but in certain parts, for instance the orbital ring (where the differences are well known, though im- perfectly investigated)*, the hyoid bone (as Dr. St. G. Mivart has 1 Gf. Em. Blanchard, “ Caractéres ostéol. chez les Ois. de la famille des Psittacides,” C. R. xliii. pp. 1097-1100 (1856), xliv. pp. 518-521 (1857); C. L. Bonaparte, zbid. xliv. pp. 534-539 (1857). 10 PROF, DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, shown), the auditory region, and the quadrate bone, there are very numerous conditions to be distinguished, which appear likely to help in the search for natural affinities. The following pages contain an account of the skull in different genera, with particular reference to three of the above-mentioned characters. The descriptions and figures are taken partly from specimens in my own collection, which is considerable, and partly from skulls belonging to the Royal College of Surgeons and to this Society, for the opportunity of studying which in Dundee I am very greatly obliged to Mr. O. Stewart and to Mr. Beddard. The genera are described for the most part in the order of Count Salvadori’s British Museum Catalogue, and I attempt to show in the sequel certain cases where osteology suggests a different arrangement. The accompanying diagrams of the skull and quadrate of Psit- tacus erithacus (figs. 1 & 2) show the characters to which attention will be chiefly drawn in the descriptions. Biezga Psittacus erithacus. pr.o., preorbital or prefrontal process ; p.f., postfrontal process; sq., squamosal s.im., suprameatal tubercle. From the hinder border of the orbit a process projects down- wards and forwards which we may call the postorbital, or, as I prefer to call it, the postfrontal process: it is also called by Dr. Mivart : the sphenotic process. I may remark that this is only one of many cases where we remain in doubt as to what nomenclature to use, for want of knowledge of the facts of embryology. Parker, in his account of the Fowl’s skull”, where this process is not unlike that of many Parrots, describes its deveiopment from a separate element, the postfrontal, and it certainly seems to me, from a study of such material as I possess, to be developed both in the Fowl and in Ratites from a frontal or postfrontal element, with which a process of the alisphenoid may be associated. It is sometimes ascribed, as by Gadow ’, to the squamosal bone, which Mivart, Skeletons of Lorius and Psittacus, pt. ii., P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 360. 1 2 Parker, Phil. Trans. 1869, pt. 11. p. 790. 3 Gadow, Newton’s Dict. of Birds, p. 873. 1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF 'THE PARROTS. 11 is then said to be continued into two lateral processes, and it arises, at any rate, very near the meeting-place of the frontal and squa- mosal, which may very possibly both be found to contribute to its formation. Separated from this postfrontal process by the temporal groove or fossa is the zygomatic process of the squamosal, which it is more convenient to call the sguamosal process ; this, in the Grey Parrot, is the larger and longer of the two. It is seen to be slightly indented below near its apparent origin from the skull, and to jut downwards behind the slight indentation (much more conspicuous in certain other forms) which marks the place where the glenoid cavity for the outer head of the quadrate is excavated below. A slight tubercle projects outwards from, or rather behind, the base of the zygoma, behind the glenoid indentation, and is the suprameatal process of Mivart (J. c.); between it and the glenoid notch is a small grooved area which in some genera becomes con- spicuous. I shall speak of it as the suprameatal area. From the anterior lower margin of the orbit there runs, curving backwards, and crossed near its origin by a well-marked horizontal groove, the preorbital or suborbital process, which represents the posterior process of the so-called lachrymal bone. We shall find that the relative size of these processes, their fusion or want of fusion to complete or leave incomplete the orbital ring, and the completion of the orbital ring by union of the lachrymal in some cases with the postfrontal, in some also with the squamosal process, furnish us with several important distinctive characters. While it is not the object of this paper to deal with the higher morphological questions, [ may point out that the so-called lachrymal bone is (at least in my opinion), obviously no lachrymal, but a prefrontal (with which in some cases an inconspicuous Jachrymal may be conjoined), as nearly as possible identical in its characters and relations with the prefrontal of the Lizards. The bone in a lizard (e. g. Iguana) comes into relation with the frontal, nasal, lachrymal, superior maxillary, jugal, and palatine bones. Its dorsal portion, precisely comparable in most birds to its dorsal ramus in the Lizards, is in relation with the nasal and frontal. Though it does not in any one bird exhibit all the other relations of the lacertilian bone, vet we may discover them severally in one bird or another : in the Snowy Owl, in Baleniceps, and in Podargus it meets or unites with the maxilla ; it comes into relation with the palatine in Struthio and Apteryx ; it meets more or less intimately with the jugal in the Penguins, Petrels, Cormorants, Gypogeranus, and others ; while in the Raven and many other Passerines, the Penguins, the Guillemots, the Curlew, the Toucan, the Parrots, and many more, it comes into relation with, or fuses with, the ethmoid region, a relation that we cannot seek in the bony skull of the Lacertilia. Im Ducks, Geese, and Swans its inferior ramus inclines backwards in the direction of the postfrontal process (the squamosal or zygomatic process being here absent or rudimentary), as it does in the Parrots, and it is said (though I have not actually 12 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17, seen a case) that in certain of these Anserine birds the two unite in a suborbital ring. In some birds, but not in very many, this bone presents, in its anterior wall, a conspicuous foramen, which is especially well seen, for instance, in Rhea, Struthio, and Apteryx ; but it must not at all be confused, as in certain birds it might possibly be apt to be, with the chink formed between prefrontal, frontal, and ethmoid in those birds where the first meets with the last of these three bones : in Parrots this chink is represented by the inner and outer pre- cranial foramina of Mivart, a subdivision already incipient even in the Raven. Where we find the foramen in the Ratite, we in most other cases find only a groove on the outer side of the pre- frontal, shallow in the Raven and the Parrot, deep in many Passerines, e. g. Acridotheres, in Dacelo, in the Herons, very deep in the Penguins, the Eagles, Vultures, &c. It seems to me more than probable that where we have this foramen developed its outer wall is contributed by a true lachrymal, precisely as the similar foramen is bounded by the prefrontal and lachrymal in Jguana; but that in the other cases we have good grounds for abandoning the term lachrymal, and accepting the bone in question as a true prefrontal’. The lacertilian skull gives us no very close parallel to the very remarkable suborbital arcade of the Psittacide, but we may trace in it an indication of the latter’s constituent parts and probable method of formation. The postfrontal runs in the Lizards, perhaps still more in Hatteria, a long way down the inner and anterior side of the superior or ascending ramus of the jugal, that ramus which in birds isaborted, asis the posterior one in the Lacertilia. It is but crossing a very little gap for the prefrontal and postfrontal to join below, and, separating from contact with maxillary and jugal, to form such a suborbital bar as we find in Stringops, Ara, or Chrysotis. And the junction between the two postorbital processes, that is to say the postfrontal and squamosal processes, that we find in the Cockatoos, will be seen simply to enclose a supratemporal arcade, bounded by the same bones and occupied by the same (temporal) muscle as it is in its vastly greater development in the Lacertilia. The auditory meatus or tympanic orifice is surrounded by an imperfect ring of bone, irregular in outline, of whose real consti- tution we are again left somewhat in doubt. It seems plain that its upper border is contributed by the squamosal, possibly in part by the opisthotic, its outer or posterior border by the thin, shell- like extension of the evoccipital, while in regard to its anterior and inferior portions we may assume that they are formed by the basitemporal of Parker. Within, this tympanic chamber is produced aboye into the superior, below and behind into the 1 In Huxley’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ where this bone is described, as usual, as a lachrymal, what is spoken of as the prefrontal is expressly defined as the equivalent of the lateral mass of the ethmoid in Mammals, and the term is thus used in a sense now entirely obsolete. 1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 13 posterior, below and in front into the long compressed or pointed anterior tympanic recess. A bar of bone, part of the prootic, runs forwards near the middle of the cavity, bounding the lower border of the superior recess, and bearing anteriorly the articular surface for the imner head of the quadrate bone, immediately below which is the tiny orifice of the canal for the external ophthalmic artery. Into the posterior recess, below the fenestre ovalis and rotunda, opens from behind the large aperture which transmits the so- called tensor tympani muscle, and the recess itself runs backwards and downwards externally to the orifice, within the so-called paroccipital process. In the Grey Parrot the tympanic orifice is moderately wide: looked at from a little to the front it is very nearly semicircular ; from a little way behind it appears crescentic, from the manner m which the slightly curving border of the posterior or exoccipital wall encroaches on the front of the cavity. The nearly straight but slightly curving posterior border, the somewhat angular notch above, and the more pointed notch below, that are visible in the figure, are the chief points that catch the eye. We shall find that the shape of the tympanic orifice and the extent to which the cavity is walled in differ much in the different genera, and chiefly in relation to the extent of development of the posterior wall; and that we have great concurrent variation in the area between the auditory meatus and the descending occipital ridge. In some cases, in correspondence with the shape of the quadrate bone, the glenoid cavity for its inner head will be found widely separate, in others scarcely separate or not at all, from the squamosal facet for its outer one. And again the relative dimensions of the recess will be found to vary, the posterior one in particular being sometimes very greatly reduced. Fig. 2. Quadrate bone of Psittacus erithacus. i.h., 0.h., inner and outer heads; sh., shaft ; a.p., anterior process; 7.¢., jugal cup; pt.c., pterygoid condyle, distinct from and in front of the long mandibular condyle, The quadrate bone (fig. 2) shows us a long, straight, slender shaft, and a flattened body, whose lower margin, almost circular in contour, forms the elongated simple articular surface, playing in 14 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, the antero-posterior groove that constitutes the unusually simple glenoid cavity of the mandible. In front of this lower articular margin of the quadrate is a small but distinct rounded head or condyle for the pterygoid. An anterior process, small, short, and sharply pointed, runs forwards, at an obtuse angle to the shaft of the bone. The shaft has two heads, the external or squamosal one being large, the inner or prodtic one much smaller and separated from the outer by a very shallow groove: a pneumatic foramen enters the shaft on its inner side, below the prodtic capitulum. A cup for the quadrato-jugal articulation is directed outwards and forwards, and stands elevated on a tubercular mass of bone, whose posterior surface forms a conspicuous ridge; on the sloping ridge below the cup is a small accessory articular surface, which plays against the edge of the mandible (cf. Mivart, pp. 374, 391), and whose comparative anatomy is more fully discussed below. We shall find that the quadrate is markedly different from this in Stringops ; and that in the other genera considerable but less important differ- ences exist in the greater or less separation of the two capitula, the size of the anterior process, the distinctness of the pterygoid condyle, and the conformation of the parts adjacent to the quadrato- jugal cup. Family Nusroripa. In all the characters with which this paper is mainly concerned the skull of Westor (figs. 3, 6) 1s extremely interesting. The orbit is incomplete. The postfrontal process is rudimen- tary ; the prefrontal process is long, evenly curved, and reaches nearly to the squamosal. The squamosal region is entirely dif- ferent to that of any other Parrot. The squamosal or zygomatic Nestor notabilis, pf., postfrontal process ; sg., squamosal. process, instead of being slender and free on its lower or posterior margin, is continuous with a flattened buttress of bone which connects it with the main body of the squamosal, and which descends 1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 15 in a broad, somewhat excavated shelf to overlap (as well as to project in front of) the head and upper portion of the shaft of the quadrate bone. This squamoso-zygomatic plate is deeply hollowed on its outer face, suggesting perhaps the presence of a highly specialized muscle (probably the second portion of the digastric) originating there. The lower border of the overhanging shelf is slightly bilobed, especially in another specimen in my collection from that figured. The posterior portion or posterior lobe, and perhaps the whole hollow on the outer face of the bone, may be considered to be an extension of the region internal or anterior to the ‘“‘ supra- meatal” process of Mivart, a region which in most Parrots forms ‘only a small facet; its aspect here, together with the general conformation of the bone, reminds us how in a Lizard the squa- mosal tends to overlap the outside of the quadrate in a way which culminates in the great descending limb or process of the bone that bounds the infratemporal arcade in Hatteria. I know no other bird in which a very similar condition of things is to be seen; but we may discover in some Passerines, e. g. the Raven, a certain correspondence of parts. If we trace in the Raven (fig. 4) the ridges and muscular im- pressions on the postero-lateral surfaces of the skull, we see (1) on the upper margin of the supra-occipital region two curved trans- Hig. 4. Corvus corax, to show diagrammatically the muscular fossz and intervening ridges. s.m., suprameatal tubercle; sqg., squamosal; ¢. temporal, d. digastric fossa ; d.', fossa for second head of the digastric, in front of s.m., the suprameatal tubercle. The ridges or outlines of the muscular impressions are described in the text. verse ridges which run outwards from the middle line to a tubercle (a) posterior to and nearly on a level with the upper border of the auditory meatus; (2) an undivided ridge curves downwards from 16 . PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17, this point to the outer margin of the paroccipital ; (3) springing from the upper of the two supra-occipital ridges, a little way before they reach the tubercle and merge together, a ridge curves down- wards to another tubercle (s.m.) at the upper and hinder corner of the meatus ; and (4) from this latter tubercle a ridge is continued towards the inferior border of the squamosal or zygomatic process ; the temporal fossa is bounded above by (5) the great curved line which runs from near the base of the line called 3 to the apex of the postorbital process. These lines separate the following areas or fosse: I, a narrow triangular area, posterior to the auditory region, which gives origin to the main body of the digastric ; II, the temporal fossa, and IJ, the small space below the line marked 4, which gives origin to the second portion of the digastric muscle. In the Grey Parrot (fig. 5) we can distinguish all these lines and intervening areas; but the digastric area is much broader than in the Raven, owing to the greater extension forwards of the thin Fig. 5. Psittacus erithacus, for comparison with fig. 4. (Letters as in previous figures.) posterior wall of the meatus, and the temporal fossa is much longer and narrower. The line 3, between the digastric and tem- poral fosse, guides us to its termination in the swprameatal process of Mivart, which is thus seen to correspond to the tubercle we have marked s.m. in the Raven, in which bird it is some distance behind the glenoid cavity, the intermediate space constituting our fossa III. This last and smallest fossa is excessively small in the Grey Parrot (fig. 6, p. 17), being only represented by a groove between the suprameatal tubercle and the little process of the squamosal internal to it, which descends for a very short distance external and posterior to the head of the quadrate—in other words, which bounds the inconspicuous notch over the head of that bone. To return to Nestor (fig. 6),a comparison of the same clearly marked impressions shows us a still larger digastric and smaller temporal fossa, and leads us to recognize the suprameatal process in that one which is now separated widely from the glenoid cavity by the 1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. i 7 deep excavation behind the squamosal or zygomatic process which is so marked and exceptional a feature in this bird, but which we now discover to be a huge development of the tiny groove in Psittacus, and of our [{Ird fossa in Corvus ; and we further see that the opposite or inner wall of this last fossa, which so deeply over- laps and overhangs the head and shaft of the quadrate, is precisely comparable to that little process which did likewise, but to a slight degree, in the Grey Parrot and the Crow. Fig. 6. Nestor meridionatis, for comparison with figs. 4 & 5. (Letters as in previous figures.) The tympanic cavity is of moderate size, widely open when we look at it from in front, but in its lateral aspect almost concealed by the forward growth of the scroll-like posterior wall; the cavity has a deep posterior recess, descending to near the apex of the paroccipital process, where is a large oval foramen for the so-called tensor tympani. The lower and anterior border of the meatus, as it bends upwards, quite distinctly shuts out the region of the quadrate articulation from the boundaries of the tympanic cavity. The quadrate bone (fig. 7) has two widely separate capitula, the Iie 78 Quadrate bone of Nestor meridionalis. (Letters as in previous figures.) inner one being in a considerable degree the smaller; but the double socket for these heads, though constricted in the middle, Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1899, No. II. 2 18 PROF. D'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17, is continuous and not divided into two. The pterygoid condyle is well-marked, and more distinctly separate than usual from the long mandibular condyle. ‘The chief peculiarity in the bone is in the region of the quadrato-jugal cup, which is more than usually elevated from the flat surface of the bone, the tubercular mass on which it stands beg produced above into a sharp ridge, and being directed outwards or even a little backwards instead of forwards, as is commonly the case. The whole under surface of this pro- tuberance, together with the outer face of the body of the bone down to the condyle, plays on a corresponding articular surface on the inner wall and edge of the mandible. In one of my specimens of Nestor the jugal sends up a short but distinct rudiment of an “ascending ramus.” There are many other points of more or less importance, but many of which I must pass over, to be noted in the skull of Nestor. The nasal apertures are oval and very large, and are hollowed out in front into a broad shallow depression. On the base ot the cranium the ridges which run their divergent course from below the median Eustachian orifice to the paroccipital process are very high. whereas in Psittacus they are feeble, and the well- marked surface or area external to them is much more flat and approximately horizontal in the latter bird. The angle of the mandible is pointed and very elongate, and the foramen, or rather fontanelle, in the middle of the mandibular ramus is oval and very large. Family SrrrneoPip®. The skull of Stringops (figs. 8, 9) is very remarkable, only less so on the whole, and more so in some respects, than that of Nestor. Fig. 8. Stringops habroptilus. (Letters as in previous figures.) The orbit is complete (in the adult) by union of the prefrontal with the postfrontal; in other words, the orbit of Stringops is unlike that of any other Old-World Parrot, and resembles that of 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 19 Chrysotis and the Macaws. ‘The orbit is of remarkably small size, its antero-posterior diameter being about equal to that of Psittacus erithacus, and a little less than that of Eelectus cardinalis. The squamosal process is large and flattened; it runs parallel to the posterior portion of the suborbital ring, and the temporal fossa between is unusually deep and wide. The suprameatal process is large, and overhangs a deep groove or hollowed plate of hone that Stringops habroptilus : part of the skull of a young individual, for comparison with figs. 4, 5, 6. lies posterior to the quadrate articulation and above the auditory meatus, roofing over the superior auditory recess ; it is comparable to, though far smaller than, the remarkable area connecting the audi- tery cavity with the hollowed surface of the squamosal in Nestor. The anterior border of this bony plate forms a well-defined margin to the quadrate articulation, which is thus very distinctly sepa- rated from the auditory cavity. The auditory meatus is rounded and wide open ; its posterior wall scarcely diminishes its aperture. The basitemporal plate is on a level with the occipital condyle ; its edges are formed by elevated ridges that run back to the nearly ver- tical paroccipitals, and the lateral areas continued forwards from these latter are sharply inclined. The intraorbital vacuities are very large. The quadrate bone (fig. 10) is especially remarkable, and Quadrate bone of Stringops. in it the Psittacine type of quadrate is imperfectly attained. The shaft of the bone is shorter and less vertical than usual, the Q* 20 PROF. D’'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, anterior process much larger and blunter, the whole body of the bone more expanded, and the glenoid surface more elongate and less curved. The pterygoid condyle is independent, and set about halfway between the main condyle and the base of the anterior process. The quadrato-jugal cup looks nearly forwards, and is set on a powerful ridge of bone that forms a sharp free edge as we look at it from the hinder or outer sides. Immediately below the quadrato-jugal cup, on the underside of the prominent ridge, is an articular facet which plays on a corresponding surface on the edge of the mandible. The inner head of the quadrate bone is comparatively large and imperfectly separated from the outer one. The descending processes on the hinder border of the maxille are large. The usual mandibular fenestra is obsolete, but a small one is present (represented in a good many other forms by a small foramen) apparently between the articular and splenial elements. I have not seen a complete hyoid, and can only say that the para- hyals are uncommonly large and point upwards. The skull of Stringops represented in fig. 9 is that of a young or half-grown individual, in which the orbit is still incomplete. The circumstance is natural enough, but it may serve to remind us that the completeness or incompleteness of the orbit is not, aiter all, a very deep-seated morphological difference ; it is merely a case of greater or less extension of ossification in a ligamentous connection that is already there. Family Loris. Dr. Mivart has lately given us a copious description of the skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus. My account shall deal only with the points that seem to me of chief importance. I have studied four forms, Hos riciniata, Lorius domicella (fig. 11), Trichoglossus ornatus, and Glossopsittacus, sp.; these are all so similar in their main features that their descriptions may be incorporated together. Ine I. Lorius domicella (slightly enlarged). The postfrontal process is in all of them small, largest in Eos, and least in Lorius. It is in the form of a nearly vertical ridge 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. an with a very short free extremity, and the fossa for the temporalis muscle is seen to extend upwards behind it, instead of being merely overhung by it as in Psittacus. The squamosal process is well developed, rather long and pointed at the end ; it is somewhat shorter and broader in Zorius than in the others. The posterior ramus of the prefrontal is well developed and extends behind the middle of the orbit; but it does not create a suborbital ring, though, especially in Z'richoglossus and Hos, it may come very near to the squamosal. The posterior wall of the tympanic cavity is formed after the fashion of Psittacus, but leaves an aperture of an apparently different shape, by reason of the greater forward growth of its middle portion, so that the crescentic form of the aperture, or rather the development of a conspicuous notch below and another above and posteriorly, is better marked. The latter or upper notch is just below and behind the suprameatal tubercle. The anterior wall of the tympanum shows (in all four genera) an ascending bar ov splinter of bone that walls off from the tympanic cavity the articulation of the quadrate. This is a little point of resemblance to Nestor, but it is the only one I can detect, and unsupported it goes for nothing. The groove or area in front of the suprameatal process is well-marked; it is very much more extensive than in Psittacus, for it extends into an excavated sur- face on the squamosal process, reaching well in front of the glenoid notch. ‘The jugular foramen is exceedingly small, and the posterior recess of the tympanum not large. The quadrate has two deeply separated heads; the inner one is very small and bent inwards almost perpendicularly to the shaft. The two sockets on the squamosal and proodtic elements are dis- tinctly and rather widely separate, and the latter is a small deep hollow. The mandibular fontanelle is a minute orifice placed much further back than in Psittucus. The basitemporal ridges are better marked than in Psittacus, but they distinctly terminate below the foramen for the vagus, and are separated by a notch from the succeeding ridge which marks the under border of the parocci- pital. It is true that both in Nestor and Psittacus there is at the same point a slight change of direction and appearance of discon- tinuity, but, especially in the former skull, the ridges are nearly continuous. Family Cacarurp2. The Cockatoos possess certain cranial characters in common and their skulls are easily to be recognized, but there are many variations within the family and even within the restricted genus Cacatua. The orbital ring is complete’ by union of the prefrontal and postirontal bones, and from the hinder part of the suborbital bar thus formed a strong process runs backwards to fuse, in most cases though not in all, with the squamosal process, and thus (as has been 22 PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, mentioned above) to bound a supratemporal fossa. We do not know whether this process is actually developed as a mere con- tinuation of the prefrontal or as a posterior offshoot of the post- frontal, because postfrontal and prefrontal are in all Cacatuidee intimately fused; but I am inclined to anticipate that examination of young individuals would show it to be an outgrowth of the postfrontal, and to correspond precisely to the posterior or squa- mosal ramus of that bone in the Lacertilia. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Quadrate bone of Microglossus aterrimus. art., the accessory articular surface beneath the jugal cup for articulation with the edge of the mandible. The only Cockatoos in which I have observed this supratemporal fossa to remain incomplete are C. ducorpsi (fig. 14) and Microglossus aterrimus (fig. 12), and here we appear to have the posterior out- growth or ramus of the postfrontal developed, though not to such an extent as to fuse with the squamosal process. Blanchard (C. R. 1856, p. 1098) says the same of Calyptorhynchus xantho- notus, but in O. banks (fig. 10), which I have examined, the fossa is complete and the whole region much as in other Cockatoos. 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS, 23 In Cacatua the auditory meatus is somewhat narrowed, much as in Psittacus, but to a varying degree in different species. In C. roseicapilla the ingrowth of the posterior wall is particularly well marked, and leaves a large circular notch above, where in Ps. erithacus we had a more pointed indentation ; in C. gymnopus, on the other hand, the posterior margin is convex rather than concave: but though less marked in C. roseicapilla than in the rest, 16 is very characteristic of the Cockatoos that the region between the descending occipital ridge and the posterior wall of the auditory meatus is extremely narrow. We shall see that this, which perhaps deserves to be spoken of as the digastric area, differs greatly im extent in the different groups of Parrots. The suprameatal tubercle is distinct, and the triangular area below and in front of it is larger than in Psittacus. ‘The region of the squa- mosal process overlapped by the fused posterior ramus of the prefrontal forms in C,. roseicapilla a prominent projection extend- ing backwards and downwards to overlap the shaft of the quadrate bone; but in C. leadbeateri and C. ducorpsz this is not the case, the Cacatua ducorpsi. posterior or inferior margin of the squamosal process running evenly forward and downward as in Psittacus. The paroccipital processes are large and point somewhat backwards; the basi- temporal ridges are prominent, but not continued directly on to the under surface of the paroccipital. The occipital condyle is considerably above the level of the base of the skull. The man- dibular fontanelle is very small or obsolete. The paroccipital is but slightly excavated within ; the jugular foramen is small, except in C. ducorpsi, where it is considerably bigger. The two facets for the heads of the quadrate bone are distinctly separated by a ridge. The two heads of the quadrate are wide apart, and the inner is rather large, more than half as large as the outer. The pterygoid condyle is distinct, and in C. roseicapilla is more distinct than in the others from the main condyle or mandibular articu- lation. The shaft of the quadrate is distinctly stouter than in Psittacus, and the upper posterior portion of the body above the quadrato-jugal cup is not rounded off as in that genus, but con- spicuously prominent. 24 PROF. D'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, The skull of Licmetis (fig. 15) has certain peculiarities. The postfrontal process is exceedingly broad, both in its descending and its posterior ramus, and the supratemporal fossa is accordingly restricted in size. The tympanic cavity is wider open than in the others, the posterior wall encroaching little; in this respect it resembles the skull of C. rosetcapilla. The inner head of the quadrate is exceptionally large. The paroccipital processes are His to, Licmetis nasica. rather short but very large, and looked at from behind form a transverse ridge ; the area below them and between the meatus and the basitemporal ridges is very well defined, constricted in the middle into a peculiar shape by the lower notch of the meatus and the interruption between basioccipital and paroccipital ridges, and nearly horizontal. The angle of the mandible is more elongate and pointed than in the other Cockatoos. In Calyptorhynchus banksi and Callocephalon galeatum (fig. 16) the orbital ring is formed in the manner characteristic of the Cockatoos, and the region of the squamosal process sends off no Callocephalon galeatum. projecting lobe such as I have described in C. rosetcapilla. In C. galeatum the supratemporal fenestra is wide, and the surface for the origin of the temporal muscie exceptionally large, extend- ing far back on to the posterior surface of the skull. The 1899.1 CRANIAL OSTHOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 25 auditory meatus in both is wide, and its posterior border concave. The paroccipitals are prominent, pointed, and directed backwards, without forming the transverse projection and ridge of Licmetis. The basitemporal ridges run nearly continuously on to the par- occipital, and the surface external to them is inclined outwards. The shaft of the quadrate is very stout. In Callocephalon the two heads of the bone are only separated by a very narrow and shallow groove. In both genera the angle of the mandible is rounded and truncate. In Microglossa the squamosal process fails to join, though it pro- jects a little way under, the suborbital ring ; it is exceedingly small and pointed. ‘The posterior or postorbital region of the suborbital bar is very large and broad, and sends back a posterior lobe from its lower angle. The temporal fossa is very small, scarcely larger than in C. roseicapilla and much less than in C. leadbeateri. The auditory meatus is wide open, its aperture approximately oval. ‘The paroccipital process is large; looked at from behind its posterior border is nearly vertical, but its angle projects somewhat poste- riorly ; it is very little hollowed within, and the jugular foramen is very small; the basitemporal ridges run almost uninterruptedly into the deeply compressed lower border of the paroccipital. The articular facets for the quadrate are separated by a well- marked groove, and are walled off from the tympanic cavity by a splinter of bone. The quadrate has two deeply separate heads, the inner one scarcely half the size of the outer; its other cha- racters are those of the family ; the extra facet below the quadrato- jugal cup is small and deeply marked. The angle of the shaft is short and bluntly pointed ; the mandibular fenestra is obsolete. In the skull the inner wall of the orbit is scarcely perforate in front of the orbital foramen ; the jugal bone is notably expanded at its anterior end. The skull of Calopsittacus (fig. 17) is similar to that of the Ime, IL Calopsittacus nove-hollandie (enlarged). Cockatoos in having the orbital bar completed by junction both with postorbital and with squamosal, which leave between a rather elongated supratemporal vacuity. he auditory meatus is narrower thau in the Cockatoos, and its posterior and inferior notches are 26 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON TIE [Jan. 17, well-marked. The quadrate articulation is scarcely separated in the dry skull from the tympanic cavity. The “‘suprameatal area ” is rather large and faces outwards; it is in fact unusually con- spicuous, though vastly less developed than in Nestor. The inner head of the quadrate is small, widely separate from the outer, and bent sharply inwards; the pterygoid condyle is imperfectly separate from the mandibular. In the mandible the marginal surface of articulation with the body of the quadrate is very conspicuous, and the edge of the mandible is here bent outwards. A small mandibular fontanelle is present; the angle of the jaw is short but pointed. As in Cockatoos generally, the interorbital vacuity is small and rounded. In one point, not among those chiefly con- sidered in this paper, the skull of Calopsittacus differs from its congeners: between the anterior rami of the palatines there are visible (as in Psittacus) two long processes descending from the posterior portion of the maxillary bones; these are the “ median processes of the inferior margin of the postaxial surface of the prosopium,” in Dr. Mivart’s description of Psittacus. They are, as arule, small or obsolete in the other Cacatuide. It is clear that the skull of Calopsittacus, though at first sight very similar to, is different in several respects from, the true Cacatuine type. It is possible that these differences involve resemblances to the Platycercini, and this question will be further discussed below. Family NasirERNIN 2. I have examined the tiny skull of WV. pygmea in an example unfortunately not full-grown, belonging to the Museum of the R. College of Surgeons. It is impossible to rest much weight on this beautiful but imperfect little skull. The orbit is exceedingly incomplete, the prefrontal process being very short (the prefrontal bone is not yet quite co-ossified with the frontal, and is in close connection for an almost equal extent of contact with the nasal). The postfrontal process is also small and scarcely prominent; the squamosal process, on the other hand, is long and slender and directed obliquely downwards. The posterior border of the auditory meatus is nearly straight. The suprameatal tubercle and its subjacent groove are both well marked. THe Macaws. The great Blue Macaws differ, as is well known, from the rest in certain of their cranial characters. In Anadorhynchus hyacin- thinus (fig. 18, p. 27) the orbit is incomplete, the prefrontal process terminating in a sharp point below the middle of the orbit. The postfrontal process is of moderate size, short but massive; the squamosal process is rather small, and united nearly to its tip on the inner side by a bridge of bone to the edge of the temporal fossa. The auditory meatus is wideand approximately square in outline; the posterior and superior recesses of the tympanic cavity are scarcely 1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 27 excavated, and the partition between the cavity and the quadrate articulation is scarcely visible in the dry skull. The squamosal and prodtic articular surfaces are both wide, and are separated by a deep groove, though in the quadrate bone itself there is but a shallow groove between the two heads. Theshaft of the quadrate is longer and less massive than in the Cockatoos ; the quadrato- jugal cup and the pterygoid condyle are both large ; the anterior or orbital process is long and attenuated. The paroccipital wings are largely developed, and run almost uninterruptedly below into the basitemporal ridges. ‘The posterior view of the skull is very similar to that of Microglossa. On the dorsal border of the foramen magnum can be detected two small articular facets: these are produced by contact with the unusually developed spine of the axis vertebra; in Microglossa, on the other hand, two small sub- ordinate facets are present on either side of the occipital condyle. Anadorhynchus hyacinthinus (reduced). In the Hyacinthine Macaw the anterior margin of the interorbital septum is deeply notched, the lower portion running forward like a curved and pointed blade. The anterior region of the cranium, on eitlier side of the upper portion of the septum, is hollowed out into two tmmense and deep cavities, which are scarcely represented in the other Macaws ; indeed, in this region, and on the corre- sponding opposite face of the “prosopium,” there are many in- teresting characters to be recognized that lie beyond the scope of this paper. The jugal bone is compressed from above downwards at its anterior extremity, instead of from side to side as in Microglossa. The angle of the mandible is obtusely truncated ; the ramus presents no mandibular fontanelle ; the accessory marginal articulation fer the quadrate is large, elongate, and connected by a smooth surface with the main articulation. Of the other Macaws, I have examined -4. ararauna, chloroptera (fig. 19, p..28), macao, and maracana. That of A. ararauna is remarkable in having the orbital ring incomplete, though the long 28 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [ Jan. 17, curved prefrontal processes approach very close to the postfrontal ; it is complete in the others, and its posterior portion is somewhat broad and flattened, especially so in -A. macao, where the broadened hinder region forms an obtuse postero-inferior angle. Ara chloroptera (reduced). The squamosal process is least developed in A. ararauna, most so in A. maracana. The paroccipital wings are largest in A. chioro- ptera and macao. The auditory meatus is widest in A. chloroptera and maracana ; it is considerably narrowed, and shows a slightly projecting lower lip and a well-marked postero-superior notch in A. ararauna; and in A. macao it is very remarkably narrowed, partly by the growth forwards of the posterior wall, and still more by the growth backwards of the anterior, which overlaps the lower part of the orifice as a broad tongue of bone. The two heads of the quadrate (fig. 20) are in all more widely separate than in Fig. 20. Quadrate bone of Ara chloroptera. A. hyacinthinus. The anterior margin of the infraorbital septum is squarely truncate in A. avarauna; it tends in the others, and especially in A. macao, to curve forward in the same manner as, though in a less degree than, in A. hyacinthinus. The mandible is narrowest from side to side in A. ararauna, and in this respect least like that of A. hyacinthinus. In the same species the articular groove for the quadrate is nearly straight 1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 29 antero-posteriorly, while in the others, as in A. hyacinthinus, that of each side converges inwards: in the same species the angle is somewhat less truncated than in the others, and the facet for the insertion of the depressor muscle smaller, more rounded, aud not ascending, as in the rest, on the posterior margin of the bone. Tun ConuURES. Excluding the Macaws, I have examined of the other Conuride, Conurus, Pyrrhura, Myopsittacus, and Brotogerys. The skulls of the first differ from those of the last two materially. In Conurus I have found the orbital ring complete in C. lewcotis, but incomplete in C. eruginosus (fig. 21) and C. hemorrhous: in both of the latter, however, ‘the imperfection is but slight, the prefrontal process running backwards nearly to contact with the postfrontal. The squamosal process is somewhat stout, and curves forward in the direction of the orbital ring; its lower border forms a marked notch over the region of the quadrate articulation. The auditory meatus is considerably wider in C. hemorrhous than in the other Conurus eruginosus. two species, and the upper and lower notches are accordingly better marked in the latter. The inner head of the quadrate is of considerable size ; the anterior process is very slender ; the posterior angle of the bone is reduced, and the articular surface runs up abruptly to end in a prominence on a level with the base of the shaft, making the outer surface of the bone appear narrower than usual; but this last characteris much less marked in C. hemorrhous than in the others. The paroccipital wings and basitemporal ridges are well developed. The supra-occipital is markedly tumid in the region of the middle lobe of the cerebellum. The mandible is extremely short and broad, and its fontanelles are obsolete. The descending processes from the hinder border of the maxilla are very well developed in C. kemorrhous, but not so in the other two species. Tn Pyrrhura hematotis the orbital ring is complete, as in C. leu- cotis, and the whole skull differs little from the latter species, except that a mandibular fontanelle is present and the interorbital vacuity is unusually large and rounded or less produced posteriorly. In Brotoyerys and Myopsittacus the orbit is incomplete, and the 30 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, postfrontal process is in both cases very small, while the squamosal one is of large size. The auditory meatus is narrow, especially in Myopsittacus. A mandibular foramen is present and large in Broto- gerys, absent in the others; the ramus cf the mandible is in both longer and its angle less truncated than in the Conures. The nares in Srotogerys are even larger than in the Conures, and separated by a very narrow bridge of bone; in Myopsittacus, on the other hand, they are unusually small and wide apart. Family Pronin®. Of this group I have studied Chrysotis wstiva (fig. 22), Pachynus brachyurus, Pionus menstruus and P. maximiliani, Caica melano- cephala (fig. 24, p. 31), and Pawocephalus fuscicapillus (fig. 26, p. 31). Of these, Chrysotis and Pionus are markedly different from the rest. In Chrysotis the orbital ring is complete, by the fusion of the pre- —y Quadrate bone of Chrysotis estiva. orbital and postorbital processes, and the bar thus formed is strong and broad, and forms with its lower border an abrupt descending angle opposite to the extremity of the squamosal processes, which closely approaches it. The latter is broad and massive, and similar in shape to that of Conurus; the temporal fossa between the post- frontal and squamosal processes is deep, but unusually narrow. The auditory meatus is wider, its superior and inferior notches are broad and rounded, and the ridge separating it from the quadrate articulation is low and indistinct. The prodtic articular surface is 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 31 deep, the squamosal large but shallow. The paroccipital wings are continuous with the basitemporal ridges. ‘lhe ridge running from the supra-occipital region to the outer and posterior margin of the paroccipital process, and separating the posterior from the lateral aspect of the skull, takes a somewhat sinuous course forwards behind the ear, so as to leave between it and the border of the meatus a much narrower interspace than in Psittacus and Eclectus; the same is true also of Conurus. The quadrate is very similar to that of Conurus. Descending processes are not present on the hinder border of the maxille. ‘here is a small mandibular lenestra. Fig. 24. Caica melanocephala. Fig. 25. Peocephalus fuscicapillus. The skull of Pronus is very similar. The interspace between the auditory meatus and the occipital ridge is still narrower. A deeper notch separates the paroccipitals from the basitemporal ridges. The shatt of the quadrate is shorter and stouter, and the anterior process more reduced. In Pachynus, Caica, and Pococephalus the orbital ring is incom- 32 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, plete, and in all these the postfrontal process is extremely reduced, forming only a short protuberant edge as in Helectus. In all the squamosal process is well developed: it is especially long and straight in Pachynus, in which it nearly meets the prefrontal ; the latter process is much shorter in Paocephalus than in the other two. In Pachynus the basitemporal ridges are faint, and the surfaces external to them and extending back to the paroccipitals are much flattened, the paroccipitals being directed backwards ; there is no trace of descending maxillary processes. In Caica the basitemporal ridges are much stronger; in all the basitemporal plate is nearly on a level with the occipital condyle. The auditory meatus is somewhat narrower and more notched above and below than in Chrysotis, and the interspace between it and the occipital ridge is somewhat greater. The quadrate in Caica and Pachynus has a high posterior prominence above and behind the socket for the jugal, as in Conurus. The mandibular fenestra is large in Caica, small or obsolete in the other two. Family Psrrracin a. The skull of Ps. erithacus has been considered already. I have also studied the skulls of Coracopsis vasa (fig. 27) and C. mgra, and an imperfect specimen of Dasyptilus pecqueti (fig. 28). Coracopsis vasa. The skulls of these Parrots bring us face to face with the problem of whether Coracopsis and Dasyptilus are rightly placed in so close a relation to Pstitacus ; in other words, with one of the dubious and cracial questions that osteology might suflice to solve. I cannot boast of being able to give a very clear answer to the question, but it seems to me that the skull of Dasyptilus, and in a minor degree that also of Coracopsis, differs in so many points from that of Psittacus, that they go far to show that the little group of Psittacine is very dubiously or improperly defined. In Coracopsis vasa the postfrontal process is almost obsolete, forming a slight vertical ridge behind which rises the impression of 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS, 33 the temporalis muscle. The squamosal process is broad, deeply notched at its base above the quadrate articulation, and the supra- meatal process and the flattened or excavated surface in front of it are considerably developed. The auditory meatus is narrow and crescentic, its upper end forming a deep notch. While this notch approximates to the occipital ridge, lower down a broad surface lies between the latter and the meatus. The paroccipital process is extremely short and blunt. The nostrils are large, the mandibular fenestra very large, and the interorbital fenestra small. The skull of C. nigra agrees in most points with that of C. vasa- But the paroccipitals are shorter, rounder, and more expanded ; the triangle of the basitemporal plate is more obtuse, and 1t is less elevated from the level of the occipital condyle. The mandible has in both species a very large fontanelle. In Psittacus the posttrontal process is stout and prominent though short, the impression of the temporalis muscle elongated, but narrow from above downwards. The squamosal process straight and narrow, devoid of a notch; the suprameatal process ill developed ; the auditory meatus moderately wide, its posterior border nearly straight and widely separate from the occipital ridge ; the paroccipital process is prominent; the nostril and the interorbital fenestra are both of moderate size; the mandibular fenestra is small. Of Dasyptilus pecqueti (fig. 28) I have only an imperfect skull, removed from a skin; but, as it is, it exhibits characters of con- Fig. 28. Imperfect skull of Dasyptilus pecqueti. siderable interest. The orbit is incomplete, and the prefrontal process even less than in Psittacus. The postfrontal is small, and much as in the latter genus. The squamosal is extremely stout and broad, and bears an accessory process and notch on its lower border. The suprameatal tubercle is minute. The auditory meatus is nearly circular, and is surrounded by a strong ring of bone, produced below into a small notch or lip; there is no posterior or superior notch, and in front the ring of bone separates, in an unusually complete way, the auditory cayity from the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. III. 3 34 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17, quadrate articulation. The outlines of the temporal and digastric fosse are, as shown in the diagram, extremely different from those of both Psittacus and Coracopsis. The shaft of the quadrate is extremely stout, its inner border running down evenly into the mass of bone above the quadrato-jugal cup ; the anterior process is short but stout; the inner head of the bone is of exceptional size. Alone among all the forms I have examined, the interorbital vacuity is completely absent. I feel convinced that further examination of better material will show Dasyptilus to be a very peculiar and isolated form. Coracopsis is very similar to Hclectus, and this resemblance will be discussed in dealing with the latter form. Family PaL£orNITHIN#, Of the forms grouped as Paleornithine, I have studied Helectus (fig. 29), Geoffroyus, Tanygnathus (figs. 30, 31), Polytelis (fig. 32, p- 35), Aprosmictus (tig. 33, p. 35), Pyrrhulopsis (figs. 34, 35, Tanygnathus megalorhynchus. p. 36), Agaporms (fig. 36, p. 37), and Paleornis; I regret in particular the want of Loriculus. Of these, it is clear that Polytehs, Aprosmactus, and Pirrhulopsis stand apart from the first 1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 35 three ; while Agapornis and Paleornis also have peculiar characters. The skulls of Geoffroyus and Helectus are extremely alike, in all their leading features: they are, moreover, so similar to that of Coracopsis, that their descriptions may be abbreviated. They both have, as in Coracopsis, a prefrontal which reaches to, but does not join, the squamosal ; a small postfrontal, somewhat larger, however, than in Coracopsis and directed more forwards; a raised triangular basitemporal shield, with broad smooth lateral areas Fig. 31. Polytelis barrabandi. Fig. 33. Aprosmictus cyanopygius. reaching back toa sharp and nearly horizontal paramastoid: in both, the lower margin of the auditory meatus is deeply and narrowly notched, the upper and posterior angle somewhat square, especially in Helectus; the temporal fossa narrow and deep. The mandibular fontanelle is distinct but not large. Tanygnathus, while appertaining to the same type, exhibits numerous points of difference. The orbital ring is ee widely 36 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17, nterrupted ; the postfrontal process is larger and arches down- wards; the squamosal process is very stout, and its outer surface is practically continuous with that of the low, broad, suprameatal process. The auditory meatus is wide open and nearly square; the basitemporal plate is much smaller relatively, and scarcely larger actually than in Geoffroyus: and the surfaces lateral to it are correspondingly broad. The two heads of the quadrate are confluent; the anterior or pterygoid process of the same bone is unusually large. The mandibular fontanelle is obsolete. The intraorbital fissures are unusually small. Fig. 34, Auditory region of Pyrrhulopsis. Pyrrhulopsis, Aprosmactus,and Polytelis differ from Tanygnathus in several points, and particularly in the region of the postorbital and squamosal processes. The postorbital is very indistinctly defined, and exists only as the thickened edge of the descending posterior rim of the orbit, where it meets the temporal fossa. It descends lower in Aprosmictus than in Pyrrhulopsis,and lower still in Polytelis, where it leaves only a slight and narrow groove between it and the squamosal to represent the outlet of the fossa. The configuration of the base of the squamosal process is totally different from that of Tanygnathus ; for the suprameatal process is now separated by a wide and deep groove from the squamosal, and the latter does 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 37 not overhang the quadrate, but is excavated to form a deep uotch, which exposes the head of the quadrate bone. In all these forms the intraorbital fissure is large, the descending processes from the hinder border of the maxillz are large also, the inner head of the quadrate is quite distinct, and the mandibular fenestra is obsolete. Agapornis roseicapillus. In all, the auditory aperture is much narrowed, by the forward growth of the posterior wall of the meatus; this takes place to the greatest extent in Polytelis and Aprosmictus, in which last the aperture is reduced to a curved slit. ‘lhe basitemporal triangle is very small in Pyrrhulopsis, and well defined from the areas at its sides ; the paroccipital processes, looked at from behind, are nearly vertical; in Aprosmictus they are more horizontal, and the lateral areas are accordingly more on a level with and less defined from the basitemporal ; in Polytelis the same tendency is still more displayed. In Agapornis the orbital ring is incomplete and the postfrontal extremely small, as in the forms last described. There is a notch at the base of the squamosal process, but the latter is not separated by a groove from the suprameatal ; the conformation here is more as in Eclectus. The auditory meatus is narrow, and the intraorbital vacuity very large. The mandibular fenestra is large also. The quadrate is very delicate in form; its two heads are fused, its shaft is very slender, and its anterior process small. Family PuarycErcinz. Of this group I have examined skulls of Platycercus (fig. 37), Nanodes (Lathamus) discolor, Neophema pulchella, Psephotus, Nynphe- Fig. 37. Platycercus elegans. 38 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON 'THE (Jan. 17, cus (figs. 38, 39), and Melopsitiacus (fig. 40, p. 39). OF these, the last alone differs markedly from the others. The characters com- mon tothe rest are precisely the characters to which I have called attention in Aprosmictus, Polytelis, and Pyrrhulopsis; that is to say, to the Australasian forms described under the group Pale- ornithine. In all, we find an incomplete orbital ring, a postfrontal process scarcely represented by more than the raised border of the orbit ; a squamosal process crossed at its base by a deep groove above the meatus and in front of the suprameatal process. In all, the auditory meatus is narrow and curved; the intraorbital vacuity is large (especially in Nymphicus) ; the mandibular fenestra is obsolete. In all, the base of the skull is flattened, the small tri- Fig. 38. Nymphicus wveensis. Fig. 39. Auditory region of Nymphicus wveensis (enlarged). angular basitemporal plate being nearly on a level with the areas at its sides. The squamosal region presents certain peculiarities in the several forms. In Platycercus, at least in Pennant’s Parrakeet, the groove above described at the base of the squamosal is bridged by a well-developed ring of bone, extending from the suprameatal process to a slight descending process or tubercle at the base of the squamosal. In Nymphicus the groove is extremely deep, and thouch the bridge of bone is not present, the two pro- cesses are very well marked, that at the base of the squamosal being extremely conspicuous. In Neophemathe postfrontal process is at a minimum, the posterior border of the orbit running with 1899. } CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 39 scarce a perceptible interruption on to the upper border of the squamosal. In Mymphicus, the inner head of the quadrate is ill- defined ; in Platycercus it is separate but very small: in both the shaft is slender, the anterior process very small, and the pterygoid condyle scarcely separate from the mandibular. Fig. 40. Melopsittacus undulatus. In Melopsittacus we have a complete orbit, and furthermore a bridge of bone crosses the temporal fossa, uniting the postfrontal pro- cess to the squamosal, precisely as in the Cockatoos, though leaving a proportionately small fenestra. The characters of the base of the squamosal region, of the base of the skull, of the intraorbital vacuity, and of the mandible resemble those of the other Platycer- cine, The quadrate is very like that of Nymphicus. In the byoid of Melopsittacus, by the way, the parahyal processes form an arch, meeting together above the basihyal, precisely as Dr. Mivart has shown in the case of the Lories. RECAPITULATION. From the foregoing facts it seems to me easy to draw certain interesting conclusions, though many questions are still left imperfectly answered. In the first place, the isolation of Nestor is very evident. The whole character of the squamosal and auditory region of the skull is unique, and unapproached in any other Parrot. The great size of the intraorbital vacuity and of the mandibular fenestra, the shape of the quadrate, as well as the more obvious peculiarities in the shape of the beak and mandible, all distinguish the skull at a glance. There is no osteological ground for allying Nestor with the Lories as in Dr. Gadow’s scheme, any more than with Psittacus and Ara as in Garrod’s. Its right to constitute a separate family as instituted by Salvadori seems perfectly clear, and indeed Prof. Newton (Dict. of Birds, p. 629) has already remarked that Salvadori’s view “is fully justified by a cursory examination of its osteology.” Though less striking at a glance, the cranial peculiarities of Stringops are certainly no less important. I am inclined to attach high importance to the characters of the quadrate bone, in which, as I have shown above, the short thick shaft, the large broad anterior process, the great ridge bearing the jugal cup, and the position of the pterygoid condyle, widely separate from the mandi- bular articular surface, are all unique among the Parrots, in all the 40 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE Jan. 17 7 rest of which the quadrate, varying within narrow limits, has a form very characteristic of and peculiar to the family. I have no doubt that, in respect to the other Psittaci, this quadrate of Stringops is a primitive one—that is to say, it is not to be conceived as formed by a further modification of the typical Parrot’s quadrate, but has less of modification than theirs ; but at the same time it possesses, though in an ill-formed way, the Psittacine characters, und I can- not draw from it any clue to relationship outside the group. Of all the characters of the Psittacine quadrate, the chief is found in the character of the articulation with the mandible, and the region of this articulation deserves a little further consideration. It is a characteristic of all Birds that this articulation is a double one. In Reptiles the transversely expanded lower end of the quadrate is crossed by a saddle-shaped groove, and so forms an outer and inner tuberosity, which, however, form one articular surface, playing on an uneven but continuous socket in the articular and sometimes extending outwards on tothe angular bone. But in Birds the corresponding groove is deepened, until the condyle, originally single, is divided into two: the inner one lies below and behind the articulation of the quadrate with the pterygoid, the outer one below and internal to the articulation with the jugal (the main difference in the Reptile lying in the extension of that portion of the quadrate intervening between theinner part of the condyleand the pterygoid). The former plays into the deep glenoid cavity, more or less elongated in an antero-posterior direction, on the mner side of the jaw ; the latter plays on a no less well-marked surface on the outer margin of the jaw. In Apterya we see these two very clearly, and they are both remarkable for their transverse form and position, with a minimum of antero-posterior elongation. In Struthio we find the outer, or (for convenience) the sub-jugal condyle, produced backwards into a well-marked and somewhat hollowed articular surface immediately below the shaft of the bone, and these two portions play into an enlarged area along the outer border of the mandible, quite distinct from the inner or true glenoid cavity. In the Rayen the state of matters is not dissimilar, but the outer articulation, as it were increasing in importance, now, in its pos- terior extension, runs backward very nearly to the posterior angle of the jaw. In Dacelo this posterior portion of the outer condyle is developed into a separate tubercle little less than the anterior one, and the facet on the mandible is divided into two portions accordingly. With various slight modifications, a similar condition is found in very many other inna and in the Herons we reach au extreme development of the posterior (and outer) condyle, now separated by a deep hollow (to which, in the mandible, a high ridge corresponds) from the anterior portion. The more this posterior area becomes enlarged and separated from the anterior, the more in certain cases it becomes approximated to the inner (or sub- pterygoid) condyle, though, so far as I can see, the corresponding surfaces in the mandible remain distinct. Thus both in the Herons, in some Raptores (é.¢g. the Condor), in the Gulls, and also in Dacelo, 1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 4] in a greater or less degree, the two areas become connected, with less or more interruption, by a definite ridge. Now in the Parrots the inner or sub-pterygoid condyle becomes so extremely enlarged and so elongated from before backwards, that at first sight it appears to form the entire articulation. With its antero-posterior extension it has also undergone a downward expansion, while the region of the bone below the jugal cup is not only thereby raised far above the level of the inner (or true) condyle, but at the same time becomes much less prominent in the outward or lateral direction. This is oue of the respects in which Stringops seems to have undergone less modification than the others, for the region bearing the jugal cup is very prominent laterally and less raised than in the others above the level of the main condyle. We have seen that more or less in all Parrots the edge of the mandible plays upon the side of the quadrate below the jugal cup, and we now recognize that this is not a new and fortuitous contact, bat a more or less obsolete survival of what in Birds in general is one-half of the primitive articulation. In the Cockatoos, especially in Microglossa, and in the Macaws, this articular facet below the jugal cup is quite distinct, and in Stringops it is aiso well-marked and points downwards ; in Micro- glossa, where the jugal region of the quadrate is also prominent, though less so, it ikewise looks more or less downwards, while in the Macaws and others it lies on a more nearly vertical slope. It is more difficult to determine how or to what extent the posterior extension of this outer condyle, that we have seen to be so well-marked in many birds, isrepresented in the Parrots. We might be inclined to imagine, from the manner in which it sometimes comes, as I have described above, to approximate with the mner condyle, that the large size of the latter in the Parrots was due to a fusion of the two; but the absence of any change in the relations of the corresponding cavity in the mandible forbids me to think so. I take it that this portion of the quadrate is still represented by that region of the bone immediately behind the pterygoid cup which, reduced or truncated in most Parrots, is comparatively prominent in Stringops. And although this area no longer serves an articular purpose, I think we may recognize it (both in its more highly developed form in Stringops, and in the shape of a smaller tubercle in Ara and Microglossa and of an elevated protuberance in . Conurus &c.) by itsrelations to the quadrato-jugal cup, behind which it lies, and to the region bearing the main condyle which curves evenly backwards towards it. I have already shown that in its complete orbit, formed by a junction of the prefrontal and postfrontal elements, Slringops is unique among the Old- World Parrots ; its temporal fossa is dispro- portionately large compared with all the rest ; the grooved surface posterior to the squamoso-temporal articulation and overhung by the suprameatal process is by far more developed than in any other Parrot except Nestor, though in this respect Stringops itself is far from approaching that peculiar type, and such resemblance as this 42 PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [viarneliae region shows does not amount to an indication of affinity between the two outlying forms. On the whole, the facts in our possession seem to confirm the right of both genera to represent separate families very distinct from the other Psittaci, and there is more evidence in the skull of Stringops than in that of Nestor of low or primitive characters. In spite of its complete orbit I am inclined to think it the lowest or least modified of a highly modified group, and to look upon Nestor as an aberrant but less primitive form, to which, however, I cannot assign a direct connection with, or deri- vation from, any other known genus. The Cockatoos are for the most part distinguished by a complete orbit, and by the fusion of the suborbital bar both with the post- frontal and with the squamosal process, so that a bridge is formed across the temporal fossa (cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 594); where the temporal fossa is incompletely bridged, as in Microglossa and in Cacatua ducorpsti, a posterior ramus extends backwards, apparently from the postfrontal part of the suborbital bar, to bridge it in- completely. The shaft of the quadrate is stout, the region bearing the jugal cup is elevated, and the external or subjugal articular surface comparatively well-marked. The interorbital septum is deep and truncated or indented anteriorly. The auditory meatus is on the whole wide, and its posterior border is always very near to the occipital ridge. The external nares are round, and com- paratively small, sometimes, as in Microglossa, very small indeed. Calopsittacus is, in the character of its orbital ring, thoroughly Cacatuine; but it differs in its larger and more oval nostrils, and in a greater narrowing of the auditory meatus by reason of the ingrowth of its posterior wall, which leads to an extension of the interspace between the meatus and the occipital ridge. Cacatua rosewapilla forms in both respects an intermediate stage. The only other Parrot in which the temporal fossa is bridged by bone, so far as I know, is Melopszttacus, though here the squamosal process is much broader and flatter, and the temporal fossa much smaller than in Calopsittacus. The two skulls, however, show a strong resemblance one to another. With the exception of Melopsitiacus, the whole group of Austra- lian Parrots united under the name Platycercine agree, so far as I have examined them (and I particularly regret the want of Pezo- porus and Geopsittacus), in several distinctive characters. The Australian genera Polytelis, Aprosmictus, and Pyrrhulopsis (and I expect Ptistes also) agree so perfectly in cranial characters with the Platycercine, that I do not doubt for a moment the necessity of removing them from the Palewornithine and uniting them with the other Australian genera. The leading character in all these forms is the presence of a deep groove or excavation at the base of the squamosal process, the area overhung by the suprameatal process being confluent with the temporal fossa. The auditory cayity is clearly bounded in front and separated from the region of the quadrate articulation by a bar of bone confluent above with this region in front of the suprameatal process. ‘There is further a 1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 43 well-marked notch on the lower margin of the squamosal process at the place of the quadrate articulation, much as in Stringops. The auditory meatus is very narrow and crescentic in form ; the space between it and the descending occipital ridge is very wide ; the basitemporal region is nearly on a level with the occipital condyle; the paroccipital process is blunt (except in Pyrrhulopsis) ; the orbital ring is incomplete and the postfrontal process almost obsolete or represented only by a vertical ridge; the nostril is large, the interorbital fenestra is moderately so, the mandibular fenestra is extremely small or obsolete. While Melopsittacus appears to differ most markedly from the above in its complete orbital ring, with its bridge, as in the Cockatoos, across the temporal fossa, yet at the same time it possesses an extremely well-marked notch at the base of the squamosal and a deeply-excavated surface between this and the suprameatal tubercle; it agrees in all the other characters mentioned above with the Platycercine, of which I have no doubt it is a real, though a somewhat aberrant, member. The case of Oalopsitiacus is a little more difficult. While in the Cockatoos the auditory meatus reaches backward to the descending occipital ridge, in Oalopsitiacus as in Melopsittacus there is a wide interspace between. he auditory meatus is proportionately nar- rower than in the Cockatoos. The temporal fossa, though bridged by bone as in the Cockatoos, is much smaller and narrower than in them. ‘There is a very distinct notch at the base of the squamosal and a well-marked surface between it and the suprameatal process, though this is not nearly so conspicuous a feature as in the Platy- cercine. The nostrils are very large and near together as in Melopsittacus, and are very different from the small, round, and distant nostrils of the Cockatoos. On the whole I should say that, so far as cranial osteology goes, the position of Calopsittacus is an open question, and that it is by no means impossible that it may really deserve to be grouped somewhere near Nymphicus and Melopsittacus. While the facts suggest at least the possibility of a closer affinity than that usually recognized between the two Australian groups of Cacatuine and Platycercine, this larger question must also remain for the meantime in uncertainty. The true Lories form a natural group, and their place is, I believe, not far from the Platycercine. The auditory meatus is constricted, its posterior border is crescentic and widely separated from the occipital ridge. The orbit is incomplete and the post- frontal process almost obsolete or (as in Hos) narrow and vertical. The squamosal process is more or less distinctly notched at its base, more in Lorius, much less in T'richoglossus, and the well-marked suprameatal process overhangs a surface of bone, to which ascends, as in Aprosmictus &c., the bar which separates the auditory cavity from the region of the quadrate articulation. The excavated region of the base of the squamosal is not nearly so complete as in the Platycercine, but yet it is more like to them than to any other family of Parrots. The three genera grouped by Salvadori as Psittacinw, namely 44 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jun. 17, Psittacus, Coracopsis, and Dasyptilus, are very different from one another in regard to their skulls. Coracopsis appears to show a marked resemblance to Hcelectus and Geoffroyus. As to Dasyptilus, it is certainly very different from both Coracopsis and Psittacus : the characters of our imperfect specimen suggest no close alliance with other forms, but go some way to indicate a very isolated position for the genus. The skull of Agapornis differs very materially from that of the typical Palewormithine. The difference is, in the first place, con- spicuous in the extremely narrow auditory meatus and extremely wide, almost square, surface between its straight posterior border and the descending occipital ridge. The suprameatal tubercle is moderately developed, the squamosal process long ‘and curved, the postfrontal process extremely small, the nostrils and the interorbital and mandibular fenestre all large. It is for one thing plain, from the breadth of its post-auditory region, that Agapornis differs greatly from the ordinary South- American Parrots. I regret that I have not been able to examine the skull of Psittacula, for it would be extremely interesting to see whether this osteological feature confirms (like the characters of the carotids) the separa- tion of these two superficially similar but geographically distinct genera. Extremely different from all the Parrots of the Old World and very similar to one another are the two genera Chrysotis and Pionus. The orbit is complete by junction of the prefrontal and postfrontal processes, and the bridge of bone so formed descends to form an angular prominence opposite the extremity of the squamosal. The temporal fossa is extremely narrow. The inferior border of the squamosal is curved but not notched. The supra- meatal tubercle is low, the auditory aperture wide, and its posterior border is very near to the occipital ridge which bends forward in a sinuous curve to approach it. The paroccipital processes are prominent but flattened or excavated below externally to the basi- temporal ridges. ‘The nostrils are of moderate size, the interorbital fenestre small, and the mandibular fenestra nearly obsolete. Of the genera grouped with these by Salvadori under the name Pionine, I find Pachynus, Caica, and the African Paocephalus to be very different. Caica, in the extremely small size, circular form, and wide distance apart of its nostrils, resembles Myopsittacus, which latter is usually grouped with the Conures. In their other characters Caica and Myopsittacus are very similar to one another. The postfrontal process is short and nearly vertical, especially in Caica. The squamosal process is curved in its lower border and more or less distinctly notched at its base. The suprameatal tubercle is distinct, the auditory meatus rather wide and its posterior border somewhat further from the occipital ridge than in Chrysotis and much farther than in Conurus. The paroccipital process is very much as in Chrysotis ; the long prefrontal process much asin Conurus. The interorbital fenestra is of moderate size ; 1899.] CRANIAL OSTHOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 45 the mandibular fenestra differs in the two genera, being obsolete in Myopsittacus, but large in Catca. In Conurusand Pyrrhura the orbit is sometimes complete, though the suborbital bar when compiete is slender; when it is incom- plete the postfrontal process is long, as long or nearly so as the squamosal and very much longer than in any of the Old-World Parrots. The squamosal process is curved below but indistinctly notched, the suprameatal process is extremely small, the auditory meatus is uncommonly wide and its posterior border is very near to the occipital ridge. The paroccipital processes are prominent and more vertical than in Chrysotis. The nestrils are of moderate size, rounded, and somewhat distant, being intermediate in all three respects between Chrysotis and Myopsittacus. The inter- orbital vacuity is considerably larger than in Chrysotis or Pionus. The mandibular fenestra is variable, sometimes large and sometimes obsolete. There remain to be considered a small number of genera be- tween which I find it harder to draw osteological distinctions or to trace definite resemblances to those already considered. These forms include Paleornis, Tanygnathus, Eclectus, and Geoffroyus—in other words, the remaining genera of the so-called Palwornithine after removing from that family Agapornis and the Australian genera allied to Aprosmictus; and also Pachynus and Brotogerys, at present grouped respectively with the Piomne and the Conurine, Peocephalus, the African genus grouped with the otherwise exclu- sively South-American Pionine, and Coracopsis, associated by Salvadori with Psittacus. The above genera have all an incomplete orbit and an extremely small postfrontal process in the shape of a more or less vertical ridge. The prefrontal process is long, and it extends close to, though it is not united with, the tip of the long straight squamosal process. The auditory meatus is comparatively wide ; the area between it and the occipital ridge is broader than in Conurus or Chrysotis, but narrower than in Psittacus or the Lories, and @ fortiora much narrower than in Agapornis. There is no notch below (except in Coracopsis) nor groove across the base of the squamosal process. The skulls of Pale@ornis and Tanygnathus are extremely alike, the only conspicuous difference being in the nostrils, which in Tanygnathus are smaller and wider apart. In both genera the interorbital vacuity is extremely small and similar in character. In elecius the interorbital vacuity is moderately large, the squamosal process is expanded towards its tip, the nostrils are small and oval with the long axis of the oval vertical, and the descending occipital ridge is faintly marked (whereas in the others it was extremely strong) and curves forwards, giving a distinctly different outline to the post-auditory area in front of it. In Geoffroyus, with no very important differences, perhaps from Helectus, there is less identity of characters than we should expect to find from the very close association in which it is customary to place the two genera. 46 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN (Jan. 17, The nostrils are much larger even than in Paleornis and as near together, the interorbital vacuity is large, the squamosal is not expanded distally, the temporal fossa is small, the auditory meatus is narrower, and the post-auditory area broader than in any of these other three genera of Palcornithine. The skull of Pachynus differs from that of Chrysotis and Pionus (between which it is placed by Salvadori) in its incomplete orbit and its extremely rudimentary postorbital process. The squamosal process is straighter and narrower, and the post-auditory area some- what broader. Brotogerys likewise differs from Conurus in its larger and more approximate nostrils, its very small postorbital process, and its more expanded post-auditory area. The skull of Peocephalus has large nostrils, a small postorbital process, a straight, rather short, squamosal. It certainly differs in these respects from its supposed ally Cazca. The post-auditory region is extremely tumid, and the crescentic border of the meatus forms a deep notch above. I am unable to draw from the cranial characters of this genus any clear inference as to its closer relationships. 3. Report on the Gorgonacean Corals collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti. By Isa L. Hinus, B.Sc. (Vict.), Owens College, Manchester.’ [Received November 2, 1898.] (Plates I.-IV.) Of the forms of Gorgonacean Corals sent to me by Mr. Gardiner for identification and examination the majority belong to the family Muriceide. There is one Gorgonellid—Verrucella granifera Kolliker ; two Sclerogorgic forms of Gorgonide—Suberogorgia verriculata Esper, and Keraides korent Wright & Studer; and one Plexaurid, Euplecaura antipathes Klunzinger. Among the representatives of the Muriceide there are three new forms—Villogorgia rubra, Acamptogorgia spinosa, and Muricella fleailis. The specimens have been very carefully preserved in spuit, but unfortunately in some cases the endoderm is not complete, and therefore they are not so useful for anatomical examination as they would otherwise be. J am much indebted to Professor Hickson for the great help he has given me, especially with regard to the literature. The classification adopted is that used by Wright and Studer in the ‘Challenger’ Report on Alcyonaria. 1 Communicated by Prof. Sypney J. Hicwson, F.R.S., F.Z.8. ioe Sule sy ev. J.Smit hth. Mintern Bros.imp. Fies.1,2 VERRUCELLA GRANIFERA Fiss.35.ACAMPTOGORGIA SPINOSA: Pres.6,7. ACANTHOGORGIA MURICATA. I PZ oe l80o. Eis Mintern Bros.imp. mit bth . u) 5 WILLOGORGIA RUBE. Ape 2p Sek oboho it elle BLL J.Smat del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp. Pues 12 . IMMUIRINC EhLIbwAL Iih SSUES). Fies.3,4.M.TENERA. Nie Gerveoyomlifc labo es eel) aN E.Dust del. J.Smat lth Mintern Bros.imp. EUPLEXAURA ANTIPATHES = f me Gt Ve ; ! ae ae Pe a A da Py OCC a 8" | a "| Ar? Laas) » ; j eit ‘ een R ; wy ‘ f ea ——_ ae SS | - | 1 3 ‘ 4 1 2 \ / i . < ee be - ~~. 3 . ’ : ‘ ‘ ‘ > “ . 2 > “ip or, 7 eS =. le gin Kole NT na ee 1899.] CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 47 Section SCLERAXONTIA. Family SCLEROGORGID &. KER@IDES KORENI Wright & Studer. There are numerous fragments of this species, but no complete colony. ; The spicules are ‘92 mm.—:203 mm. in length, by ‘27 mm.— "13 mm. The colony is light red in colour, with yellow polyps. Hab. Outer slope of the reef. Depth 40-90 fathoms. Previously recorded from the neighbourhood of Japan (7). Section HOLAXONTA., Family Muricnr2. ACAMPTOGORGIA SPINOSA, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 3, 4, 5.) There are several fragments of this form, but they are all rather small. The branches are 5 mm. in diameter. The ccenenchyma is fairly thick and very rough. The small branches arise at angles ot from 60°-90°. The polyps are borne chiefly on the sides of the branches. They stand out fairly perpendicularly at intervals of about 2 mm. Each branch bears, close to the apex, two opposite polyps which are usually somewhat larger than the others. They are 1:05 mm. in height, by 1-1 mm. across the crown and °64 mm. across the base. The other polyps are ‘73 mm. X °62 mm., and *55 mm. across the base. Thus the terminal polyps are decidedly larger than the lateral ones. They are cylmdrical in shape, somewhat wider across the crown. The operculum forms a low cone; it consists of the basal epicules of the tentacles, each tentacle having 2 or 3 long pointed spicules which divide into two at the basal end. ‘They are -36 mm.x:09 mm. (length by breadth), and rest on a sunken collaret of spindles. The polyp spicules are of the three-rayed type with foliaceous expansions from two of the three rays, the third standing perpendicular to the others like a long sharp spike. They are -37 mm. in height by ‘36 mm. across the foliaceous basal portion. The ccenenchyma spicules are bent spindles with short branched expansions on the convex side, and also smaller forms of the polyp spicules. The spindles are -21 mm. x-1l mm. (length by breadth). The axis is horny, brown, with the central core divided into chambers. The colour of the colony in spirit is light brown. ‘Depth 40-90 fathoms. 48 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN, (Jan. 17, This form differs form A. arbuscula, A. alternans Wright & Studer, A. acanthostoma and A. fruticosa Germanos, in the structure of the polyps, their proportionate size to the width of the branch, and the shapes of the spicules. The spicules resemble most closely those of A. acanthostoma, but the polyps of the new species are much more spiny. AcANTHOGORGIA MuRICATA Verrill. (Plate I. figs. 6, 7.) Verrill (4) gives no figures, but the specimen agrees fairly with his description of the species. The branching is in one plane. Height of the specimen 75 mm.; breadth 8 mm.; diameter at the base 1 mm. Length of the calyces 2-0—2'5 mm. ; diameter at the base ‘6 mm. ; diameter of the head 1-2 mm. The spicules round the edge of the calyx are 1-01 x-06 mm. ; the spicules of the calyx-wall are -75 x'03 mm.; the spicules of the ccenenchyma are °3x°03 mm. Most of the spicules are crooked, and some have the smaller end slightly branched. Depth 40-90 fathoms. Previously recorded from Barbados ; depth 76 fathoms. This is a good example of wide distribution, the same species being found at Barbados and at Funafuti, two widely separated localities. VILLOGORGIA INTRICATA Gray. There is one example of this species attached to the axis of a dead Gorgonid. Wright and Studer (7) describe the species among the ‘ Challenger’ Gorgonide. Depth 40-71 fathoms. Previously recorded from a locality between the Fiji Islands and the New Hebrides. Depth 145 fathoms. This is a considerable difference in depth, but the specimen is undoubtedly V. antricata. VILLOGORGIA RUBRA, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.) There are two small colonies with much of the ccenenchyma rubbed off. The basal attachment is present in both as a small, flat, calcareous expansion. One colony gives off a broken branch at an angle of 90°, 10 mm. above the base; the main stem reaches a height of 40 mm., and 13 mm. from the apex gives off another branch at the same side, 8 mm. long. The other colony is 34 mm. high and gives off three branches fairly perpendicularly. These are all on the same side; the lowest arises 11 mm. from the base and is broken off short; the second is 9 mm. long, and arises 3 mm. above the first; the third is 45 mm. above the second, and is 13 mm. long. There are very few polyps, most of the ccenenchyma having 1899. ] CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 49 been rubbed off; but what remains of the coenenchyma is thin. The polyps arise almost perpendicularly, and mostly on the two sides. The end of a branch bears two polyps, one slightly in advance of the other, but neither truly terminal. The polyps are ‘92 mm. in height by 1:3 mm. in breadth at the base. The spicules of the ccenenchyma are chiefly four-rayed stars and flattened curved spindles, giving off spines from the convex side. They are ‘12 mm. long by *2 mm. broad. The polyps are covered with broad flat spicules, somewhat triangular in shape, with branched lateral outgrowths. They are °22 mm. x °49 mm. (length by breadth). The operculum is eight-rayed ; each ray consists of two broadish spicules, converging at the apex. Their bases rest on a horizontally placed spicule, curved in shape and somewhat spiny. The opercular spicules are *31 mm. x*07 mm. The axis is horny, flexible, with the centre divided into chambers. The colour of the colony in spirit is reddish brown. The spicules of the cceenenchyma and polyps are bright red, those of the operculum white. Hab. Outer slope of Ellice Island. Depth 40-71 fathoms. This form differs from V. intricata Gray in the size of the polyps and of the spicules, the arrangement of the polyps, and the colour of the spicules. It differs from V. mauritiensis Ridley (5) in the size of the polyps, the shape of the spicules of the verruce, and the colour of the colony. It differs from V. flabellata Whitelegge (9) in the colour and form of the spicules. It differs from V. nigrescens Duchassaing & Michelotti (1) in the form and size of the verruce and in the colour of the colony. MOURICELLA FLEXILIS, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 1, 2.) There is one small specimen of this form. It is 130 mm. in height and 70 mm. across the widest part. The main stem is 1-5 mm. in diameter near the base. Branching takes place in one plane, the branching arising from two sides of the stem. Lateral branches are borne in the same plane. The branches are slightly flattened in the plane of branch- ing; they all end in a small flat expansion with two lateral polyps borne close to the apex, making it somewhat hammer-shaped. The calyces are -9 mm. by *8 mm. in diameter at the base. The polyps are only partially retracted, the heads, measuring ‘6 mm. x ‘5 mm. in diameter, being visible above the verruce. The spicules are spindle-shaped, with warts not very thickly placed. They are 1:105 mm. x ‘09 mm., ‘83 mm. x ‘073 mm., 18 mm. x ‘027 mm. The colour in spirit is dirty white, the brown axis showing through the thin white ccenenchyma. Hab. Outer slope of the reef of Funafuti. Depth 40-71 fathoms. This specimen differs from WM. tenera Ridley (5) in the greater Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. LY. + 50 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN [Jan. 17, slenderness of stem and branches, the smaller size of the spicules, and the fact that they are much less warted. It differs from M. umbraticoides Studer’ in the absence of the * halbseitig warzig ” character of the spicules. It differs from M. complanata Wright & Studer (7) in its much more slender appearance, the thinness of the ccenenchyma, and the comparatively smooth character of the spindles, and also in colour being white, not rose-colour. It differs from M. perramosa Ridley (5) in colour and in the absence of a divergent bend of the stem at the origin of the branches. It differs from M. nitida Verrill (4) in colour, in the size of the spicules, and the lateral position of the polyps. Tt differs from M. gracilis Wright & Studer (7) in the lateral arrangement of the polyps at the ends of the branches, in the much less warted spindles, and in the colour of the coenenchyma, which is not red but white. Tt differs from M. crassa Wright & Studer (7) in the thinness of the ccenenchyma, the lateral arrangement of the polyps, the slender character of the stem and branches, and in the much smoother character of the spicules. MvRriIcELLA TENERA Ridley. (Plate III. figs. 3, 4.) There is one colony; it is 115 mm. high by 55 mm. across the widest part. The main stem is 2 mm. in diameter at the base. Tt is ramified in one plane, giving off branches on two sides at angles of about 45°; these again bear branches at angles of 45°-60°. The calyces are small and inconspicuous, ‘5 mm. high and 1 mm. in diameter at the base. They are borne on the two sides of the stem and branches about 2 mm. apart. The branches end in two laterally placed polyps, making the termination triangular in shape. The coenenchyma is thin and whitish in colour; the brown axis shows through, making the whole appear fawn-colour. The polyps are brown. The spicules are long, wavy spindles, covered with warts, which are more prominent on one side than the other. They are 4:34 mm. x:29 mm., 2°34 mm. x°22 mm., *29 mm. x ‘036 mm. Hab. Outer slope of the reef. Depth 40-71 fathoms. This specimen differs slightly from Muricella tenera as described by Ridley (5), but the differences are not very important. The calyces are smaller, and the spicules are from two to four times the size of those of Ridley’s form. The spicules of the calyx also are not arranged in such a regular row as Ridley figures; Wright and Studer (7. p. 124) say the same about these spicules in the forms examined by them. Otherwise the colony decidedly approaches MM. tenera: I have 1 Studer, Th., Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d, Wiss. Berlin, 1878, 1899. ] CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 51 seen the ‘Challenger’ specimen, and consider this to be the saine form. Previously recorded from south of Papua, off the Ki Islands, depth 140 fathoms ; and Port Molle, Queensland. Family PLexaAURID&. Eurrexaura anrrpatues Klunzinger. (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2. Plecaura antipathes Klunzinger. This specimen, which is in a dried state, is pale fawn in colour. The colony is much branched, the branches arising approxi- mately in one plane. The branches are given off irregularly ; they, in their turn, branch repeatedly, and these branches bear further branches. There are no traces of anastomoses. The basal portions are slightly flattened, but the terminal twigs are round and thicken slightly towards the ends. The branches run close together and fairly parallel. The polyp-pores are scattered irregularly over the whole surface, and are not raised above the general level except on the terminal twigs, where they are at the summit of slight conical elevations. They are about 1 mm. apart. The cortex is friable, and somewhat thicker on the twigs than the older parts. It is comparatively smooth; on the older branches there are slight longitudinal furrows which run somewhat spirally round the stem. The axis is of horn, with scattered particles of calcareous matter ; it is of a dense black colour in the thicker branches. The “root” portion of the colony shows a great development of a peculiar skeletal substance, hard, and looking like stone. It is dull grey in colour, and shows the same furrowings as the cortex of the stem which extended over it. On treating with acid the stony part is dissolved away, leaving a fine network of horny matter in which the CaCO, was contained. The grey substance which strengthens the base of attachment is clearly formed independently of the black axis, although it may rightly be regarded as being of the same uature. Judging from the dried specimen it is composed of spicules of lime embedded in a horny matrix, no processes of the ccenosarcal canals extending into it, even superficially. It is extremely hard, and breaks with a clean fracture when struck with a hammer. The horny axis, on the other hand, can be cut with a penknife. The nature of the horny substance is not determined, but from its insolubility seems similar to the keratin of the axis. It is only rarely seen in specimens of Gorgonacea in Museums, although it is possible that it may be formed at the base of all large Gorgonids when exposed to strong tides. . In the centre the calcareoi.s ~natter is white and friable, not having assumed the stony, solid appearance of the outer part. The basal enlargement is seen also in Pleawaura principalis and P. suffruticosa, in the National Collection at South Kensington ; 4 52 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN [Jan.17, and Klunzinger, in his ‘ Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres,’ mentions it for Plewaura antipathes. The spicules of the cortex are small warty spindles and clubs, the spindles preponderating. They are colourless, and are -17 min. in length by ‘07 mm. in breadth. There are also a few small irregular crosses. Hab. Funafuti Lagoon. Depth 6-7 fathoms. Family GorGONELLIDS. VERRUCELLA GRANIFERA Kolliker. (Plate I. figs. 1, 2.) Syn. Verrucella flabellata Whitelegge. There are several fragments of this species. The largest is 170 mm. long; the stem is 1 mm. in diameter at the base, and remains about the same throughout. At a height of 70 mm. it gives off a branch, and 50 mm. farther another branch arises. The branches are about the same thickness as the stem. The whole is whip-like and very flexible. The verruce are numerous, alternate, nearly at right angles to the axis, and about 2 mm. apart. They are ‘5 mm. high by 1 mm. wide at the base, and bluntly conical in shape. The axis is very hard and brittle; it shows a number of longi- tudinal grooves. The branches end in a small knob, with a laterally-placed polyp close to the apex. The spicules are double stars and spindles of the Gorgonellid type. The warts are compound, and arranged in rings, leaving a median zone free and smooth. The spindles are flat, and many of them have rounded ends. The double spindles are °073 mm. Xx ‘036 mm., ‘082: mm. x 018 mm.; the double stars are ‘036 mm. x ‘018 mm. The colour, in spirit, is pale fawn. These specimens seem to approach most closely to Verrucella granifera Kolliker (2), except that the spicules are only faintly tinged with yellow. V. flabellata Whitelegge (9) seems to resemble Kélliker’s form, V. granifera, very closely, the only difference, apparently, being that some of the spicules have rounded ends; but others, as he fizures (pl. xvii. fig. 33), have pointed ends, and resemble those of V. granifera. This seems a small difference on which to found a new species, especially when the character is not constant and found in all the spicules. In one of the pieces from Funafuti which I examined the spicules are decidedly longer and more pointed than in the other fragments, although im other respects they are similar. This may be due simply to a difference in locality. A slight variety of form and size in the spicules is of frequent occurrence in Gorgonacea, and must not be considered of specific value. Hab. Funafuti. Depth 40-71 fathoms. Previously recorded from the coast of Africa. This is another instance of the same species from two widely 1899.] CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. - 53 separated localities, and may be compared with the distribution of Acanthogorgia muricata Verrill, which occurs at Funafuti and has been recorded from Barbados. SUBEROGORGIA VERRICULATA Ksper. There are two fragments of this species, drab in colour. The double-star spindles are somewhat rougher than those figured in Kolliker’s paper (2), otherwise the form seems to belong to Esper’s species. Hab. Outer slope of the coral-reef at Funafuti. LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 1. Ducuassaine, P., et MicnEentor1, G.—Mémoire sur les Coral- liaires des Antilles. Turin, 1S60. . KontiKker, A.—Icones Histiologice. Leipzig, 1860. . Ripnny, 8. O.—‘“ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Aleyonaria, with Descriptions of new Species from the Indian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal.” Annals & Magazine of Natural History, ix., 1882. 4, VERRILL, A.—‘ Report on the Anthozoa, and on some additional Species dredged by the ‘ Blake,’ 1877-79, and the U.S. Fish- Commission Steamer ‘ Fish Hawk,’ 1880-82.” Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, vol. xi. no. 1, 1883. . Ripcey, 8. O.— Zoological Collection of H.M.S. < Alert.’ “« Aleyonaria,” Melanesian Collections. Part I., 1884. . Vow Kocu, G.—* Die Gorgoniden des Golfes von Neapel.” Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel, xv., 1887. . Wricut, E. P., & Srupmr, T'a.—‘ Challenger’ Report on Alcyo- naria, xxxi., 1889. . Grrmanos, N. K.—‘‘ Gorgonaceen von Ternate.” Die Ab- handlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell- schaft, Band xxii. Heft 1, 1896. _ 9. Warretecen, TH.—“ 54 MR, A. B, SHIPLEY ON GEPHYREAN (Jan. 17, Prats II. Fig. 1. Villogorgia rubra, n. sp., p. 48. The colony, natural size. 2. Villogorgia rubra. Some spicules, (a) of the operculum, (0) of the polyp, (¢) of the ceenenchyma. 3. Villogorgia rubra. Three polyps, magnified, to show the operculum closed. 4, Villogorgia rubra. Two rays of the operculum. Puate IIT. . Muricella flexilis, n. sp., p. 49. The colony, natural size. . Muricella flexilis. Some spicules. . Muricella tenera, p. 50. The colony, natural size. . Muricella tenera. Some spicules. Fig. we oO he Prats LY. Fig. 1. EHuplexaura antipathes, p.51. The lower part of the colony, x 1, to show the stony basal enlargement. . Euplexaura antipathes. A small portion of a microscopical section of the basal part, decalcified, showing the horny matrix. bo 4, Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Worms formed at Christmas Island (Indian Ocean) by Mr. C. W. Andrews. By Arruur E. Surety, Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge, and University Lecturer in the Advanced Morphology of the Invertebrata. [Received December 3, 1898.] The small collection of Gephyrea gathered by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), which, owing to the kindness of Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, I have been able to examine, contains one species of Echiurid and five of Sipunculid worms. No species is new, but, as I have pointed out in another place’, the part of the world whence this collection comes has been carefully searched for Gephyrea, and the two chief authorities on the Sipunculoidea treat of specimens from this region of the earth; so that an absence of undescribed species is what might have been expected. Together with this collection came a small bottle labelled ‘Queen Charlotte’s Island, B.C., Rev. J. N. Keen.” This contained four specimens of a Sipunculid that I recognize as Physcosoma japonicum Grube *. This species has hitherto been known from Northern Japan, Hakodate, Enosima, and from the coast of Australia. It has not hitherto, so far as I know, been found on the east side of the Pacific, and Mr. Keen’s discovery of it on the American coast materially increases its range. 1 Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898, p. 151. 2 Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 76. 1899.] WORMS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 55 EcHIUROIDEA. THALASSEMA Gaertner. 1. Tu. BARONII Greef. Greef, SB. Ges. Naturw. Marburg, 4 July, 1872, p. 106; 4 May, 1877, p. 68; and Acta Ac. German. vol. xli. pt. ii. 1 jb ale Selenka, Gephyrea, ‘ Challenger’ Report, vol. xiii. pt. xxxvi. Deets Fischer, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, vol. xiii. 1895, p. 1. A single specimen of this species represented the Echiurids in Mr. Andrews’s collection. At first sight I took the animal to be an example of Fischer’s species Zh. pellucidum, which he remarks has certain resemblances with Th. baronit. It was about the same size as Fischer’s examples, and the colour, which may have been altered by spirit, was similar to that of the young spirit examples of Th. pellucidum. Fischer states that in the older specimens the colour is bluish, and it is possible that the green tinge with its violet stripes which Greef describes in Th. baronii are only acquired with age. On the other hand, the specimen described by Selenka in the ‘ Challenger’ Report from Bahia had lost its colour. There can be no doubt that this specimen was a young form; including the proboscis it was about 3 cm. long, whilst the adults of Greef attain four times this length. The structures on which I chiefly based my identification were : (i) the two pairs of nephridia, found also in Th. formosulum and Th. exilit, where, however, there are eight bands of longitudinal muscles, and in Th. pellucidum, where there are thirteen; (ii) the form and shape of the “ respiratory trees,” which closely resemble those figured in Greef’s monograph; (iii) the breaking up of the circular muscle-sheath into very fine and very numerous bands, clearly indicated by Greef in his fig. 64, plate vi.; and (iv) the number of longitudinal muscles, which is eighteen. This last point deserves some notice. In his systematic account of Th. baronii, Greef does not mention the number of strands of longitudinal muscle ; indeed it was not until 1883 that Lampert drew attention to the importance of these structures in the determination of species. Greef, in his figure of the species in question, indicates sixteen bundles, but as the cut edges of the skin are inflected it is reasonable to suppose that a further bundle has been hidden on each side. By some unexplained error, Lampert* gives the number of longitudinal muscles as twenty- three ; ; and this number has been copied by Rietsch into his ‘Etude sur les Géphyriens armés ou Echiuriens’*. Fischer has recently re-investigated the original specimens of Greef and has found in them 18-19 muscles. Locality. Greef found his examples amongst the lava blocks and stones at low tide at Arrecife on Lanzarote, one of the Canary 1 Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. vol. xxxix. 1883, p. 334. 2 Geneva, 1886, or Recueil Zoologique Suisse, vol. iii. p. 505. 56 ON GEPHYREAN WORMS FROM CHRISTMAS IsLaAND. ([Jan. 17, Islands. Selenka’s specimen was taken at Bahia, 7-20 fathoms ; Mr. Andrews’s at Christmas Island. SIPUNCULOIDEA. AsprpostpHon Grube. 2, ASPIDOSIPHON RAVUS Sluiter. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind., Bd. xl. 1881, p: 495. Shipley, Zool. Results ete. Willey, Cambridge, pt. i. 1898. A single specimen from Christmas Island extends the range of this species. Dr. Willey collected it at Sandal Bay, Liu, and Sluiter, who described the species, records it amongst the Malay Gephyrea, but unfortunately gives no more precise locality. Ciq@osiPHon Grube. 3. CLHOSIPHON ASPERGILLUM Quatrefages. Quatrefages, Histoire Naturelle des Annéleés, vol. 11. 1865, p. 605. Baas Jahresber. Schlesisch. Ges. 1867, p. 48. Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 126. Fischer, Zoolog. Forschungsreisen in Australien, Semon, vol. v. 1896, p. 338. Shipley, Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898. A single small specimen measuring some 2 cm. in length. Dr. W. Fischer has recently recorded it from Thursday Island, Samoa, whence it extends throughout the south-west Pacific and Indian Oceans. Puyscosoma * Selenka, 4, PHYSCOSOMA MICRODONTOTON Sluiter. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind., Bd. xlv. p. 506. Shipley, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 471. One specimen, which, like those collected by Mr. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma, was very much longer than the examples described by Sluiter. He, however, found no repro- ductive organs, so that it is possible his form was immature and not fully grown. The characteristic long nephridia reaching to the posterior end of the body—also found in Ph. pacificwm—are well marked. 5, Puyscosoma scotops Selenka & de Man. Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 126. Shipley, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 468. Shipley, Zoological Results ete. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898. 1 Zool. Anz. vol. xx. 1897, p. 460. iP ZS: loo ave PLEUROCORALLIUM MADERENSE. = oP reki atte oe ee hots is INOSNHOP WALTTIVd000eN dT Td WN Til IEISIL 1S! %, cal cre eee ia J ae ; . <> eer Meas oe ee, on Ps F Highley del et Jith . Figs 1&4. PLEUROCORALLIUM MADERENSE . Figs 2&5. P. JOHNSONI. Fig 3. P TRICOLOR - Liangart imp. 1899.] ON THE CORALLIIDH OF MADEIRA. 57 This species ranges from the Red Sea to the Loyalty Islands and Funafuti, and has also been found at Singapore, Amboyna, and the Philippines. Mr. Andrews’s collection comprises three specimens. They all showed the reddish flesh-tint which Semper says characterizes the female when alive, the male being a dark brown. Srpuncutus Linn. 6. SIPUNCULUS EDULIS Lamarck. Lamarck, Animaux sans Vertébres, Ist ed. vol. i. p. 79. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind., Bd. xli. p. 148, Bd. xlv. p. 484. Shipley, Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898. This species, which is eaten by the Chinese, is very variable in character and approaches S. cwmdnensis in many features. The two specimens collected at Christinas Island were of a decidedly pinkish hue, which faded at places into a greyish yellow. 5. Notes on the Coralliide of Madeira, with Descriptions of two new Species. By Jamus Yate Jonnson, C.M.ZS. [Received December 3, 1898. ] (Plates V.-VII.) Fam. CORALUIIDA. Gen. PLEUROCORALLIUM Gray (including Hemicorallium Gray). The genus Pleurocorallium is distinguished from the genus Corallium by the following characteristics :—All the species branch in one plane; the prominent polype-cells are seated on one face of the branches ; and a spicule shaped like a binocular opera-glass or like two carafes united at the sides is present in the cortical coenenchyma. Madeira appears to be the headquarters of this genus, three of the four known species being found there. The fourth species (Pl. secundum Dana) is doubtfully attributed to the Sandwich Islands, and its variety, elatior Ridley, to Japan. There can be no doubt that the hard axis of these corals is capable of taking a polish, and might be worked up into ornamental articles having a commercial value if the corals occurred more abundantly. As it is, specimens are met with so rarely that the demands of museums of natural history cannot be supplied. It may be remarked here that although the Corallium rubrum or C. nobile of authors is found in the Mediterranean, which is to the north of Madeira, and at the Cape Verd Islands, 900 miles to 58 MR. J, Y. JOHNSON ON THE [Jan.17, the south, it has never yet been discovered at Madeira. But it is not impossible that the dredges of the Prince of Monaco may alight upon its lurking-place when his well-equipped exploring yacht comes to work over this part of the bed of the Atlantic. 1, PLEUROCORALLIUM TRICOLOR, sp. noy. (Plate VIL. fig. 3.) Branching subalternately in one plane to the fourth degree of subdivision ; branches fiexuose, not coalescing. elliptical in section, attenuating upwards, the ultimate branches slender and ending in points. Axis hard, white, its surface smooth. Cortex pale yellow, granulated. Polype-cells pale vermilion-red, very promi- nent, subpedicellate, ovoid or subconical, 25-3 millim. long, less Plewrocorallium tricolor. than 2 millim. in diameter. The upper part is divided into eight upright lobes standing round the orifice in a close circle. The cells are numerous and are irregularly scattered on the anterior face of the branches; the ultimate branchlets have usually two, sometimes three cells at their tips. (The cells are shown about 23 times the natural size in the accompanying figure to the left.) 1899.} CORALLIIDE OF MADEIRA. 59 The spicula of the cortex comprise three forms :—(1) Spicules shaped like an opera-glass or like two carafes joined at the sides and having two necks; the bodies are coarsely tuberculated and the ends of the necks are set with a cycle of conical tubercles. (2) Small, cylindrical, stout with two whorls, each of four thick rays, on the shaft at right angles thereto; the projecting ends of the shaft with the two whorls of rays make up a ten-rayed spicule ; the ends of all the rays are tuberculated. (3) Numerous irregularly formed spicules which may be compared to balls with several thick rays: they seem allied to the last form, but neither axial shaft nor whorls of rays can be made out. In addition to these forms the polype-cells yield (4) numerous monaxile spicules about one and a half times the length of the spicule (2); some are cylindrical, others fusiform or clavate, and all are more or less tuber- culated ; (5) a few cruciform spicula varied in form and usually imperfect, but consisting essentially of four tapering arms at right angles to each other, their bases meeting at the centre with equal acute angles. (The spicula are figured on Plate VII. fig. 3.) This species is less robust than the other two here described, so far as can be judged from the few known specimens. Three examples have been obtained at Madeira at different times, but for many years no others have occurred. The largest specimen was presented to the British Museum, and a second, smaller, but with pertect cells, was given to the Liverpool Museum. With these two specimens before him, Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 126) assigned the latter to his Hemicorallimm johnsoni, saying it was evidently the same species and showed the coral in its young state. His paper is illustrated by a good woodcut (here reproduced, see p. 58), which displays the entire specimen and the polype-cells. The cells are unfortunately very fragile, and drop off from the dry coral at the slightest touch or jar. The specimen in the British Museum is without its base; it has a height of 170 millim. (6? in.) and the branches have a spread of about the same. The stem below the branches has a diameter of 6 millim. There are four principal branches, which in their lower parts vary in thickness from 4 to 7 millim.; above, they taper gradually and throw off tertiary and quaternary branchlets, which are seen to end in sharp points where stripped of the cortex. Two of the branches were quite dead long before the coral came from the sea, as was shown by the number of the plant-like polypiaries of hydroid zoophytes attached to them. The branches are often curiously perforated and tunnelled longitudinally on their anterior faces, and at these places are thicker than elsewhere. Boring animals appear to have attacked them, and it would seem as if fresh stony matter had been secreted so as to cover over the passages which are open at both ends, and the longer ones have usually a series of large openings at the sides. Sometimes a portion of the branch itself has been removed ; at other places the stony axis does not appear to have suffered. One tunnel measured 35 millim. in length and had eleven openings at one side. 60 MR, J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE [Jan. 17, 2. PLEUROCORALLIUM MADERENSE, sp. nov. (Plates V. & VII. figs. 1 & 4.) Branching luxuriantly in one plane to the seventh or eighth degree of subdivision. Ramification close, dense. Branches irregularly flexuose, not anastomosing. The ultimate branches, when stripped of their cortex and cells, are seen to taper to a fine point. The white axis is hard, compact, elliptical in transverse section, and its surface is smooth. The thin cortex is coloured a pale ochraceous yellow when the coral is fresh from the sea. Its surface is minutely papillate or granular. The polype-cells or calycles are very numerous and are all seated on the anterior aspect of the branches, mostly at their sides or at the tips of the ultimate branchlets. They are prominent, cylindrical, about 2 millim. long and 1 millim.in diameter. Their sides are marked with eight vertical ribs, and the mouths are surrounded by eight upright bundles of spicula forming an oval termination of the cell. The polypes have an orange colour. Five forms of spicula are found in this species, viz. :—(1) numerous double carafes with two necks; (2) a few of the short two-whorled cylindrical rods or staves ; (3) irregular rayed balls; (4) elongate, cylindrical, fusiform or clavate, tuberculated ; (5) cruciform. All these agree more or less closely with the correspondingly numbered spicula of the preceding species. (See Plate VII. figs. 1 & 4.) If the spicula alone were regarded, this species is more closely allied to the first than to the third species here described, but it is widely separated from the former by habit and coloration. From the following species, which agrees with it in coloration, it is dis- tinguished by its much greater degree of ramification and the consequent greater density and delicacy of the branches; by the smooth, not striated surface of the hard axis under the cortex; by the form of the polype-cells, which are cylindrical, not hemi- spherical and wart-like; by the presence in the cortex of irregularly formed ball-like spicula and of a few cruciform spicula ; and finally by the absence of the smooth form of double carafe spicule. Only a single specimen of this very beautiful coral is known, and that was obtained so lately as the summer of this year (1898) by the Rev. Padre Ernesto Schmitz, late Director of the Episcopal Seminario, Funchal, from a fisherman who told him it had been brought up a few days previously by a fishing-line from deep water off Camara de Lobos, a village six miles to the west of Funchal. The specimen has been placed in the Museum of the Seminario, and a short description of it will now be given’. The base is wanting, the stem having been broken away from it. The height of what remains is 30 centim., or about 12 inches, ' For copies of the photographs of the entire corals from which the illus- trations on Plates V. & VI. have been taken, I am greatly indebted to the kindness of the Rev. Padre Ernesto Schmitz, the founder of the Seminario Museum, Funchal, and for many years its indefatigable curator. 1899. | CORALLIID OF MADEIRA, 61 and the spread of the branches is nearly the same. The ramifi- cation is so dense that the coral resembles the thickly-leafed branch of a tree. In several places one layer of branches stands in front of another layer, but in both cases the polype-cells are on the anterior faces of the branches. The longer axis of the broken end of the stem measures 17 millim. There are three main branches, one of which has been broken off short, and this gives the coral a lopsided appearance. Here and there the main branches widen out in an irregular manner. This may probably be owing to the fact that boring animals have excavated the axis at these places, for in the lower part of the stem such excavations are seen where the spiculiferous coonenchyma has been removed. Upon the specimen were seated some interesting zoophytes that rarely occur at Madeira—(1) a branched Aleyonarian (probably Subcria sp.), 100 millim. high with a spread of 80; (2) four fine specimens of a Desmophyllum ; (3) an example of the rare Stenella imbricata (J. Y.J.), 50 millim. high, with three or four branches. 3. PLEUROCORALLIUM JOHNSONI (Gray). (Plates VI. & VII. fies. 2 & 5.) Since this species was shortly described by Dr. Gray as a member of the genus Coralliwm (P. ZS. 1860, p. 127) from a specimen sent by me to the British Museum, larger and more perfect examples have occurred which supply materials for a completer account of it. In an Additional Note on this coral (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 125) Dr. Gray proposed two new genera, Plewrocoralliwm and Hemicorallium, assigning the present species to the latter. Later naturalists, not being able to find grounds for two genera, have abandoned one of them and placed the then single species of Hemicorallium under Plewrocorallium, as the definition of this genus in the Note cited preceded that of the other one. (See Stuart O. Ridley’s valuable paper on the arrangement of the Coralliide, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 222.) When fully grown, the coral is much and very irregularly branched with an open system of ramification, the flexuous branches extending essentially in one plane, rarely meeting and uniting. Base spreading widely and thinly over the object to which it is attached. Axis compact, stony, white, the surface striated longitudinally ; its transverse section elliptical. Cortex (ceenenchyma) cream-coloured, frequently pitted; at the inner surface a ring of ducts (ccenosarcal canals) surrounds the axis. Polype-cells prominent, sessile, wart-like, subhemispherical, about 2 millim. high and 2°5 in diameter; irregularly scattered on the anterior face of the branches from 1 to 5 millim. apart, some- times in contact, especially at the tips of the branches, which are knobbed with them. The summits have a cycle of eight short lobes, which in the dry state curve over the orifice. The polype has an orange or yellow colour. Only three forms of spicula have been detected in the cortex and polype-cells :—(1) the double carafe-shaped spicule with two 62 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE [Jan. 17, necks, already described as being found in both the preceding species ; (2) the short, stout, cylindrical spicule with two whorls of four rays, the “‘ octoradiate spiculi” of Ridley, also present in the cortex of the two foregoing species, but here the latter is more regular and symmetrical; (3) a form bearing a general resemblance to (1), but with the united bodies more elongate, and each member pear-shaped or poke-like and smooth. This form is peculiar to the present species. (See Plate VII. figs. 2 & 5.) This species occurs very rarely, but it is met with rather more frequently than any of the others. Only five specimens are known to me, the largest of which, as well as the one first discovered, were presented to the British Museum. The former of these has a height of 210 millim. (8 in.) and a spread of 315 millim. (12 in.), The stem, before it begins to throw off branches, has a thickness of 27 millim. Fortunately the base came up with the rest; it isa thin plate measuring 83 by 70 millim. There are four principal branches, which are again divided and subdivided in an irregular manner. At one part there are three overlapping layers of branches and in another two overlapping layers, but no instance of two branches meeting and uniting. Another fine specimen in an excellent state of preservation was secured by the Rev. Padre Schmitz for the Seminario Museum, Funchal. it has the same height as the preceding but is not so wide by 50mm. ‘The coral is curved from side to side, so that the polype-bearing face is convex and the other face concave. The base has been left behind, the stem having given way at a place where it had been much perforated by boring animals. The section here measures 22 millim. by 18. There are five main branches, the longer axes of which measure from 10 to 15 millim. On the posterior side three secondary branches strike off from main branches at angles which are more than right angles above and consequently less below. ‘The specimen is figured on Plate VI. A third, much smailer specimen is in my possession. The under- side of the spreading base, 55 millim. by 40, the longer axis being nearly parallel with the plane of the branches, is flat with a smooth surface, and bears impressions of three species of creeping bryozoa that had settled upon the supporting body before the coral grew over them. I have also one valve of the great sessile cirripede, Pachy- lasma giganteum (Phil.), measuring 36 millim. by 22, the exterior of which is completely coated with the coenenchyma of the coral, and this has thrown up several polype-cells, but has not secreted a stony basis. ‘This shows that the polypes secrete the hard compact axis simply as a support for the increasing colony. In M. H. Filhol’s work on the submarine explorations of the ‘Talisman ’ (1884), he says that at the Cape Verd Islands, “ entre 500 et 600 métres nous avons rencontré une forme d’alcyonaire extrémement intéressante au point de vue zoologique, appelée par M. Marion Coralliopsis perieri. Elle rappelle beaucoup le Corallium secundum de Dana vivant aux iles Fidji.” This may have been an example of Pleurocoralliwm johnsoni, 1899.] CORALLIIDE OF MADEIRA. 63 Key to the four known species of Pleurocorallium. I. Axis partly red, partly white, cortex scarlet. secundum (Dana). “Sandwich Isl.” ? Var. elatior Ridley. “ Japan”? II. Axis wholly white, cortex yellow or cream-colour, (1) Polype-cells yellow or cream-colour, (a) Polype-cells subhemispherical ; only 3 forms of spicula, johnsoni (Gray). Madeira. (6) Polype-cells cylindrical ; more than 3 forms of spicula. maderense J. Y. J. Madeira. (2) Polype-cells vermilion .................. tricolor J. Y. J. Madeira. REFERENCES. Pleurocorallium tricolor. 1867. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium johnsoni). ‘ Additional Note on Coralliwm johnson.” P.Z.8. 1867, p. 126, with a woodcut. 1882, Riptay, Sruarr O. ‘On the Arrangement of the Coral- liide.” P. Z.S. 1882, p. 226. Pleurocorallium johnsone. 1860. Gray, J. E. (Corallium). ‘ Notices of some new Corals from Madeira.” P.Z.S8. 1860, p. 394, Radiata, pl. xvi. Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. m. p. 311. 1867. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium). ‘ Additional Note on Coral- lium johnson.” P.Z. 8. 1867, p. 126. 1870. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium). Catalogue of Lithophytes or Stony Corals in the British Museum, p. 24. 1882. Riptey, Srvarr O. (Plewrocorallium). “On the Arrange- ment of the Coralliidw, with Descriptions of new or rare Species.” P.Z.S. 1882, p. 221, pl. ix. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE Y. Pleurocorallium maderense, p. 60, about 2 nat. size—The object projecting at the top of the fig. is the parasitic Aleyonarian, “ probably a Suberia” mentioned on p. 61. From a photograph. Puate VI. Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, about 2 nat. size. From a photograph. Puate VII. Fig. 1. Plewrocoralliwm maderense, p. 60, terminal branchlets with polype-cells. x 2. 2. Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, a terminal branch with polype-cells. x 2. 3. Pleurocorallium tricolor, p. 58: a, b, ¢, spicula of the cortex; d, d’, a", spicula from the polype-cells. x 400. 4, Pleurocorallium maderense, p. 60: a, b,c, spicula of the cortex; d, d',d", é, spicula from the polype-cells. x 400. 5. Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, spicula of cortex and polype-cells: a, apicnle no. 3; 00, spicule no. 1; ¢, spicule no. 2, described on p. 62, x H 64 MR. E, N. BUXTON ON THE EUROPEAN BISON. [Feb. 7, February 7th, 1899. Prof. G. B. Howns, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1899 :— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January were 71 in number. Of these 22 were acquired by presentation, 26 by purchase, 2 in exchange, 6 were born in the Gardens, and 15 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 96. Amongst the additions attention may be called to the fine young male of the Argali Sheep (Ovis ammon) (Plate VIII.), re- ceived on deposit on January 18th, believed to be the first example of this species that has reached Hngland. The Council hope to be able to acquire this animal, if it continues to do well, for the Society’s collection. The animal at the present time stands about 29 inches high at the shoulders. A communication was read from Mr. E. N. Buxton, F.Z.S., giving an account of a recent visit which he had made to the Forest of Bielovege in Lithuania, in order to see the Bisons (Bison europeus) in the Emperor of Russia’s forest, where he was successful in approaching near enough to a part of the herd to obtain some photographs of these animals, which were exhibited to the Meeting. Mr. Buxton was hospitably received by Col. Kolokalzoff, who is responsible for the forest, and by General Popoff, the Guardian of the Emperor’s palace by whom he was housed in the building in which the Imperial guests are entertained. He described his journey through the forest as follows :— “In the company of Mr. Neverli, the chief forester, 1 drove through many miles of the forest on the following day. It occupies a country which is almost dead flat, but is intersected by a few sluggish streams. With the exception of the meadows which border the latter, and a few clearances for cultivation round small villages, there are no open spaces: consequently, although the timber, which consists mainly of oak, elm, birch, spruce, and fir, is very fine, the forest is tame and wanting in variety. This monotony is enhanced by the unfortunate practice of removing all windfalls, a most short-sighted policy, as I think, because nothing so assists the warmth, shelter, and sense of security of a forest, for wild animals, as fallen timber, through the branches of which a tangle of wild growth quickly penetrates and forms a natural screen. The artificial effect is further increased by an immense extent of grass rides, which are cut in perfectly straight lines, at right angles to one another, dividing the forest into squares of 1899. | ON THE BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 65 four kilometres for the convenience of driving the game. There are nearly four hundred lineal kilometres of these rides. ‘Mr. Neverli estimates the herd of Bisons at the present time at about seven hundred, and he puts the Hlk, which trequent the wettest parts, at the same number. The wild Boars, judging by their frequent rootings, must be very numerous. ed deer were not formerly found in the forest, but have been introduced. I could not find out that there was any satisfactory basis for Mr. Neverli’s calculation of the numbers of the herd of Bisons. Judging by the number of tracks which I saw, [ am inclined to be sceptical of it. Every naturalist will be anxious to know whether the herd is diminishing or not. Mr. Neverli is of opinion that the herd was formerly more numerous, but such estimates may be based on some calculation even less authoritative than those of the present time.’ The privilege of hunting in this forest was confined for centuries to the Kings ot Poland exclusively.” The following papers were read :— 1. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cerebral Con- volutions of the Gorilla. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S. [Received February 7, 1899. ] From a valuable summary of the literature relating to the Gorilla, contributed to ‘ Natural Science’ by Dr. Keith, it appears that no more than twelve brains of this Anthropoid Ape have been submitted to examination. Of these at least that of which some account has been given in the ‘Transactions’ of this Society by Sir R. Owen was in so poor a state of preservation that not much of value can be deduced from the data. The most elaborate descriptions of the cerebral convolutions of this anthropoid are‘ chose of v. Bischoff, Broca, and Chapman, all based, however, on single examples. The specimen studied by v. Bischoff had been previously described and figured (but not explained) by Pansch, a reproduction of which figures, with some comment thereon by Prof.'Thane, appeared in vol. xv. of ‘ Nature.’ Other references to Gorilla brains that have been studied will be found in the list of literature with which I conclude the present communication. Some doubt was thrown by v. Bischott upon the genuineness (as a Gorilla’s brain) of the specimen described by Broca; Chapman, however, held that it was certainly a Gorilla’s brain, and [ associate myself with him in this expression of opinion. All (?) the Gorillas’ brains existing in Germany at the time—most, if not all, of which had been previously studied by himself and by Pansch—were brought together and subjected to a | Herr E. Biichner (Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb. (8) ili. no. 2) states that the herd in 1856 numbered nearly 1900, and expresses his opinion that the diminution is caused by “ breeding-in.” Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. V. 5 66 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7, renewed study by v. Bischoff in 1882. There were five brains, but the paper dealing with them was by no means exhaustive, only touching upon certain regions. This being the state of our existing knowledge of the brain of the Gorilla, I have thought that it would not be a work of supererogation to bring before the Society some notes upon five Gorillas’ brains which I have in my possession at the present time. None of these brains have formed the basis of any previous description, so that my contribution to the subject is so far absolutely new. Furthermore, the extent to which the Gorilla’s brain has been adequately illustrated is very small: in ipiomal: Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal College of Surgeons. Dorsal view. As, Simian fissure. CM. Calloso-marginal. S.fs. Frontalis superior. Sif. Frontalis medius. /p.t. Part of frontalis superior. P.o. Parieto-occipital. H.R. Fissure of Rolando. .p.i. Precentralis inferior. Zp. Interparietal. P.c.s. Precentralis superior. 8,fz. Frontalis inferior. consequence of this deficiency I have thought it advisable to have a number of simple drawings prepared, which are, in my opinion, much more useful than elaborately shaded, but imperfectly lettered, lithographs. My object in this contribution is a very modest one A little too much, perhaps, of elaborate description, comparison and generalization is sometimes based upon inadequate material 1899.] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 67 this is partly responsible for the enormous brain literature that exists. I propose in the following pages to make my descriptions as short as possible and to forbear from much comment and comparison. As regards the general shape of the brain, I have no remarks to offer except as to the keel upon the ventral or orbital surface of the frontal lobes. I am disposed to think the existence of this keel is a normal feature of the Gorilla’s brain as it is of that of the Chimpanzee. In the two best-preserved brains at my disposal it was very clearly marked. I laid some stress upon the difference in this particular which the bra‘ of ‘ Sally ” showed from that of other Chimpanzees. I am now not at all convinced that a larger series would bear out such a distinguishing character. [infer from a remark of Dr. Benham’s that the Orang’s brain is also believed to be without this keel. The keel was well marked in one of three Orang brains in my possession. The Sylvian fissure and island of Reil—The most noteworthy point that I observed in relation to these portions of the brain is Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal College of Surgeons. Lateral view. IR. Island of Reil. S.f.o. Fronto-orbitalis. Other letters as in fig. 1. the occasional exposure of a portion of the island of Reil. This is seen in fig. 2, which represents one side of the brain belonging to the Royal College of Surgeons. It was visible also on the other side 5* 68 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THB [Feb. 7, of this brain. It was visible also inthe Oxford brain to about the same extent; and equally clearly in one of the three other brains at my disposal. The appearance of the island of Reil upon the surface of the brain completely shut off by sulci from surrounding regions would thus appear to be a fairly common feature of the Gorilla brain’. As to the Chimpanzee, the same exposure of the island at a lower level than the rest of the surface occurred in one of the two brains which I examined. I simply record, as to the Chimpanzee, my own observations without attempting any statistics. In the brain which I have selected for figuring the exposed island of Reil was exceedingly conspicuous on account of the fact that it is depressed below the surface of the brain and completely surrounded by furrows. It is thus cut off from other gyri in all of the three brains to which reference has just been made. In two of the remaining brains which I have examined the island of Reil appeared at first sight to be not exposed upon the surface of the brain. This appearance I believe to be delusive and to be due to the fact that there is no anterior sulcus dividing off the island from the gyri of the frontal lobe; the level of the island gradually rises and it becomes continuous with a gyrus of the frontal lobe. Parieto-occipital fissure—The Gorilla’s brain shows precisely the same variability in the continuity of the fissure separating the parietal and the occipital lobes that is exhibited by the Chimpanzee and the Orang. The operculum, in fact, is not always equally deve- loped. In only one of the five brains at my disposal—that belonging to the University Museum at Oxford (fig. 83)—was the occipital lobe cut off from the parietal by a complete fissure reaching the mesial surface of the brain. The result is, of course, an appearance which is very like that which is so characteristic of the common Chimpanzee. The brain of “ Sally,” therefore, is so far more like that of the Gorilla. In the four remaining Gorillas’ brains there is thus no apparent continuity between the parieto-occipital fissure and the “ Affenspalte” or Simian fissure. Between the two is a “¢ pli de passage.” We will commence with some account of the parieto-occipital fissure itself in the four brains where the operculum is absent. The simplest arrangement of this fissure agrees precisely with what Benham has described and figured (15. fig. 21) as the simplest arrangement observable in the Chimpanzee. It is a long fissure showing for about half an inch on the dorsal aspect of the brain ; on the mesial surface it runs forwards and is ultimately parallel to the calearine. I only discovered this simplest state of affairs in two separate half-brains. In the corresponding half to one of these the fissure was the same, excepting for the addition of a forward branch. In the half corresponding to the other of the two brains just mentioned there was an apparent difference of 1 Dr. v. Bischoff found it in al/ the brains that he examined. 1899. ] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 69 some importance. The Y-shaped fissure was visible on the mesial surface, and between the forks of the Y eatended down for a short distance from the upper surface of the brain a fissure. The arrangement, in fact, is closely like that figured by Benham in figs. 24 and 29 of his paper. I shall follow him in terming the short middle fissure the lateral parieto-occipital and the Y-shaped Fig. 3. oP ile Be’ Brain of Gorilla belonging to the University of Oxford. Dorsal view. Op. Operculum. Other letters as in fig. 1. fissure the mesial parieto-occipital. I have used the expression “apparent difference” to distinguish this hemisphere from that in which the sum total of the parieto-occipital fissures was represented by one Y for a good reason. When the furrow of that hemisphere is explored by pushing aside its margin a median 70 MR, F. I, BEDDARD ON THE [eels lateral parieto-occipital comes into view lying between the two forks of the Y. In the third brain, as will be seen from the drawings exhibited, the arrangement is practically the same; and one side of the brain belonging to the College of Surgeons (fig. 4) offered no differences. The other side of that brain is not so easy of explanation. It seems, however, to be, like the simplest case, complicated by an additional branch running towards the calcarine. Fig. 4. se Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal Collegeof Surgeons. Vertical section. Ca. Calearine fissure. M.p.o. Mesial parieto-occipital. C.M. Calloso-marginal. The Simian fissure—The Simian fissure, or “ Affenspalte” as it is so constantly termed even by English writers, is only hidden by an operculum in one of the five brains at my disposal—that belonging to the Oxford University Museum. In the other brains it is traceable throughout its whole course upon the surface of the brain. This course is roughly obliquely transverse, the fissure bending backwards towards the middle line. It is joined by the intra- parietal fissure at about the middle of its extent. An excep- tional state of affairs is seen in the brain represented in fig. 5. Here the fissure on both sides takes a bend forward and reaches the mesial surface, becoming continuous with a portion of the parieto-occipital. Fissure of Rolande.—Some stress has been laid upon the position of this fissure as marking the posterior boundary of the frontal lobes and as thus determining their relative size. Cunningham 1899. | BRAIN OF THE GORILLA, 71 shows from his tables that the position of this fissure in the Chimpanzee and the Orang is a little further behind the middle of the cerebrum than is the case with Man, but that the human foetus roughly corresponds in these measurements with the adult anthropoid. On the other hand, Benbam finds that the fissure of Rolando in the Chimpanzee ‘Sally ” is in front of the middle line. It cannot be said, therefore, that the greater length of the frontal lobe is a character of the Anthropoid Apes as contrasted with Man. Brain of Gorilla. Letters as in fig. 1. One cannot be convinced in spirit-preserved brains that the shrink- age has been uniform. It is doubtful, therefore, how far accurate measurements are of use. But I may observe that in the best- preserved brain at my disposal (fig. 6, p. 72), and in another not quite so good, this fissure was at its posterior end (on the right side ; on the left the fissure was a little longer) exactly in the middle of 72 MR. F, H. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7, the antero-posterior diameter of the hemisphere. In the Oxford brain it was most patent, without any measurements at all, that the fissure was much in front of the middle line. Tape measurement gave the total length of a hemisphere as 53 inches and 22 the length of the pre-Rolandic portion. This seems too great a difference to be accounted for by defective preservation resulting in unequal contraction. After two such divergent observations it seems to be difficult to deduce any conclusions which bear upon the relative sizes of the two lobes in question. There is evidently much variation. Brain of Gorilla, Letters as in fig. 1. This fissure varies too in its length, sometimes cutting the mesial surface of the brain superiorly and reaching the Sylvian fissure below ; it is not always so long, In only one of the five brains at my disposal (fig. 7) did the Rolandic sulcus actually cut the margin of the brain and disappear from view when the brain was examined from above; this, more- over, was only on the right side. In the other brains were exhibited 1899. ] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 73 various degrees of nearness to this extreme. In two brains, though this fissure was visible in its entirety from above, it did just turn over the border so as to be visible from the mesial side. It is equally rare for the fissure to reach the Sylvian fissure. In only two half-brains (the right in one case and the left in the other) did this occur. Brain of Gorilla. Dorsal view. Letters as in fig. 1. Calcarine fissure—The extreme difficulty of laying down any laws as to the course of particular fissures from the examination of only a small number of examples is well illustrated by the condition of this fissure in the Anthropoid Apes. Prof. Cunningham arrived at the conclusion that the junction of this fissure with the parieto-occipital to form a Y-shaped figure was distinctive of Man as opposed to the Anthropoid Apes. 74 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Hebi But later Dr. Benham found this precise arrangement in the brain of Anthropopithecus calvus and in another Chimpanzee. Whether the Gorilla’s brain shows the same variability or not I am unable to state; but at any rate there was no such junction in three of the brains which I examined. On the other hand, in the brain of a common Chimpanzee this junction was obvious on both sides. Calloso-marginal fisswre.—This is long and deeply engraved upon the brain-surface. It follows the margin of the corpus callosum and bends down anteriorly with it. Posteriorly it ends with the corpus callosum. So far there is no difference from the Chimpanzee. A number of branches arise from the upper margin of the fissure and run at right angles to it towards the upper margin of the brain. Two or three of these actually bend over and appear right and left upon the upper surface of the hemispheres. So far as concerns the parietal lobe, only one of these fissures is absolutely constant ; it is to be found in all my five brains. ‘The fissure in question cuts the surface of the brain just behind the fissure of Rolando. Exactly the same statement may be made with regard to the Chimpanzee brain. But there is this difference between the two Anthropoid Apes, that whereas in the Gorilla the calloso- marginal sulcus is continued back behind the point of origin of the transverse fissure just referred to, this is at least not always the case with the Chimpanzee. In two brains of the latter animal which I have before me the calloso-marginal fissure ends in this superficial fissure. Intra-parietal fisswre—In the Gorilla, as in the Chimpanzee, this is sometimes a continuous and T-shaped fissure. The hori- zontal part of the T runs roughly—in some cases, indeed, more accurately—parallel to the fissure of Rolando. The stem of the T joins the Simian fissure behind. Dr. Cunningham divides this complex fissure in the human brain into four separate ones, since in the foetal brain they are not confluent. In the Gorilla that portion of the system which Cunningham terms “ suleus postcentralis superior,” and which lies most mesially of the various component parts, is sometimes separate from the rest. This was the case with the right half of the brain belonging to the College of Surgeons (fig. 1), in which, moreover, the furrow in question was prolonged anteriorly to reach the fissure of Rolando. The same arrangement was observed in the same hemisphere of a second brain (fig. 5) and in the left hemisphere of a third (fig. 7), save that in neither of these was there a junction with the fissure of Rolando. In two other brains these various sections were confluent. There is thus in the Gorilla precisely the same variability in respect of these fissures that occurs in the Chimpanzee. It is no more the ‘usual condition” in the Gorilla than it is in the Chimpanzee for the sulcus postcentralis superior to be confluent with the rest of this system of fissures. Sulei of the frontal lobe—It may be convenient to describe these furrows in some elaboration in a given brain and then to describe 1899. ] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 75 the divergences from this artificially created normal. For this purpose I shall select the brain belonging to the Royal College of Surgeons. On the left side of this brain (fig. 1) there is a short pre- centralis superior roughly parallel to the fissure of Rolando. From it extends forwards the sulcus frontalis superior, divided into two by a break and apparently ending anteriorly in a fork ; but a short furrow belonging to this system arises between the extremities of the fork and extends forward for a short distance. Again, parallel with the fissure of Rolando, but below the sulcus precentralis superior, is the sulcus precentralis inferior, Of this furrow the ramus horizontalis is very oblique and communicates with the fissure of Rolando. From the mesial extremity of the ramus horizontalis arises the very short sulcus frontalis medius. From about the middle of the precentralis inferior arises the sulcus frontalis inferior, which is quite as extensive a furrow as the frontalis inferior. It is roughly parallel to it. The first portion of the furrow forks exactly as does the frontalis superior, and again in the same way the distal part of the furrow arises between the fork. The sulcus fronto-orbitalis is continuous with the Sylvian fissure below, and bounds the anterior side of the (here exposed) island of Reil. In front of this is the Y-shaped sulcus fronto- marginalis; the stem is perpendicular to the long axis of the hemisphere ; finally the pre-Sylvian fissure completes the triangular boundary of the island of Rei. The right half of this brain shows the following principal differences :—The frontalis medius is much longer; the ramus horizontalis does not communicate with the fissure of Rolando. The frontalis inferior does not communicate with the precentralis inferior. The precentralis superior nowhere differs greatly from the arrangement which obtains in the brain that has just been described. It never is continuous with the precentralis inferior as is the case with a Chimpanzee’s brain in my possession. The frontalis superior in other brains shows variations in the degree and manner in which it is broken up into segments. Some- times it is a continuous fissure; this was the case with both sides of one brain and with one side of another. In the right hemi- sphere of a third brain the first part of this fissure became deflected to the right and joined the precentralis inferior (fig. 6). Precentralis inferior —In three hemispheres (belonging to different brains), in addition to the College of Surgeons’ brain already referred to, the ramus horizontalis cut the Rolandic fissure. The sulcus frontalis medius is not a prominent feature of any of the brains at my disposal. The smallness of its size in the College of Surgeons’ brain has been commented upon already ; it is present and also small in only one hemisphere out of the four remaining brains examined by me. In the rest I can find no vestige of it. It might possibly be held that the furrow marked F.p.i, in fig. 6, is really a portion of the medius. But I think that 76 ON SUPERNUMERARY BONES IN THE SKULLS OF MAMMALS. [ Feb.7, the brain illustrated in fig. 1 (p. 66) does away with this supposition, since the fissure which evidently corresponds to /.p.2. of fig. 6 is clearly continuous with and a part of the sulcus frontalis superior. Literature. (1) Denixer, J.—‘‘ Recherches anatomiques et embryologiques sur les Singes anthropoides.” Arch. de Zool. Exp.(2)ii. bis, 1885. (2) v. Biscoorr.—<‘ Ueber das Gehirn eines Gorilla, &c.” SB. Akad. Munchen, vii. (1877) p. 96. (3) Broca.—“ Etude sur le Cerveau du Gorille.” Rev. d’Anthrop. (2) i. 1878, p. 108. (4) Ownn.—Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 267. (5) Grarioter.—Comptes Rendus, 1860, p. 801. (6) v. Biscnorr, in Morph. JB. 1878, p. 59. (7) v. Biscuorr.—‘ Die Mitte oder untere Hirnwindung .. . des Gorila.” Morph. JB. 1882, p. 312. (8) Cuarpman.—* Observations upon the Brain of the Gorilla.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 203. (9) Panscu.—‘ Ueber die Furchen und Windungen am Gehirn eines Gorilla.” Abhandl. Geb. Nat. Hamb. 1876. (10) Panscu.—‘ Einige Bemerkungen wiber den Gorilla und sein Hirn.” Schr. nat. Ver. Schlesw.-Holstein, 1878, p. 127. (11) Tuans, in ‘ Nature,’ xv. p. 142. (12) Mortirr.—‘ Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Anthropoid-Gehirns.’ Berlin, 1891. (13) Kerr, in ‘ Natural Science,’ ix. p. 26. (14) CunnincHam.— Contribution to the surface Anatomy of the Cerebral Hemispheres.” Cunningham Memoirs, Roy. Irish Acad. 1892. (15) Bunnam.— A Description of the Cerebral Convolutions, &c.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxvu. p. 47. (16) Bepparp.— Contributions to the Anatomy of the Anthro- poid Apes.” Trans. Zool. Soc. xiii. p. 177. 2. Note on the Presence of Supernumerary Bones occupying the Place of Prefrontals in the Skulls of certain Mammals. By Roser O. Cunninenam, M.D., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History, Queen’s College, Belfast. [Received November 21, 1898. ] About two years ago’ I addressed a brief communication to the Zoological Society on the occurrence of a pair of small bones in the skull of a Lemur, occupying a corresponding position to the prefrontals of a Reptile. In that paper I referred to similar bones having been previously recorded in the skull of a Hippopotamus. 1 Cf. P.Z.8. 1896, p. 996. 1899.] ON THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. va Since then I have met with two instances of the same kind in the skulls of Marsupials. The first of these I detected in the skull of an apparently adult Macropus giganteus in the Museum of the Royal University of Ireland. In this case the bone was only recognizable on the right side as a distinct ossification, while on the left the suture between it and the lachrymal had disappeared. The second instance I found in the skull of an adult Wombat (Phascolomys platyrhinus) in the Natural History Museum of Queen’s College, Belfast. Here the bone was well-developed on both sides of the skull, and distinctly separated by suture from the frontal, nasal, maxilla, and lachrymal. It is worthy of note that, in his memoir on the ‘ Modifications of the Skeleton in the Species of Phascolomys, the late Sir Richard Owen does not seem to have recognized this pair of bones, notwithstanding that they are clearly displayed in more than one beautiful figure of the skull by his artist, Mr. Smit. The occurrence of such bones in Mammals so far removed from one another as a Lemur, a Hippopotamus, and two Marsupials suggests the probability of their being less uncommon in the mammalian skull than would at first appear, and I have little doubt that any naturalist who possesses the requisite time and opportunities for conducting the research in a large osteological museum would add to the list of such instances. 3. On the Species of the Genus Mus inhabiting St. Kilda. By G. E. H. Barrert-Hamitron, F.Z.S. [Received December 5, 1898.] (Plate IX.) The existence of any wild species of Mouse on the isolated rock of St. Kilda is an occurrence so apparently unlikely, that when in 1895 a specimen of a Mus sylvaticus-like species was found amongst some examples of Mus musculus sent thence to the British Museum in spirit, it was received with an amount of surprise certainly equal to the importance of the discovery. The specimen, a young male, had been obtained and was presented to the Museum by Mr. J. Steele Elliott’. It was a very remarkable one, and bore unmistakable evidence of having come from an out of the way part of the world. Its characteristics were a larger foot and a smaller ear than the corresponding organs of typical Mus sylvaticus, while, what was no less noticeable, the very characteristic snow-white colour of the belly of our common Field-Mouse was in this indi- vidual replaced by a uniform rufous hue shading imperceptibly 1 Mr. Steele Elliott appears to have been the first person to collect specimens of the Mice of St. Kalda. The occurrence there of mice of some sort was, however, known previously to the outer world, and Seton states that ‘‘ A cat is to be seen in almost every cottage, the mouse being the only wild animal on the island, and rats are still unknown” (‘ St. Kilda, Past and Present,’ 1878, p. 132). 78 MR. G. E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7, through the flanks to the peppery reddish-brown of the upper surface. All these peculiarities seemed to clearly point to a new species or subspecies of Mouse ; but the animal having been in spirit, its colour was regarded as unsatisfactory, and the unusual proportions of its ears and tail were ascribed to individual variation. And so the specimen was put on one side in the hope that in due time further examples might be procured. Early in the spring of the present year I happened to come across the specimen, and, being greatly struck by its remarkable appearance, I at once endeavoured to procure some more of these St. Kilda Mice, with the result that my friend Mr. Henry Evans, during the course of a yachting cruise among the Scotch Islands, put in at St, Kilda and landed some traps for me on the island. Thanks to Mr. Evans, I have now before me, in addition to Mr. Steele Hlliott’s specimen, a fine adult pair, male and female, as well as a young female, of the St. Kilda Mouse, all sent down in spirit. The dimensions, in millimetres, of these St. Kilda Mice are as follows :— Head Hind and body. Tail. foot. Kar. 6 (skin: J. Steele Elliott. 1894 ; 81 85 25 pe Brit. Mus. Coll. no. 94.7.16.1) a 6 (skin: H. Hvans, 1898; Coll. Be Gh, 1B) IE ITS, ma, BH) soncson \ 107 ou 45 © (spirit: ditto; ditto) ......... 110 94 24 15 O( ,, juv.: ditto; ditto) ... 82 77 94-5 15:5 They are thus remarkably large mice for typical Mus sylvaticus, and the adults equal in size the largest measurements of the form known as Mus flavicollis Melch. ‘The skull of the adult male is as large an example as 1 have ever seen, reaching a total length of 29 mm. The following list of total lengths of the skulls of various sylvaticus-like forms will illustrate this point :— mn. Mh, OGM ES Bla odos ae 29 Suffolk. ole iewaene ees 28 (W. 264) Hereford. a Heh Zi NVenlsa) my BA ON te seas 28 (A. 28) a Siar ue Shale bate: Se 28 (W. 75) M. hebridensis, 3 (type) .. 27 M. sylvaticus (old) ..2..... 26 (W. 10) i (in general) .. 26 to 27. In form and proportions these mice resemble Mus hebridensis, 1 The majority of these specimens have been placed at my disposal by my friend Mr. de Winton, and the numbers appended are those affixed to them in his collection. Lard 1899.] THE MICE OF SY. KILDA. 79 the form of M. sylvaticus described by my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton! from the Isle of Lewis, Outer Hebrides. The adult female from St. Kilda (which is in spirit) may possibly not be so stout in foot nor so small in ear as the Hebridean Mice, but the two forms are very close to each other, and there can be no doubt that the St. Kilda Mice belong to the Hebridean type, although their rufous belly has carried them a little further along the same line of development in which Mus hebridensis deviates from typical sylvaticus. In this respect I find that the most rufous skin of all is the first one collected by Mr. J. Steele Elhott. In it there is no perceptible line of demarcation between the colours of the upper and under surfaces, the transition from the one to the other being, as stated above, quite gradual. As regards the specimens obtained for me by Mr. Evans, the colour of the belly of the adult female, which is in spirit, agrees with that of Mr. Steele Elliott’s specimen ; but in the male, which has been made into a skin, the belly is slightly lighter, the median broad buff belly-line of Mus hebridensis is more evident, and there is a just perceptible line of demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces. The colour of the upper surface of the body of all the specimens is also, as in Mus hebridensis, more evenly distributed than in typical sylvaticus, there being less tendency to the develop- ment of a dark dorsal line. It is exceedingly interesting to find this graduating series, and to have the gap between Mus sylvaticus and the St. Kilda Mouse partially bridged over by the occurrence of Mus hebridensis on the intervening islands. This slight variation of the St. Kilda specimens in regard to the colour of the belly, the white colour of which is so extremely constant in and characteristic of Mus sylvaticus, is worthy of note, being exactly what we should expect to find in a comparatively new species which has not yet finally settled down into its new groove of development. We thus find that while in the colour of the ‘belly some of the St. Kilda Mice may vary in the direction of Mus hebridensis, it is in this very respect that the latter form may vary in the direction of Mus sylvaticus. Indeed, in this regard Mus hebridensis is very variable, and I have examined some Isle of Lewis specimens, especially those from the eastern coast, which come very close to Mus sylvaticus in the colour of the underside. In addition to the above mice, Mr. Evans also procured for me five specimens of the House-Mouse of St. Kilda, of which the Museum already possessed five specimens collected on previous occasions and now preserved in spirit. These mice are, if possible, of even greater interest than the Mus sylvaticus-like species, since they are characterized by the possession of a_buff-coloured underside clearly marked off from the colour of the upperside by a distinct line of demarcation, and are thus very different from the ordinary almost uniformly smoky-brown-coloured House-Mice 1 Zool. 1895, p. 869. 80 MR. G, BE. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7, with which everyone is familiar. The upper surface is not of the typical smoky musculus tint, but of a sepia-brown with a grizzled appearance, due to many of the hairs being tipped with rufous. ‘The lower parts of the hairs are exactly of the same shade as in Mus sylvaticus, for a dark specimen of which, at a casual glance from above, the animal might almost be mistaken. All these mice—even the very young ones—agree in presenting similar characters, and altogether are quite the most distinct local form of Mus musculus which I have ever examined. In form and proportions these mice are well-developed large House-Mice, only differing in this respect from ordinary mice in being above the average size. The dimensions of the series which I have been able to examine are as follows (in millimetres) :— Head Hind 9 and body. Tail. foot. Kar. \ skin (suckling: Coll. x / G. E. H. B-H. no. 534) | Ue ase aS MAI DiGoroy | pee 88 81 15 tt 1398. iss ee, 78 79 15 125 | Oo lhe Re Ena iat 87 84 160 PS: Tay r Brit. Mus. Coll. nos. 94.7. 16. © (spirit), suckling ...... 83 78 18 13 2 & 3, presented by Mr. n fe J. Steele Elliott through ¢ + ee byt hs = eS ae ie Mr. J. E. Harting. Brit. Mus. Coll. no. 96.8.6.1, Bi (Gere) (Gow) soccee 7a 65 16 10 presented by the Kelvin- grove Museum. © (spirit), very young ... 52 52 14 10 1898. 5 s Z Brit. Mus, Coll. nos, 94. 7. 16. sere tas » 65 67 15 10 2 & 3 (duplicate), presented — » op aa 53 60 16 10°5 by Mr. J. Steele Elliott through Mr. J. E. Harting The arrangement of the mamme is as in Mus musculus, there being 10 pairs in all, of which three are pectoral and two inguinal. The skulls and dentition of these mice are in general appear- ance and size very musculus-like in character, but the triangular narrowing of the internal opening for the nostrils is even more strongly marked than in ordinary specimens of Mus musculus. All the St. Kilda skulls possess this peculiar narrowed palate, a character which I can only find in one out of over fifty specimens of Mus musculus-like Mice in the British Museum collection, and that one is a specimen of the subspecies Mus musculus jalape Allen and Chapman, from Mexico. The greatest lengths of four skulls from St. Kilda are 22, 22:5, 23, and 23 millimetres. It is obvious that, according to the custom of modern naturalists, these two forms of Mice need new names, which I therefore propose to give, leaving the question as to the exact status of the two new forms to be decided when we are in possession of a fuller know- ledge of the other species or subspecies of Mice of the musculus- or sylvaticus-like groups. As to the desirability of bestowing names 1899. ] THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. 81 on the two Mice from St. Kilda I can have no doubt whatever; but as to whether they are fit subjects for a binomial or for a trinomial treatment I am less certain, until I have had time to study the musculus- or sylvaticus-like Mice of the whole Pale- arctic Region. For many reasons it would seem convenient to apply the trinomial system to all forms which ean be clearly shown to be local developments of any other form. By such a method a clue is given to the relationships of the various local forms—a matter of no small importance to the student of a large and difficult genus like that of Mus. On the other hand, we have in the present instance two forms which, although obviously coming within the above definition, are perfectly isolated, and do net, so far as we know, intergrade with the parent form. Regarded from this point of view, they have as much claim to be accorded full specific rank as any other island species, and the latter is, perhaps, the most satisfactory method whereby to deal with them. The following are the names which I propose :— Mus HIRTENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 1.) Closely allied to Mus hebridensis, from which, however, it differs in its slightly larger size, as stated above, and also in the greater amount of buff or yellowish-brown coloration on the underside. Like Mus hebridensis, it differs from typical sylvaticus in the more uniform coloration of the upper surface of the body, in the absence of the clearly defined white underside, and in the longer feet and smaller ears. The skull is similar to that of Mus hebridensis, but appears to be larger, equalling in size that of the largest specimen of Mus flavicollis. The type is No. 94.7.16.1 (British Museum coll.), the young male first collected by Mr. J. Steele Elliott. Mus MURALIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 2.) In shape and proportions allied to Mus musculus, but more robust and larger in size. In general colour of the upper surtace resembles a dark specimen of Mus sylvaticus typicus, the base of the hairs being of the same colour as in that species, but having the extremities of the majority of a sepia-brown colour; mixed among these are a certain proportion of rufous-tipped hairs, which give the animal a grizzled appearance. The colour of the under surface is very remarkable, being buff, clearly separated by a well-marked line of demarcation from the colour of the upper surface of the body. The skull, as compared with that of typical Mus musculus, is remarkable for the greatly exaggerated narrowness of the posterior opening of the nostrils. The type is No. 534 of my own collection: it is an adult female procured for me in 1898 by Mr. Henry Evans. Proc. Zoon. Sec.—1899, No. VI. 6 sd 82 MR. G. B, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [ Feb. 7, The interest pertaining to these two Mice, which undoubtedly represent local developments of Mus sylvaticus and Mus musculus, will be better appreciated if I briefly discuss the variations to which these two species are subject in other localities. I assume, however, from the outset that in neither case am I dealing with an animal which may have been recently introduced to the island. The great amount of variation from the type of a species which varies so little as Mus sylvaticus, as shown in the one case, and the evolution of a perfectly uniform and distinct type of coloration in one so variable as Mus musculus in the other, are both characters which would seem to have taken no inconsiderable time for their development. So that even if, as is probable, the presence of a Mus musculus-like species of Mouse on St. Kilda be due originally to a case of introduction, such an introduction could not have taken place at a very recent period in the history of the island, which is known to have been in- habited for at least several centuries. The distribution of Mus sylvaticus is almost coterminous with the limits of the Palearctic Region, the species only just reaching the confines of the Oriental Region “in Gilgit, where it is common from 5000 to 10,000 feet elevation ” (Blantord, Faun. Brit. Ind., Mamm. p. 416). In the former region it is probably as. widely spread as any other mammal, as it seems to be very regardless of the influence of temperature, and is found far up the slopes of the mountains. It is equally at home in all the countries (except probably the Arctic tundras and the great sandy deserts) from the eastern coast-line of China to the Atlantic. It has reached Morocco, Algeria, and Palestine, and has found its way to most of the Islands, such as those of the Mediterranean, the Channel Islands, Great Britain, Ireland, the Scotch Islands, the Shetlands’, and even Iceland, where the local form (Mus islandicus Thien.) is said to be the only indigenous species of mammal. Its presence in such isolated, yet widely-separated, islands as Iceland and Corsica seems to mark it as a species which has for long maintained a wide area of distribution, and which had already occupied the greater part of its present range before these and the other islands where it is now found were finally separated from the continent as such, but still formed a part of the continuous Palearctic land-area. And of its antiquity we have sufficient proof, for its bones have been found in numerous caves on the Continent and in the English Forest-bed (see E. T. Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. pt. 2, no. 198 (May Ist, 1894), p. 195), and we have no trace of its ancestry, the Pleistocene species, Mus orthodon Hensel and abbott? EH. T. Newton, being at least as specialized as itself. Not only is Mus sylvaticus of exceedingly wide distribution, but 1 A set of four from Dunrossness, for which I am indebted to Mr. Henderson, has recently reached me; I am unable to separate them from Mus sylvaticus of Western Europe and Great Britain, and the same remark applies to some specimens collected for me by Mr. W. Eagle Clarke on Alderney. 1899.] THE MICH OF ST. KILDA, 83 throughout the immense area where it is found it remains remark- ably constant to a single well-marked type. Throughout the Palearctic Region it is distinguishable at a glance from every other Mouse with which it might possibly be confounded by the pattern of its teeth, its long foot, Jarge ears, and pure white belly, separated from the rufous colour of the upperside by a strong and clearly-marked line of demarcation. It is true that these peculi- arities show a slight tendency to local variation, so that two or three local forms of Mus sylvaticus may be recognized ; but the variation is so slight that it takes a specialist to distinguish Mus chevriert M.-Edw., of Tibet and China, from Mus arianus Blanf., of Persia and Afghanistan, or Mus sylvaticus Linn., of Europe. Within the confines of Europe the animal seems to hold quite firmly to one particular type, so that Iam unable to distinguish specimens obtained in Corsica from those of Ireland or France. Mus sylvaticus is, then, obviously a species which in its long- standing and successful struggle for existence has attained to a height of specialization from which it has either very little power of variation, or else which is such as to fulfil all the needs of the species in almost any conditions with which it may be brought into contact. It is a species which further and even minute study may find unprofitable, or even impossible, to split into local sub- species. Not that I wish to imply that local variations are absent or even rare in Mus sylvaticus: they are by no means so, but their presence is infinitely less abundant or conspicuous than is the case with other and perhaps equally wide-spread mammals. It is also extremely interesting to find that the representatives of Mus sylvaticus in the Hebrides and St. Kilda show as much divergence from the type as examples from any other locality with which we are acquainted, and it is an evident sign of the antiquity of the animal at St. Kilda, and a seemingly irrefutable argument against any theory of its introduction into the island—apart from the fact that its presence in the Channel Islands, in Iceland, Norway and Sweden, the Shetlands, Ireland, and the Inner and Outer Hebrides marks it out as the species par ewcellence of all others in the Palearctic Region which we should most expect to find in such an out-of-the-way island. And to judge by its large size and robust form, it has had no difficulty in maintaining its existence on St. Kilda. I therefore think that we have a good deal of evidence to support us in supposing that Mus hirtensis is indigenous to St. Kilda, and indeed the very position of this rock, facing as it does the Western Hebrides and with a channel of no very great depth between it and them, throws no difficulty in the way of the hypothesis that the con- tinuous land-area which enabled Mus sylvaticus to reach the Shet- lands, Scotland, the Hebrides, and Ireland, should have included also St. Kilda in its surface, a state of things which might be pro- duced by an elevation of about 60 fathoms only. That such a land-connection must have been of geologically quite recent date is a matter of no difficulty for a zoologist, 6* 84 MR. G. E. H. BARRETU-HAMILTON ON [ Feb. 7, since the whole of cur British Mammalian fauna is so similar to that of the Continent that it is inconceivable (unless all the species are introductions) that it can have existed in our islands for any, geologically speaking, long period of time. Even the most plastic of British Mammals, such as the Squirrel', have only advanced a comparatively short distance on the road of differen- tiation ; and as regards Birds there is a precisely similar story to be told, there being only one really well-differentiated peculiar British species, the Red Grouse, Lagopus scoticus (Lath.). In fact, one of the strongest arguments against my friend? Dr. R. F. Scharff’s brilliant theories as to the antiquity of the Irish fauna (which is presumably older than that of Great Britain) is that, were it so old as he would make it, we should expect to find not only peculiar species but even peculiar genera among the mammals of Ireland, whereas a most careful study has hitherto only sufficed to distinguish one certainly peculiar species, the Irish Stoat, Putorius hibernicus Thom. & H.-B., and that bears in itself very clear evidence of its recent origin. Another species or subspecies, the Irish Hare, Lepus hibernicus Bell, seems also to be distinguishable, but it is not nearly so distinct as the Stoat. Among Birds, Reptiles, and Amphibians naturalists have hitherto failed to find any peculiar local forms, although it is evident that the Grouse of Western Great Britain and of Ireland is following the same route as the Irish Stoat and Hare. Can there, then, be any great difficulty in supposing that Mus hirtensis is indigenous to St. Kilda, and that it reached the island at a comparatively recent geological period, when a land-surface existed connecting the Shetlands, Orkneys, Scotland, the Hebrides, St. Kilda, and Ireland, and that this connection must have been so recent geologically that few of our native mammals have had time to develop into species or even subspecies distinct from those of the Continent of Europe? That the Mouse of St. Kilda should be the one in which variation has proceeded farther than in other localities is quite in accordance with the isolated situation of and confined space on the rock, together with its full exposure to the Atlantic winds; and we have an apparently parallel instance in the case of the Wren of the island, T’roglodytes hirtensis Seebohm, and perhaps also in the possible existence of a race of small dark-coloured Field-Mice * in the West of Ireland. To assert that the Mouse ot Iceland has reached that island along a formerly continuous land-area would be a very different matter, since not only is there a deep channel between the Faroes and Iceland, and even between the former islands and the Shetlands, but if we consider that Mus tslandicus is native to Iceland, then we should expect to find a similar or representative species in the Faroes, and of that we have as yet no record. Yet that there has never been such a land-connection will not, 1 Sciurus leucourus Kerr. 2 See Proc. R. I. Acad., July 1897, p. 427. 3 See Jenyns, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vil. p. 268 (1841). 1899.] THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. 85 I suppose, be contended by anybody, so that the question in reality resolves itself into one dealing with the time at which such a connection existed, and whether it has been sufficiently recent to allow of a passage along it of such a presumably recent mammal as a Mouse. Although we cannot expect to decide such questions from a mammalian point of view alone, it is profitable to remember that such ‘‘an old land extension connecting Greenland, Spitz- bergen, and Scandinavia with Scotland and Treland” is relied upon by the Editors of the recently published second edition of the ‘Cybele Hibernica’ (Introduction, pp. li & lii)as the only reasonable explanation of the presence in Ireland, znd undoubtedly native there, of three plants of North-American habitat, two of which are unknown in Continental Europe; nor would there seem to be any better explanation forthcoming to account for our share in Ireland of certain Tnyeruebrates which are indistinguishable from North-American forms Similarly Mr. A. TEL. Keane’, although writing on a widely different subject, regards the “ submarine bank which stretches from Scotland through the Faroes and Iceland to Greenland” as representing ‘a vanished Continent of great age, which would appear to have still formed dry land in late Tertiary times.” But the present paper deals not with the question of a submerged Euro-American Continent, but with the Mice of St. Kilda, and L must content myself with pointing out in conclusion that the recent exploring expedition to Rockall *, the most westerly rock-islet off the European Continent, found that when trawling at a distance of about 15 miles south of that rock, ‘“‘ the water shoaled to 80 fathoms, and there was brought up in the bag a most unexpected assortment of shallow-water shells, evidently long since 4 29 ~=Tail (reproduced) .. 105 A single male specimen from ‘ Ravine Station,’ Mau Mountains, on the main route from Mombasa to Lake Victoria, at an altitude of 7500 feet, was presented to the British Museum by Mr. F. J. Jackson, C.B. The discovery of a Lacerta allied to L. muralis in tropical Africa is one of very great interest. So far, this essentially Palearctic genus was represented south of the Atlas by a single somewhat aberrant species, L. echinata Cope, from the coast of Guinea. The same collection has yielded three specimens of a Lizard for which I propose the name of CHAM ZSAURA ANNECTENS. It connects C. didactyla Blgr., with which it agrees in the shape and proportions of the head and body and the didactyle hind limb, with C. tenwor Gthr., by having only 24 scales round the body and a single femoral pore. 37 to 39 transverse rows of scales between the occiput and the base of the tail. Yellowish or pale brownish, with four pale brown stripes, the median pair edged with black on the outer side; lower surface of head and body white. millim. millim Totallength ...... 45 ore imbi piesa 45 Jalen ys Ee ee emanate aly Hand) niet ee 9 Width of head .... 8 Tail (reproduced) .. 300 The extreme forms of this genus are shown to be more and Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1899, No. VII. 7 98 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, more connected as our knowledge progresses, a state of things that is best expressed by a synopsis of the 7 species which are now distinguished :— A, Both pairs of limbs very distinct. Hind limb pentadactyle ; 28 scales round the body ...... 1. @nea Wem. es didactyle ; 26 - Sst Bogs conse 2. didactyla Bley. FS A 24 A OLA MN scence 3. annectens Bler. fi monodactyle ; 26 i NOP gees 4, anguina L. is eh 24 4 a5) tub eases 5. tenuior Gthr. B. Fore limb very minute or absent ; hind limb monodactyle. Fore limb distinct ; 26 scales round the body ............ 6. miopropus Bley. 55 absent ; 22 $ oh Cb bdeseaheeeee 7. macrolepis Cope. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Lacerta jacksoni, p. 96. Upper and lower views and side view of head. 6. A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the Family Cichlide.—Part II! By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. [Received January 6, 1899.] (Plates XI. & XII.) When I had the honour of reading the first part of this paper before this Society, nearly a year ago, I could not have foreseen the enormous additions to our knowledge of the genera and species of African C%chlide which were so ‘soon to follow through the examination of the collections made in Lake Tanga- nyika by Mr. Moore, and in the Congo by the Officers in the service of the Congo Free State. The Tanganyika forms have been described in the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society (vol. xv. pt. 1, 1898), the Congo forms are being published in the ‘ Annales du Musée du Congo.’ i the first part I distinguished 9 genera and diagnosed 33 species of the first 6 genera, reserving for the second part the definitions of the species of the genera Tilapia, Docimodus, and Paretroplus. The additions to which I have alluded necessitate an alteration in this plan, and in order to bring my account up to date I have decided to prepare a new synopsis of the genera, amounting now to 19 instead of 9, and to enumerate all the species of the genera previously dealt ‘with by me, with a mere reference to the first part or to the ‘ Transactions’ paper in which the Tanga- nyika forms have been described and figured. 1 Of. P.Z.8. 1898, p, 182. 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, Synopsis of the Genera. I, No sheath to the vertical fins. A. Anal spines V to X; teeth conical, at least in the outer row. Jaws with a band of very small conical teeth, with moderately enlarged canines in front ............... Jaws with a band of very small conical teeth, with a few curved canines in front, the outer of which are very large and tusk-like ............0.sscecssseeveeceres Jaws with a series of conical teeth followed by a broad band of minute tricuspid teeth ............,..:00..006 B. Anal spines III; teeth not notched, uni- cuspid, numerous, 1. Teeth conical or fang-like ; alveolar surface of jaws narrow or moderately broad. a. No pad-like papillose prominence close to the upper part of the branchial arches. Teeth in one or two series, with more or less en- larged or canine-like ones at the symphysis......... Teeth in two or more series, outer longest and more or less curved inward; anal with 6 to 12 soft CEN SS Seo Gan pepe eOBUCORDeEREREORED OL, 31854 Serer rreaneoce as 4-5 Several rows of fang-like teeth ; scales small and ir- regular ; anal with 16 soft rays.................0+-+00 Teeth in two series ; outer mandibular teeth pointing outwards, perpendicular to the others............... b. A pad-like prominence close to the upper part of the branchial arclis. Teeth in two or more series, outer largest and more or less distinctly curved inward .................206 Teeth in one or two series, some of the larger ones with the crown bent at an angle to the shaft and directed forward or backward ..... sspdbogoonndeca05oe 2. Teeth not conical. Alveolar surface of jaws extremely broad, with in- numerable minute teeth with compressed, oblique (GHOTELS, soodennselegoonbe nace IDONSe HeEe ED DORIS ROSC PEE eeReaEE Jaws with rather large spatulate teeth with truncated crowns disposed in oblique transverse rows of two Cir URES). 2b batadbadacdaeassoaceven pace Acch oS ARSEe BA SABSOUBE C. Anal spines VI ; jaws with bands of minute tricuspid teeth, an outer row of bicuspid teeth, and enlarged conical teeth at the sides of the preemaxillary ......... D. Anal spines III or IV; teeth all or part notched or bi- or tricuspid, in two or more rows. Jaws with broad bands of minute bicuspid teeth, with an outer series of larger bicuspid teeth, and a single series of sharply differentiated conical teeth at the sides of the premaxillary ..................02+ Alveolar surface of jaws narrow or moderately broad, all or most of the outer teeth bi- or tricuspid ...... 1, 2. oe 11. 99 Lamprologus Schilth. Julidochromis Blgr. Telmatochromis Blgr, . Hemichromis Ptrs. . Paratilapia Blkr. . Bathybates Blgr. . Ectodus Blgr. . Pelmatachromis Stdr. . Chromidotilapia Bler. . Corematodus Blgr. Eretmodus Blgr. 12. Tropheus Blgr. 15. 14. Simochromis Bler. Tilapia Smith, T% 100 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, Alveolar surface of jaws narrow, with two series of notched teeth; a pair of enlarged, incisor-like teeth at the symphysis; an adipose crest on the OCCIPUE aces csciecwnsaevesecunenaesscchpeuauarstmeeatecereeiies 15. Steatocranus Blgr. Alveolar surface of jaws very broad; outer teeth large, with nail-shaped entire crowns, those of the nner OWS tricuspid. = weneecrenemes eee osteree ances 16. Docimodus Blgr. KE. Anal spines III; teeth large, few, in a single series. Teeth with swollen bases and low, compressed, slightly notched crowns ..............-sccccsceceessseees 17. Perissodus Blgr. Teeth compressed and truncate, curved and directed DACKWATOS cere to watt snes cusneur maetoce arate aeebacees 18. Plecodus Bley. II. Vertical fins folding in a scaly sheath; anal spines VIII to X; teeth obtuse, in a single PO Wittewe sass cress silver poopagacodoonbdoog6 se secnssneness 19. Payetroplus Blkr. 1. Lamprotoeus Schilth. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 134. 1. LaMpRoLoeus Fascratus Bler. AES VAIS oS 10 Ue Lake Tanganyika. 2. LAMPROLOGUS COMPRESSICEPS Bler. TUS 25S O91 OH le Lake Tanganyika. 3. LAMPROLOGUS MooRII Bler. 4Uins Zp iSh 28% [6 Cb Lake Tanganyika. 4, LAMPROLOGUS CONGOENSIS Schilth. P.Z. 8. 1898, p. 134. Congo. 5. LAMPROLOGUS MODESTUS Bler. HUD Aah 26. [Oa Sr Lake Tanganyika. 6, LAMPROLOGUS ELONGATUS Bler. Tr. ZS. xv. p. 9. Lake Tanganyika. 7. LAMPROLOGUS FURCIFER Bler. Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 9. Lake Tanganyika. 2. JULIDOCHROMIS Bler. UN WAR Ss a5 (09) Wile 1. JULIDOCHROMIS ORNATUS Bler. Tr. Z. 8S. xv. p. 12. Lake Tanganyika, 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY OICHLIDA, 101 3, TELMATOCHROMIS Bler, trsZ. 8. xv. p10. 1, TELMATOCHROMIS virratus Bler. Dr ZS xve palo: Lake Tanganyika. 2, TELMATOCHROMIS THMPORALIS Bler, DZS) Xenia lel Lake Tanganyika, 4, Hnemicnromis Peters. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 134. 1. HEMICHROMIS FASCIATUS Peters. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 135. West Africa. 2. HEMICHROMIS BIMACULATUS Gill. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 135. North and West Africa. 3. HEMICHROMIS ? ANGOLENSIS Stdr. P.Z. S. 1898, p. 136, Angola. 5. PARATILAPTA Blkr, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 137. 1, PARATILAPIA POLLENI Blkr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 188. Madagascar. 2. PARATILAPIA BLEBKDRI Sauy. P. Z. S. 1898, p. 139. Madagascar. 3. PARATILAPIA TYPUS Blkr. P. ZS. 1898, p. 139. Madagascar. 4, PARATILAPTIA SACRA Gthr. P. ZS. 1898, p. 139. -~ Lake of Galilee. 5, PARATILAPIA LONGIROSTRIS Hilgend. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 140. Lake Victoria Nyanza. 6. PARATILAPIA MOFFATI Casteln. P.Z.S. 1898, p. 140. S.E. Africa. 102 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, 7. PARATILAPIA RoBUSTA Gthr. POZ.'S. 1898; psn Lake Nyassa ; Zambesi. 8, PARATILAPIA CAVIFRONS Hilgend. 166 GIS Isis 7s Zul, Lake Victoria Nyanza. 9. PARATILAPIA RETRODENS Hilgend. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 142. Lake Victoria Nyanza. 10. PaRratInAPta AFRA Gthr. P. ZS. 1898, p. 142. Lake Nyassa. 11. PARATILAPIA BLOYETT Sauv. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 143. East Africa. 12. PARATILAPIA SERRANUS Pfeff. P.Z.8. 1898, p. 143. Lake Victoria Nyanza; German East Africa. 13. PARATILAPIA SCHWEBISCHII Sauy. P. ZS. 1898, p. 144. Upper Ogowe. 14, PARATILAPIA MopDESTA Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 144. Lake Nyassa and Shiré River. 15. PARATILAPIA Livinestonit Gthr, P. ZS. 1898, p. 145. Lake Nyassa and Shiré River. 16. PARATILAPIA INTERMEDIA Gthr. P.Z.S. 1898, p. 145. Lake Nyassa and Shiré River. 17. PARATILAPIA PFEFFHRI Bler. NA VZ5 IS 28 104 BE Lake Tanganyika. 18. PARATILAPIA MAcRoPS Bler. ie Ate ekViopenlies: Lake Tanganyika. 19. PARATILAPIA DIMIDIATA Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 145. Lake Nyassa and Shiré River. 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THD FAMILY CICHLIDA, 103 20. PARATILAPIA LONGICEPS Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 146. Lake Nyassa and Shiré River. 21, PARATILAPIA VENTRALIS Bler. ET As OeeXNe (a, des. Lake Tanganyika. 22. PARATILAPIA FURCIFER Bler. Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 14, Lake Tanganyika. 23, PARATILAPIA LEPTOSOMA Bler. Tr. ZS. xv. p. 14. Lake Tanganyika. 6. BarHypatss Bler. Preis Sa xv po Lae 1. BATHYBATES FEROX Bler. Pre ZeSaexy. p. lo. Lake Tanganyika. 7. Ecropvs Bler. Pee Ze Ne Ve peaks 1. Ecropus DEscAMPSII Bler. SUR VAISS 3.47) oy ile Lake Tanganyika. 2. Ecropus MELANOGENYS Bler. Pre ZaS. XV py 2. Lake Tanganyika. 8. PrLMATOCHROMISs Stdr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 147. 1. PELMATOCHROMIS BUETTIKOFERI Stdr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 147. Liberia. 2, PELMATOCHROMIS JENTINKI Stdr. P. Z. S. 1898, p. 148. Liberia. 3. PELMATOCHROMIS LATERALIS Bler. P. ZS. 1898, p. 148. Congo. 4, PELMATOCHROMIS Coneicus Bler. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 149. Congo. 104. MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, 5. PELMATOCHROMIS OCELLIFER, sp. n. 3 series of teeth in both jaws. Depth of body 23 in total length, length of head 23. Snout as long as eye, which is 31 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; opercule naked. Giill-rakers very short, 7 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10; spines subequal from the fifth, a little more than 3 length of head; middle soft rays produced into filaments. Pectoral # length of head. Ventral with produced outer rays, reaching anal spines. Anal III 8; third spine slightly shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29° ; lat. 1. ao Olive above, yellowish beneath ; five dark olive bars, much broader than the spaces between them ; a blackish opercular spot; dorsal with blackish spots and a large blackish, light-edged ocellus on the last spines and the anterior soft rays; ventrals, anal, and caudal blackish. Total length 85 millim. A single specimen from Monsembé, Upper Congo. Presented to the British Museum by the Rev. J. H. Weeks. 6, PHLMATOCHROMIS WELWITSCH Bler. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 149. Angola. 7. PELMATOCHROMIS GUENTHERI Sauv. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 150. Gold Coast. 8. PELMATOCHROMIS SUBOCELLATUS Gthr. PAS eos. pmo 0: Gaboon. 9. CHRoMIDOTILAPIA Bler, 1ey Aish Jkseles jos Jil, 1, CHROMIDOTILAPIA KINGSLEYZ Bler. P. Z.8. 1898, p. 151. Gaboon, Ogowe. 2. CHROMIDOTILAPIA (?) FREDERICI Casteln. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 151. Lake Ngami. 10. CorEmMatovus Bler. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 152. 1. CoREMATODUS SHIRANUS Bler. P.Z.S. 1898, p. 152. Upper Shiré River. 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF TH FAMILY OICHLIDA. 105 11. Erermonus Bler. ine 7252, Xv pel O: 1. ERETMODUS CYANOsSTICTUS Bler. Tes ZaSseXxve pert Gs Lake Tanganyika. 12. Tropuuvs Bler. irs ZeS. xy. pal 7. 1. TROPHEUS MooRII Bler. Tr. Z..S. xv. p. 18: Lake Tanganyika. 13. SimocHRoMIs Bler. UMR/IRISS 245 (use dks) 1. SIMOCHROMIS DIAGRAMMA Gthr. Dre Ase xv peo: Lake Tanganyika. 14. Trpaptia. Tilapia, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. (1840). Sarotherodon, Riipp. Verz. Mus. Senck. iv. p. 21 (1852) ; Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 273 (1862). Coptodon, Gervais, Bull. Soc. Agric. Herault, 1853, p. 81. Haligenes, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 471. Chromis, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 267. Ptychochromis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxxii. i. 1880, p. 248. Haplochromis, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1888, aGe Oreochromis, Giinth. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 70. Ctenochromis, Pfeff. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 149. Body short or moderately elongate; scales cycloid or ctenoid. Two or more series of small teeth in the jaws, all or greater part notched or bi- or tricuspid. Maxillary entirely concealed under the preorbital when the mouth is closed, or a small portion of its distal extremity exposed. Dorsal with 13 to 19 spines, anal with 3 or 4. Vertebre 28-32 (14-174 13-16)". Numerous species, from Syria, Africa, and Madagascar. 1 17+15=32 in T. nilotica. 174+-15=82 in T. galilea, 15+13=28 in T. lata. 154+16=81 in T. desfontainesi. 144+14=28 in T. oligacanthus. In four of these species the third vertebra bears a very strong hzmal process. The process is very feeble in 7. desfontainesi. 106 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, Synopsis of the Species. I. Scales cycloid, without marginal denticulation ; third anal spine not longer than longest dorsal spine. A. Gill-rakers 15 to 25 on lower part of anterior arch ; 2 or 8 series of scales on the cheek. 1. Anal spines 4; pectoral not longer than head, not extending to origin of anal ; dorsal XV-XVII 10-12. Teeth in 7 or 8 series; caudal peduncle a little longer than deep; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; diameter of eye 5 times in length of head ; Sq. 357; 2. -cadbabdocondoud6s: Hoscobas;cacatodadboobosns 1. huntert Gthr. Teeth in 4 or 5 Beet ; caudal pedunele slightly deeper than long; maxillary extending nearly to below anterior border of eye; diameter of eye 5 to 53 times in length of head; Sq. ae BE ae ee a 2. nigra Gthr. Teeth in 5 to 7 series; caudal peduncle not longer than deep ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; diameter of eye 4 to 43 times in length of head; Sq. Beso By ceteeneeseeeeeeseesessceseeeeesesseeees 3. shirana Bley. B, Anal spines 3 (exceptionally 4 in 7. mossam- bica). 1. Dorsal XV—XVIII 10-14; pectoral extend- ing to origin of anal or beyond. a. Caudal rounded, the membrane between the rays scaleless, except at the base. Pectoral not longer than head; mouth large, nearly as bro = cleat aeioudestt 4, mossambica Ptrs. Pectoral at least as One) e head ; mouth 4 to 2 width of head ; Sq. 31-35 4 Te = fe /ifn Hetiae th gdae Totes saobeasaal 5. nilotica L. 6. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate ; pectoral at least as long as head. a. Caudal peduncle at least as long as deep. Sq. 32-33 5-5 Te lat. 1. SE dorsal spines equal in lenethsfromithessixthiyeesseaet eect reeves ccnseeenes 6. tanganice Gthr. 33-45 19-21 . Sq. 31-34 772 ; lat. 1. 55; ; last dorsal spine longest. 7. natalensis M. Web. 8. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. * Maxillary not extending to below anterior res of eye. aS BS soe or es mouth not more than half as broad as head ...... 8. galilea Hasselq. 23-3 Tt Sq. 28-30 555: Depth of body much greater than length of head; lastidorsalyspine)lOngestiy. wc. .cec-seeepeeeeeesesesecee 9. microcephala Blkr. Depth of body not much greater than length of head ; @ilast dorsal’spinelongest) #.f-sesst-ececessenee eect see's 10. macrocephala Blgr, Depth of body much greater than length of head ; dorsal spines nearly equal in length from the sixth. 11. nigripinnis A. Dum. 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THH FAMILY CICHLID®. 107 ** Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; depth of body equal to length of head; Sq. 30-31 =**, 12. dumerili Star. 6. Oaudal rounded, densely scaled ; dorsal with 9 or 10 soft rays; Sq. 29-30 = 1 d. Caudal emarginate, upper corner pointed, lower rounded and shorter ; dorsal spines subequal from the middle ones ; caudal peduncle a little longer than deep; Sq. . lepidura Bler. Oo 32-35 <4 spedascnedecdodeoababdcdcuopabdadede 14. squamipinnis Gthr. 2. Dorsal XIV 10-14. Anal IIT 10; 3 series of scales on cheek ...........0... 15. macrocentra A. Dum, Anal IIT 10; 2 series of scales on cheek .............-. 16. pleuromelas A. Dum. Anal III 7; 3 series of scales on cheek ...02..0..2.025 17. heudeloti A. Dum. B. Gill-rakers 8 to 14 on lower part of anterior arch. 1. Dorsal with not more than 16 spines. a. Pectoral not extending to vertical of origin of anal. a, Caudal rounded or truncate ; not pro- duced at the angles; pectoral not longer than head. * 2 series of scales on cheek ; D, XIII- DO) PENS AS TUT B) Se iSfore ay2) 2psh 18. sparrmani Smith. ** 3 or 4 series of scales on cheek ; Sq. 3-32 29-82 2, Tt Dorsal XIII-XV 9-13; A. III 7-9. Maxillary extending a little beyond vertical of anterior bord ergot eyielsatet-aattt-acesiscs"pcerea-eeccssesestaseecnones 19. ovalis Stdr. Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; width of mouth $ to 4 width of head .................. 20. menzalensis Mitch, Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; width of mouth 2 to 3 width of head .................. 21. zillit Gery. Maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; width of mouth $ to 3 width of head ...............s0ece000- 22. magdalene Lort. tr D. XVI 8-13. { Depth of body greater than length of head. Dorsal with 8 soft rays, anal with 9; caudal rounded. 23. ¢holloni Sauy. Dorsal with 12 or 13. soft rays, anal with 10 or 11; Caudalbroundedlcaesen cle eee sce se eee ee 24. cabre Bler. Dorsal with 12 soft rays, anal with 10; caudal trun- CALC Pine ceas ve crteuose cee cee eter nc RR Ce cen ooktnete 25. marie Bler. ft Length of head greater than depth of body; dorsal with 8 or 9 soft rays, anal with 6 or 7; caudal rounded, subtrun- Gable Maeno moesoce se avouccutsceceee 26. hortt Gthr. ®¥* 5 series of scales on the cheek ; DE AY Wks JA. TOE I) Last dorsal spine longest ; Sq. 25-26 = duc edtebesevecs = 27. melanopleura A. Dum. Dorsal spines subequal from the 5th; Sq. 29 ... 28. ceruleomaculata % [Roch. 108 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THH AFRICAN AND _—[F eb. 7, *x** 6 or 7 series of scales on the cheek ; D. XV 10; A. TIT 8. Sq. 33 2 ; dorsal spines subequal from the 5th......... 29. jalle Blgr. Sq. 30 2 ; last dorsal spine longest ...........ss.csseees 30. humilis Stdr. 8. Caudal produced at the angles; pec- toral a little longer than head ; 2 series of scales on the cheek; D. XV-XVI 11-12; A. III 9; Sq. 31. guineensis Blk. b. Pectoral extending to vertical of origin of anal, or beyond. a. 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; dorsal with no more than 14 soft rays. * Pectoral at least as long as head; D. XV-XVI 9-14; A. III 8-10. t Depth of body nearly equal to length of head. Soft dorsal much prolonged, with 12 or 18 rays; SGI BSe Slavin a tease te heads nee 32, vorax Pfeff. Soft dorsal not prolonged, with 9 or 10 soft rays; SEB 2c?) ne rT RN ten MR a. 33. simonis Gthr. tt Depth of body much greater than length of head. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate; Sq. 29-31 BEE lobe steric heh den aA Mega ee 34. lata Gthr. Caudal truncate ; Sq. 26 ps SoeBnDeRULORGONANae SsEbadaticecos 35. rangi A. Dum. Caudal rounded ; Sq. 30-32 a 4 series of scales on the cheek; maxillary not extending quite to below anterior border Of eye ...............seeeeesesseeneerecees 36. rendalli Blgr. Caudal rounded ; Sq. 32 = 3 series of scales on the cheek; maxillary extending to below anterior border Of eyexisherosdse sactases cet nase. coketentionsece seers of. afinis A. Dum. ** Pectoral shorter than head ; D. X1V ils As TOMES) 5 Say PDS pecocoe 38. burtoni Gthr. 8. 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek; D. XIV-XV 15-16; A. III 10-11; Sy /20=30 Aa ee RN oapeuneae 39. buettikoferi Hubr. 2. D. XVIIL 8; A. TIL 7; caudal rounded ... 40. polycentra A. Dum. - II. Scales mostly with marginal denticulation. A. Third anal spine not longer than longest dorsal spine. 1. Dorsal with 13 to 17 spines. a. Pectoral extending as far as vertical of origin of anal; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek. 3-42 a, Sq. 32-34 2 , * Maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; caudal peduncle longer than deep. Oaudal truncate or feebly emarginate; 11 or 12 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch............se00e- 41, kirki Gthr. 1899.] Caudal with crescentic emargination; 8 or 9 gill- rakers on lower part of auterior arch.................+ Caudal slightly notched, pointed above, rounded below ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on lower part of an- terior arch PaO e ewe w seer eae t ae eee eeeaeaeeeeatessessessssees ** Maxillary extending nearly to below anterior border of eye; caudal peduncle as long as deep ............ B. Sq. 28-31 si maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or a little beyond te.ecce.os-csesecesncoeaees 6. Pectoral not extending to origin of anal. a. Sq. 35 = ; 21 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch; caudal rather deeply emarginate; caudal peduncle 1} as long asideep.-...5.-.-52-00e-eseees B. Sq. 51 salt 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch ; caudal round- ed; caudal peduncle slightly longer thandesppr ee scker oct cers teen y. Sq. 29-33 nae 8-10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch; caudal peduncle as long as deep or a little deeper than long. * Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; Sq. 30-33 = 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; last dorsal spine Nenipest. co eerssetcccbtisck « so caus se. os eR eeadees ots beso sass 48 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek; dorsal spines Subedualiromutheroth wcceecssccesccascsce tees econ one *F Maxillary extending to between nos- tril and eye ; Sq. 29-30 =. 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; dorsal spines equal in length from the 4th or 5th 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek ; last dorsal spine longest Pere eet iesoesenees COP ee Pere eee ens eesseeaereresessisassesseseseesst esses *** Maxillary extending to below an- terior border of eye; Sq. 30-33 4-6 12-16" Teeth in 6 series ; upper profile of snout curved ...... Teeth in 3 series; upper profile of snout straight...... 6. Sq. 26-28 BE ; 8 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch; caudal rounded; caudal peduncle as long as deep. Last dorsal spine longest ; anal with 7 soft rays ...... Dorsal spines subequal from the 8rd; anal with 8 to ORSOLE Paysteesscscar see tcesn rite eee eee rece cee hce na 2. Dorsal with 18 or 19 spines. D. XVIII 10; A, IIT 6-7; Sq. 33-35 ;>-%, ; lips pro- duced into long pointed lobes ............ceesesseeeeeeee DVL 8); An TUE 85) Sq: BU i -n.eossscnsoeceezsee Dy, ROUN 6iy PA MG Sq, BA Fs cetsenoetuevocnesies SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 42. 109 lethrinus Gthr. 43. johnstoni Gthr. . pectoralis Pfeff, [Hilg. 45. nuchisguamulata 46, lod 47. 50. rostrata Blgr. williamsi Gthr. . calliptera Gthr. 9. monteiri Blgr. fasciata Perugia. . acuticeps Stdr. . livingstonii Blgr. . desfontainest Lacép. . flavii-josephi Lort. . philander M. Web. . labiata Bler. . zebra Bley, 58. aurata Blgr. 110 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, B. Third anal spine longer than longest dorsal spine. 1. Head 22 to 3 timesin total length ; D. XITI- XIV 10-13; A. III 7-9. a. Soft dorsal rays much shorter than head ; SIO Pas 7 ee A Re Ae Re 59. oligacanthus Blkr. b. Middle soft dorsal rays produced, at least ieee Sas long as head. _ [Sauv. Q- BI-B4 Tye cteeeeeesteseseeeseeteeseesessenesteaeseeseaes 60. madagascariensis STR, ls yt ee ee ee Fee 61. grandidieri Sauy. 2. Head 34 times in total length ; D. XIV-XV 12-18; A. III 10; middle soft dorsal and anal rays produced ; Sq. 31-33 = ee 62. betsileana Bler. 1, TILAPIA HUNTERI. Oreochromis hunteri, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 70. Teeth very small, in 7 or 8 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total length. Snout with concave upper profile, nearly twice diameter of eye, which is 5 times in length of head and twice in interorbital width ; mouth rather large, nearly # width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XVII 11; last spine longest, 3 length of head, 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral poimted, a little shorter than the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal IV 10; fourth spine longest, a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales cyeloid, 35 3; lat.1. =. Dark brown, tinged with rusty ; vertical fins and ventrals blackish, Total length 300 millim. Crater Lake, Kilimandjaro. 2, TILAPIA NIGRA. Oreochromis niger, Ginth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 89, pl. ix. Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body 27 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 to 33 times. Snout with straight upper profile, nearly twice diameter of eye, which is 5 to 53 times in length of head and 2 to 23 in interorbital width; mouth rather large, to 2 width of head; maxillary extending nearly to below anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 17 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVII 11-12; last spine longest, not quite 4 length of head ; middle soft rays much produced, more than twice as long as longest dorsal spine. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching anal. Anal IV 9; fourth spine longest, nearly as long as last dorsal; soft rays produced. Caudal truneate or slightly 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. hah emarginate. Caudal peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales eycloid, 32 — lat. 1. as Greenish black; a black opercular spot; fins blackish, soft dorsal and caudal with more or less distinct round light spots between the rays. Total length 250 millim. Pools on the Kibwesi River, British East Africa. 3. TILAPIA SHIRANA. Oreochromis shiranus Bouleng. Proc. Zooi. Soc. 1896, p. 916, fig. Tilapia shirana Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth very small, in 5 to 7 very closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body 24 to 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head and 13 to 2 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 3 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek. Gill- rakers short, 15 to 18 on lower part of anterior arch. ‘ Dorsal XVI-XVII 10-12; last spine longest, 4 length of head or a little less. Ventral reaching vent. Anal IV 9-10; fourth spine longest, as long as and stronger than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 31-32 3 lat. 1. 20-21 15-16" Total length 210 millim. Upper Shiré River, Nyassaland. 4, TILAPIA MOSSAMBICA. Chromis (Tilapia) mossambicus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, . 681. Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Arch.’ f. Nat. 1855, p. 267; Giinther, Cat. iv. p. 510 (1862); Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p- 23, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1868). Chromis mossambicus, part., Giinth, |. c. p. 268. Tilapia mossambica, Bouleng. Tr. Zocl. Soc. xv. 1888, p. 4. Teeth very small, in 4 to 7 series in both jaws. Depth of body 24 to 22 times in total length, length of head 23 to 3 times. Snout with concave upper profile, 2 to 23 times diameter of eye, which is 5 to 6 times in length of head and 2 to 23 times in interorbital width; mouth large, nearly as broad as the head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or not quite so far; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek, forming a nearly straight or slightly oblique horizontal band, which, under the eye, is at least nearly as broad as the diameter of the eye ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 17 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV—XVI 10-11; last spine longest, 3 to 2 length of head, 4 to } longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little shorter than the head, extending at least as far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal 112 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, III (rarely IV) 9-10; third spine a little shorter but stronger than last dorsal spine. Caudis soiled. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 30-33 ° 2s 23 (Bit Il =’. Brownish or 10-15° olive, vertical fins and ventrals darker. Total length 270 millim. East Africa, from the Coast of Zanzibar to the Zambesi. 5, TIUAPIA NILOTICA, Labrus eae Linn.-in Hasselq. Iter Palest. p. 346 (1757), and 8. N. i. p. 477 (1766); Sonnini, Voy. ane li. p. 395, pl. xxvii. fig. 1 (1799). Chromis nilotica, Cuv., Guérin, Icon. R. An. i. Poiss. pl. xliv. fig, 1 (1844); Sauv. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p. 211; Lortet, Ann. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 137, pl. vii.; Mitchell, Rep. Fish. L. Menzaleh, p. 12, pl. 11. (1895); Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1896, p. 218. Chromis niloticus, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 267 (1862), and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 490; Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p. 226; Peters, Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868); Giinth. in Petherick, Tray. C. Afr. i1. p. 216 (1869); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1870, p. 96; Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 149; Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Gerova, (2) xv. 1895, p. 28 ; Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 10 (1896). Chromis guentheri, Sted. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p- 228, pl. viii. figs. 3 & 4. Chromis spilurus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 89, pl. x. fig. A, and 1896, p. 219. Tilapia nilotica, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 6. Teeth very small, in 4 to 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body 21 to 23 times in total length, length of head 25 to 3} times. Snout with nearly straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye (shorter in the young), which is 43 to 6 times in length of head (33 to 3% in the young), and 13 to 22 times in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 4 to % width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye or between the nostril and the eye; 2or3 series of scales on the cheek, forming, under the eye, a nearly straight horizontal band which equals or exceeds the width of the naked preopercle; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 17 to 23 on lower part of anterior arch. Det XV-XVII 11-18 ; last spine Jongest, 2 to 3 length of head, 2 to $ length of longest soft rays. Pectoral falciform, 1 to 13 iach of head, extending as far as origin of anal or a little beyond. Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal III 9-11; third spine as long as or a little shorter than longest dorsal spine. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 31-35 4-5 19-25 . ap ua; 3 lat. 1. 734s. Olive, some or most of the scales darker at the base, or lighter and golden in the centre; vertical fins with blackish and whitish spots forming transverse or oblique streaks; a blackish opercular spot ; young with 8 or 9 more or less distinct dark bars 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 113 on the body and a dark spot juss below the upper profile of the caudal peduncle. Total length 350 millim. / ~Take of Galilee and Jordan; Nile; Lakes Abaya, Rudolf, Albert Edward, and Victoria; Gallaland; Senegal ; Niger. 6. TILAPIA TANGANICA. Chromis tanganice, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 630, fig. Tilapia tanganice, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5. Teeth very small, in 5 or 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body 23 in total length, length of head 24. Snout with straight upper profile, shghtly longer than diameter of eye, which is 32 times in length of head and 12 in interorbital width; mouth rather small, 3 width of head, extending to below nostril; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, slender, 20 or 21 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 11-13; spines equal in length from the sixth, measuring 2 length of head and ? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than head, extending beyond origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 9-10; third spine a little shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 32-33 ;*,; lat. 1.48. Olive above, silvery beneath ; soft dorsal with rather indistinct oblique dark streaks. Total length 95 millim. Lake Tanganyika. 7. TILAPIA NATALENSIS. Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Arch. f. Nat. 1855, p. 267, and Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868); Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 149, pl. ii. figs. 1-4, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p- 10, fig. (1896). Chromis mossambicus, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 268 (1862). Chromis natalensis, M. Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x. 1897, p. 147. Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 2} to 2 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper ‘profile, 14 to 1? diameter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head and 14 to 2 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 3 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 17 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 10-12; last spine longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 3 to 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little longer (11) than the head, extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal III 9-11; third spine a little shorter but stronger than last dorsal spine. Caudal truncate or very slightly notched. Caudal peduncle as long as deep or a little longer than deep. Scales Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. VIII. 3 114 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [ Feb. 7, 35 —43 eycloid, 31-34 =; lat. 1. a Brownish or olive, uniform or with darker spots at the bases of the scales: young with more or less distinct dark bars on the body, oblique streaks on the soft dorsal and anal, and two or three bars across the caudal ; opercular spot usually very indistinct. Total length 180 millim. East and South-east Africa, from the coast of Zanzibar to Natal. 8. TILAPIA GALILMA. Sparus galileus, Artedi, in Hasselq. Reise Palest. p. 389 (1762). Chromis ? galileus, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 273 (1859). Chromis niloticus part., Ginth. |. ¢. p. 267, and Proc. Zool. Soe. 1864, p. 490, and in Petherick, Trav. C. Afr. i. p. 216 (1869); Steind. Sitz. Ak. Wien, Ix. 1870, p. 964, pl. iv. fig. 1. Chromis miloticus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p-. 226; Tristram, Faun. Palest. pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1884). Chromus tibervadis, Lortet, Ann. Mus. Lyon, ii. 1883, p. 135, aval fi Chromis microstomus, Lortet, 1. c. p. 139, pl. viii. fig. 1. Teeth very small, in 4 to 6 series in both Jaws. Depth of body 2 to 23 times in total length, length of head 22 to 3 times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 17 to 1% diameter of eye, which is 4 to 5 times in length of head and 14 to 2 in inter- orbital width; mouth narrow, not more than 4 width of head, extending to below the nostril; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek, forming a narrow oblique band which in its widest part does not exceed the width of the naked propercle; large scales on the opercle. Giull-rakers short, 20 to 25 on lower part of anterior arch. Bers sal XVI-XVIL 12-14; last spine longest, 2 to % length of head, 2 to # longest soft rays. Pectoral falciform, 14 to 12 length of eal extending to origin of anal or beyond. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal ITT 10-11; third spine as long as or a little shorter and stronger than last dorsal spine. Caudal truncate or slightly mene hed. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 31-34 .; lat.1. “=. Brown- Tee i 12-14 ish or olive, without spots or bars; a more or less distinct dark opercular spot; vertical fins greyish or brown, without markings. Total leneth 300 millim. Lake of Galilee and Jordan, Nile, Senegal, Niger. 9. TILAPIA MICROCEPHALA. Chromis microcephalus (Bleek.), Gunth. Cat. iv. p. 272 (1862). Melanogenes mer ocephalus, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, xvill. 1863, no. 2, p. 37, pl. vi. fig. 1. Teeth very small, closelv set, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 2 to QL times in total length, length of head 24 to 3 times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 17 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 14 id 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID. 115 to 14 in interorbital width; mouth narrow, 4 to 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek, forming a narrow oblique band; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 15 to 19 on lower eae of anterior arch. Dorsal Ney Ney te 13; last spine longest, 2 or a little less than 4 length of head, 2 to = longest soft rays. Pectoral falciform, 17 to if length of head, extending to origin of anal or beyond. vemerail reaching vent or anal. Anal III 9- 11; third spine shorter than last dorsal. Caudal truncate, slichtly emar- ginate. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 213 17-21 . 28-30 77553 lat. 1.753. Olive above, golden beneath, uniform or with 5 or 6 very indistinct, narrow, dark bars; soft dorsal with dark and light spots forming oblique streaks ; a dark opercular spot. Total length 175 millim. Gold Coast. 10. TILAPIA MACROCEPHALA. Sarotherodon melanotheron (nom. nud.), Riipp. Verz. Mus. Senck. iv. p. 21 (1852); Ginth. Cat. iv. p. 273 (1862). Chromis macrocephalus (Bleek.), Giinth. 1. ec. Melanogenes macrocephalus, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, Xvi. 1863, no. 2, p. 36, pl. vi. fig. 2. Teeth very small, closely set, in 4 to 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body 23 to 22 times in total length, length of head 22 to 25 times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 14 to 13 Hiambter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head an i to 15 in interorbital width ; seen moderate, about 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 15 to 17 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV—XVI 10— 12: last spine longest, 2 length of head, 3 longest soft rays, which are somewhat produced. Pectoral felicia, 11 to 1 length of head, extending to origin of anal or beyond. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal IIT 7-9; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. ceded peumiels deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 28-30 = lat. 1. = Olive-brown above, golden beneath ; indistinct light spots on the soft dorsal and caudal fins, forming oblique streaks on the former; a black oper- cular spot; chin and gular region black, or marbled with black. Total length 145 millim. Gold Coast. 11, TILAPIA NIGRIPINNIS. Tilapia re (Guichen.), A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 254, pl. xxii. fig. 2. Chromis nigripinnis, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862). Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both jaws. 8* 116 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, Depth of body 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with slightly concave upper profile, 14 diameter of eye, which is 31 in length of head and 14 in interorbital width ; mouth small, 3 width of head, maxillary extending little beyond vertical of nostril; 2 series of scales on the cheek, forming a narrow oblique band ; large scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers short, 16 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10; spines nearly equal in length from the 6th, which measures 2 length of head and eB longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, extending to origin of anal. Ventralreaching vent. Anal III 8-9. Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29 —— lat. 1. a Brown ; indistinct darker oblique streaks on the soft dorsal. Total length 115 millim. Gaboon. 12. TILAPIA DUMERILI. Chromis dumeriliz, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p- 225, pl. vil. fig. 1. Teeth small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body equal to length of head, 24 to 22 in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, nearly 13 diameter of eye, which is about 44 in length of head; mouth rather large; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XV 10; last spine longest, nearly 2 length of head, 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, extending beyond origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 9. Caudal truncate, scaly in the basal half. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 30-31 Se: lated: ie Brown, each scale darker at the base; a very narrow blackish opercular spot. Y Total length 133 millim. West Africa. Apparently nearly allied to T. macrocephala, but distinguished by a larger mouth. 13. TILAPIA LEPIDURA, sp. Nn. Teeth very minute, in 4 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 to 24 times in total length, length of head 23 to 3. Snout with convex upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 13 to 2 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and eye ; Zor 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, slender, 17 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10; last spine longest, 2 length of head. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 8-9; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded, densely scaled. Caudal peduncle 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDS. 117 deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29-30 == elation = Brownish above, golden beneath ; a blackish opercular spot; dorsal and anal with blackish spots forming oblique streaks on the soft part of the dorsal; caudal with a wide-meshed dark network. Total length 160 millim. Lower Congo and Angola. 14. TIDAPIA SQUAMIPINNIS. Chromis SCT gett Giinth. Proe. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 311, and 1893, p. 621, pl. lin. Tilapia squamipinnis, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 to 22 in total length, length of head 2? to 3times. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye (as long as eye in the young), which is 4 “bnmes in length of head (3 to. 34 times in the young), and twice a “mnfewentinial width (13 to 4 in the young); mouth narrow, 4 to * width of head ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; 2 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Grill-rakers short, 17 to 19 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10-11; spines subequal from the middle ones, 3 to 4 length of head, about # longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little longer than the head, reaching origin of anal or a little beyond. Ventral reaching vent. Anal II] 8-9; third spine nearly as long as longest dorsals. Caudal slightly notched, upper angle pointed, lower rounded and shorter. Canes pedunele a little longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 32-35 lat. 1. 22, Pale greyish olive, = 15-16? 13-17" with 8 more or less regular blackish cross-bars; oblique dark streaks on the soft dorsal and a large dark spot between the anterior rays. Total length 250 millim. Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River. 15. TILAPIA MACROCENTRA, Tilapia macrocentra, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 256. Chromis macrocentra, Rochebr. Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883, p. 133. Depth of body 21 in total length. 3 series of scales on the cheek. 22 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 13, the spines remarkably strong and triangular. Anal III 10. Caudal rounded. Scales very large, cycloid, 26 in the lateral series. Uniform brown. Total length 260 millim. Senegal. I am indebted to the-kindness of Prof. Vaillant for some notes on the gill-rakers, scales, and shape of the caudal in this and the other species so imperfectly described by Aug. Duméril. 118 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, 16. TILAPIA PLEUROMELAS. Tilapia pleuromelas, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 253. Tilapia lateralis, A. Dum. 1. e. Chromis pleuromelas, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 271 (1862). Chromis lateralis, Giinth. t. c. p. 272. Depth of body about twice in tetal length. 2 series of scales on the cheek. 15-17 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 12-14. Anal IIT 10. Caudal rounded. Scales eycloid, 26—29 a. Brown ; a large black blotch on each side of the body. Total length 200 millim. Senegal. 17. TILAPIA HEUDELOTI. Tilapia heudelotii, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 254. Chromis heudelotii, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862). Depth of body a little more than twice in total length. 3 series of scales on the cheek. 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 10. Anal III 7. Caudal rounded (?). Seales cycloid, 27 = Brownish ; soft dorsal with irregular light and dark streaks. Total length 120 millim. Senegal. 18. TILAPIA SPARRMANI. Tilapia sparrmanu, Smith, Ml. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. pl. v. (1840). Chromis sparmanni, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 269 (1862), Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868). Teeth very small, in 3 to 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 27 to 23 times in total length, length of head 3 to 33. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper profile, as long as the eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 13 to 12 in inter- orbital width; mouth moderate, 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XITI-XV 9-1i; last spine longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 3 to 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 9; third spine a little shorter but stronger than last dorsal spine. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 27-29 =: lat. 1. —s Pinkish to brownish, with 7 or 8 rather indistinct dark brown or olive bars ; vertical fins with some small dark spots ; a large blackish spot on the dorsal, between the anterior soft rays ; a dark opercular spot. Total length 145 millim. South-west Africa, from Angola and the Victoria Falls to Namaqualand. 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#, 119 19. TILAPIA OVALIS. Chromis ovalis, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, joe (lle Allied to 7. zillii. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile ; diameter of eye + times in length of head, a little less than interorbital width; maxillary extending a little beyond vertical of anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XG, elt last spine longest ; middle soft rays produced, Pectoral shorter than the head. Ventral extending a little beyond origin of anal. Anal III 8. Caudal rounded. Scales 292; lat. 1. 4. Olive- io? TZ brown, with indistinct darker bars ; a black opercular spot ; dorsal and anal with black streaks; a black spot on the anterior soft rays of the dorsal. Total length 100 millim. Angola. 90. TinAPIA MENZALENSIS. Chromis menzalensis, Mitche!l, Rep. Fish. L. Menzaleh, p. 13, pl. i. (1895). Teeth in 4 or 5 series in both jaws, outer rather large. Depth of body 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight or slightly concave upper profile, 13 to 2 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 5 times in length of head and 13 to 2 in interorbital width ; mouth large, ? to 4 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 9 or 19 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 12-13; last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head; middle soft rays produced in adult speci- mens, about twice as long as last spine. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head or a little shorter, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral produced in the adult, reaching anal. Anal III 8-9; third spine shorter than longest dorsal, soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal truncate, rounded in old specimens. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 30-315 ; lat. 1. oe Olive, with 7 or 8 dark bars, sometimes with a dark stripe along the middle of the side; ventrals and vertical fins dark, the latter sometimes with ill-defined lighter spots; a more or less distinct round black spot between the anterior soft rays of the dorsal; a black opercular spot. . Total length 255 millim. Lake Menzaleh, Lower Eeypt. 21. TinsPta ZILLI. Acerina zillii, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p. 203. Copiodon zllu, Getvais, Bull. Soc. Agric. Hérault, 1853, p. 80, pl. iv. figs. 5-7; A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 252. Glyphisodon zillu, Valenc. C.R. Ac. Se. xlvi. 1858, p. 713. 120 “MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, Haligenes tristrami, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 471, pl. 1x. fig. B. Chromis tristrami, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 269 (1862). Sarotherodon (?) zillit, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 274. Chromis andrew, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 492; Lortet, Ann. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 142, pl. viii. fig. 3; Tristram, Faun. Palest. pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1884). Chromis niloticus, part., Gervais, Zool. Pal. Gén. p. 205, pl. xlv. fig. 3 (1869), and Journ. Zool. iii. 1874, p. 455. Chromis mossambicus, part., Stemd. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1. 1870, p. 23. Chromis zillit, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) i. 1877, p. 163 ; Rolland, Rey. Scientif. (4) 11. 1894, p. 418. fig. Chromis tristrami, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 218. Tilapia tristrami, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 6. Teeth in 3 or 4 series in both jaws, outer rather large. Depth of body 22 to 22 in total length, length of head 23 to 3; times. Snout with straight upper profile, 1j to 1% diameter of eye, which is 32 to 42 in length of head and 1 to 14 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 to 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal] XIV—XV 10-18; last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head; middle soft rays produced in adult specimens, about twice as long as last spine. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head or a little shorter, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral produced in the adult, reaching vent or anal. Anal IIT 7-9; third spine as long as or a little shorter than longest dorsal, soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal truncate. Caudal peal: as long as deep. Scales mostly cycloid, 30-32 — 5 lat. 1. Injs: Olive, with 6 to 8 more or less distinct darker bars, some- times with a dark stripe along the middle of the side; vertical fins usually with more or less distinct lighter round spots ; a large round blackish spot usually present between the anterior soft rays of the dorsal; a dark opercular spot. _ Total length 210 millim. “~~ Algerian Sahara to Lake Rudolf and the Lake of Galilee *. Chromis faidherbi, Rochebr. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p.167, and Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883, p. 134, pl. v. fig. 5, from the Senegal, appears to be allied to C. zillii, but the description is insufficient and contradicted by the accompanying figure. D. XIV 11; A. IIL 7; Sq. 273. 3 dark bars on the body. 22. TIDAPIA MAGDALENZA. Chromis magdalene, Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, ii. 1883, p. 146, pl. ix. fig. 2. 1 J have not seen Egyptian specimens ; but, according to Panceri (Rend. Ace. Sc., Soc. R. Nap. xii. 1873, p. 113), the species has been found in the artesian wells of the oases of the Libyan Desert by Figari Bey (Stud. sc. sull’ Egitto, 1864, i. p. 287). 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 121 Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 rows in both jaws. Depth of body 22 to 23 in total length, length of head 22 to 3times. Snout with straight or humped upper profile, 14 to 2 as long as the diameter of the eye, which is 4 to 6 times in length of head and 11 to 12 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 2 width of head ; max- illary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek. Giull-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XLV—XV 9-10; last spine longest, + to 2 length of head, 2 to # longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the head, not extending to origin of anal, Ventral not reach- ing vent. Anal IIT 7-8; third spine as long as or a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep or slightly longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 30-32 at 5 lene Mle wae Brownish green above, bluish silvery below ; 8 oblique dark bars on the body, sometimes very indistinct; fins uniform bluish white ; a dark bar below the eye; a black opercular spot. Total length 160 millim. Syria. 23. TILAPIA THOLLONI. Chromis tholloni, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p. 196, pl. v. fig. 1. Teeth very small. Depth of body 2? in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with slightly concave upper profile, 14 dia- meter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head; interorbital space a little wider than diameter of eye; maxillary not quite reaching to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XVI8; last spine longest, about 3 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral obtuse, nearly as long as the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Anal T11 9. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 32 =. Olive; a black opercular spot and a blackish lateral stripe ; soft dorsal and caudal with purplish spots. Total length 180 millim. Upper Ogowe. 24, TIMAPIA CABRA. Tilapia cabre, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool, i. 1899, p. 51, pl. xxvii. Teeth in outer row moderate, separated by an interspace from a band of 4 transverse series of smaller closely-set teeth. Depth of body 2 to 2} in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 12 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 45 times in length of head and 14 to 2 in interorbital width ; mouth # width of head, extending to between nostril and eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill- rakers short, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 12-18; last spine longest, 2 to } length of head, 2 to 2 “a 122 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND (Feb: 7, middle soft rays, which are much produced. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, not extending to origin of anal, Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal IIT 10-11; third spine shorter than last dorsal ; soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid, a TD lib Jl. — Olive-brown; a black opercular spot ; soft dorsal and caudal with numerous small round blackish spots. Total length 340 millim. Loango. 25. TILAPIA MARIA, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 1.) Teeth small, in 3 series in both jaws. Depth of body 2 to 22 in total length, length of head 2? to 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, as long as diameter of eye, which is 3 times in length of head and 13 to 13 in interorbital width; mouth rather small, 2 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 12; spines equal in length from the 5th, 3 length of head. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral produced into a filament, reaching origin of anal. Anal III 10; third spine nearly as long as longest dorsals. Caudal truncate. - Caudal pedimacle a little deeper than long. Seales cycloid, 30- ane ap Welle I. was 7 Pale brown, with 7 or 8 dark bars, five of which extend on the dorsal. Total length 80 millim. Azuminé Creek, Opobo River, Niger Delta. Two specimens, collected by Miss Mary Kingsley. 26. TILAPIA HORII. Chromis hori, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 630, pl. lvin. fig. A. Tilapia horii, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5. Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of bedy 3 to 33 times in total length, length of head 22 to 24. Snout with straieht upper profile, 14 to 1% diameter of eye, which is contained 4 times in len eth of head and a little exceeds interorbital width; mouth moderate, 2 = width of head, extending to between nostril and eye ; 3 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal eo 8-9 ; spines equal from the 5th or 6th, 3 to $ 2 length of head, 2 to § longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 2 length of head, not Senne to origin of anal. Ventral réachine vent or origin of anal, Anal III 6-7; third spine slightly shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded, subtruncate. Ceuta pedunele a little longer than deep. Scales eycloid, 30-31 lat. 1.2". Pale olive above, with 7 or 8 re oe 11-14" very indistinct darker bars ; large irregular brown spots may be 1899. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®, 123 . present on the snout and cheeks; around white spot may be present between the last two anal rays. Total length 125 millim. Lake Tanganyika. 27. TILAPIA MELANOPLEURA. Tilapia melanopleura, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 252, pleas hose Chromis melanopleura, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 272 (1862). Depth of body 2 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with slightly concave upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 5 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 12; last spine longest, 4 length of head, not quite 5 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, not extending to origin of anal. Anal IIL 9; third spine nearly as long as last dorsal. Caudal truncate. Caudal pedunele a little deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 25-26 = Brown; a large black blotch on each side of the body. Total length 150 millim. Senegal. 28. TIDAPIA CHRULEOMACULATA. Chromis ceruleomaculatus, Rochebr. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p. 166, and Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. (+) vi. 1883, p. 132, pl. iv. fig. 3. Depth of body 23 im total length, length of head 3 times. Snout longer than eye, which is 37 times in length of head ; 5 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XIV 11; spines subequal from the fifth. Pectvral rather short, not extending so far as origin of anal. Anal III 10. Caudal truncate, slightly emar- ginate. Scales 29 = Dark green above, pink beneath ; a series of 5 large, round, deep blue spots along each side, the first on the opercle. Total length 137 millim. Senegal. 29. TILAPIA JALLA. Chromis jalle, Bouleng. Boll. Mus. Torin. xi. 1896, no. 260. Teeth small. Depth of body 34 in total length, length of head 37 times. Snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 33 times in length of head and equals 14 interorbital width ; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye; 6 or 7 series of scales on the cheek; Jarge scales on the opercle. Guill- rakers very short, 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10; spines subequal from the 5th, which measures 3 length of head ; last soft rays prolonged into filaments. Pectoral 2 length of head. Anal III 8; third spine as long as longest dorsal ; soft 124 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, a rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal truncate. Caudal pe- duncle 14 as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 33 s lat.1. 3. | Olive brown, with traces of 5 darker bars. Total length 75 millim. Upper Zambesi (district of the Victoria Falls). 30. TImAPIA HUMILIS. Chromis humilis, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, p. 763. Depth of body 33 in total length, length of head 3+ times. Snout with straight upper profile; diameter of eye 42 times mm length of head, equal to interorbital width ; maxillary not reaching to below anterior border of eye; 6 or 7 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XV 10; last spine longest, about 3 length of head; longest soft rays not quite 4 length of head. Eacron| 3 length of head. Anal IIIT 8. Caudal rounded. Seales 30 25 lat. 1. 4. Yellowish brown; a black opercular spot; dorsal and caudal with round blackish spots. Total length 115 millim. Angola. 31. TILAPIA GUINEENSIS. Chromis guineensis (Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. iv. pp. 271 & 510 (1862). Chromis tristrami, part., Ginth. t. ¢. p. 269. Haligenes guineensis, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, xvi. 1863, no. 2, p. 41, pl. vi. Teeth small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 3} to 33 times. Snout teen, w ith very steep upper profile, measuring about 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head ‘and 13 in “interorbital width ; mouth large, ? width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior farce of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek, ‘forming an oblique band the width of which at least equals the diameter of the eye; large scales on the opercle. (Gull-rakers short, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 11-12; last spine longest, 2 to # length of head; middle soft rays much produced, nearly 3'times as long as last. dorsal spine. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral produced, reaching beyond origin of anal. Anal III 9; third spine shorter than longest dorsal, soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal feebly emarginate, the outer rays somewhat Die duced. anael peduncle as long as deep. Scales cyeloid, 31 2 ae lat. 1. = qa: Dark olive; vertical fins with some light spots, con- fluent into two or three streaks on the dorsal; a black opercular spot. Total length 190 millim. Ashantee. 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 125 82. TILAPIA VORAX. Chromis voraxv, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p- 151, pl. ii. figs. 9-11, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 12, fig. (1896). Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 27 to 22 times in total length. Snout with convex upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 5 times in length of head and nearly twice in interorbital width ; mouth large; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or a little beyond; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Dorsal XV 12-13; middle soft rays much produced, as long as head. Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as head, extending a little beyond origin of anal. Ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Anal Lil 10; soft rays prolonged like the dorsals. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 28-31 a3 lat. LS Dark-olive brown; a rather indistinct dark opercular spot ; vertical fins blackish. Total length 149 millim. German East Africa and Mozambique. 33. TIDAPIA SIMONIS. Chromis simonis, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 492; Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 143, pl. ix. fig. 1; Tristram, Faun. Palest. p. 165, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (1884). Chromis paterfamilias, Lortet, C.R. Ac. Se. lxxxi. 1875, p. 1197, and La Nature, 1876, p. 81, figs. Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body equal to length of head, 22 to 23 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 43 to 5 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width; mouth moderate, $ width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short and thick, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 9-10; last spine longest, 3 to 2 length of head, 2 to # longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 8-9; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales eycloid, 30-32 2 olathanls = Olive, with 6 or 7 rather indistinct darker bars; opercular spot feebly marked; a rather indistinct dark spot between the anterior soft rays of the dorsal. Total length 180 millim. Syria (Lakes of Galilee and Huleh). O4. TILAPIA LATA. Chromis latus, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 271 (1862); Steind. Verh. zool.- bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p. 227, pl. vii. figs. 1 & 2. Chromis niloticus, part., Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1870, p. 96. 126 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, Chromis microcephalus (non Bleek.), Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p. 196, fig. Chromis ogowensis, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H.(6) xvii. 1896, p- 2/1. Teeth small, in 3 to 5 well separated series in both jaws. Depth of body 2 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 to 33 times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 1j to ld diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and re to 14 in interorbital width: : “qnowthh ; 2 to § width of head ; = mesallen - extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gjill-rakers very short, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 10-14; last spine longest, nearly 4 length of head, = to 4 middle soft rays, which are produced in the adult. Pectoral as long as ora little longer than the head, extending as far or nearly as far as origin of anal. Outer ventral ray produced, reaching origin of anal or beyond. Anal III 9-10; third spine shorter than last dorsal. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal pects a little deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29-31 7=#; lat. 1.22. Olive- Ti-13? 11-16" brown, with or without 4 or 5 very indistinct darker bars; a black temporal spot ; dorsal fin with blackish streaks and a large black spot between the anterior soft rays, the streaks behind the spot very oblique. Total length 175 millim. West Africa, from the Gambia to the Loango. 35, TILAPIA RANGII. Tilapia rangi, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 255. Chromis rangi, Rochebr. Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883, p- 133. Depth of body 22 in total length. 3 series of scales on the cheek. 14 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10. Anal TIL 8. Pectoral extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Scales cycloid, 26 2. A black opercular spot ; small blackish spots on the soft dorsal. Total length 100 millim. Gorea. 36. TILAPTA RENDALLI. Chromis rendalli, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 915, fig. Tilapia rendalli, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth rather small, forming + transverse series well separated from each other. Depth of body 2} to 22 in total length, length of head 38 to 3h times. Snout with steep, slightly convex upper profile, a little longer than the eye, the diameter of which is 4 times in length of head and 14 in interorbital width ; mouth about = width of head; maxillary not extending quite to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large t 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 127 scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 12-13; last spine longest, } length of head. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal IIL 9-10; third spine as long as middle dorsals. Caudal rounded. rma peduncle not longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 30-32 = =e alin Le = =. Body without distinct markings; snout and a spot on the operele blackish ; dorsal fin with blackish spots and oblique bars. Total length 220 miliim. Upper Shiré River. 37. TAPIA AFFINIS. Tilapia affinis, A. Dam. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 255. Chromis affinis, Rochebr. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. vi. 1883, p. 131. Chromis aureus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p- 229, pl. viii. fig. 5. Teeth small, in 3 or 4 regular series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 to 23 in total length, length of head 3. Snout with straight upper profile, 17 to 15 diameter of eye, which is contained 4 omic in length of Heal and 1+ to 14 in interorbital width ; mouth nearly 3 width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 or 9 on Loe: part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 11-12; last spine longest, + length of head, nearly 1 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 12 z length of head, extending to origin of anal. Ventral re: ching origin of anal. Anal III 3 10; third spine a littie shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. anal peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 32 a= alata Z. Olive, a black opercular spot; soft dorsal with blackish spots were or less confluent into oblique streaks. Total length 170 millim. Senegal and Niger. 38. TILAPIA BURTONT. Chromis burtoni, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 631, pl. lviii. fig. C. ~Tilupia burtom, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5. Teeth in 5 closely-set series, outer moderately large, inner very minute. Depth of body 23 in total length, length of head 24. Snout with slightly concave. upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is contained 4 times in length of head and equals inter- orbital width; mouth rather large, nearly 2? width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye 5 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 11; spines equal from the 10th, 3 length of head, 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral 4 length of head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral prolonged in 128 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, a filament, extending beyond origin of anal. Anal II] 9; third spine a little shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 29 i lat. 1. = Olive, a dark opercular spot; two dark bars across the upper surface of the snout; a dark streak behind the eye. "Total length 95 millim. Lake Tanganyika. 39. TILAPIA BUETTIKOFERI. Chromis biittikofert, Hubrecht, Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. 1881, p. 66; Steind. op. cit. xvi. 1894, p. 39." Teeth rather large (10 on each side in the outer row of the upper jaw). Depth of body 2 to 27 in total length, length of head 8 to 32. Snout as long as the eye, which is contained 3 times in length of head; 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal X1V— XV 15-16. Pectoral as long as or a little shorter than the head, not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral prolonged into a filament, extending beyond origin of anal. Anal III 10-11. Caudal rounded (?). Scales cycloid, 29-80 m3 lat. 1. — 8 dark bars, the first two across the head, the last two on the caudal peduncle; these bars a little broader than the spaces between . them. Total length 105 millim. St. Paul’s River, Liberia. 40, TImAPIA POLYCENTRA. Tilapia polycentra, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 254. Chromis polycentra, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862). Depth of body 23 in total length. 3 series of scales on the cheek. 9 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII 8. Anal IIL 7. Caudal rounded. Scales cycloid, 24 = Scales finely dotted with blackish ; soft dorsal with alternating series of dark and light spots and a large black spot in front. Total length 100 millim. Gorea. Al. TIDAPIA KIRKI. 2? Ctenochromis strigigena, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 155, pl. ii. figs. 5-8. Chromis kirkii, Ginth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 624, pl. lvi. fig. A (1894). ? Chromis strigigena, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 18, fig. (1896). 1 Tam indebted to Dr. van Lidth de Jeude for notes supplementing the descriptions quoted. J, Green del. et hth. Dee yap oy lslo ss) sel Om: -imp. Mintern Bro ONE SIA Ts, | J Zo So UID IPI, SOM . imp - Mintern Bro 1 et hth Green de To J NEOMYLODON LISTAIL. een del.et lth. J.Gr aT Si a O cal A J.Green del.et hth. NEOMYLODON LISTAI 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID. 129 Ctenochromis kirkii, Pfeffer, 1. c. p. 19. Tilapia kirkii, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 to 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, 17 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 3} to 4 times in length of head and equal to or a little less than interorbital width ; mouth 2 to $ width of head ; maxillary extending to below nostril or between nostril and eye ; "3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVII 9-11; last spine longest, about 4 length of head, not or but little snawier than the soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little shorter than the head. Ventral reaching vent or a little beyond. Anal III 8-10; third spine a little shorter than longest dorsal. Caudal truncate or feebly emarginate, the rays covered with small scales. Caudal peduncle 17 to 13 as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate on = = lat. 1. oe _ Brownish above, silvery beneath, w ith a meee stripe from the opercular spot to the root of the caudal; a second stripe may be present between the upper lateral line and the dorsal fin; both these stripes may be broken up into spots; soft dorsal and caudal with small dark and light spots forming more or less regular series. Total length 150 millim. Upper Shiré River and Lake Nyassa. C. strigigena is founded on young specimens from Mbuzini, German East Africa. 42. TILAPIA LETHRINUS. Chromis lethrinus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 622, pl. ly. fig. A. Tilapia lethrinus, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 2% to 22 in total length. Snout long, with straight upper profile, ie to 2 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth small, 3 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers large, falciform, 8 or 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV—XVI 10-11; last spine longest, not 2 length of head, about ? length of soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the head. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal III 8-9; third spine shorter and stronger than longest dorsal. Caudal with crescentic emargination, the rays covered wilh small scales. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as Beeb. Seales finely denticulate on the border, 33- 34 mH lat. 1. 5 2 Silvery, brownish on the back; some blackish spots or a black stripe above the upper lateral. line; a blackish stripe may be present along the side of the body and above the lower lateral line ; dorsal and caudal chequered with blackish between the rays, Proc. Zooz. Soc.—1899, No. IX. 9 130 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, the spots having a tendency to form oblique stripes on the soft dorsal. Total length 180 millim. Lake Nyassa. 43. TILAPIA JOHNSTONI. Chromis subocularis, part., Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 621, pl. liv. fig. B. Chromis johnstoni, Ginth. |. c. p. 622, fig. A. Chromis tetrastigma, Ginth. 1. ¢. p. 623, fig. C. Tilapia subocularis, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Tilapia johnstoni, Bouleng. 1. ec. Tilapia tetrastigma, Bouleng. |. c. Teeth in 4 or 5 series, the outer moderately large and separated by a considerable interspace from the others, which are very minute and conical. Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 23 to 3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and equal to or somewhat greater than interorbital width ; mouth 2 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye : 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, mostly notched, "11 or 12 on lower part of anterior arch. 2 sal XIV-XVI 10411; last spine longest, 2 to 3 length of head, ? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little shorter than the head, extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal III 8-9; third spine a little shorter than longest dorsal. Caudal slightly notched, pointed above, rounded below. Caudal peduncle 13 to 13 as long as deep. Seales finely denticulate on the border, 32-93 © Ia lat. I. ame Pale olive, with 6 to 8 more or less regular dark bars, which may be accompanied or replaced by a few blackish spots ; a dark opercular spot; dorsal with oblique dark streaks and rows of small pale spots ; caudal with small pale spots. Total length 115 millim. Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River. 44, TILAPIA PECTORALIS. Ctenochromis pectoralis, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 153, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4, 7, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 16, fig. (1896). Teeth in 5 rows in both jaws, inner very minute. Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 24 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, as long as the eye, the diameter of which is contained somewhat more than 3 times in length of head and a little exceeds interorbital width; mouth extending nearly to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; larger scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers very short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 8-9; soft rays somewhat produced. Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as head, 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 131 extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 8. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales with denticulate edge, 30 a3 lat. 1. a Brownish with 10 to 12 dark bars ; a dark opercular spot ; dark streaks and a large white, dark-edged ocellus on the soft dorsal and on the anal. Total length 63 millim. Korogwe, German East Africa. 45, TILAPIA NUCHISQUAMULATA. Chromis nuchisquamulatus, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1888, p. 76. Chromis (Haplochromis) obliquidens, Hilgend. 1. ¢." Ctenochromis nuchisquamulatus, Pfeft. Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 14. Ctenochromis sauvagei, Pfeff. 1. c. p. 15. Ctenochromis obliquidens, Pfefft. Arch. f. Nat. Ixii. 1897, p. 60. Tilapia nuchisquamulata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5. Tilapia sawvagvi, Bouleng. |. ec. Tilapia obliquidens, Bouleng. |. ¢. Teeth small, in 5 to 8 rows. Depth of body 23 to 2 times in tota] length, length of bead about 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, a little longer than the eye, which is 33 to 3? times in length of head, and equals or a little exceeds interorbital width ; mouth with thick and broad lips, extending to below anterior border of eye or slightly beyond; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 8-10; last spine longest, about 2 length of head. Pectoral pointed, extending to origin of anal or a little beyond. Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal III 8-9. Scales etenoid, 28-31 ai scales on occiput and nape very small. Olive or brownish, with more or less distinct dark cross-bars, with or without a dark lateral stripe; a dark opercular spot; soft dorsal with dark and light spots: three or four round white spots on the posterior half of the anal ; ventrals black. Total length 125 millim. Victoria Nyanza. 46. TILAPIA ROSTRATA, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 1.) Teeth very small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 23. Snout very long and pointed, with slightly concave upper profile, twice as long as diameter of eye, which is 44 in leneth of head and equals inter- orbital width; mouth 2 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers rather long and slender, 21 on 1 Tam indebted to the kindness of Prof. Hilgendorf for notes on the type specimen, Q* 132 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 11; last spine longest, 2 length of head, a little shorter than soft rays. Pectoral pointed, = length of head, not extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 9; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rather deeply emarginate. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales with finely denticulate edge, 35 =; lat. 1. a Pale brown above, silvery white beneath ; five dark brown cross-bars, broken up into large spots ; a small dark brown opercular spot ; a large brown spot at base of caudal ; fins white. Total length 105 millim. A single specimen from Lake Nyassa. Collected by Miss M. Woodward ; presented by Miss 8. C. McLaughlin. 47, TILAPIA WILLIAMSI. Chromis williamsi, Ginth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 624, pl. lvi. fig. C. * Tilapia williamsi, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth moderate, in 5 or 6 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout with slightly convex upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head and 1% in interorbital width ; mouth 3 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch, Dorsal XVII 8; last spine longest, nearly + length of head, 2? longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, # length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal Til 7 ; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded, basal half densely scaled. Caudal peduncle slightly longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate on the border, 31 = ; lat. 1. z Dark brown, with scattered blackish spots; a blackish opercular spot; a round blackish spot at the root of the caudal ; fins grey, dorsal broadly edged with black ; two small round white spots on the posterior part of the anal. Total length 105 millim. Lake Nyassa. 48, TILAPIA CALLIPTERA. Chromis callipterus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 628, pl. ly. fig. B (1894); Bouleng. op. cit. 1896, p. 916. Chromis subocularis, part., Giinth. 1. e. p. 621. Ctenochromis callipterus, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 19. Tilapia calliptera, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth small, in 3 to 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 25 to 24 in total length, length of head 2? to 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, 14 to 14 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and equal to or a little less than inter- orbital width ; mouth 2 to 2 width of head; maxillary extending 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 133 to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 to 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XVI 8-10; last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head, 3 to 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 2 to # length of head, not extending quite so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal or a little beyond. Anal III 7-8; third spine as long as or a little shorter than longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate on the border, 30-33 — ; lat. 1. aa Brown or olive, with more or less distinct dark and light spots on the soft dorsal and caudal; anal often with a few large round white spots ; a dark band from below the eye to the angle of the mouth ; a dark opercular spot. Total length 140 millim. Shiré River and Lake Nyassa. 49, TILAPIA MONTEIRI, sp. 0. Teeth in outer row moderate, separated by an interspace from 4 band of 5 transverse series of minute closely-set teeth. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times or not quite 3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 1j diameter of eye, which is 32 in length of head and slightly exceeds interorbital width ; mouth rather large, ? width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or slightly beyond; 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV 10-11; spines equal in length from the 5th, 3 length of head, a little more than 4 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 3 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal IIL 6-7. Caudal rounded, densely scaled at the base. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales mostly with finely denticulate edge, 30 = lat: I 2 Brownish ; soft dorsal with oblique dark streaks. Total length 95 millim. Congo. A single specimen collected by the late J. J. Monteiro. A second specimen of the same size, from Matadi, forms part of the collections made by order of the Congo Free State. 50. TimaPra FASCIATA. Chromis fasciatus, Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) x. 1892, p- 970. Three series of teeth in the jaws, outer moderately large, inner very minute. Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 to 23 in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 3 times in length of head and exceeds interorbital width; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; mouth small, maxillary reaching to between nostril and eye. Gill-rakers short, slender, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10-11; 134 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, spines equal in length from the fourth or fifth; soft rays produced, the longest twice as long as the longest spines. Pectoral obtusely pointed, = to ? length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ven- tral reaching origin of anal. Anal IIT 6-7; third spine as long as longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 29-30 *; lat. 1." Yellowish, uniform or with 8 or 9 dark bars. Total length 45 millim. Lower Congo. 51. TILAPIA ACUTICHPS. Chromis acuticeps, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, Os The Teeth very small, in 2 series. Depth of body a little less than length of head, about 3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 14 diameter of eve, which is 4 times in length of head and equals interorbital width; mouth moderate, { width of head ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill- rakers short, 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV 10-11; last spine longest, about 2 length of head and 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, about 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal IIT 8-9; third spine nearly as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long asdeep. Scales ctenoid, 30 a3 lat. 1. os . Yellowish brown, with several dark bars ; a black opercular spot ; a dark streak from below the eye to the angle of the mouth; vertical fins with small blackish spots, forming oblique streaks on the soft anal. fie Total length 85 millim. Angola and district of the Victoria Falls. 52. TILAPIA LIVINGSTONIT, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 2.) Teeth in 6 series in both jaws, outer moderately large and bi- cuspid, inner very small, closely-set, and tricuspid. Depth of body searcely greater than iength of head, 3 times in total length; snout descending in a strong curve, as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 33 times in length of head and slightly exceeds inter- orbital width ; mouth moderately large, ? width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; larger scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVII 9; last spine longest, not quite 4 length of head, 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 8; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales with strongly denticulate edge, 33 a ; latl. a Brownish above, with 7 dark bars, the first on the nape, the penultimate on 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 135 the caudal peduncle, the last on the root of the caudal fin; two round white spots on the anal fin. Total length 73 millim. A single specimen, collected by Dr. Livingstone on the Zambesi Expedition. 53. TILAPIA DESFONTAINESI. (Pilate XI. fig. 3.) Labrus desfontainw, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. iv. pp. 54 & 160 (1802). Sparus (?) desfontainii, Gervais, Zool. Pal. Gén. p. 208, pl. xlv. fig. 4 (1869). Chromis desfontainii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) i. 1877, p- 160; Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, xx. 1884, p. 429; Rolland, Rev. Scientif. (4) ii. 1894, p. 418, fig. Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer moderately large, uni- or bicuspid, inner very minute. Depth of body 21 to 2 in total length, length of head 2% to24. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head and equal to or slightly less than the interorbital width; mouth moderate, 3 to 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, tubercle-like, 7 or 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 10-11; last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head, 3 to 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 to # length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal III-IV 8-10; third spine shorter and stronger than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 30-33 —e slate Is as Brownish or olive ; a more or less distinct dark streak from below the eye to the angle of the mouth; a dark opercular spot; vertical fins with small dark and light spots ; ventrals black. Total length 90 millim. Algerian and Tunisian Sahara. This species links Tilapia with Paratilapia. Tn some specimens, as observed by Sauvage, nearly all the outer teeth are conical and unicuspid, whilst in others all or most of the outer teeth are provided with a lateral cusp situated on the outer side at a consider- able distance from the apex. 54, TILAPIA FLAVII-JOSEPHI. Chromis flavii-josephi, Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 141, pl. viii. fig. 2. Teeth as in 7. desfontainesi. Depth of body equal to length of head, 27 in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head and equals interorbital width; mouth large, 2 to ? width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV 8-9; 136 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, last spine longest, 2 length of head, 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 7; third spine shorter and stronger than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 26-27 as lat. 1. se Pale greenish above, silvery beneath; a blackish bar below the eye; brown stripes on the snout and between the eyes, two continuous or interrupted brown stripes along the body, two brown spots on the tail, and a few round, yellow, brown-edged spots on the anal fin. Total length 120 millim. — Syria, around Lake of Galilee. 55, TInAPIA PHILANDER. Chromis (Ctenochromis) philander, M. Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x, 1897, p. 148. Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer moderately large, with strong lateral cusp, inner very minute. Depth of body equal to or a little less than length of head, which is contained 22 to 22 in total length. Snout with slightly convex upper profile, a little longer than the eye, which is contained nearly 4 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill- rakers short, tubercle-like, 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII-XTV 9-10; spines subequal from the third, a little more than 3 length of head, 2 to ? longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal IJ] 8-10; third spine nearly as long as longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 27-28 =F lat. 1. = Olive-brown, with an indistinct darker lateral stripe; a blackish opercular spot; soft dorsal and anal with small dark and light spots. Total length 55 millim.—Grows to 65 millim. Natal, Transvaal. 56. TImAPIA LABIATA, Tilapia labiata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 17, pl. v. fig. 1. Outer teeth rather large, feebly notched ; inner teeth very small, tricuspid, in 3 or 4 series. Depth of body equal to length of head, 22 to 23 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 1z to 1? diameter of eye, which is 33 to 43 times in length of head and equals interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye; 8 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle; lips very strongly developed, both produced into a large triangular lobe in front. Gill-rakers moderate, 15 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII 10; 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDS. 137 middle dorsal spines longest, about 2 length of head and a little shorter than longest soft rays. Pectoral ? to + length of head, extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 6-7; third spine longest, as long as longest dorsals, slightly shorter than longest soft rays. Caudal truncate. Caudal pedunele slightly longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate on the border, 33-35 os lat. 1. =. Pale olive, with 10 more or less distinct darker cross-bars; fins greyish brown; dorsal some- times with oblique dark and light streaks; caudal with numerous round dark spots between the rays. Total length 170 millim. Lake Tanganyika. 57, TILAPIA ZEBRA, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.) Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 times in total length, length of head 31. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width; mouth rather large, ? width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill- rakers short, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII8; last spine longest, 3 length of head, 2 middle soft rays, which are produced. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, not extending as far as origin of anal. Outer ray of ventral produced, filiform, extending beyond origin of anal. Anal III 8; third spine nearly as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded (?), densely scaled at the base. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales with finely denticulate edge, 31; lat. 1. a scales on occiput and nape very small. Grey, with six dark brown bars; a crescentic dark brown band on the forehead, from eye to eye, followed by a second further back, and a third in front of the dorsal; vertical fins grey ; three round white spots on the posterior part of the anal; ventrals blackish. Total length 105 millim. A single specimen from Lake Nyassa. Collected by Miss M. Woodward ; presented by Miss 8. C. McLaughlin. 58. Timapra auraTa. (Plate XII. fig. 3.) Chromis auratus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, . 155. ; Tilapia aurata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4. Teeth small, in 5 or 6 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of body 3% in total length, length of head 33. Snout short, profile curved ; diameter of eye 4 times in length of head, slightly greater than interorbital width ; mouth small, 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIX 6; spines subequal in length from the 4th, 3 length of head, 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral 138 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 6; third spine as long as longest dorsals. Caudal truncate, densely scaled. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales with finely denticulate border, oer ated = Bright golden yellow, with three black stripes, 12? one along the side of the body from the eye to the base of the caudal, a second above the upper lateral line from the occiput to the caudal peduncle, and a third along the dorsal fin ; two curved black bands across the snout from eye to eye; a few black spots on the upper part of the caudal fin. Total length 75 millim. Lake Nyassa. 59. TIMAPIA OLIGACANTHUS. Tilapia oligacanthus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. 11. 1868, p. 309 ; Bleek. & Pollen, Poiss. Madag. p. 11, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1874). Ptychochromis oligacanthus, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxxil. 1. 1880, p. 249, pl. i.; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 439, pls. xliv. fig. 4, xlivB. fig. 1, & xlv. fig. 1 (1891). Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, of outer row moderate, of inner rows very small. Depth of body 2} to 23 in total length, length of head 22 to 3. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper profile, 14 diameter of eye, which is 34 to 4 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth moderate, } diameter of eye, extending to between nostril and eye; 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek : larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 12 or 13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII—XIV 11-12; last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head, § to 2? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head or a little shorter, not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or a little beyond. Anal III 8-9; third spine longer than last dorsal. Caudal with rather deep crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales with finely denticulate border, 32-34 Ba -48 21-22 . ; ; =25:; lat. 1. G5:- Olive or brownish above, with five dark bars or two or three large dark spots on each side. Total length 135 millim. Madagascar. 60. TILAPIA MADAGASCARIENSIS. Ptychochromis madagascariensis, Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 442, pls. xliii. fig. 4 & xliv a. fig. 6 (1891). Teeth in 4 or 5 closely-set series, of outer row moderate, of inner rows very small. Depth of body 2 to 21 in total length, length of head 3. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head and 13 to 14 in interorbital width; mouth moderate, 2 diameter of eye, extending to between nostril and eye; 4or5 series of scales on the cheek; larger scales on the opercle. Gill- yvakers short, falciform, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII 10-13; last spine longest, 4 to 2 length of head; middle 1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 139 soft rays much produced, as long as the head or a little longer. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal Ill 7-8; third spine a little longer than last dorsal; middle soft rays produced. Caudal feebly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep or slightly deeper than long. Scales with finely denticulate border, 32-34 — platael: cae Uniform brown. Total length 220 millim. Madagascar. 61. TILAPIA GRANDIDIERI. Ptychochromis grandidieri, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vi. 1882, p. 174, and Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 441, pls. xliv. fig. 3 & xliv a. fig. 5 (1891). Closely allied to 7. madagascariensis, but distinguished by smaller scales, 35 5. D. XIII-XIV 11. A. III 7. Brown, each scale bearing a blue spot. Total length 160 millim. Madagascar. 62. TILAPIA BETSILEANA, Sp. 0. Tilapia betsileana. Teeth in 4 or 5 closely-set series, of outer row moderate, of 140 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND (Feb. 7, inner rows very small. Depth of body 2 to 21 in total length, length of head 33. Occiput strongly humped, “forming an angle with the upper profile of the snout, which is straight and somewhat convex ; snout 13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, about 3 width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye; 5 pence of scales on the cheek ; ‘larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 11 on lower part of aerion arch. Dorsal XIV—XV 12-13; last spine longest, 2 length of head; middle soft rays much produced, longer than the head. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal IIT 10; third spine a little longer than last dorsal ; soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales with finely denticulate border, 31-33 = Total length 200 millim. Two badly preserved specimens from the collections of the Rev. W. D. Cowan in Betsileo, Madagascar. The following species from Lake Ngami are insufficiently described by Castlenau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. (1861) :— Chromys sparmanm, p. 12. D. XVI 12; A. JIL 10. Body short and deep. Dark green; anterior half of caudal dark red, posterior half greenish white. Chromys andersoni, p. 14. D. XVI15; A. TIL 12. Teeth in 4 series. Body short and deep ; pectoral very long; dorsal and anal prolonged. Blackish grey ; caudal dark red; dorsal grey, edged with red; dorsal and anal with round blue spots. Chromys chapmani, p. 15. D. XVI 11; A. III 10. Lat. 1%. Body short and deep; pectoral very long. Greyish white ; caudal blackish, yellow in the middle; dorsal grey, variegated with yellow and tipped with reddish. Chromys smithi, p. 16. Lat. 1. ae Teeth in two rows. Pectoral not prolonged. Black above, yellow beneath ; head dark red beneath ; dorsal and caudal greenish ; ventrals and anal purple. Chromys levaillanti, p. 16. D. XV 14; A. TIL 11. Body elongate. Pectoral rather short. Grey ; head covered with red dots ; dorsal grey, dotted with black ; caudal dirty green; anal yellowish green, dotted with red. 1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID2. 141 15. SrEaTocranvs Bler. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 52 (1899). Body moderately elongate ; scales cycloid. Two series of small notched teeth in both jaws, the outer larger, with a pair of larger, truncate, incisor-like teeth at the symphysis. Maxillary exposed. An adipose crest or swelling along the vertex and occiput. Dorsal with 19 or 20 spines, anal with 3. Vertebre 30 (16+14). 1, STHATOCRANUS GIBBICEPS Bler. i. ¢. pl. xxviii. fig. 1. Depth of body 34 to 33 times in total length, length of head 3. Snout with slightly convex upper profile, nearly twice as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 5 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below nostril ; no scales on the head. Dorsal XIX—XX 8; last spine longest, 2 length of head, a little shorter than soft rays. Pectoral rounded, 2 or 2 length of head. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 6. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales 32-35 oe lat. 1. a Total length 75 millim. Lower Congo. 16. Docimopus Blegr. PAZ2S. L896) ip. Ok: Body moderately elongate; scales cycloid. Both jaws with a very broad band of teeth with compressed sharp-edged crowns ; the outer teeth large, with nail-shaped entire crowns or with a very small lateral cusp, the others small and tricuspid. Maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 16 or 17 spines, anal with 3. Vertebre 52 (14+18). 1. DoctmMopus soHNsrToniI Bler. L.c. fig. 4 or 5 rows of teeth in each jaw; 10 or 11 teeth on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw; crowns brown-edged. Depth of body 232 to 3 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Hye a little nearer gill-opening than tip of snout, its diameter 43 m length of head, 13 in interorbital width ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; opercle scaleless. Gill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 8-9; spines increasing in leneth to the 5th, which is 2 length of head. Anal II 9-10; third spine longest, as long as last or penultimate dorsal, but much thicker. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales 33-34 e lat. 1. a A black stripe along the posterior half of the body, between the lateral lines ; soft dorsal with round dark spots, Total length 200 millim. Upper Shiré River, 142 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7, 17. Prrissopus Bler. SU, an IS 8% [05 CADE 1, PERISSODUS MICROLEPIS Bler. Dr eZ. Sven poroile Lake Tanganyika. 18. Piecopvs Bler. Mee AS exvenpe oe 1. PLECODUS PARADOXUS Bler. DEAS eXVenp. 22. Lake Tanganyika. 19. PARHTROPLUS. Paretroplus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. ii. 1868, p. 311 ; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 445 (1891). Body short; scales cycloid. Teeth rather large, with blunt crowns, forming a single series; one or two more or less enlarged teeth on each side at the symphysis of either jaw. Maxillary exposed. Dorsal with 16 to 20 spines, anal with 8 to 10; the spines folding in a scaly basal sheath. Vertebre 34 (17+17). Madagascar. ‘Two species. 1. PARETROPLUS DAMI. Paretroplus damii, Bleek. l.c. p. 318; Bleek. & Pollen, Poiss. Madag. p. 18, pl. iv. fig. 3 (1874) ; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 446, pl. xlvi. fig. 1 (1891). Depth of body twice in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout strongly compressed, twice as long as the eye in the adult ; diameter of eye 43 times in length of head, 13 in interorbital width ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; larger scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers short, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIJI-XX 11- 14; last spine longest, 2 length of head, shorter than soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, not quite ? length of head. Anal TX-X 9-11; last spine slightly longer than longest dorsal. Caudal feebly emarginate. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 35 = 5 lat. 1. 4; lower lateral line reduced to a few tubules, not extending to the root of the caudal. Uniform dark brown; a round blackish spot above the axil; pectoral yellowish. Total length 170 millim. Madagascar. 2, PARETROPLUS POLYACTIS. Paretroplus polyactis, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. xii. 1878, p. 195, pl. iii. fig. 1; Sauv. Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 446, pls. xliv a. fic. 7 & xlivB, fig. 2 (1891). Paretroplus dam (non Bleek.), Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxii. i. 1880, p. 247. Closely allied to the preceding. Depth of body 12 to 2 in total 1899. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 143 length, length of head 3 times. Snout 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head and 1} to 13 ‘in interorbital width ; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 17-18. Anal VITI-IX 13-14. Caudal peduncle about 13 as deep as long. Scales 32-34 oe lat. 1. ae Olive or brown, uniform or with very indistinct darker bars ; pectoral yellowish, Total length 165 millim. Madagascar. In concluding this revision, I append a table of the number of vertebre in the 24 different forms I have been able to examine. Total number. Preecaudal. Caudal. Lamprologus congoensis ........ 31 15 16 Julidochromis ornatus ........ 34 Iki 7 Telmatochromis temporalis ...... 33 16 sli Hemichromis fasciatus ........ 28 ily 13 es bimaculatus ...... 26 14 12 iPangtielapia poulend..... 4... - 27 13 14 3 SQCNOUM tote a s)ate sr kie ts 28 15 13 a OOUME, nognancabe 36 17 19 UDNIOBT OS ois = e800 He 38 19 9 Bathybates Sewo@ .... sss eeee 36 17 19 Pelmatochromis subccellatus .... 25 13 12 Chromidotilapia kingsleye...... 27 14 13 Corematodus shiranus.......... 32 15 I Eretmodus cyanostictus ........ 30 15 15 ME OPIVCUS MOOTUL an. oe ate le) ao) ae 33 17 16 IMU TAO OUD Cth Res B08 Bo Ate so 32 17 15 Bsn BGUUMUCE ie cS ge i oeae weaned ts 32 17 15 Bey aay LEC io ey She tooche oh enagsuss sy aie 28 15 13 at LCST ONUGIIICSIO ati area 31 15 16 sy OLUgaeaNthUs =. 0. 2. 28 14 14 Steatocranus gubbiceps ........ 30 16 14 Docimodus johnstonti .......... 32 14 18 Pemssodus microlepis - 2.1... - 35 117 18 Paretroplus polyactis .......... 34 Ly liye EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuLatEe XI. Fig. i Tilapia marieé Blgr., p. 122. » livingstonti Blgr., p. 134. 3 +, desfontainesi Lacép., p. 135. Puate XII. pe lee rostrata Blgr., p. 131. 3 cebra Blors p: 137. » aurata Bler., p. 137. Fig. oo bo 144 DR. F. P. MORENO AND MR. A. 8S. WOODWARD oN’ [Feb. 21, j February 21, 1899. Prof. G. B. Howrs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. On a Portion of Mammalian Skin, named Neomylodon listai, from a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. F. P. Moreno, C.M.ZS. With a Description of the Specimen by A. Situ Woopwarp, F.Z.S. [Received February 21, 1899. | (Plates XIII.-XV.) 1. Account oF THE Discovery. By Dr. Moreno. In November 1897 I paid a visit to that part of the Patagonian territory which adjoins the Cordillera of the Andes, between the 51st and 52nd degrees of South latitude, where certain surveyors, under my direction, were carrying out the preliminary studies connected with the boundary-line between Chile and Argentina ; and in the course of this expedition I reached Consuelo Cove, which lies in Last Hope Inlet. In that spot, hung up on a tree, I found a piece of a dried skin, which attracted my attention most strangely, as I could not determine to what class of Mammalia it couid belong, more especially because of the resemblance of the small incrusted bones it contained to those of the Pampean Mylodon. On inquiring whence it came, I was informed that it was only a fragment of a large piece of skin which had been discovered two years before, by some Argentine officers, in a cavern which existed in the neighbouring heights. Immediately on receiving this news, T hastened to the spot, guided by a sailor who had been present when the original discovery had been made. As, at that moment, I had no means of making more than a few hurried excavations, which gave no further traces of the discovery, I left orders that the search should be continued after my departure; but this once more also failed to give any ultimate results. Nothing could be found but modern remains of small rodents, and these chiefly on or near the surface of the ground. From the most careful inquiries which I set on foot, it appeared that, when the first discovery was made, no bones were found, the skin being half buried in the dust which had accumulated from the gradual falling away of the roof of the cavern, composed of Tertiary Conglomerate. It was only in the broad entrance to the cavern that were found a few human bones, borne thence to the shore of the Cove and afterwards broken up. As already stated, the skin here presented to you formed but a small part of a larger one. One small piece had been carried off Pras, 18g; Pease £44 9.1 SI cre Dr SAOELY S i=} Q x 3 Cs) ISTAI i NEOMYLODON 1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA, 145 by Dr. Otto Nordenskjéld, and others by officers of the Chilian navy, who later on had visited the spot. The inhabitants of the locality looked upon it as an interesting curiosity, some of them believing that it was the hide of a cow incrusted with pebbles, and others asserting that it was the skin of a large Seal belonging to a hitherto unknown species. In Consuelo Cove, I embarked on board a small Argentine transport, which had been placed at my disposal to carry out the study of the western coast as far as Port Montt, in latitude 42°. At this latter place I left the steamer, which then proceeded to make a series of surveys. These lasted until her return to La Plata. at the latter end of July 1898, when she brought back to me the fragment of skin in question. This is an accurate and true version of the discovery of this skin, which gave rise to the publication of Sefior Ameghino’s small pamphlet", in which he gave an account of the discovery of a living representative of the “ Gravigrades” of Argentina, distinguishing it by the name of ‘* Neomylodon listai.” T have an idea that Senor Ameghino never saw the skin itself, but only some of the small incrusted bones, of which he had obtained possession. ‘The vague form in which he draws up his account compels me to believe this suspicion to be true. My opinion is that this skin belongs to a genuine Pampean Mylodon, preserved under peculiar circumstances resembling those to which we owe the skin and feathers of the Moa. I have always maintained that the Pampean Edentates, now extinct, disappeared only in the epoch which is called the historical epoch of our America. In the prevince of Buenos Aires, buried chiefly in the humus, I have found remains of Panochthus, and others of the same Mylodon from the sea-shore, all of which present the same characteristic marks of preservation as the remains of human beings discovered in the same spot. In this identical layer of the sea-shore, close to the bones I have also found stones polished by the hand of man, and flints cut like those found in the Pampean formation. In 1884, in a cavern near to the Rio de los Patos, in the Cordillera, I discovered some paintings in red ochre, one of which, in my opinion, resembles the Glyptodon on account of the shape of the carapace. Ancient chroniclers inform us that the indigenous inhabitants recorded the existence of a strange, ugly, huge hairy animal which had its abode in the Cordillera to the south of latitude 37°. The Tehuelches and the Gennakens have mentioned similar animals to me, of whose existence their ancestors had transmitted the remem- brance; and in the neighbourhood of the Rio Negro, the aged cacique Sinchel, in 1875, pointed out to me a cave, the supposed lair of one of these monsters, called “ Ellengassen”; but I must add + FB, Ameghino, “Premiére Notice sur le Neomylodon listai, un Représentant ‘yivant des anciens Edentés Gravigrades fossiles de l'Argentina” (La Plata, August 1898) ; translated under the title ‘‘ An Existing Ground-Sloth in Pata- gonia,” in ‘ Natural Science,’ vol. xiii, (1898), pp. 324-326. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. X. 10 146 DR. F. P. MORENO AND MR. A.S. WOODWARD ON [Feb. 21, that none of the many Indians with whom I have conversed in Patagonia have ever referred to the actual existence of animals to which we can attribute the skin in question, nor even of any which answer to the suppositions of Senor Ameghino according to Senor Lista. It is but rarely that a few Otters. (Lutra) are found in the lakes and rivers of the Andes, as in the neighbourhood of Lake Argentino, in the ‘ Sierra de las Viseachas,’ and in the regions which I hetiare Senor [asta visited, there are only a few scarce Chinchillas (Lagidium), which have a colouring more dark greyish than those found to the north, and are in every case separated from these by a large extent of country. The Pampean Edentata have in former days certainly existed as far south as the extreme limit of Patagonia. In 1874, in the bay of Santa Cruz, I met with the remains of a pelvis of one of these animals in Pleistocene deposits, and also remains of the mammals which are found in the same formation, such as the Macrauchenia and Auchena. It would not be astonishing that the skin of one of these should have been preserved so long, because of the favour- able conditions of the spot in which it was found. The state of preservation of this piece of skin, at first sight, makes it difficult for one to believe it to be of great antiquity ; but this is by no means an impossibility, if we consider the conditions of the cave in which it was found, the atmosphere of which is not so damp as one might at first imagine it to be, although it is situated in the woody regions near to the glaciers and lakes. It is well to men- tion that in 1877, under similar conditions, and in a much smaller cave, scarcely five metres from the waters of Lake Argentino, situated 60 miles more to the north, I discovered a mummitied human body painted red, with the head still covered in part with its short hair wonder fully preserved, and wrapped up in a covering made of the skin of a Rhea, and holding in its arms a large fomieE of the Condor, also painted red; this was all covered up with a layer of grass and dust fallen from the roof of the cave. In another cave in the neighbourhood I discovered a large trunk of a tree, painted with figures in red, black, and yellow. The sides of the rock close to the entrance of the cave were covered with figures, some representing the human hand, others combinations of curved, straight, and circular lines, painted white, red, yellow, and green. Now, this mummy, which is preserved in the Museum of Ta Plata, does not belong to any of the actual tribes of Patagonia. Its skull resembles rather one of those more ancient races found in the cemeteries in the valley of the Rio Negro—a most interesting fact, since they belong to types which have completely disappeared from the Patagonian regions, and it is well known that the actual Tehuelches may be considered to have been the last indigenous races which reached the territory of Patagonia. Many a time the Tehuelches have spoken to- me of these caves as abodes of the evil “spirits,” and of the enigmatical painted figures they contained : some attributed the latter 10 these same « spirits,” others to men of other races, of whom they have no recollection. In another cave, 147 NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONTA, 1899.] PHOTOGRAPH FROM INSIDE OF THE CAVERN NEAR CONSUELO COVE, LAST HOPE INLET, PATAGONIA, LOOKING OUTWARDS. + marks the spot where the piece of skin of Meomylodon listai was found buried in earth. 10* 148 DR. F, P. MORENO AND MR. A.S. WOODWARD ON [Teb. 21, four hundred miles further to the north, in 1880, I discovered - other human bodies, more or less mummified and in good preser- . vation, but of a different type, and beside them some painted poles which served to hold up their small tents, the use of which had already disappeared more than three centuries ago; together with the upper part of the skull of a child perfectly scooped out like a - cup. And yet the historical Tehuelches, the same as all the - indigenous races in the sonthern extremity of South America, hold their dead in great respect, and never use such drinking- ~ vessels. These proofs of the favourable conditions of the climate and of the lands near to the Cordillera, which are revealed to us by the preservation of objects undoubtedly dating from very remote _ epochs, strengthen my opinion that this skin of a huge mammal, which has long since disappeared, may well have been preserved till the present time. I exhibit a photograph of the cave in which the specimen was found (reproduced on the preceding page). I may add that a further careful search is now being made in the earth forming the floor of the cave, and I hope in due time to have the honour of communicating the results to this Society. 2. DESCRIPTION AND COMPARISON OF THE SPECIMEN. By A. Smira Woopwarp. (a) Description. The problematical piece of skin discovered by Dr. Moreno measures approximately 0-48 m. in the direction of the main lie of the hair, while its maximum extent at right angles to this direction is about 0-55m. ‘he fragment, however, is very irregular in shape; and it has become much distorted in the process of drying, so that the anterior portion, which is directed upwards in the drawing, Pl. XIII., is bent outwards at a considerable angle to the main part of the specimen which will be claimed to represent the back. The skin, as observed in transverse section, presents a dried, felt-hke aspect ; but there is a frequent ruddiness, suggestive - of blood-stains, while the margin above the point marked B (Pl. XIII.) and to the right of H (Pl. XIII.) exhibits distinct indica- tions of freshly dried once-fluid matter, which Dr. Vaughan Harley has kindly examined and pronounced to be serum. Its outer face is completely covered with hair, except in the region marked OC and above B, where this covering seems to have been comparatively fine and may have been accidentally removed. The inner faceof the skin (Pl. XIV.) is only intact in a few places (¢. g. where marked G), the specimen having contracted and perhaps been somewhat abraded, so that a remarkable armour of small bony tubercles, irregularly — arranged and of variable size, is exposed over the greater part of it, and especially well in the regions marked F. At one point, marked B in Pl. XIII., there is an irregular rounded hole about 1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA, 149 0:02 m. in diameter, which might possibly have been caused by a bullet or a dagger, but in any case was probably pierced when the skin was still fresh. Owing to its direction, this hole is partly obscured by the overhanging hair in Pl. XIII. The skin in its dried state varies in thickness in different parts. The average thickness of the flattened portion, which must be referred to the back, is shown by the cleanly-cut right margin of the specimen to be 0°01 m. This is slightly increased towards the posterior (lower) end of the border; while above it, at E, the thickness becomes 0-015 m. The latter thickness also seems to be attained in the much-shrivelled corner marked C—a circumstance suggesting bilateral symmetry between at least part of the two anterior outer angles of the specimen. The thinnest portion preserved is the border above B; and the skin must also have been comparatively thin in the region of the accidental notch to the left, considerably below C. The portion of skin above B is interesting not only from its relative thinness, but also from the occurrence of an apparently natural rounded concavity in the margin. This excavation, which measures 0:05 m. along the curve, is marked by the remains of a thin flexible flap, which is sharply bent outwards, and is covered with short hairs on its outer face. It is especially suggestive of the base of an ear-conch; and if this appearance be not deceptive, it is worthy of note that the dried skin hereabouts and in the region which would have to be interpreted as cheek (C) is much more wrinkled than elsewhere. As already mentioned, the outer aspect of the skin is completely covered with hair, which is very dense everywhere except on the left anterior corner. Here it seems to have been removed by abrasion. A small patch of hair has also clearly been pulled out near the gap in the left border of the specimen ; and close to the middle (where marked D) there is a small hairless depression which may perhaps be interpreted as a wound inflicted and healed during life. The hair is only of one kind, without any trace of under-fur, and it is still very firmly implanted in the skin, without signs of decay. Itsarrangementseems to be quite regular, there being no tendency towards its segregation into small groups or bundles. It is of a uniform dirty yellowish or light yellowish-brown colour, and, making due allowance for slight ruffling and distortion of the specimen, it may be described as all lying in one direction, vertically in the drawing (Pl. XIIT.), except at the two upturned anterior corners of the specimen, where there is an inclination from the right and left respectively towards the centre. The longest hairs, which usually measure from 0-05 m. to 0:065 m. in length, are observed in the half of the specimen in front of (above) the letter D. Those in the middle of the extreme anterior (upper) border measure from 0°03 m. to 0°05 m. in length, those at the hinder (lower) border about the same; while some of the comparatively small and delicate hairs on the supposed cheek are not longer than 01m. The hairs are stiff, straight, or only very slightly wavy, 150 DR, F. P. MORENO AND MR. A. 8. WOODWARD ON’ [Feb. 21, and all are remarkably tough. Examined under the microscope, their cuticle is observed to be quite smooth, while the much- elongated cells of the cortex are readily distinguishable. Mr. R. H. Burne has kindly made some transverse sections, which prove the hairs to be almost or quite cylindrical, and none of the speci- mens examined present any trace of a medulla. _ The dermal ossicles are very irregular in arrangement, but are to be observed in every part of the specimen, even in the compara- tively thin region near the supposed ear. They form everywhere a very compact armour, and some of them are quite closely pressed together ; rarely, indeed, there is a shallow groove crossing a speci- men, possibly indicating two components which were originally separate. As shown by every part of the cut margin, and especially well in a small section prepared by Prof. Charles Stewart (Pl. XV. fig. 1), they are all confined to the lower half of the dermis, never encroaching upon the upper portion in which the hair is implanted. It is also to be observed that where the inner surface of the skin is intact (e. g. around G in Pl. XIV.), the ossicles are completely embedded and only faintly visible through the dry tissue. The exposure of a considerable number of them, as already mentioned, is due to the rupture and partial abrasion of this surface. No tendency to arrangement in parallel lines or bands can be detected ; and large and small ossicles seem to be indiscriminately mingled, although of course allowance. must be made, in examining sections and the abraded inner view of the skin, for differences in the plane of adjoining sections and varying degrees of exposure by the remoyal of the soft tissue. The largest ossicles are oblong in shape when viewed from within, and measure approximately 0-015 m. by 0-010 m.; but the majority are much smaller than these. They are very variable and irregular in form; but their inner face is generally convex, sometimes almost pyramidal, while the outer face of the few which have been examined is slightly convex, more or less flattened, without any trace of regular markings (Pl. XV. figs. 2, 3). ae In microscopical structure the dermal ossicles are of much interest, and I have examined both horizontal and vertical sections, one of the former kindly prepared by Prof. Charles Stewart. A portion of a horizontal section is shown enlarged about 40 times in Pl. XV. fig. 7; and one of the Haversian systems from its middle area is represented, much more highly magnified, in fig. 7 a. The tissue is traversed in all directions by a dense mass of inter- lacing bundles of connective-tissue fibres, which exhibit an entirely irregular disposition, except quite at the periphery of the ossicle. Here they are Jess dense and are arranged in such a manner as to form at least one darkened zone concentric with the margin in the comparatively translucent border. Occasionally, but not at all points, the fibres in this peripheral area may be observed to radiate regularly outwards. Numerous small vascular canals, frequently branching, are cut in various directions; and the bony tissue, which is developed in every part of the ossicle, exhibits abundant 1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA, Heil lacune. Nearly everywhere, except in the narrow peripheral area just mentioned, it is easy to recognize the bony lamin arranged in Haversian systems round the canals; and most of the lacune between these lamin are excessively elongated, with very numerous branching canaliculi, which extend at right angles to their longer axis. Near the margin of the ossicle, especially in its more trans- lucent parts, the bone-lacune are less elongated, more irregular in shape, and apparently not arranged in any definite order (Pl. XV. fig.7 5b). There is no clear evidence of bony laminze concentric with the outer margin, though appearances are sometimes sugges- tive of this arrangement. A vertical section of an ossicle presents exactly the same teatures as the horizontal section now described. It is thus evident that the vascular canals with their Haversian systems of bone have no definite direction, but are disposed in an entirely irregular manner. Taking into consideration all characters, and making comparisons with the aid of my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton, I am inclined to regard the fragmentary specimen as the skin of the neck and shoulder-region with part of the left cheek. The apparent bilateral symmetry between at least part of the thickened anterior outer angles of the specimen has already been noted; and if this obser- vation be well-founded, the middle line of the back extends verti- cally down the middle of the figure, Pl. XIII. If the rounded notch above B be the base of the external ear, as seems probable, the thick wrinkled skin (C) with fine short hair still further to the left must be the cheek. The ear and cheek on the right side have been removed; but at the base of the outwardly-turned angle on this side of the specimen there are the very long hairs which occupy a similar position on the left. It thus seems possible to estimate the transverse measurement between the ears as from 0°25 m. to 0°30 m., which corresponds with a tentative estimate of the same distance in Mylodon robustus based on a skull in the British Museum. (b) Comparisons and General Conclusions. The skin now described differs from that of all known terrestrial Mammalia, except certain Hdentata, in the presence of a bony dermal armour. There can therefore be little doubt that the specimen has been rightly referred to a member of this typically South-American order. Even among the Hdentates, however, the fragment now under consideration is unique in one respect; for all the ossicles are buried deeply in the lower half of the thickened dermis and the hairs are implanted in every part of its upper half, whereas all the forms of bony armour hitherto described in this order reach the outer surface of the dermis and are merely invested with horny epidermis. This is the case, as is well known, in the common existing Armadillos, in which the hair is only implanted in the dermis between the separate parts of the armour. Even in the unique and remarkable skin of an Armadillo from Northern Brazil, described by Milne-Edwards under the name of 152 DR. F: P, MORENO AND MR. A. 8. WOODWARD ON [ Feb. 21, Scleropleura bruneti’, the bony plates and tubercles are still covered only by epidermis, although most of them are reduced to small nodules and might well have sunk more deeply into the abnormally hairy skin. There is also reason to believe that in the gigantic extinct Armadillos of the family Glyptodontidz the same arrange- ment of dermal structures prevailed; for one specimen of Panochthus tuberculatus obtained by Dr. Moreno for the La Plata Museum actually shows the dried horny epidermis in direct contact with the underlying bone, and seems to prove that the numerous perforations in the Glyptodont dermal armour were not for the implantation of hairs (as once supposed), but for the passage of blood-vessels to the base of the epidermal layer. Similarly, among the extinct Ground-Sloths of the family Mylo- dontidz dermal ossicles have been found with the remains of Celodon? and various forms (perhaps different subgenera) of Mylodon; but the only examples of this armour yet definitely described * exhibit a conspicuously sculptured outer flattened face, and it thus seems clear that Burmeister was correct in describing them as originally reaching the upper surface of the dermis and only covered externally by a thickened epidermis. Three such dermal tubercles, now in the British Museum, are shown of the natural size in Pl. XV. figs. 4-6. It is, however, to be noted that Burmeister himself actually observed armour of this kind covering only the lumbar region of the trunk. He believed that the other parts of the animal were similarly armoured, because he had found ‘“‘the same ossicles” on the digits of the manus, where they were “generally smaller and more spherical”; but he unfortunately omits to make any explicit statement as to the presence or absence of the characteristic external ornamentation on the latter. The omission just mentioned is especially unfortunate because on careful comparison it is evident that the irregular dis- position of the small ossicles in the piece of skm now under consideration is most closely paralleled in the dermal armovr of the extinct Mylodon, as already observed by Drs. Moreno and Ameghino. There is obviously no approach in this specimen to the definite and symmetrical arrangement of the armour such as is exhibited both by the existing Armadillos and the extinct Glyptodonts. There are, then, two possibilities. Hither the dermal armour of AMylodon varied in different parts of the body, being sculptured and covered only by epidermis in the lumbar region, while less developed, not sculptured but completely buried in the dermis in the comparatively flexible neck and shoulder region—in which case Dr. Moreno may be correct in referring the problematical specimen to Mylodon; or the dermal ossicles ot 1 A. Milne-Edwards, ‘“‘Note sur une nouvelle Espéce de Tatou a cuirasse incomplete (Scleroplewra bruneti),” Nouv. Arch. Mus. vol. vii. (1871), pp. 177- 9), jolly Sate oS p. W. Lund, K. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Afhandl. vol. viii. (1841), p. 85 (footnote). 3 H. Burmeister, Anales Mus. Publico Buenos Aires, vol. i. (1864-69), p. 173, pl. v. fig. 8. 1899. | NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 153 this extinct genus may have been uniform throughout, only differing in size and sparseness or compactness—in which case Dr. Ameghino is justified in proposing to recognize a distinct genus, Veomylodon. To decide between these two possibilities, it is necessary to wait for additional information concerning the anterior dorsal armour of Mylodon as precise as that published by Burmeister in reference to the lumbar shield. Meanwhile it must suffice to compare the microscopical structure of the ossicles from the new skin with that of the small sculptured tubercles of undoubted Mylodon represented in Pl. XV. figs. 4-6. Part of a horizontal section of one of these fossil ossicles is shown enlarged about 40 times in Pl. XV. fig. 8. It must be remembered that the specimen has been buried in the Pampa Formation for a long period, and that the oxides of iron and manganese have infiltrated the margin of the bone, rendering the structure of its outer border more conspicuous than that of its central portion. It must also be noted that some of the manganese has assumed its familiar “dendritic” aspect, in this respect presenting appearances not due to original structure. The calcified interlacing fibres of connective tissue are as abundant here as in the ossicle of the so-called Neomylodon ; but in a very wide peripheral area they exhibit a marked radial disposition, nearly everywhere extending in bundles at right angles to the border. Rather large vascular canals, infiltrated with the oxides of iron and manganese, are ob- served in places, often bifurcated and usually bordered by a trans- parent zone free from the connective-tissue fibres. Well-developed bone-lacune are very abundant, many exhibiting short branching canaliculi (PI. XV. fig. 8 a), and most of the others very irregular in shape, evidently furnished with canaliculi which cannot be seen from lack of infiltration. he lacune are never much elongated, and are not arranged in distinctly differentiated Haversian systems in any part of the secticn; while the only regular disposition of the bony laminz is traceable near the circumference, where the lacune are frequently arranged or clustered in parallel zones concentric with the border. A vertical section of one of the same specimens shows the connective-tissue fibres radiating out- wards towards the lateral margins, but not directly towards the upper sculptured face. There are no bony laminz clearly parallel with the latter face, and at least one vascular canal in transverse section seems to be the centre of a Haversian system. The histological structure of the ossicles in the skin now under consideration thus resembles that of the sculptured tubercles of Mylodon in all essential features, but differs in two noteworthy respects. In the ossicles of the so-called Neomylodon, as already described, the fibres of connective tissue do not exhibit much definite radiation towards the lateral margin: while the bony tissue at most points is disposed in definite Haversian systems. There is thus enough discrepancy to justify the suspicion that the new and the old specimens do not belong to the same animal. 154 DR. F. P. MORENO AND MR, A... WooDWARD ON [Feb. 21, In fact, so far as the differentiation of the dermal bone is con- cerned the so-called Neomylodon is precisely intermediate between Mylodon and the existing Armadillo (Dasypus) ; sections of the scutes of the latter animal, both in the Royal College of Surgeons and in the British Museum, showing that in this genus nearly the whole of the osseous tissue is arranged in Haversian systems, although abundant interlacing connective-tissue fibres are still entangled in it, at least near the border. If the characteristic dermal armature does not suffice for the definite expression of an opinion as to the precise affinities of the specimen, a still less satisfactory result can be expected from a comparison of the hair. For, in the first place, no hair has hitherto been discovered in association with the skeleton of any extinct Ground-Sloth; while, secondly, the hairy covering of a mammal is perhaps that part of its organization most readily adapted to the immediate circumstances of its life. So far as their endoskeleton is concerned, the extinct Mylodonts and their allies are precisely intermediate between the existing Sloths and Anteaters; they combine “ the head and dentition of the former with the structure of the vertebral column, limbs, and tail of the latter”. It might therefore be supposed that the hair of this extinct group would exhibit some of the peculiarities of that in one or other of its nearest surviving relatives. The epidermal covering of the piece of skin now described, however, entirely lacks the under-fur which is so thick in the Sloths; while the structure of each individual hair, with its smooth cuticle and lack of a medulla, is strikingly different from that observed both in the Sloths and Anteaters, and identical with that of the hair in the surviving Armadillos. The large hair in the Sloths and Tamandua exhibits a conspicuously scaly cuticle; while that of Myrmecophaga is remarkable for its very large medulla. All these animals now live in the tropics, either in forests or swamps, whereas the Patagonian animal must have existed under circumstances much like those under which the Armadillos still survive. Hence the characters of the hair of the so-called Neomylodon may be of no great importance in determining the affinities of the animal, but may represent a special adaptation to its immediate environment. Finally, there is the question of the antiquity of the pro- blematical skin. On two occasions I have examined the mummified remains of the extinct Mammoth and Rhinoceros from Siberia in the Imperial Academy of Sciences at St. Petersburg; I have also carefully studied the remains of the neck and legs of the Moa from a cavern in New Zealand, now in the British Museum. Compared with these shrivelled and dried specimens, the piece of skin from Patagonia has a remarkably fresh and modern aspect ; and I should unhesitatingly express the opinion that it belonged to an animal killed shortly before Dr. Moreno recognized its interest, had he not been able to give so circumstantial an account of its discovery and strengthened his point of view by recording the 1 Flower and Lydekker, ‘ Introduction to the Study of Mammals,’ p. 183. 1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 155 occurrence of a human mummy of an extinct race in another cavern in the same district. The presence of an abundant covering of dried serum on one cut border of the skin is alone suggestive of grave doubts as to the antiquity of the specimen; but Dr. Vaughan Harley tells me that similar dried serum has been observed several times among the remains of the Egyptian mummies, and there seems thus to be no limit to the length of time for which it can be preserved, provided it is removed from all contact with moisture. I may add that I have searched in vain in the writings of Ramon Lista (so far as they are represented in the Library of the Royal Geographical Society) for some reference to the statement which the late traveller made verbally to Dr. Ameghino; and as the piece of skin now described certainly represents an animal almost gigantic in size compared with the Old-World Pangolin, I fear it cannot be claimed to belong to Lista’s problematical quadruped, whatever that may prove to be. The final result of these brief considerations is therefore rather disappointing. There are difficulties in either of the two possible hypotheses. We have a piece of skin quite large enough to have belonged to the extinct Mylodon; but unfortunately it cannot be directly compared with the dermal armour of that genus, because it seems to belong to the neck-region, while the only dermal tubercles of a Mylodont hitherto definitely made known are referable to the lumbar region. If it does belong to Mylodon, as Dr. Moreno maintains, it unplies either that this genus survived in Patagonia to a comparatively recent date, or that the circum- stances of preservation were unique in the cavern where the specimen was discovered. On the other hand, if it belongs to a distinct and existing genus, as Dr. Ameghino maintains—and as most of the characters of the specimen itself would at first sight suggest—it is indeed strange that so large and remarkable a quadruped should have hitherto escaped detection in a country which has been so frequently visited by scientific explorers. [P.S.—At the reading of this paper Prof. Ray Lankester re- marked that he should regard the characters of the hair as specially important, and would not be surprised if the problematical piece of skin proved to belong to an unknown type of Armadillo. This possibility had occurred to me, but I had hesitated to mention it on account of the considerable discrepancy observable between the arrangement of the bony armour in Neomylodon and that in the known Glyptodonts and the unique Brazilian Armadillo (Sclero- pleura), which happen to exhibit an incompletely developed (incipient or vestigial) shield. In each of the latter cases, the armour is not subdivided into a compact mass of irregular ossicles, but consists of well-separated elements which could only become continuous by the addition of a considerable extent of bone round their margins, or by the special development of smaller intervening ossicles. Since the paper was read, I have had the privilege of studying Dr. Einar Lonnberg’s valuable description of the pieces of the 156 ON NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. [ Feb. 21, problematical skin mentioned by Dr. Moreno as having been taken to Upsala by Dr. Otto Nordenskjéld*. It appears that with the skin was found the epidermal sheath of a large unknown claw. which may have belonged to the same animal. ‘This specimen proves to be different from that of any existing Sloth, Anteater, or Armadillo, and is considered by Dr. Lonnberg to belong probably to the hind foot of a Mylodont, which did not walk on the exterior, lateral surtaces of the toes to the same extent as Mylodon. Ina section of the skin provisionally ascriked to the leg, he observes that the small ossicles are very irregular, and shows two instances in which two are placed one above the other. In microscopical sections of the ossicles, however, he does not find the distinct Haversian systems of bone so conspicuous in my slides; and hence he fails to remark the differences between the structure of the armour in Neomylodon and Mylodon, which seem to me to be particularly noteworthy. His so-called “ pigment cellules” in Mylodon are the dendritic infiltrations of oxide of manganese and stains of oxide of iron, to which I have made special reference. His observations as to the absence of a medulla in the hair confirm my own; but I have not seen any evidence of the suspected loss or disintegration of the hair-cuticle. Fimally, Dr. Lonnberg has boiled a piece of the skin, thereby extracting glue, “‘ which proves that the collagen and gelatinous substances are perfectly preserved.” The latter observation confirms the evidence of the serum recorded above, and indicates that if the specimen is “ of any considerable age, it must have been very well protected against moisture and bacteria.’”—A. 8. W.] EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XIII. Neomylodon listai, Ameghino; outer aspect of piece of skin, one half nat. size. Puate XIV. Ditto ; inner aspect of same specimen, one half nat. size. Puate XV. Fig. 1. Neomylodon listai, Ameghino; transverse section of skin, nat. size, showing hair above and ossicles in lower layer. 2,3. Ditto; outer face of two ossicles, nat. size. 4-6, Mylodon, sp.; outer face of three ossicles, nat. size, one composed of two parts fused together. 4a, 44. Inner and lateral aspect respectively of the specimen shown in fig. 4. 7. Neomylodon listai, Ameghino ; portion of horizontal section of ossicle, about x40. 7a, 76. Haversian system and two marginal bone- lacunze from the same, respectively x85 and x 200. 8. Mylodon, sp.; portion of horizontal section of ossicle, about x40. 8a. Three bone-lacuns from the same, x 200. 1 —. Lonnberg, “On some Remains of ‘ Neomylodon listai, Ameghino, brought home by the Swedish Expedition to Tierra del Fuego, 1895-1897,” Wissensch. Hrgebn. schwedisch. Exped. Magellansland. unter Leitung v. Otto Nordenskjéld, vol. ii. pp. 149-170, pls. xii.—xiv. (1899). 1899. ] ON THE FORMATION OF CORAL-RAEFS. 157 2. On the Formation of the Coral-reefs on the N.W. Coast of Australia. By P. W. Basserr-Smirn, R.N., F.Z.S. [Received December 15, 1898.] Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner has, in his most interesting paper read before the International Zoological Congress at Cambridge last August, again brought the question of the formation of Coral-reefs prominently before the scientific world. The character of the reefs at depths at which corals do not as a rule grow luxuriantly is of prime importance, and as every information of this nature, at first hand from a practical collector and naturalist, is of value if placed on record, I have been induced to bring to light some rather old work done in H.M.S. ‘Penguin’ on the North-west coast of Australia. All the specimens were at the time sent to the British Museum, being presented by the Admiralty; and, as I have not seen them since, | am not able to give specific or definite names to the specimens, which at the time of collecting it was impossible to do. The part worked over consisted of the Holothuria Bank off the Admiralty Gulf, and the Baleine Bank off Roebuck Bay, together with some examinations of the fringing-reefs of the various islands along the coast. The former is in lat. 13°-13° 30’ S., long. 125° 40'-126° 20' E., and extends a distance of 60 miles, being at nearest 14 miles from the coast and 100 from the 100-fathom line. The Baleine Bank is in lat. 15° 40'S., long. 121° 50’ E., and is about 10 miles long. The whole area was particularly noticeable for the remarkable abundance of (1) Aleyonarians; (2) Echinoderms, particularly the most beautiful Asterophytons; (3) the great quantity of calca- reous Polyzoa of comparatively massive branching character. This region is a great centre of the pearl-shell fishery. Mr. Stanley Gardiner, in his paper, states that the building-up is more rapid on the tops of the submarine undulations than in the hollows, from the deposit on them of the downward falling rain of foraminiferal tests, &&. Here I would point out that these strong branching calcareous forms of Polyzoa (including Retiporas) must, in depths of 30 to 60 fathoms at least, havea very great building-up power, for time after time the large swabs attached to the dredge-bag would come up perfectly entangled with broken-off branches, as if they had pulled over a little forest of these Polyzoa on a sandy surface, as was shown in my daily dredging report, where they were often described as very abundant and quite “‘ massive.” In the more eleyated portions of the Holothuria Bank, as on the Penguin reef, where there was only 15 fathoms, and on the Bassett- Smith shoal in 9-10 fathoms, the ordinary reef-corals were found (Stylopora, Seriatopora, Astrea, Goniastrea, Plesiastrea, Phym- astrea, Turbinaria, Montipora, and Porites), though in shallow _ dredgings, 12-20 fathoms, on the Baleine Bank no corals at 158 ON THE FORMATION OF CORAL-REEFS. [Feb. 21, all were obtained, either alive or dead, only great quantities of these low-branching Polyzoa. When we left the Australian coast for the Arafura Sea these general characters were absent. Another peculiarity of this region was the great turbidity of the water near the coast and the large amount of slimy mud deposited on the flats, which as fringing-reefs were everywhere present, their seaward edge being marked by isolated, blackened, and elevated masses of coral-rock. With such a considerable rise and fall of tide, 20 feet at springs, when walking on the reefs one was struck by seeing the large number of corals which were apparently able to stand a prolonged exposure to the blazing sun of this nearly equatorial latitude. Along with these tides there were strong and powerful currents, the average temperature of the water being 80°. Reef on Troughton Island, N.W. Australia. [<- direction of current ; soundings in fathoms. ‘Tide-rise 20 feet. ] On the north end of Troughton Island, lat. 13° 40’ S., long. 126° 10’ E., the condition was as follows at nearly low-water springs :—The beach at high-water level was sand and shell, then PZ.o0839, Elavil ho PJ.Smait del. et hth. Mintern Bros .imp. I TROPIMONOTUS CRASPEDOMAS THis 2 lie iieue Avra Nene PZ.2 l6do eave PJ. Smt del et hth. Mintern Bros .imp 1.TAPINOPHIS LATOUCHM. 2 .TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI. on P a, ‘< nee i, aed E405. 1829 E Paes PJ.Smit del.et hth i Miantern Bros.imp. 1 JRUAINVA, ILA ONG CIRO . 2 WAIN JA IRC a WL ' 3. LEPTOBRACHIUM BOETTGERI. 1899. ] ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 159 coral conglomerate rocks running out to form the shore-platform, covered with mud and weed, about half a mile in extent, on it a few stunted Goniastreas, Mussas, Porites, and Madrepores, in pools. Here, too, were found numbers of black Holothurians, many Tri- dacnas, cones, volutes, large Aplysias, with small black Nemertines, Squillas, &e. This reef was much lower at the south side in a little bay where the water poured down in a series of rapids into the deep water, which here came close up to the reef; near to these rapids, and at the time exposed to the air and sun, I saw alive (1) great beds of Goniastraas of two kinds; one in small lobular masses, the other in large domes, the polyps of both being emerald- green; (2) very large branches of Mussa recta ?, one specimen being 5 feet by 4 across ; (3) Celoria sp.; (4) Prionastrea sp., polyps also bright green; (5) Symphyllia sp., in domes; (6) Porites spp.; (7) Meandrina sp.; (8) Tubipora very plentiful; and (9) afew Fungias. On the margin and not exposed were great quantities of Madrepora cytherea, M. speciosa, and other pedunculate and dendroidal forms, Millepora aleicornis, M. verrucosa, Heliopora cerulea, Galawea spp. in large hemispherical masses, Seriatopora in very delicate but big bunches, Merulina sp., showing both delicate fan-like expansions and thick ramose prolongations, Hchinopora rosularia, Porites spp., and Pocillopora spp. 3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by Mr. J.D. La Touche in N.W. Fokien, China. By G. A. Bovutencer, F.R.S. [Received February Ist, 1899.] (Plates XVI.-XIX.) An important collection of Reptiles and Batrachians was formed by Mr. J. D. La Touche during his stay, in the spring of 1896 and again in 1898, at Kuatun, a village about 270 miles from Foo- chow, in the mountains at the North-west of the Province of Fokien, at an altitude of 3000 to 4000 feet or more, and I have been entrusted by him with its description. Accounts of the Birds have been published by the collector and Mr. Ogilvie Grant and by the Rev. H. H. Slater in the ‘Ibis’!; of the Mammals by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in these ‘ Proceedings’ ’. The interest of this collection resides not only in the number (8) of new species it reveals, and in the discovery of a Snake entitled to be made the type of a new genus, but also in the further demonstration of the close affinity which the fauna of the hills of the interior of China bears to that of the Himalayan- Burmese mountains—a fact which I have already had frequent opportunities of emphasizing by uniting forms described from ' This, 1896, p. 489, and 1897, p. 169, 2 PB. ZS. 1898,-p; 769: 160 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON REPIILES [Feb. 21, either region as distinct. On this point I cannot do better than recall the prefatory remarks of Mr. H. H. Slater in deaiing with the Birds, viz.: ‘‘ that many of the Himalayan birds, hitherto known only from the Indian side, would on further investigation be found, either in identical forms or as closely-allied representative species, in China..... many of the birds [from Kuatun] are of genera well known in the Indian hill-country. Now, if N.W. Fohkien were anywhere near the Indian boundary the circumstance would be of interest; far more so when, in the present case, these birds come from a region much nearer to the Pacific coast.” This is a confirmation of the view propounded by Mr. H. J. Elwes in his paper “On the Geographical Distribution of Asiatic Birds”, wherein the Himalo-Burmese and Chinese Avifaunas are shown to be one, and the limits of a ‘‘ Himalo-Chinese” subregion are defined. REPTILIA. LACERTILIA. 1. Gucoxo suBPALMATUS Gthr. A single female specimen. 2. ACANTHOSAURA LAMNIDENTATA Blgr. Two male specimens. The diameter of the orbit being 8 millim. in both specimens, the supraciliary spine measures 2, the supratemporal 3 and 23, the longest nuchal 3 (see measurements in Ann. Mus. Genov. [2] xii. 1893, p. 317). The discovery of this species in China is highly interesting ; it was known only from Pegu, Tenasserim, and the Karin hills. 3. OPHISAURUS HARTI, sp.n. (Plate XVI.) Lateral teeth conical, curved, pointing backwards, finely striated, with a very feeble groove on the anterior side; a series of minute teeth on the pterygoids. Azygos prefrontal narrower than the greatest width of the frontal, in contact with or narrowly separated from the latter shield by one pair of prefrontals; interparietal broader than the parietals, much broader than the occipital, which is small; two azygos shields between the rostral and the azygos pretrontal ; five supraoculars. Ear-opening minute, smaller than the nostril. Dorsal scales in 16 longitudinal and 103 to 106 transverse series; 8 or 10 dorsal series obtusely keeled; lateral and ventral scales smooth, the latter in 10 longitudinal series. No rudiments of limbs externally. Adult pale olive above, with irregular transverse series of blue spots ; head dotted with blackish; lower parts white. Young white above, with an interrupted black vertebral line, deep black on the sides and below. 1 PZ. 8. 1873 p. 615. 1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN. 161 From snout to vent 270 millim.; tail (reproduced) 240. Four specimens. I have been requested by Mr. La Touche to dedicate this species as a compliment to his chief, Sir Robert Hart, Inspector of Chinese Customs. esol Lower jaw of Ophisaurus harti, much enlargede In its dentition this species may be regarded as intermediate between Anguis fragilis and Ophisaurus gracilis. It differs from the latter in the presence of two scales between the rostral and the anterior prefrontal, instead of three, the still smaller ear- opening, and the greater number of longitudinal series of dorsal scales. The coloration is highly suggestive of affinity to our European Slow-worm, the teeth of which have been shown by Leydig to be slightly furrowed. There is absolute identity, in shape and number, between the head-shields of this species and those of Angquis fragilis. 4, TACHYDROMUS SEPTENTRIONALIS Gthr. 16 specimens. I now agree with Dr. Giinther as to the advisability of separating T. septentrionalis from T. tachydromoides, Schleg. (cf. Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] i. 1888, p. 166). All the specimens have a single inguinal pore, the number of these pores being variable in 7. sewlineatus, 4 specimens out of 7 from Great Natuna Id. having a single pore instead of two (ef. Giinther, Nov. Zool. 11. 1895, p.499). The number of chin-shields is three, although there are occasional exceptions, not due to fusion or accidental division, as shown by the figure (p. 162) taken from one of the Kuatun specimens. The dorsal scales sometimes form 5 series instead of 6, and in one specimen they are even in 4 series on the posterior part of the back. Two of the specimens have the additional series of small scales between the outer pair of Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XI. 11 162 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21, large ones, as observed by Dr. Giinther in two from Shanghai, the scales being practically in 8 series. Fig. 2. Chin of Tachydromus septentrionalis, showing unusual number of shields. 5. Lyeosoma inpicum Gray. 11 specimens. 34 or 36 scales round the middle of the body. 6. LyGosoMA LATHRALE Say (REEVESII Gray). A single specimen, with 26 scales round the middle of the body. 7. HUMECES ELEGANS Bler. Numerous specimens. The characters on which this species has been founded appear to be perfectly constant. Adult males have the sides of the head and neck of a bright vermilion, which colour is continued on the side of the body as more or less distinctly defined stripes above and below the light streak extending from the ear. The largest specimen measures 93 millim. from snout to vent. OPHIDIA. 8. PoLYODONTOPHIS COLLARIS Gray. Two specimens. These specimens agree with the one from Ichang described by Giinther as Ablabes chinensis (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] iv. 1889, p. 220) in having the eighth upper labial excluded from the labial margin, thus constituting a lower anterior temporal—a character which I have found to be inconstant in Polyodontophis subpunc- tatus and P, bistrigatus, and which I expect would likewise break down if a larger number of Chinese specimens could be examined. The larger specimen has 184 ventrals and the tail is imperfect ; the other has 178 ventrals and 110 subcaudals, 1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 163 9. TROPIDONOTUS CRASPEDOGASTER, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.) Eye rather large. MRostral once and two thirds as broad as deep, scarcely visible from above; nasal completely divided ; inter- nasals shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep; one preocular; three postoculars; temporals 1+1, 241, or 242; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, dorsals rather strongly keeled, outer row faintly keeled. Ventrals 145-157 ; anal divided ; subcaudals 87-97. Dark brown above, with a rusty- red streak along each side of the back, accompanied by more or less distinct yellowish spots ; ill-defined black spots on the sides ; labials yellowish, with black bars on the sutures; a short oblique yellow streak on each side of the nape, beginning on the last upper labial and directed backwards towards its fellow ; yellowish beneath, with an elongate black spot near the outer extremity of each shield, forming a well-defined line on each side of the belly and tail. Total length 635 millim. ; tail 185, Six specimens. Closely allied to 7. khastensis Blegr. Differing in the larger eye, the keeled outer row of scales, and the coloration. 10. TROPIDONOTUS PISCATOR Schn. A single specimen. 11. TROPIDONOTUS PERCARINATUS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.) Eye moderate. Rostral twice as broad as deep, just visible from above ; nasal completely divided; internasals much longer than broad, much narrowed anteriorly, longer than the preefrontals ; frontal once and three fifths as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one preocular; three post- oculars+ one very small subocular; temporals 2+3,; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, all keeled, dorsals very strongly. Ventrals 141; anal divided; subcaudals 71. Greyish olive above, sides with light-edged black vertical bars ; the four anterior upper labials greyish olive like the upper surface of the head, the rest uniform yellowish white like the lower surface; belly uniform yellowish white anteriorly, spotted and speckled with blackish posteriorly ; lower surface of tail dark grey, with some black spots. P Total length 500 millim.; tail 130. A single male specimen, Very closely allied to 7. annularis Hallow. Distinguished by 11* 164 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21, the larger eye, the broader rostral, the shorter parietals, the presence of three postoculars instead of two, and the coloration of the upper labials. 12. TROPIDONOTUS TIGRINUS Boie. A single specimen. TAPINOPHIS, g. n. Teeth small, equal, 17 or 18 in the maxillary. Head small, much depressed, not distinct from neck; eye very small, with round pupil; nostril in the upper part of an undivided nasal; prefrontal single; no preocular; loreal entering the eye. Body cylindrical ; scales feebly keeled, without apical pits, in 17 rows ; ventrals rounded. ‘Tail rather short; subcaudals in two rows. Hypapophyses developed throughout the vertebral column. This genus is nearest allied to Opisthotropis Gthr. 13. TAPINOPHIS LATOUCHII, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1-1.) Rostral broader than deep, with straight transverse upper border, just visible from above; nasals rather large, separated by a pair of narrow internasals; prefrontal twice and a half as broad as long ; frontal as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; supraocular narrow ; loreal twice as long as deep; two postoculars, lower smaller ; temporals 1+1 or 2; nine upper labials, the first three in contact with the nasal, fifth and sixth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior; the latter separated from each other by one scale. Scales in 17 rows, the feeble keel not extending to the extremity of the scale. Ventrals 149; anal divided ; subcaudals 53. Olive above, with interrupted black longitudinal lines, yellow: on the sides and below ; a black streak along the side of the body, along the adjacent halves of the second and third rows of scales ; labials edged with blackish ; lower parts uniform, except the base of the tail, which bears a black median streak. Total length 455 millim.; tail 85. A single female specimen. 14, TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. figs. 2&2a.) Snout short, slightly prominent. Rostral rather large, once and two thirds as broad as deep, the portion visible from above about half as long as its distance from the frontal; internasals twice as broad as long, much shorter than the prefrontals; frontal haxagonal, once and one third or once and a half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals; no loreal, posterior nasal forming a suture with the single preocular; two postoculars; temporals 24+2; six or seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ; anterior chin-shields longer than the posterior, in contact with the sym- physial and three lower labials, Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 1899. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 165 112-121; anal entire; subcaudals 22-28. Brown above, with very small black spots ; a black nuchal blotch or cross-band edged with yellowish; labials yellowish, with blackish edges; rostral yellowish, with a large blackish spot; ventrals and subcaudals yellowish, dotted and speckled with blackish on the sides. Total length 350 millim. ; tail 45. Two specimens, male (V. 112; C.28) and young (V. 121; C. 22). Named after Mr. F. W. Styan, whose collections have so much advanced our knowledge of the fauna of China. The discovery of this species lessens the gap between the genera Plagiopholis and Trirhinopholis, both established on single species from the Shan States. 15. DINODON SEPTENTRIONALIS Gthr. Three specimens. Intermediate in the pattern of coloration between the typical form from Assam and Burma and the var. ruhstrati Fischer from Formosa. The pale interspaces between the dark brown dorsal spots are very narrow throughout and nowhere form complete annuli. 16. CoLUBER PORPHYRACEUS Cantor. Four specimens. Two black lines extend from the eyes to the end of the tail, intersecting the dark cross-bars, which have a tendency to dis- appear in adult specimens. This species had not been recorded from farther north-east than Yunnan. 17. CoLUBER MANDARINUS Cantor. Two specimens. Temporals 2+2 or 3; one of the specimens has a single post- ocular, the lower having fused with the fourth labial. This most beautifully-marked Snake was known only from Chusan. 18. CoLUBER PHYLLOPHIS Bler. Two specimens. 19. AspLaBns MAgor Gthr. Three specimens. A young specimen has irregular black transverse spots on the nape and anterior part of the back, and traces of an interrupted black lateral streak. 20. CALAMARIA SEPTENTRIONALIS Blgr. A single specimen (2. V.174; C.8). 21. Bunearus canpivus L. A single specimen, pertaining to the var. muléecinctus Blyth. 166 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21, 22, CALLOPHIS MACCLELLANDII Reinh. A single specimen, measuring 660 millim., of the typical form (3d. V.193; C. 36). 93. ANCISTRODON acutTuS Gthr. Two male specimens (V. 164, 161; C. 56, 59). This large pit-viper, discovered by Mr. A. E. Pratt in the mountains north of Kiukiang and since obtained at Ichang by the same traveller, is, I am informed by Mr. Styan, of gentle disposition and is freely handled by the Chinese. 94, LACHESIS GRAMINEUS Shaw. A single specimen. BATRACHIA., 1. Rana kunt D. & B. Numerous specimens of a small form—the largest male measuring 60 millim. from vent to snout, the largest female full of ripe eggs 51—distinguished by a rather shorter web between the toes, the membrane reaching only the penultimate phalanx of the fourth toe. The first finger does not extend, or extends but very slightly, beyond the second. Males have a very large head and are devoid of a vocal sac and of nuptial horny excrescences. A Chinese specimen, from the Lofau hills, Province of Canton, has been described by Peters in 1882 under the name of Nyctibatrachus sinensis. Specimens obtained by Dr. J. Anderson in Yunnan, and now preserved in the British Museum, are intermediate between the Kuatun specimens and the typical form from Java in the extent of the web on the sides of the fourth toe. 7 out of the 19 Kuatun specimens have a yellow vertebral stripe. 2, RANA BOULENGERI Gthr. This species is very closely allied to R. kuhlu, with which I have confounded it in the British Museum ‘Catalogue.’ The female, from Ningpo, has been described and figured by Gunther in the ‘ Reptiles of British India,’ p. 404, pl. xxvi. fig. A, as R. kuhlii, and the breeding male has been since described from two specimens from Ichang and kindly named after me (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] iv. 1889, p. 222). Young specimens from near Ningpo have been presented to the British Museum by Messrs. Bassett-Smith and J. J. Walker. Two specimens, male and female, are in Mr. La Touche’s collection. The following description is based on 7 specimens. Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups commencing on a level with, and extending back beyond, the choane. No tooth- like processes in the lower jaw. Head broader than long; snout short, broadly rounded, a little shorter than the diameter of the 1899.] AND BATRAOHIANS FROM FOKIEN. 167 orbit ; canthus rostralis very obtuse; loreal region very oblique, slightly concave ; nostril nearer the eye than the end of the snout ; interorbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid; tym- panum hidden. Fingers rather short, feebly swollen at the tips, first extending considerably beyond second ; subarticular tubercles moderately developed. Toes rather short, broadly webbed to the tips, which are dilated into small but very distinct disks; sub- articular tubercles moderate, oval ; inner metatarsal tubercle feebly prominent, elongate, measuring two thirds its distance from the tip of the inner toe; no outer metatarsal tubercle; a feeble dermal fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye; tibia about half length of head and body. Skin of upper parts granular or shagreened, with numerous warts, which may be small and subconical or large and elongate on the back; these warts may bear black horny spinules ; a strong fold across the head, connecting the posterior borders of the upper eyelids; a very strong ridge from the eye to the shoulder; no glandular dorso-lateral fold; lower parts smooth. Dark olive or blackish brown above; lips with darker vertical bars; limbs with more or less distinct black cross-bars; hinder side of thighs black, with more or less distinct lighter marblings ; lower parts whitish, throat and lower surface of limbs spotted or marbled with blackish. Male with small internal vocal sacs ; during the breeding-season the fore limbs are more or less strongly thickened, and the breast and inner side of the three inner fingers armed with small black horny spines. From snout to vent, ¢ 105 millim., 2 103. This species is exactly intermediate between R. kuhlii and R. lrebigir. 3. Rana Japonica Bler. A single young specimen. 4, RANA LATOUCHII, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.) Vomerine teeth in two oblique oval groups in the middle between the choane. Head as long as broad ; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit, obtusely pointed, projecting beyond the mouth, with distinct canthus and feebly oblique, slightly concave lores ; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, three fifths or two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers slender, feebly swollen at the end, first extending beyond second ; subarticular tubercles very stroug. Toes slender, two-thirds webbed, with swollen tips and strong subarticular tubercles ; inner metatarsal tubercle small, oval; a very prominent, round, outer metatarsal tubercle. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye; tibia half as long as head and body. Upper parts finely granular ; a very prominent, very broad dorso-lateral glandular fold, almost deserving to be termed a parotoid, its width above the shoulder at least as great as that of the upper eyelid; 168 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21, two strong glands behind the angle of the mouth. Greyish above, uniform or with small blackish spots; a black stripe below the canthus rostralis, over the tympanum, and along the outer edge of the dorso-lateral fold ; upper lip white ; flanks and hinder side of thighs pale, with black spots; limbs with regular dark cross- bars ; lower parts white, uniform or with some greyish spots on the throat and breast. Male with small internal vocal sacs, with- out humeral glands, with a strong pad on the inner side of the first finger. From snout to vent, ¢ 37 millim., 9 45. Three specimens. Nearly allied to R. guenthert Blgr., but distinguished by the broader dorso-lateral folds, the shorter hind limbs, and the much smaller size. 5. RANA ANDERSONI Bler. A large female specimen, measuring 87 millim. from snout to vent, agrees well with a similarly large example obtained by Signor Fea in the Kakhyen hills, Upper Burma. The types are from the Hotha valley, Yunnan (5000 feet). Rana schmackeri Boettger (Kat. Batr. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 11), from Ichang, appears to agree in every respect with R. andersonu except in the larger tympanum, measuring three fourths the size of the eye, whereas in the latter species its diameter does not exceed three fifths that of the eye. 6. RANA RICKETTI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.) Vomerine teeth in two small groups close together behind the level of the choanz. Head much depressed, as long as broad ; snout shorter than the diameter of the orbit, rounded, projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region nearly vertical, concave ; nostril equidistant from the end of the snout and from the eye ; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, sinall, one third or two fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, depressed, terminating in large disks, which are quite as large as the tympanum ; first finger much shorter than the second, third as long as the distance between the anterior border of the eye and the tympanum. ‘Toes rather short, very broadly webbed to the disks, which are a little smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles rather small; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle; no outer meta- tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout; tibia a little more than half the length of head and body. Skin finely shagreened above, with scattered small flat warts; a fold above the tympanum; no dorso-lateral fold ; belly granular. Olive above, marbled with darker; a dark streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye; limbs with regular dark cross bands; whitish beneath. From snout to vent 37 millim. Two specimens. 1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN. 169 This species, named after Mr. C. B. Rickett, is closely related to R. latopalmata Blgr. (afghana Gthr.), from which it is easily distinguished by the shorter fingers and the shorter hind limbs. 7. RHACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX Gravh. Although the largest specimen measures 50 millim. from snout to vent, the head is, as I have noticed before in Chinese specimens, devoid of dermal ossification, The back of the thighs is whitish, with a dark brown network. I seize this opportunity to observe that the Moupin Fhacophorus davidi Sauy. is not closely allied to this species. I examined the types in the Paris Museum some years ago, and noted that the fingers are one-third or one-fourth webbed and the inner meta- tarsal tubercle is large, oval, somewhat more than half as long as its distance from the tip of the inner toe. &. davidi is intermediate between R. microtympanum and R. schlegelir. 8. RHACOPHORUS DENNYSII Blanf. This fine Frog was described in 1881 from a specimen of doubtful origin, obtained alive from a Chinese merchant at Singapore and said to have originally come from China. The type specimen, presented by Dr. Dennys to the Raffles Museum, was found, in bad condition, among the unnamed specimens of that establishment a few years ago by Mr. S. S. Flower, who brought the specimen over to London. Ihave been able to compare it with a second specimen, from Foochow, presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. B. Rickett in 1894. Mr. La Touche’s Kuatun collection contains three specimens. ‘The following description is taken from the five specimens now before me, varying in size from 86 to 115 millim., measured from snout to vent, the species being one of the largest of the genus :— Vomerine teeth on two strong, straight or slightly oblique transverse ridges touching the inner front edge of the choane and separated by an interspace less than the width of one of the ridges. Head much depressed, broader than long, though some- times very slightly; snout rounded, truncate at the end and slanting from the nostrils to the edge of the mouth, its length equal to the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region concave ; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, measuring two thirds to three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers with very large disks, broadly webbed, the web reaching or nearly reaching the disks between the two outer, also reaching the disk on the outer side of the second finger, but only the penultimate phalanx on the inner side of the second and third; a large, compressed, crescentic tubercle (rudimentary pollex) at the base of the inner finger, which is much shorter, and has a much smaller distal expansion, than the second ; the largest digital disks nearly equalling the tympanum in size. Toes moderately elongate, webbed to the disks, which are 170 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21, smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner meta- tarsal tubercles moderate, flat. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye; tibia not half length of head and body. Skin of upper parts more or less granular, the granules very feeble, though distinct, in the type specimen, most developed in one of the males from Kuatun; belly and lower surface of thighs coarsely granular; throat smooth or feebly granular; a dermal ridge above the tympanum ; no folds along the limbs. Mr. Blanford was informed by Dr. Dennys that the type specimen, a female, was of a beautiful emerald-green colour when alive. It was, in spirit, dark violet, almost slaty above, with a brown spot behind the occiput, dirty white below, mottled with dusky. It is now nearly completely bleached, traces of the violet colour being only discernible on the parts protected from the light by the folding of the limbs. The Foochow specimen, a female, is dark violet above, with four irregularly disposed rusty spots edged with whitish on the head and scapular region ; a few similar spots on the fore limbs; a pale golden lumbar spot, and streaks of the same tint and edged with brown across the anal region and along the outer edges of the forearm and the hand and of the tarsus and foot ; white beneath, the lower jaw broadly edged with violet. The three specimens from Kuatun, all males, with internal vocal sac, have retained a dark green coloration ; one of them has the red spots on the head of the Foochow specimen ; all three have a lateral series of irregular, white, black-edged spots, extending from the shoulder to the groin. 9. Buro vuLGaRis Laur. The examination of the 32 specimens brought home by Mr. La Touche (males up to 110 millim. from snout to vent, females up to 122) confirms the opinion I have previously expressed as to the impossibility of defining with anything like precision the Hastern form of our Common Toad even as a variety or subspecies. In some of the specimens the tympanum is almost hidden, in others it is very distinct and its diameter, as compared with that of the eye, varies between one half and three fourths. The toes are only half or barely two-thirds webbed, even in males with the nuptial excrescences, and the fourth toe is generally a little longer in proportion than in European specimens. A black lateral band is usually well marked, as in Japanese specimens, and the ventral marbling is usually very striking, although varying in extent and intensity. Some of the specimens have a yellow vertebral line, as well marked as in Bufo calamita. In describing Chinese specimens under the name of Bufo vulgaris japonicus, in 1880, M. Lataste has pointed out a difference in the shape of the testis in the breeding male. ‘This is described as being shaped like a long cylinder attenuate in front, its width 7 or 8 times in its length, and occupying the whole length of the abdominal cavity, whilst in the European specimens the organ is oval, elongate, depressed, its width usually twice and a half in its _ 1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIUN. 171 length. The character is not borne out by the Kuatun males, two of which, measuring 110 and 83 millim. from snout to vent respectively, I have examined in this respect: the testes have a length of 12 and 11 millim., and a width of 4 and 3, the kidneys measuring 21 and 19 millim. The organ in question is therefore but slightly longer than usual in European specimens. 10. LproBRACHIUM BOETTGERI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.) Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth none. Head moderate, broader than long; snout very short, obliquely truncate, projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers slender, slightly swollen at the end, first and second equal. Toes slender, slightly swollen at the end, with a-slight rudiment of web; a small, oval, flat inner metatarsal tubercle ; no subarticular tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth, with small scattered warts on the head and back ; two small white warts close together on the chin and one on each side of the breast near the insertion of the fore limb. Dark grey or brown above, with symmetrical blackish markings ; upper surface of snout and scapular regions light; a whitish blotch on the upper lip below the anterior half of the eye; limbs with dark cross bands ; a small round white spot on the back of the thigh; throat and breast brown or brownish; three longi- tudinal, blackish, light-edged markings on the throat; large blackish spots on the sides of the belly ; posterior part of belly and lower surface of thighs dirty white. Male with internal vocal sacs. From snout to vent, ¢ 35 millim., 2 46. Six specimens. Closely allied to LZ. monticola Gthr.; differing in the entire tongue and the absence of vomerine teeth. Had I examined but a single specimen, I should not have ventured to separate it from LZ. monticola. That is my excuse, but I must, however, apologize to Prof. Boettger for having, a few years ago, identified a specimen from Kiukiang, which he submitted to me, as a young individual of that species (¢f. Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1894, p.141). I wish to atone for my mistake by connecting with this new species the name of my distinguished colleague. Jwvalus lateralis And., which T have placedin the synonymy of Leptobr achium monticola, regarding it as based on a young specimen, agrees with Z. sinensis in the absence of vomerine teeth, but the tongue is described as slightly notched behind. That the presence or absence of vomerine teeth is a dangerous character to use, unaccompanied by others, in the distinction of species in this genus has been shown in the case of L. carinense Blgr. (cf. W. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 347). The length of the hind limbs varies much in LZ. monticola. In Giinther’s type specimen from Sikkim they bear the same proportions as in L. sinense, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye. 172 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, EXPLANATON OF THE PLATES. Puate XVI. Ophisaurus harti, p. 160. Adult and young, and upper view of head. Puate XVIT. Fig. 1. Tropidonotus craspedogaster, p. 163. Upper, lower, and side views of head and anterior part of body. 2. Tropidonotus percarinatus, p. 168. Upper and side views of head and anterior part of body. Puate XVIII. Fig. 1. Tapinophis latouchii, p. 164. Upper and side views of head and anterior part of body. la. Ditto. Upper view of head, enlarged. 1. Ditto. Side view of head, enlarged. le, Ditto. Lower view of head, enlarged. 2. Trirhinopholis styani, p. 164. Upper and side views of head and anterior part of body. 2a. Ditto. Chin-shields. Puate XIX. Fig. 1. Rana latouchit, p. 167. Qs Tieketin, ps 168: 3. Leptobrachium boettgeri, p. 171. 4, A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine and Family Pyralide. By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., E.Z.8S. &e. Part II.' [Received January 10, 1899.] In the first part of this paper, the classification of the subfamily Pyraustine of the Pyralide was completed as far as the end of the 1st group of genera with upturned palpi; in the present part the second group of genera with porrect palpi is dealt with. The key to all the genera of the subfamily, the phylogenetic table, and the plates illustrating some of the new species were given in the first part of the paper. We should be greatly obliged for the loan of specimens of any of the species mentioned in the series of papers on the Pyralide that I have been unable to identify; they would be carefully packed and returned after examination. Genus 88. MneaprHysa. Megaphysa Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 213 (1854). Palpi porrect, short, the 2nd joint very broadly fringed with scales below, the 3rd short, naked and downturned; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated ; tibize fringed with thick hair on inner side, hind tarsi with the 1st joint * fringed with hair on outer side. Fore wing with the costa very 1 Continued from P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 590-760. —_—< 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 173 much arched towards apex, which is produced and extremely faleate; the outer margin excurved below middle; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the cell rather short ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 38. Megaphysa herbiferalis, 3. . Type. MEGAPHYSA HERBIFERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 2138, pl. 5.£.9. Colombia ; Ecuador. Genus 89. FURCIVENA. Furcivena Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 374 (1896). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with scales below, the 3rd naked ; maxillary palpi filiform, frons flat and oblique ; tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked ; 7 and 10 well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Furcivena strigiferalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Sror, I. Antennz of male thickened and flattened. Type. (1)TFURCIVENA STRIGIFERALIS Hampsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 374. Sikhim. Sor. IJ. Antenne of male annulate. (2)*FURCIVENA RHODONEURIALIS, 0. sp. 3. White tinged with yellowish. Fore wing with slight pink suffusion on disk; the cilia brown at middle and tornus. Hind wing whiter, with discoidal brown point; some pink suffusion in 174 SIR G. F. HAMPSON-——REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, and below cell and near the medial and postmedial brown lines, the former from below costa, excurved at median nervules and recurved at vein 1, the latter straight from costa to vein 5, then excurved to termen ; an apical brown patch and line through the cilia. Underside of fore wing pale chestnut, with whitish patch below cell; irregular streaks and patches of black scales in and below cell and patches of opalescent scales on median nervure and in and beyond end of cell; some pink suffusion below end of cell ; two irregular brown-edged postmedial patches of opalescent scales; a similar curved line across apical area ending on termen at vein 2; awhite patch on termen below apex; hind wing strongly irrorated and suffused with pink. Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Exp. 18 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. Genus 90. SAMEODEs. Sameodes Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 217. Pessocosma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 301. Mimorista Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) vi. p. 476 (1890). Palpi rostriform, extending about the length of head, the 3rd joint prominent and downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, & from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the costa slightly excised beyond middle ; veins 4, 5 approxi- mated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 90. Sameodes cancellalis, 8. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Srct I. Antenne of male with long cilia and sinuous at middle ; both wings with the apex somewhat produced. A. (Sameodes). Male with a swelling on outer side of mid tibia before the medial spurs, of which the outer is minute, the terminal spurs replaced by a small tuft of scales ; the tibia bent beyond middle. Fore wing with a large medial costal lobe on upperside ; hind wing with the costa excised before the middle as well as after. Type. (1) SAMEODES CANCELLALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 34. Africa ; 7 India, Ceylon, & Burma; Java; Australia. +Stenia pipleisalis Wk. xvii. 420; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii, pl. 181. £. 14, +Lepyrodes lepidalis Wk. xvii. 465. 1899.] OF THB SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 174 +Samea sidealis W1k. xix. 937. tHymenia meridionalis Wik. xxxiv. 1314, Sameodes trithyralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 218, & 1833, pl. 8. f. 4. Samea vespertinalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1880, p. 301. B. (Lessocosma). Male with the hind tibiz not distorted, the outer spurs half the length of inner; fore wing with no costal lobe. (2)fSAMEODES PERITALIS WIk. xvii. 466; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. pl. 174. £. 21. India ; Ceylon. (3)TSAMEODES BIsTIGMALIS Pryer, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 234, pl. 4. i LOG 2)): N. China. (4)7SaMEODES IOLEALIS WI1k. xvii. 466. Australia. Sucr. II. (Mimorista). Antenne of male normal and minutely ciliated. A. Hind wing of male with the cell very short, its upper part filled by a large hyaline fovea. (5) SAMEODES MILTOCHRISTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 375. N.E. India; Burma. B. Hind wing of male normal. a. Fore wing with tooth of scales on inner margin before middle. (6)TSAMEODES NOTODONTALIS, 0. sp. @. Head and thorax yellow and fiery orange ; abdomen ochreous. Fore wing suffused with fiery orange, leaving subbasal, antemedial, and medial series of ill-defined yellow spots ; an oblique medial pinkish band expanding towards costa; the terminal area pinkish, its inner edge with darker points and obtusely angled at vein 5: Hind wing semihyaline yellow, tinged with fuscous towards termen. Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). Eup. 20 mm. b. Fore wing without scale-tooth on inner margin. (7) TSAMEODES OLESIALIS WIk. xviii. 748 ( 9 ). W. Africa. (8) SAMEODES BOTYDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. W. States, C. & 8. Amer. Botys acutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 200, pl. 11. f. 10. (9)TSAMEODES SANGUIMARGINALIS, n.sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 27.) @. Head, thorax, and abdomen pink. Fore wing hyaline yellow ; the base and costal area pink, the latter emitting a small tooth in cell and a triangular patch on discocellulars ; a large quadrate pink apical patch extending down to vein 5, with traces 176 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, of an oblique dentate postmedial fuscous line from its lower edge and yellowish terminal patches on it in the interspaces; a fine terminal pink line running a short way inwards on inner margin. Hind wing hyaline yellow, with fuscous discal point and very indistinct dentate postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2; a terminal pink line expanding slightly at apex and at vein 2. Hab. Colombia, Bogota. Hxp. 40 mm. (10);SAMEODES SUFFUSALIS, 0. sp. 3. Pale red-brown. Fore wing with dark-edged hyaline specks at and below middle of cell and larger spots in and below end of cell; a hyaline postmedial band from subcostals to vein 2, then curving round to lower angle of cell, edged on inner side by a black line and traversed by a minutely crenulate black line. Hind wing semihyaline white, with black-edged fulvous spots in and below middle of cell and larger spot in end of cell; a postmedial waved black line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2; a fulvous marginal band, wide at apex, narrowing to anal angle. Hab. Pernambuco; Argentina. Hup. 22 mm. (11)7SAMEODES ENDERYTHRALIS, Nn. sp. 3. Dull brown; abdomen reddish on dorsum; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with the basal area below the cell orange, with patches of red scales ; traces of antemedial and medial lines on inner area; a hyaline discal point; a postmedial orange wedge-shaped patch from costa to vein 5, traversed by the postmedial line, which is obtusely angled at vein 6. Hind wing with the basal half orange, with diffused sinuous subbasal and antemedial bands ; the terminal half brown with some red on its inner edge. Hab. Sikhim (Pilcher). Hap. 15 mm. (12) Samuopus Proranis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 303. Assam. (13) SAMEODES MONOSILICTALIS, nN. sp. Orange; legs white. Fore wing with indistinct sinuous fulvous antemedial line ; a large fulvous patch in and beyond end of cell, with traces of a hyaline point at middle of cell and a prominent discoidal hyaline spot; an indistinct fulvous postmedial line slightly bent outwards between veins 6 and 2, then retracted to lower angle of cell and slightly bent outwards again ; an indistinct curved submarginal line. Hind wing with irregularly waved ante- and postmedial and submarginal lines, the two latter anastomosing towards tornus. Hab. Amboina; Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Hzp. 20 mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. (14)tSamuopus HILARODES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 465. Borneo; Pulo Laut, 1899. } OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. Via (15)tSAMEODES DISTICTALIS, n. sp. Differs from hilarodes in the antemedial line of fore wing being almost obsolete ; no hyaline spot below the cell and the retracted portion of the postmedial line straight ; the postmedial line bent imwards below costa, with a hyaline spot on its inner side instead of the hyaline band on its outer side. Hind wing with large hyaline spot in end of cell. Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Evp.18 mm. Type in B.M. (16);SAMEODES FLAVIDISSIMALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 105. U.S.A. (17) SamroprEs caMBoerAnis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 381. TBotys lucilla Butl. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 494. W. Indies ; Brazil. (18)?SaAMEODES CITRINALIS, n. sp. 3. Pale lemon-yellow. Fore wing with oblique antemedial fuscous line; a large fuscous patch filling the end of cell, the area just beyond it, and extending up to costa, with a hyaline spot in end of cell and an oblique series of five spots beyond the cell between the veins ; a submarginal fuscous line obtusely angled at vein 5. Hind wing yellowish white. Hab. Dominica (W. H. Elliot), Ewp. 18 mm. (19)*SAMEODES POLYTHLIPTALIS, n. sp. 3. Fuscous suffused with grey; palpi white at base; abdomen ringed with white and with the ventral surface white. Fore wing with dark-edged hyaline spot in and below middle of cell, with traces of a line from it to inner margin; a rounded spot in end of cell; a diamond-shaped spot below vein 2 near its origin, and a dentate postmedial band formed of four conjoined spots between costa and vein 5. Hind wing semihyaline yellow with the base fuscous ; triangular fuscous marks from costa at and beyond end of cell ; the terminal area fuscous suffused with grey, with irregular dark line on its inner edge and dark terminal line ; cilia white. Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Exp. 26 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. Genus 91. Merocrena. Meroctena Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 392. Palpi porrect, straight, the 2nd joint fringed above and below Fig. 91. rRS £ / EWS & / Meroctena tullalis, $. 4. (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.) Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XII. 12 Type. 178 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Reba 2a5 with hair, the 38rd naked; maxillary palpi filiform; tibize of male with the outer spurs minute; abdomen with the anal tuft very large. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from close to angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9 for some distance; 10 also approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Srct. I. Antenne of male unipunctate for one-third length, the basal joint emitting four teeth enclosing a hollow in front like the calyx of a flower. (1)tMurocrena tuLnaLIs Wk. xvii. 649; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. jae 2) ais UE Indian & Malayan subregions. (2) Murocrena starntont Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 392, pl. 13. £. 4. Pulo Laut; Java; Fiji. +Lygropis siriowantha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 262. Srcr. II. Antenne of male with the basal half serrate and fasci- culate, a large tuft of scales on upperside at one-fifth from base ; palpi with the 3rd joint short, flattened, rounded, the outer side hollowed out and curled over at tip. (3)+MBROCTENA DICHUCHROSIALIS, n.sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 22.) 3. Orange; fore tibize with black band; abdomen with two conjoined dorsal black spots on subbasal segment and dorsal band on subterminal segment with silvery-white posterior edge. Fore wing with black spot at base of costa; an antemedial black line expanding into a spot on costa; a discoidal lunule; the postmedial line represented by an oblique straight line from costa to vein 5, a subterminal spot on vein + and small spot below vein 2, and a large spot near base of vein 2. Hind wing with large lunule beyond to cell; a subterminal spot between veins 2 and 4 and an oblique line from near lower angle of cell becoming obsolete before tornus; both wings with fine terminal line. Hab. Bali, 2500 feet (Doherty). Exp. 30 mm. Genus 92. THLIPTOCERAS. Thliptoceras Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 274. Prophantis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 1138 (1896). Palpi porrect, straight, about twice the length of head, the 2nd . vol, iv.) 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 179 joint fringed above and below with hair, the 3rd prominent ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur minute. Fore wing produced at apex, the outer margin oblique ; veins 3, 5 from close to angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short ; the discocellulars produced along vein 4, which is approximated to 5; 6,7 stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. Szor. I. (Lhliptoceras). Antenne of male with two curved teeth on basal joint forming an upturned cavity, the basal part of shaft curved, then expanded into a cavity formed of short appressed pectinations. Typé. (1)fTHLIPTOCERAS CAscALE Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, p. 271, piss tls. Japan ; India, Ceylon, & Burma. ‘Thliptoceras variabilis Swinh. Trans. Ent. 'Soe. 1890, p. 274; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. pl. 156. ff. 2, 10. Circobotys phycidalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 599. Szcr. IT. Antenne of male with the basal joint excised and with a slight tuft of hair from inner side ; fore wing less produced at apex, the costa highly arched before middle. Hind wing with the inner area clothed with long hair; patagia extending beyond metathorax. (2)*THLIPTOCERAS STYGIALE Hmpsn. Moths of India, iy. p. 378. Assam. Szor. IIL. (Prophantis). Antenne of male ciliated. (3) THLIProceras ocrocuTTALE Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 38. Natal ; Indian & Malayan subregions to Australia, TPyralis smaragdina Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 411 (1875), (4)*THLIPTOCERAS DISTICTALIS, n. sp. @. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown; palpi blackish at sides, whitish below; wings purplish brown. Fore wing with two obliquely placed orange subbasal points and some diffused orange on inher margin; a white bar across end of cell and spot below end; the costa orange, with 6 or 7 black points from above end of cell to the wedge-shaped subterminal band which ends on vein 5; termen and cilia orange with purplish points. Hind wing with some diffused orange on basal area, and two spots in cell conjoined to the whitish costal area; a medial yellow band narrowing to inner margin; the termen and cilia orange. Hab. Katha, Burma. Evp.28 mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild. (5) TTHLIPTOCERAS C@NOSTOLALIS, n. sp. 3. Head and tegule ochreous ; palpi black at sides, white below ; oe 180 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, thorax and abdomen fuscous, the latter ochreous towards extremity. Fore wing fuscous grey, with diffused blackish antemedial patch ; the costa from it to apex orange; atriangular yellow medial patch before the postmedial line extending down to vein 2 and containing a dark-edged orange discoidal spot; the postmedial line oblique, slightly excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell. Hind wing fuscous, with obscure medial line; both wings with the cilia yellow, except at middle. Underside of fore wing with two dark-edged orange spots im cell. Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Hap. 22 mm. (6)TTHLIPTOCERAS POLYGRAMMODES, n. sp. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous; vertex of head yellowish ; abdomen with two white spots on Ist segment. Fore wing rufous ; a very ill-defined yellowish antemedial band not reaching the costa ; a quadrate spot in end of cell; a large postmedial yellow area not reaching the costa and traversed by the postmedial sinuous line, which has a series of yellow spots beyond it from costa to vein 2, where it is retracted to lower angle of cell. Hind wing yellow with the base rufous; a rounded rufous discoidal spot ; a sinuous postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell; the terminal area rufous with waved inner edge. Hab. Natal, Mooi River. Hap. 40 mm. Genus 93. AncHERNIS. Archernis Meyr. P. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. u. 1, p. 254 (1886). Protonoceras Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 457 (1890). Metaporthra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 463. Chrysommaiodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 105 (1896). Palpi porrect, long and straight, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd prominent ; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated Archernis capitalis, 8. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) with scales; frons rounded. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 separate at origin; 7 nearly straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell short; the discocellulars erect ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Type 1899. ] OF THH SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 181 Sucr I. (Protonoceras). Male with a tuft of forwardly directed hair between the antenne ; antenne with basal joint dilated, the shaft given off from its outer side, much bent near base, then with some small serrations on inner side and with long cilia. A. Antenne of male with long curved tuft of hair from inner side of basal joint, the tuft between antenne long. (1)tARcHERNIsS Capiranis Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 468 (1798). Formosa; India, Ceylon, & Burma. Botys tropicalis W1k. xviii. 670 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 181. Oe B. Antenne of male without the curved tuft from basal joint, the frontal tuft less developed. (2) ARcHERNIs DoLoPsaLis WIk. xvii. 692. S. India, Ceylon, Burma; Borneo; Mysol. Botys fimbripunctalis Wik. xxxiv. 1425. tProtonoceras fuscilunalis Hmpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 184, pl. 155. f. 22. Srct. I]. Antenne of male serrate at base and with a tuft of hair on inner side at one-third. (3)fARCHERNIS FULVALIS Himpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ined. Sikhim ; Ceylon. Secor. II]. Antenne of male normal. (4)TARCHERNIS HUMILIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 146. Assam. (5)PARCHERNIS NicriTans Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 146. Assam. (6)*ARCHERNIS LUGENS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 110. Assam. (7)*ARCHERNIS SCOPULALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1438. Flores. (8) ARCHERNIS CaALLIxanTHA Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. 1, p- 254. Pulo Laut; New Guinea; Australia. Chrysommatodes creoflavalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 105. (9)rARCHERNIS OBLIQUIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 380. Sikhim. (10) ARCHERNIS IGNEALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1423. Mysol; N. Guinea; Queensland. Genus 94. TERASTIA. Terastia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 211 (1854), Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; Types 182 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb, 21, maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antenne of male ciliated ; fore tibiz fringed with long hair; mid and hind tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen of male with lateral tufts on tbe last three segments, the anal tuft long. Fore wing long and narrow, the costa arched towards apex, which is produced, the outer margin excurved at middle; the inner margin excised before the outer angle, which is lobed; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing ample ; the costa highly excised before and after middle ; lobed at middle and towards apex; veins +, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance; the discocellulars erect; veins 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 touching but not anastomosing with 8. Big. 94. Terastia meticulosalis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. yol. iv.) (1) Trerastra EGIALEALIS W1k. xvii. 383. Himalayas ; Java. » procelalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 416. +Agathodes diversalis Wik. xxxiv. 1307. tMegaphysa quadriferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1628. (2) TuRastTIA METICULOSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 212. W. Indies; Ceylon; Java; ss subjectalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. Philippines. 1863, p. 480. +Megaphysa quadratalis Wik. xxxiv.1527. Megastes celigenalis Hulst, Tr. Am, Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 156. (3) Tprastia MarGARitis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 40. Natal. Genus 95. MuGasteEs. Megastes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 375 (1854). Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd prominent and thickly scaled ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antenne of male bipectinate; build stout; tibia with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with the costa highly arched towards apex, which is somewhat produced; the inner margin excised before outer angle, which is hooked ; veins 3, 4. 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4, 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, — 183 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 95. Megastes grandalis, $. }. Type. (1) Muaastzs GRanpaLis Guen. Delt & Pyr. p. 376. Venezuela. (2)*MrcasteEs spILOsoMA Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 48. Brazil. Auctorum. Megastes pusialis Snell. Tijd. y. Ent. xvii. p. 241, pl. 13. f. 15. Brazil. Genus 96, OMPHISa. Omphisa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 8317 (1886). Palpi porrect and straight, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi well-developed and filiform ; frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated; patagia clothed with large scales ; tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of inner, mid tibie clothed on outer side with spinous hair ; abdomen with large lateral tufts on last five segments. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 nearly straight. and well separated from 8, 9 ; the costa arched towards apex, which is acute ; the outer margin excurved at middle. Hind wing with the costa slightly excised at middle; the apex somewhat produced ; the outer margin excurved at middle; the inner margin short; veins 4 and 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 free or anastomosing with 8. Omphisa anastomosalis, @. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.) Type. (1) Ompuisa anastomosauis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 373. China; India, Ceylon, & Burma; Andamans ; TBotys illisalis Wik. xviii. 653; Moore, Java; Duke of York I. Lep. Ceyl. ii. pl. 183. f. 4. Type. 184 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (2) Ompuisa REPETITALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 621, ole Satbs6 he ~ Sikhim. (3)*OMPHISA PRAXITELES Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. i. p. 215, [Ole (Elke tis Gh 25 Mexico; Centr. Amer. (4) OMPHISA INGENS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 17.) Yellowish rufous ; wings with numerous fine dark strie. Fore wing with traces of curved antemedial line; two dark spots towards apex above veins 6 and 7; both wings with very ill-defined darker medial and postmedial bands; underside with blackish discoidal marks on each wing. Hab. Fergusson 1., N. Guinea (Meek). Hap. 66 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. Genus 97. LANIIFERA, nov. Palpi porrect, straight, and extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint clothed below with very long hair extending to end of the well-developed naked 3rd joint; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded; antenne ciliated; vertex of head and thorax clothed with rough hair and scales; build stout; femora and tibiee clothed withrough hair. Fore wing clothed with rather woolly hair ; the costa arched towards apex; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9, Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8. LaNtIFERA CYCLADES Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 220, ols Billo tts We Mexico. Genus 98. ORENATA. Orenaia Dup. Cat. Méth. p. 196 (1831). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the 8rd prominent ; maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibiz slightly scaled ; wings short and broad. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with yeins 3, 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &, 185 4, 5 from end of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Orenaia alpestralis, g. 3. (1) Ornenara HELVETICALIS H.-S. vi. p. 141, f. 127. Europe. Hercyna lugubralis Led, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1857, p. 82 (var.). » conspurcalis Lah. Suppl. p. 32. (2) ORENAIA RUPESTRALIS Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 201-203. C. Europe. Hercyna andereggialis H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 124-126. Type. (3) ORENAIA ALPESTRALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. 350. Europe. Crambus alpestris Fabry. Suppl. 466. : alpina Hiibn. Vig. & Schm. 21. Auctorum. Hereyna expansalis Eversm. Bull. Mosc. 1852, i. p. 168. Ural Mts. Genus 99. Everenstis, Evergestis Hiibn. Verz. p. 354 (1827). Homochroa Hiibn. Verz. p. 358. Scopolia Hiibn. Verz. p. 368. Orobena Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 376 (1856). Paredis Grote, Check-List, i. p. 51 (1882). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd naked ; maxillary palpi long and filiform; frons oblique; antenne ciliated ; tibize with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner, Fig. 99. Evergestis frumentalis, 3. t. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8, 186 SIR G. F. HAMPSON— REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21, (1)tEvereEstis FUNALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. 670. UESZAS (2) Evrercestis BruNEOGRISHA Edw. Am. Ent. i. p. 171. U.S.A. (3) Evercrstis NaPmALIS Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 149. WESEAe (4) Evercustis opiiquaLis Grote, Pr. Kans. Ac. vii. p. 56. S548 (5) Evercustis rrmosaris Guen. Delt. & Pyr.p. 371. U.S.A. (6) Evereust1s soputanis Fabr. Mant. il. p. 217. Kurope. Phalena variegalis Fabr. Mant. ii. p. 218. (7) Everczsris sncrrauis H.-S. vi. p. 142, f. 182. 8. Europe; Orobena blandalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 377. W. Asia. (8) Evergesris rruMENTALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. no. 337. Europe; W. Asia; Siberia. Pyralis triquetralis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120. , repandalis Hibn. Pyr. f. 64. , amplicalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 379. 4» var. asiaticalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 168. (9) Evererstis umprosais F. R. p. 274, pl. 92. £. 2. Orobena orientalis Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1842. W.& C. Asia. (10) Everenstrs NomApALIs Led. Hor, Ent. Ross. 1871, p. 22, De 2 sty M0: Persia ; Amur. (11) Evercustis ExrrMALts Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 614. MUGS Wal 3 Pyralis margaritalis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe. » erucalis Htibn. Pyr. f. 55. Evergestis consimilis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 438. (12) Everensris srraminatis Hiibn.Vog. & Schmett. 82. Pyralis elutalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 62. U.S.A. ; Europe. +Punea eunusalis Wik. xvii. 756. (13) Evercestis porrrarts Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. 8. Europe. Orobena dispersalis Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1859, p. 162 (var.). » oicoloralis Lah. Contr. p. 21. Type. (14) Evercestis Limpata Linn, Syst. Nat. Mi. 3/70. S. Buropey Mesographe preteatalis Hiibn. Verz. p. 354. W. Asia. Pyralis politalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 61. (15) Evercustis suncratis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 434. Japan. (16) Evercustis subruscaris Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 192, pl. 2. £. 9. S. Europe; W. Asia. (17) EverceEstis @xnaris Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Kurope. Pyralis furvalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 53. » rufimitralis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 120. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 187 Auctorum. Orobena lemniscalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 425. Surinam, » grummt Chr. Rom. Mém. u. p. 147, pl. vi. f. 14. C. Asia. » subcitrinals Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 157. U.S.A. » seminwveals Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 157. U.S.A. » manglisals Ersch, Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 339, & Rom. Mem. ii. pl. ui. f. 8. Transcaucasus. Hercyna anartalis Stgr. Deutsche E. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. £. 17, & vi. p. 72. C. Asia. Scopolia helenalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 195, pl. ii. f. 12. HE. Europe; W. Asia. Orobena allardalis Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. xcix, & Et. Ent. xii. pl. vi. f. 54. Algeria. Eurycreon pecht Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxi. p. 268. Als peria. Orobena renatalis Oberth. Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (6) vil. p. xcix, & Ht. Ent. xii. pl. vi. f. 36. Algeria. Botys seriazatis Stgr. Deutsche EH. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. £. 15, & vi. p. 79. Algeria. » cesitlis H.-S. iv. p. 115, f. 116. Hurope. Orobeng vagabundalis Christ. 8. E. Z. xlviii. p. 166, & Rom. Méem. ily pleniie tes 4. Persia, 53 infirmalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 190, pl. ii. be Doe S.E. Europe. Pionea bifascialis Guen. Alg. ii. p. 403, & Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. pl. vi. f. 40. Algeria. Orobena submundalis Mil]. Ann. Soc. L. Lyon. xxix. p. 160, pl. ii. te. S. France. Scopula mundalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 389. S. Europe. Orobena implicitalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 292. Porto Rico. », plumbo-fascialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 168, Spain. Genus 100. IscunurGEs. Ischnurges Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 418. Nesolocha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 239. Rhectothyris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 474 (1890). Stenochora Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (1892). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; Fig. 100. Ss Ischnurges gratiosalis, $. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.) Type. 188 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, maxillary palpi filitorm ; frons flat and oblique ; antenne annulate ; tibiee with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from near angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1)rIscunurcEs eratiosanis Wlk. xvi. 857; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. Tenge lefieder te lize China ; India; Ceylon; Borneo. tAsopia roridalis W1k. xvii. 371. (2) IscHNURGES RosEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 142. Assam. (3) IsCHNURGES LANCINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 169. S. Africa. Botys eapeditalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 9. ite JUS) (4)TIscHNURGES PERPULCHRALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 24.) 2. Head bright pink, the vertex yellow; thorax bright yellow, shoulders with pink stripes; pectus white; abdomen yellow, the last four segments pink. Fore wing bright yellow, the costa and terminal third bright pink ; an antemedial pink line angled below the cell and a spot at middle of cell, both sometimes almost entirely obsolete ; the inner edge of terminal pink area sinuous; a large yellow patch beyond the cell between veins 7 and 2, its inner edge encroached on by pink scales above and below middle. Hind wing white; the terminal area yellowish suffused with pink scales, most widely at vein 2. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus), Hap. 22 mm. (5)fIscHNURGES RUFALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 172. 1.20. Ceylon. (6)fIscHNURGHES ARGENTALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 173. its JUGy Ceylon. (7)tISCHNURGES LUTEOMARGINALIS Hmpsn. Il. Het. vii. p. 134, pleco we S. India. (8)fIscunurGES aNneusTALiIs Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 173, pl. 172. 1 20) Ceylon; Burma. (9) IscunuRGES ILLUsTRALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 418, [oll Wash New Guinea; Australia. Nesolocha autolitha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 240. (10)rIscHNURGES DISCOPHORALIS, n. sp. Black-brown with a slight yellowish gloss; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with the costal area purplish ; a semihyaline yellow spot below origin of vein 2; a dark discoidal spot with yellow point before it and large yellow lunulate patch beyond it between veins 7 and 2 running inwards below end of cell; cilia whitish towards tornus. Hind wing pale 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 189 semihyaline yellow, with black discoidal spot: the terminal area fusecous, with its inner edge slightly indented between veins 5 and 2; cilia whitish at tips. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Exp. 20 mm. Genus 101. HYAaLoparHra, Hyalobathra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 445. Isocentris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1887, p. 232. Leucocraspeda Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons flat and oblique ; antenne ciliated ; tibie with the spurs long and nearly equal. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3,4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 101. Hyalobathra fiialis, 3. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Secor. I. (Hyalobathra). Hind wing of male with a hyaline fovea in base of cell. Type. (1) HYALOBATHRA ARCHELEUCA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p- 445. Burma; Perak; Borneo ; Queensland ; New South Wales. Isocentris wnicolor Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 472. Sxor. IT. (Jsocentris). Hind wing of male without fovea in cell. (2)rHyaLopaTHRra PHENICozoNA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 385. Assam. (8) Hyatopatara FILALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 204; Snell. ide vy. Ent 18335 pl, “et, lle Mauritius ; Oriental region to Australia. tEndotricha rhodophilalis W\k. xxxiv. 1311 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. A ple iS. fled. TBotys amenalis Wik. xxxiv. 1445. » auralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1872, p. 90, pl. 7. ff. 9, 10. tSamea dives Butl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 682. (4) Hyatoparnra mquanis Led. Wien. Ent Mon. 1863, p. 468, 10) a Os eas India, Ceylon, & Burma ; +Isocentris undulilinea Hmpsn. Ill, Het. Celebes. vill. p. 132, pl. 154. f. 21. 190 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21, (5) HyaLoBatHRa ca@NnosTonaLis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 582. N.E. & S. India; Burma. TLeucocraspeda udeoides Hmpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 134, pl.155.£.17, (6)fHYALOBATHRA ILLECTALIS WIk. xviii. 658; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ib5, Olly JLfat ays) N.EH. India; Ceylon; Burma; Borneo; Celebes. Botys albofimbrialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 128. », nivewrlialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 64. (7)THYALOBATHRA OPHELTISALIS WIk. xix. 1010. India; Burma. tHedylepta contubernalis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 208. (8) HyanopaTHRa MrIntosatts Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 362. THbulea europsalis Wik. xviii. 749. India, Ceylon, & Burma. t ,, orseisalis Wik. xviii. 749. (9) HyanopaTora MrntaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 477. Queensland. (10)*HYALOBATHRA L&TaALis Ster. List, xxxiil. Kurope. Genus 102. Azocuis. zochis WIk. xviii. 542 (1859). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons oblique; antennz of male ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs about one-third length of inner; male with tufts of hair on extremity of hind tibie and Ist joint of tarsus; abdomen long, with large anal tuft. Fore wing rather long and narrow; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8,9 for nearly half its length. Hind wing of male with the membrane above tornus contorted and~ clothed with coarse black hair above and below; the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Azochis gripusalis, . +. (1)*Azocuts MactTauis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 50. Fiji. Type. (2)? AZOCHIS GRIPUSALIS, W1k. xviii. 542. Brazil. Botys saniosalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 371, pl. 9. £. 11. (3);AZOCHIS RUFIFRONTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 339. W. Indies. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 191 Genus 103. CrocIDOPHORA. Crocidophora Led. Wien. Eut. Mon. 1863, p. 386. Stenophyes Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 388. Circobotys Butl. Il. Het. ii. p. 77 (1879). Chobera Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 219 (1888). Tanaophysa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 389 (1892). Mimocomma Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 473 (1895). Monocrocis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 475. Polychorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 109 (1896). Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antennz of male nearly as long as the fore wing and minutely ciliated ; hind tibiz with the outer spurs minute; abdomen of male long, the claspers and anal tuft large. Fore wing more or less produced at apex, the outer margin oblique; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short ; veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. Fig. 103. Crocidophora ptyophora, SG. }. (#rom Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Szor. I. (Polychorista). Antenne of male with a curved tooth of scales from basal joint, the basal part of shaft slightly thickened and contorted; hind wing with the base of costa expanded into a large folded lobe. (1)rCRocIDOPHORA CALVATALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p- 275. Burma. Srecr. IJ. Antenne of male slightly knotted and contorted at one-tifth from base. (2)+CRocipoPHORA EPICROCALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, . 275. S. India; Burwa. TCircobotys marginalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vi. p. 133, pl. 155. rere le Gh): Sect. III. (Mimocomma). Antenne of male with the base of shaft excised and a tuft of hair beyond the excision. (3) CrocrpoPpHorA FULVIMARGO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p- 473. N.E. India; Burma. Type. 192- SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Szot. [V. Antenne of male normal. A. Retinaculum of male formed by a very large fan of leaden-coloured scales from below median nervure, the median nervure bent upwards. a. (Crocidophora). Fore wing of male with a fan of leaden-coloured scales beyond upper angle of cell and vein 7 bent downwards. (4)+CroctpoPHora pryopHora Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 389. N.E. India; Burma. (5) CRocipoPpHORA AM@NALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p-. 098. Sikhim. (6)tCROCIDOPHORA LIMBOLALIS Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 615. N.E. India; Burma; Andamans. (7)*CROCIDOPHORA CURVILINEALIS, n. sp. 3. Pale yellow; sides of head and shoulders rufous ; abdomen fulvous above and with white dorsal segmental lines. Fore wing with the costal area fulvous; a curved antemedial line; a discoidal patch and lunule; the postmedial line excurved and punctiform from below costa to vein 3, angled inwards above veins 2 and 1, and joined by a streak on inner margin to the antemedial line; a purplish-fuscous band just before termen ; termen and cilia yellow with a series of dark points. Hind wing suffused with fuscous to beyond middle, its outer edge angled at vein 2; an oblique purplish-fuscous band from costa before apex to termen at middle ; a terminal series of points. Hab. Khasis. Exp. 24mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (8) CrocipopHora FULVIDALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p: 475. Assam. Lepidoplaga unifornus Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 476. (9)#CROCIDOPHORA SERRATISSIMALIS Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1872, p- 021. WESAu + Botis subdentalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 173. (10) CroctpopHoRA PUSTULIFERALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, Op eld oll 2, ais 1D U.S.A. (11) CroctporHora TuBERCULALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 386; pl. 125 t.19: Weseae (12) CrocipopHoRA MULTIDENTALIS Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) xvi. p- 476. Assam. b. (Monocrocis). Fore wing of male with a small post- medial glandular swelling on costa and an elongate groove of almost unsealed ribbed membrane above vein 7. (18) CroctipopHora LuTuSALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 596. N.E. & W. India. 1899.] - ~~ OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, _- 193 (14) CrocrporpHora FLAvoFascraTA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223, pho. £. 19: N.E. India. c. Fore wing of male without sexual characters beyond the cell. (15) CrocipopHora FasctaTa Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223, pl. 7. f. 20: N.E. India. (16)tCrocipoPHoRA DistTINcTALIs Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 144. Assam. (17)tCzocrpoPHORA EVENORALIS WIk. Cat. xix. 1012, 1015. Japan; China; Burma. Botis mandarinalis Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 68, pl. 3. f. 14. (18)?CRocriDOPHORA HABISALIS WIk. xviii. 702. Borneo. tRhodaria mevialis W1k. xix. 925. (19)tCrocrporpHora piscotoraTs Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 144. Assam. (20)tCrocrpoPHoRA PALLIDULALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 141. Assam. B. (Circobotys). Retinaculum of male normal. a, Fore wing of male with a large fovea below base of cell, but without fan of scales. (21) CrocipoPHORA HETEROGENALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 70, idle Goaedidh, Amur; Japan. b. (Tanaophysa). Fore wing of male with a streak of ribbed hyaline membrane above vein 7, no fovea below the cell. (22)fCROCIDOPHORA ADORNATALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 389. Brazil. c. (Stenophyes). Fore wing of male without secondary sexual characters. a’. Fore wing produced and subfalcate. (23)fCRocIDOPHORA NYCTERINA Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 77, pl. 59. tg al 4, Japan. (24) CrocrpopHora LimBata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220, pl. 7. f, 24, N.E. India. (25) CRocIDOPHORA AURIMARGO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 109. Assam. (26) CroctboPHoRA @LaDIaLtis Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 67, pl. 3. i, 5, Lo. China. (27) CrocipopHoRA PaLLiDA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220. N.E. India, Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1899, No. XIII. 13 Type. 194 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, b'. Fore wing less produced and not subfalcate. (28)+CROcIDOPHORA SINISALIS WIk. xviii. 635. W. Africa ; Punjab. (29)tCrocipoPHoRA FUSCALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133, pl. 154. f. 14. S. India. (30) CRocIDOPHORA STENOPHILALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1407. S. India; Cambodia. — TCircobotys marginalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133, pl. 155. Hp O(), (81)TCROCIDOPHORA ACUTANGULALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p- 143. N.E. India. (32) CRocIDOPHORA HURONALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 198. U.S.A.; W. Indies ; S. Amer. tSamea zinghalis W1\k. xvii. 355. TPhalangiodes serinalis Wk. xvii. 468. Genus 104. Maruca. Crochiphora Geyer, Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iv. 4, p. 12 (1832), non deser. Maruca Wk. xviii. 540 (1859). Striocauta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 424. Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi very slightly dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne slightly longer than fore wing and an- nulated ; legs long, tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of mner; abdomen long. Fore wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 closely approximated for a short distance; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approxi- mated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is about half the length of wing; 4,5 closely approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Maruca testulalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) (1) Maruca TEstuLALIs Geyer, Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iy. 4, p. 12, ff. 629, 630. Tropical zone. Hydrocampa aquatilis Boisd., Guér.-Mén. Icon. Régne Anim. pl. 90. f. 9. (2) Maruca AMBOINALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 24. India; Burma; Borneo; Amboina. Striocauta similialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 72. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. 195 Genus 105, ADELOTDES. Adeloides Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 299 (1892). Palpi porrect, rather long and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne minutely ciliated, at least one and a half times length of fore wing, the basal joint dilated in both sexes; the vertex of head clothed with rough hair; abdomen of male ex- tending far beyond the anal angle of hind wing, the claspers large and covered by the large anal tuft; tibiae with the outer spurs minute. Fore wing of male narrow and produced at apex; vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 nearly straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing of male very ample ; the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 105. Adeloides cinerealis, $. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Type. (1)fADELOIDES CINEREALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 94. Sikhim. (2)TADELOIDES GLAUCOPTERA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 395. Bhutan. Genus 106. Turripia. Tetridia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 477 (1890). Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by Fig. 106. Tetridia caletoralis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique . * 2 Type. 196 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, antenne of male minutely ciliated and considerably longer than fore wing, of female about the length of fore wing; fore and mid tibie of male fringed with hair on outer side, the thorax with tufts of hair below near mid legs ; abdomen of male with the anal tuft long. Fore wing with the apex produced, the outer margin oblique ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing with the cell short, especially in male; vein 3 from angle; 4,5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 ana- stomosing with 8; 6 in male curved downwards. +TEYRIDIA CALETORALIS WIk. xviii. 651. N.E. India: Ceylon; Burma; Malayan subregion. Botys pheennisalis Wk. xviii. 684. + 4, vtnacealis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 619. Polythlipta albicaudalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 221, & INSSSe plese ta de Genus 107. PotyeramMMonpEs. Polygrammodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 318 (1854). Pachynoa Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p- 391. Aphytoceros Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 320. Pitacanda Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 334 (1887). Palpi porrect, dilated with scales above and enclosing a hollow in male, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi minute and filiform ; proboscis somewhat aborted ; frons rounded ; build stout ; fore tibie and tarsi usually fringed with hair; mid tibie fringed with hair ; hind tibie with a tuft of hair on outer side near base ; the spurs rather short. Fore wing produced at apex, the outer margin oblique, the inner margin lobed at middle ; vein 1 a forming a fork with 16; 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a ‘short distance ; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. Fig. 107. Polygrammodes thoosalis, 8. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Szor. I. Antenne of male bipectinate, with long branches. -(1)*PotyeRsMMODES M@RULALIS WIk. xix. 1000. - - Borneo. 1899:] © OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 197 Sxor. II. (Pachynoa). Antenne of male minutely serrate on upper . side, pectinate on lower side. A. Antennz of male with the branches on lower side long. ' (2)fPOLYGRAMMODES PURPURALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1482. Java. Pachynoa lederert Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxxy. p. 164, pl. x. f. 8. (3)*PoLYGRAMMODES HYALOSTICTA, n. sp. ¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish red-brown, the last ochreous towards extremity; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing bright yellow; the basal third purplish red, conjoined on costal area to a triangular patch extending to apex and down to vein 1 and edged with red; a quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell; a subterminal series of red points. Hind wing bright yellow, the basal third purplish red with oblique outer edge ; an irregularly waved postmedial red line between veins 7 and 2, with red point above vein 5; a waved sinuous subterminal red line. Hab. Bunguram, Natuna Is. (Hose). Hwp. 26 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (4) PoLYGRAMMODHES PECTINICORNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 326. N. & W. India. (5)TPoLyYGRAMMODES FUSCITALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133, pl. 155. f. 2. S. India. (6) PotyeramMMopsEs HypsaLis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 398. Sikhim. B. Antenne of male with the branches on lower side short. a, Hind tibie of male strongly dilated before middle and at extremity, the terminal spurs absent; fore wing with a large shallow fovea on vein 1 above the lobe of inner margin; hind wing with a vesicular lobe clothed with hair on inner margin. (7)¥PoLYGRAMMODES THOOSALIS W1k. xviii. p.737 ; Moore, P.Z.S. 1877, pl. 60. f. 16. N.E. India; Malayan subregion. Pachynoa walkert Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 391, pl. 18. f. 2. 6, Hind tibize of male and wings normal. (8). PoLyeRAMMODES SABELIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 326. TBotys elycealis W1k. xix. 995. E. Africa ; India; Burma. Pachynoa obstructalis Wik. xxxiv. 148. Andamans ; Amoy. (9)fPoLYGRAMMODES LIMITALIS, n. sp. 3. Differs from purpuralis in its small size; the basal red area of both wings small; the discal expansion of the costal red fascia on fore wing small. Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace). Hxp. 30 mm. 198 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. (10) PoryGRaMMoDEs sPILosoMorDES Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p. 324, pl. 183. f. 10. India; Ceylon. (11)tPotyeramMopgs miIneusALIs WIk. xvii. 481(9). Burma. (12);PoLtyeRAMMoDES EFFUSALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1445. Java. Sror. ITI. Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate. (13) TPoLYGRAMMODES NONAGRIALIS, n. sp. 3. Pale ochreous grey-brown; palpi fuscous at sides. Fore wing with fuscous discoidal lunule; traces of curved postmedial series of fuscous points in the interspaces, and of fuscous subter- minal streaks towards apex. Hind wing whitish, tinged with brownish towards termen. Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Hap. 40 mm. Secor. IV. (Aphytoceros). Antenne of male ciliated. A. Tibiz fringed with hair. (14)7PoLyeRAMMODES SPISSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327. Assam ; Java. (15)TPoLyc¢RAMMODES GROsSsALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327. Java. B. Tibiee smoothly scaled. (16)tPotyeRAMMODES PHYLLOPHILA Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) ii. p. 296 (1878). Madagascar. (17) PotyeRaMMopEs TapsusALIS WIk. xviii. 697. Borneo ; Pulo Laut. (18) PotyGRAMMODES PONDERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 328, pl. 8. i IOs Brazil. Botys humeralis W1k. xxxiv. 1397. (19) PoLyGRaAMMODES HERCULES Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 49. Centr. Amer. (20)*POLYGRAMMODES RUFINALIS, D. sp. 3. Brown with a pinkish tmge; palpi below, pectus, and ven- tral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with indistinct dark antemedial line, oblique from costa to below median nervure, where it is angled; a small quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell and wedge-shaped spot beyond it; a dentate postmedial line bent out- wards between veins 5 and 2, the area in its sinus and between it and the dentate subterminal line brick-red. Hind wing with quadrate hyaline spot in cell and wedge-shaped spot beyond it; the area from middle to terminal band brick-red ; the postmedial line bent outwards and strongly dentate between veins 5 and 2. 1899.] OF THD SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 199 Underside largely suffused with white; prominent black spots in cell and on discocellulars. Hab. Venezuela, Palma Sol. Exp. 46 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (21)*PoLtyeRAMMODES LUcUSALIS WIk. xvii. 722. Australia. Botys histrionalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9. £.18. (22)*PoLYGRAMMODES SANGUINALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. Mee SUS.) ple Ol sy farde Mexico; Centr. Amer. (23) PotyeraMMopss OsTREALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327. W. Indies ; 8. Amer. (24) PotyeramMopns HirraLis Guen. Delt & Pyr. p. 344. tT Botys lybialis W1k. xviii. 624. Florida; C. & S. Amer. » amnatalis W1k. xvii. 625. +Botis capitalis Grote, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 272. Type. (25)*PoLYGRAMMODES RUNICALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 318, pl. 5. fF die Brazil. (26)*PoLYGRAMMODES SENAHUENSIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. li. p. 214, pl. 61. f. 1. Guatemala. (27)tPoLYGRAMMODES FARINALIS, 0. sp. White slightly suffused with pale fuscous brown. Fore wing with brown costal fascia ; an obliquely sinuous antemedial line; a spot in cell; minutely waved and slightly curved medial and post- medial lines, the latter slightly bent outwards at vein 5; a crenu- late submarginal line. Hind wing pure white, with traces of curved postmedial line and marginal series of specks; underside with prominent postmedial line and marginal band on costal half. Hab. Brazil (Jones). Hap. 38 mm. Auctorum. Pachynoa cresus Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 219, pl. 61. ieaitols Guatemala. Genus 108. PaARBATTIA, Parbattia Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 225 (1887). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; Fig. 108. Parbattia vialis, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz of male minutely Type. Type. 200 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with the apex produced, the outer margin oblique; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; male with a fovea below the cell at origin of vein 2. Hind wing with the costa lobed and fringed with hair near base; the cell extremely short and the discocellulars produced for a long way along median nervure so that veins 3, 4,5 appear to be stalked; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. PARBATTIA VIALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 225, pl. 7. f. 30. N.E. India. Genus 109. DiscotHyRris. Discothyris Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 473 (1895). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. - Fore . wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is acute; the outer margin angled at vein 4; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 curved and approximated for a short distance to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the outer margin produced to a point at vein 6 and excurved at middle; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; a large tuft of hair on median nervure at lower angle of cell. Discothyris ferruginata, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) (1)?Discoruyris FERRUGINATA Moore, Lep. Atk. p.209. Sikhim, (2)*Discoruyris vEsTiataLis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 628. Sikhim. (3) DiscoTHYRIS MEGALOPHALIS, n. sp. ¢. Dull ferruginous brown; palpi white below at base. Fore wing with discocellular black lunule; a postmedial series of black specks, most prominent towards costa and forming a larger spot on costa, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then inwardly oblique. Hind wing with the tuft very large, extending along vein 2 and blackish, a postmedial. sinuous black line somewhat maculate between veins 5 and 2; both wings with black line at base of cilia. Hab. Khasis. Exp. 18 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 201 Genus 110. NomMopuHi.a. Nomophila Hiibn. Verz. p. 368 (1827). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male with long cilia ; tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen of male with lateral tufts on the terminal segments. Fore wing long and narrow; the apex rounded; vein 3 trom well before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing ample ; veins 4, 5 closely approxi- mated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 110. Nomophila noctuella, §. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Type. (1) Nomopuina nocrvetua Schiff. Wien. Verz.p.186. Universally Pyralis hybridalis Hibu. Pyr. ff. 114, 184. distributed. tNephopteryx indistinctalis Wik. xxvii. 59. Botys helvolalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, f. 26. (2)fNoMOPHILA ASTIGMALIS, n. sp. Grey-brown; palpi white at base. Fore wing with the costal area suffused with fuscous; the antemedial line represented by obscure points ; a dark point in cell and slight discoidal lunule; dark points on vein 2 near origin and middle of vein 1; the postmedial line represented by dark points on the veins excurved below costa. Hind wing pale yellowish. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap. 26 mm. Auctorum. Nomophila triticalis Berg, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. 1875, p. 155. Argentina. rs moluccana Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 269. Amboina. Genus 111. Pacnyzancra. Pachyzancla Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 315. Acharana Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iti. p. 285 (1885). Rhectocraspeda Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 439 (1892). Ptiloptila Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 142 (1894). Panteocome Warr. A.M. N.H. (6) xvii. p. 173 (1896). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz of male ciliated ; 202 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, i from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 111. Pachyzancla licarsisalis, §. %}. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Secr. I, Mid femora of male immensely dilated and clothed with large smooth scales on inner side. A. Fore wing of male with the basal half of costa below fringed with long thick black hair; fore legs clothed with rough hair near the femoro-tibial joint. (1)7PacHyzancna LicaRsisaLis W1k. xviii. 686. Syria; Oriental TBotys pharawalis Wk. xviii. 725. and Australian regions. » ummundalis W1k. xxxiv. 1448. Entephria fumidalis W1k. xxxiv. 1486. Botys serotinalis Joannis, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) viii. p. 272, pl. 6. £. 2. B. (Acharana). Fore wing of male with no fringe of hair on underside of costa ; tore legs normal. (2) PacHYZANCLA PHMHOPTERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349. The Tropical zone. Botys vecordalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 348. T ,, vestalis Wk. xviii. 579. ~ 4, otreusalis W1k. xviii. 637 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. pl. 180. te JL + ,, triarialis W1k. xvi. 639. + 4, neloalis Wik. xvii. 643. + ,, abstrusalis Wik. xviii. 663. », additalis W1k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) 1. 126. ,, cellatals Wik. xxxiv. 1400. » wmhonestalis W1k. xxxiv. 1433. » plebejals Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1873, p. 373. tAcharana descripta Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 436. Suor. II. Mid tibiz of male dilated, widest at middle and deeply grooved in front. (3)tPacHyzancna orivescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 436. Ecuador. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 203 Sror. III. (Panteocome). Hind femora of male fringed with long thick hair, the tibie immensely dilated and thickly fringed with large flattened scales. (4) PacuyzancLa DILATATIPES W1Ik. xxxiv. 1419. Sumbawa ; Mysol ; Tenimber. Panteocome deformis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 173. Szor. IV. Legs of male normal. A. Both wings of male with the basal half clothed above with thick woolly hair ; fore wing with thick flocculent whitish hair on basal half of costa; patagia fringed with long curved hair and extending beyond metathorax. (5)TPacHYZANCLA SEMILANIATA Hmpsn. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 342. W. Indies. B. Fore wing of male with the costa fringed below with long black hair at base. (6)fPACHYZANCLA NIGRICORNALIS Swinh. A.M.N.H. (6) xiv. p. 142. Assam. C. Fore wing of male with a fovea in base of cell, covered on underside by a fan of large scales from subcostal nervure, and the nervures distorted. (7)TPACHYZANCLA DESMIOIDES, n. sp. Purplish black ; palpi below, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white ; male with the genital tufts white. Fore wing with irregular white foveal spot in cell, a small round or bar-shaped spot in end of cell ; a band beyond the cell between veins 3 and 7, expanding and dentate between veins 3 and 5; cilia white above tornus. Hind wing with transverse white spot below middle of cell ; a band beyond the cell between veins 3 and 7, expanding and dentate between veins 3 and 5. One female has the white markings considerably reduced. Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Hap. 30 mm. D. (Rhectocraspeda). Hind wing of male with the inner area clothed with long hair, the anal angle lobed and the membrane contorted. (8)TPACHYZANCLA PERIUSALIS WIk. xvii. 664. U.S.A.; Brazil. E. Hind wing of male with the inner margin fringed with long hair ; a tuft of very long hair near base. (9)tPacHyzancia MaLEpicra Warr. A.M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 435. Sumbawa: Pitcairn Island. 204 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, F. Wings of male normal. a. Patagia of male fringed with long hair extending far a beyond metathorax. ' Antenne of male with small scale-teeth on base of shaft above. (10)fPAcHYZANCLA PACHYCERA, N. sp. Fuscous brown; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the second segment of abdomen with subdorsal black points. Fore wing with the costa purplish fuscous; an ‘antemedial black line incurved to costa; a point in cell and discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 5, dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing with discoidal point ; the postmedial line bent outwards and dentate between veins 5 and 2; both wings with dark terminal line ; cilia pale, with a fuscous line through them. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Eap. 32 mm. 6’. Antenne of male with a curved tuft of hair on basal joint, the base of shaft excised. (11)rPacuyzancLa copropasaLis Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc. ined. Sikhim. c’. Antenne of male normal. Types (12)*PACHYZANCLA STULTALIS WI1k. xviii. 669. Oriental region Botys jasiusalis W1k. xviii. 708. to Celebes & Australia. Ty ,, basistrigalis W1k. xxxiv. 1433. 6. Patagia of male not extending beyond metathorax. (13)rPacHyzancLa BIPUNCTALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii, 2, p. 227. Neotropical, Nearctic, Ethiopian, & +Pachyzancla egrotalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 39. Oriental regions. TBotys mutualis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 40. ee a 99 — pb + Hedylepta ochrifuscalis Warr 39 99 veminalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 348. detritalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 347, pl. 4. f. 10. lycialis W1k. xviii. 572. philealis Wik. xviii. 596. admensalis Wlk. xviii. 652; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. pl. 173. £. 10. basalis W1k. xxxiv. 1404. apertalis W1k. xxxiv. 1450. repetitalis Grote, New Check-List, p. 53. Acharana rudis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 485. elongalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 487. fuscescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 487. simplex Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 486. subalbescens Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 147. honestalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 97. .M.N.H. (6) xvii. p. 98. 5 AN Acharana subenescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 1138. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 205 (14)tPacHYZANCLA ACYPTERA, 0. Sp. 3. Grey with a slight olive tinge; head and tegule tinged with fuscous ; palpi white below. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute, the outer margin excised ; the base of costa blackish ; an indistinct obliquely curved antemedial line ; traces of a point in cell and a black discoidal spot ; the postmedial line slightly curved from costa to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell. Hind wing with discoidal spot; a dark postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2, then slightly retracted ; both wings with fine dark terminal line. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Exp. 24 mm. (15)+PacHYZANCLA INNOTALIS, n. sp. Cupreous fuscous; palpi white at base; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with very faint traces of the ante-and postmedial lines; indistinct dark points at middle of cell and on discocellulars. Hind wing with indistinct dark discoidal point and faint traces of the postmedial line. Hab. Venezuela, Aroa. Exp., 5 22, 9 24 mm. (16) Pacryzancna cynaratis Wk. xviii. 672. India ; Ceylon. tHapaha marginalis Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 538, pl. 182. £. 13. (17)tPacHYzANCLa LATIFUSCALIS Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. ined. Sikhim. (18)fPacHyzancLa HIPPONALIS WIK. xvii. 374. Formosa ; TBotys pigresalis W1k. xviii. 724. Australia. (19) PacuyzancLa MARGINALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 115. Sikhim ; Khasis. Gonierhynchus obliqustriga Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 115. (20)fPacHYZANCLA SUBDENTALIS Swinh. A. M.N.H. (6) xiv. p- 147. Assam. (21)*PacHyzANCLA MINORALIS Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 435. W. Africa. (22)+PacHYZANCLA USTULALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 403. Ceylon. (23)*PACHYZANCLA RUFESCENTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 403. Burma. (24)}PACHYZANCLA INTENSALIS Swinh. A. M.N. H. (6) xiv. p. 143. Assam. Ebulea ochripunctalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 111. (25)*PacHyzZANCLA CALIStaLIs Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 404. Assam. Genus 112. RHECTOSOMIA. - Rhectosomia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 414. Palpi porrect, short, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed Type. 206 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded prominence; antenne of female almost simple; legs long and slender. Fore wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is produced and acute ; the outer margin excised below apex, then excurved ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is closely approximated. Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing ; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig, 112. Rhectosomia argentipunctalis, 3. }. (1)*RHECTOSOMIA MULTIFARIALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 414, pl. 15. f. 7. Mexico; Costa Rica; Venezuela. (2)*RHECTOSOMIA ARGENTIPUNCTALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 264, pl. 62. ff. 28, 29. Mexico; Guatemala. Genus 113. LoxoNEPTERA. Loxoneptera Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 405 (1896). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons produced to a flattened plate with rounded edge; antenn of male minutely ciliated; tibiz with the outer spurs minute; mid tibie of male dilated with a fold containing a tuft of long hair; abdomen of male with very large Fig. 113. Loxoneptera carnealis, . }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) paired lateral tufts from just beyond middle. Fore wing of male with fringe of long hair on base of inner margin, which is excised towards outer angle and bears a curved tuft of hair; vein 3 before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing of male with 1899.) OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 207 fringe of hair on median nervure towards angle of cell; a small tuft below vein 2 and a fringe on vein 1c; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle. Type. LOXONEPTERA CARNEALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 406. N.E. India. Genus 114. PrompEMa. Proedema Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 406 (1896). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded prominence, antenne thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs half the length of inner; male with the claspers long and exserted. Fore wing rather narrow, the apex rounded; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 stalked, '7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 114. Proedema inscisalis, 8. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Type. (1)tPRo@DEMA INSCISALIS Wl]k. xxxiv. 1410; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. in. pl 18). f. 1. India ; Ceylon; Malayan subregion to Australia. (2);PRomDEMA NIGROLINEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 390. Argentina. Genus 115. PHtyorenovEs. Emmelia Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. v. 8, p. 409 (1824), non. descr. Lowostege Hiibn. Verz. p. 352 (1827), non. descr. Phlyctenodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 173 (1856). Spilodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 379. Dosara Wik. xix. 828 (1859). Ephelis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 356. Eurycreon Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376. Metallarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 331. Proternia Meyr. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1884, p. 317. Protereca Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 3365. Tritea Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 341. Blepharucha Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177 (1892). Euctenospila Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177. _Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair, 208 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a pointed conical prominence ; antenne of male almost simple; tibia smooth. Fore wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from close 1o angle of cell; 4,5 from angle and more or less approximated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle. 7 anastomosing with 8. Phiyctenodes massalis, G. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Szcr. I. Hind tibiz of male with the outer medial spur about one-sixth length of inner. (1) PuiyormNopEs PALEALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe; Madeira; N. Africa; Japan ; Phalena flaveolata Rott. Naturf. xi. p. 80. China; N. India. Pyralis selenalis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 177. +Botys anawisalis W\k. xviii. 658. Spilodes algiralis Allard, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, p. 321, pl. 6. ie ILI (Gete4))s (2)}PHLYCTANODES DASCONALIS WIk. xviii. 773. U.S.A. (8) PHLYCTHNODES COLORADENSIS Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Socaisspycon plata lee U.S.A. Botys pergilalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xii. p. 151. (4)TPHLYCTENODES OBLITERALIS Wi1k. xxxiv. 1892. U.S.A. Botys marculenta Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 23, pl. 2. f. 21. (5) PutyormnopEs MancaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, U.S.A. ols Bh ify 2k (6)*PHLYCTHNODES CYRALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 204, pl. 60. f. 15. U.S.A.; Mexico. (7) Putyeranopss verticaris Linn. Syst. Nat. x. no. 335. Europe; Japan; Afghanistan; N.W. Himalayas. Pyralis limbalis Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii. 2. 64. Botys cinctalis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 97. ,, lavalis H.-S. Eur. Schmett. p. 37. Var. nigricilialis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xeviii. (8) PutyormyopEs CHORTALIS Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 89, pl. 2. £13. US.A, 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 209 (9)rPHLYCTENODES CRocALIS Hmpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 131, pl. 154. Eavidis S. India; Ceylon. (10)?PHiycr£NODES PERBONALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, pect, placet. U7. Burma. (11)TPHLYCrZNODES BREVIVITTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. wv. p. 409. Assam. (12) PHiycr#NopEs DEcoLoRALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. poeelaleles Assam. (18)fPHLYCTHNODES FLAVIFIMBRIALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 174. U.S.A. Sxor, II. Hind tibize of male with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. A. (Euctenospila). Antenne of male bipectinate. (14)+PHiycranopes casranis Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 177. Abyssinia. B. (Proternia). Antenne of male sinuate and bent at two-thirds, with a row of projecting scales in the bend below. (15) Puiycrmnoprs pHtInocapna Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p- 317. N. Zealand. C. Antenne of male ciliated. (16) Puiycr@Nopes stLpHURALIS Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., By te lGon G7. S. & HE. Europe. (17)*PHiycrmNopEs INORNATALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 68, De Shaky sy Japan. (18) PHuiycreNnoDEs TURBIDALIS Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 119. S. Hurope ; Armenia. Scopula flagellalis Dup. Lep. Fr. vii. p. 370, pl. 236. ff. 1, 2. Pyralis guvals Hibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 154. (19) Paiycr#NoDEs VIRESCALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 383. C. Europe. Scopula clathralis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. pl. 236. ff. 8, 9. (20) Putycr#zNopES cLATHRALIS Hiibn. Samm]. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. £. 168. S. Europe: Armenia. Eurycreon comptalis Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. 1855, p. 552. Spilodes tesselalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 385 (var.). 4) granatalis Staud. 8. E. Z. 1859, p. 222. (21) PuiycranopEs #£RuGINALIS Hibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 133. S. Europe Pyralis olivalis Hiibn. Sammi. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 162. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XIV. 14 210 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (22) PurycrmNovus compratis Frr. vi. p. 68, pl. 521. f. 4. Mediterranean subregion. (23) PuiycrmNnopes MucosaLis H.-S. iv. p. 23. ff. 14, 15. S.E. Europe; W. Asia. (24)+PuiycrzyopEs stmpLaLis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 421. N.W. India. (25)+PHLycra@NoveEs HeLviaLis Wk. xvi. 772. U.S.A. TBotys thycesalis Wik. xix. 981. + ,, apertalis Wik. xxxiv. 1393. , citrina Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 23, pl. 2. t20e (26) PanyvermNopEs NuDALIS Hiibn. Samml. Hur. Schmett., Pyr. ts De S. Europe; W. Africa; Syria; Aden; Pyralis interpunctalis Hiibn. Sammi. India; Ceylon. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 128. Botys unipunctalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 166, pl. 221. f. 5. » bdipunctalis, Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 167, pl. 221. f. 6. tT 4, pauciferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1415. (27)?PHLYCTHNODES BIFIDALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 232. W. Indies; S. America. Phlyctcenodes inornatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1456. Eurycreon evanidalis Berg, Bol. Ac. Cordova, 1. p. 163. os obsoletalis Berg, Bol. Ac. Cordova, 1. p. 165 (var.). Botys orbitalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 32. (28)+}PHLYCT ENODES FERRUGINEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p.179 (1892). Argentina; Peru. (29)+PuiycrmNovEs FuLVALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301. S. Africa. (30)+Puiycr#NopEs UMBRosALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301. China. (31) PHiycr#NopEs stminatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 405. N.&S. America; W. Indies. Nymphula rantalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 405. +Ebulea murcialis Wik. xvii. 746. +Scopula crinsalis Wik. xvii. 798. TBotys siriusalis W1k. xviii. 563. + ,, licealis W1k. xviii. 563. tScopula nestusalis W1k. xvii. 784. + ,, thoonalis Wik. xviii. 780. + ,, drotimealis Wk. xvii. 785. {Nephopterya intractella Wik. xxvii. 55. Botys posticata Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 22, ea its 25 +Eurycreon communis Grote Can. Ent. ix. p. 105. a occidentalis Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. x. p. 260. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ©. Dla (32)+Puiycranopus PROTEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p.178 (1892). Peru. (33)TPHLYCTENODES NUBILALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 132, pl. 154. £. 12: S. India. (34)*PHLYCTENODES VESPERTILIO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. palel: Assam, (35) PauycrmnopEs arrrnirants Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, ps 470, pl. 12754: Australia. TScopula ustalis Wik. xxxiv. 1477. + ,, turbidalis W1k. xxxiv. 1477. tNymphula sordida Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1886, p. 432. (36) PHLYcT£NopEs strcricaLis Linn. Faun. Suec. 1354. U.S.A. ; Pyralis fuscalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 45. Europe; Beloochistan. tetragonalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 380. lupulina Cl. Icon. pl. ix. f. 4. 99 22. (37) PuiycormNopgs FrrustaLis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 48. 8S. Africa. tHurycreon leucostictalis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. 1872, p. 518. (38)+PHLYCT£ZNODES MASSALIS WI. xvii. 792. W. Africa ; }+Dosara colatalis Wik. xix. 829 ; Hmpsn. India; Ceylon; Il. Het. ix. pl. 172. f. 22. Australia. (39)tPHLYCLENODES PALMALIS Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 525, ply43.-t. ll. Aden ; N.W. India. (40) PHLYCTHNODES USTRINALIS Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. 1876, paz dl, pls (o£. 45; S. Europe ; Tunis; W. Asia ; Metasia excavatalis Rag. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Persia. hepova ps 204, ple ais t. Ae e emiralis Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. p. 36, pl. vi. f. 33. (41)tPHLYCTHNODES ALBIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 276, ple x. 1. 29) Aden, (42) PHLYCTHNODES VENUSTALIS Cram. Exot. Schmett. iv. pl. 371. Pod. S. Africa. Emmelia testula Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. v. 8. 409. ff. 817, 818. TBotys dwulsalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 47. tScopula gucundalis Wik. xxxiv. 1469. (43) PaoiycreNopEs PELTALIS Ey. Bull. Mose. 1842, p. 560, pl. 6. denial Ural & Altai Mts. (44)+PHLYCLENODES ANNAPHILALIS Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 34. U.S.A. (45)7PHLYCTENODES ANARTALIS Grote, Can. Ent.x.p.27. U.S.A. Botys lulualis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 150. Type. (46) PuiycreNopsus pustuLatis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 191, 192. S. Europe; Armenia. 14* 212 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (47) Putycrmzyopss crupntTaLis Hiibn. Zutr. 29. 361. ff. 721, 722. S. Europe; Armenia; Egypt. Botys badi+lis Tr. Schmett. Hur, x. 3. p. 9. bourjotalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 313, pl. 231. f. 4. 48)*PHLYCTENODES ASOPIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvii. p. 209, J P 39 jolly 5 is oe Trinidad ; Amazon. (49) PHiycTr=NODES ZAIDE Stoll, pl. 36. f. 6. S. Africa. Botys cruoralis Zell. Lep. Cattr. p. 51. TtScopula dilaceratalis W\k. xxxiv. 1469. (50) PuiyormNopEs PLUMBATALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 51. 8. Africa. Botys plumbofascialis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 368, pl. 8. pai +Scopula ferriscriptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1467. (51)*PHLYCTHNODES OBLINALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 38. S. Africa. (52) PurycrmNopes nuRYcaRYSA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 334. Australia. (53) PHLYCL#NODES DIPLOCHRYSA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 382. Australia. (54) PuiyverznopEs caLiiasPis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 332. Australia. (55) PutycreznopEs EpicHRysaA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 333. Australia. (56)*PHLYCTENODES TETRAPLACA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 236. Australia. (57)*PHLYcreNoDES PsELIOTA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 237. Australia. (58)tPHiycrzNopEs oPpHioNnaLis WIk. xvii. 316. US.A. (59) PHLYCTHNODES SESQUIALTERALIS Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, 1873, p. 209, pl. 3. f. 5. WESeAG (60)tPuiycra#NnopEs Nasontais Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, USS, 10, AOI, jolla ito (Oe U.S.A. (61) Putycrgnopns visicanis Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, NS 75s pey20 8-5 plese lanes WES ear Auctorum. Lowostege baccatalis Hulst, Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 63. U,S.A. 3 maclurc Riley, Insect Life, v. pp. 155,f, 11 &158, U.S.A. - oberthuralis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 205. U.S.A. » flavalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 255. U.S.A. linealis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 255. UiSeAR 39 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 213 Genus 116. Draspmta. Diasemia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 233 (1854). Myriostephes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 327. Choristostigma Warr. A. M. N. H.(6) ix. p. 440 (1892). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden ; maxil- lary palpi dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antennz annulated and ciliated, in male minutely serrate; tibiee with the spurs long and even. Fore wing long and narrow; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approxi- mated. Hind wing with the outer margin excised below apex ; the cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. Diasemia ramburialis, §. %. (Krom Moths Ind. yol. iv.) Type. (1) Drasemta trrrprata Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 229. Europe ; Japan; India; Ceylon. Phalena argentalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 419. tlsopteryx impulsalis W1k. xvii. 404. (2) DrasrMia RAMBURIALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 348, pl. 233. £..6. Universally distributed. tlsopterya melaleucalis Wk. xvi. 402. t+Lineodes leodocusalis W\k. xix. 947. tDiasemia reconditalis Wik. xxxiv. 1325. cif » leucophealis W1k. xxxiv. 1326. (8)tDiasemia accatis Wlk. xix. 1015. China; N.W. Himalayas; Burma; Malayan subregion. 3 spilonotalis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 73. (4)+DraseMIa GRAMMALIS Doubl. Dieft. N. Zealand, i. 287. ; N. Zealand. (5)fDIASEMIA JANASSIALIS WIk. xvii. 337. WESrAR Botys hariolalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 149. (6)7Drasemia pissEcTALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 16. S. Africa. (7) Drasrmia MaturRA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 328. Australia, (8) DiasEmMia PLUMBOSIGNALIS Fern. Ent. Am. iv. p. 37. U.S.A. (9)TDIASEMIA ELEGANTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 440. U.S.A. 214 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 24) (10)?TDIASEMIA ERUBESCENS, n. sp. @. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown. Fore wing yellow, irrorated with rufous scales, most thickly on costal and outer areas; an indistinct dark sinuous antemedial line; a leaden- coloured annulus in cell; a postmedial slightly curved leaden band with black edges, not reaching costa; a dark point on costa towards apex; a minutely waved subterminal leaden and black line, almost obsolete except between veins 7 and 3. Hind wing whitish, with dark discoidal point; traces of a medial line on inner area ; an obscure postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2, the area beyond it suffused with rufous; both wings with some termina! dark points. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba, Jalapa (Schaus). Hup. 18 mm. Auctorum. Diasemia inabsconsalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305. Porto Rico, Genus 117. LeprponzruRa. Palpi porrect, downcurved, and about twice the length of head ; the 3rd joint long; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne nearly as long as fore wing, and almost simple; legs long and slender; tibie slightly fringed with hair, the outer spurs about half the length of inner; male with a large downwardly directed tuft of flattened hair from near origin of fore wing; abdomen long and slender. Fore wing with the costa highly arched towards apex, which is somewhat acute; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance ; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated fora short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 117. 2 Lepidoneura longipalpis, 8. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Type. (1)fLurrponruRA LONGIPALPIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 208. Assam. (2)?LEPIDONEURA AFRICALIS, nN. sp. ©. Ochreous; abdomen with traces of fuscous dorsal bands. Fore wing whitish, with diffused ochreous-brown suffusion on mar- ginal areas; a diffused oblique patch of long dark scales beyond the 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. PALS cell between veins 8 and 4; an oblique sinuous line of similar scales from vein 5 near termen to middle of inner margin, expanding into a diffused patch below the cell; cilia dark at base. Hind wing yellowish white ; termen more ochreous. Hab. Bathurst, Gambia (Carter). Exp. 24 mm. Genus 118. ANTIGASTRA. Antigastra Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 419. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antennz nearly as long as the fore wing and minutely ciliated ; legs long ; fore femora and tibie of male fringed with long hair, the outer spurs half the length of inner. ore wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is acute and produced; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Antigastra catalaunalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. yol, iv.) Type. (1) AnvicastRA cavaLauNaLis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 330, pl. 252. ig te Europe; Syria; Aden; EH. & W. Africa ; India. Botys venosalis Wik. xxxiv. 140. Ceylon ; Burma; Mexico. (2)rANTIGASTRA MORYSALIS WIE. xvii. 641. Natal. +Zebronia cranealis Wik. xix. 970. Auctorum. Antigastra cinnamomalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p- 297. Madagascar. Genus 119. Liopasta. Liopasia Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 426 (1881). Terastiodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (1892). Dichotis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 392. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons oblique ; antennz of male slightly ciliated; build stout; tibiae smoothly scaled, the outer spurs less than half the length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rectangular; the outer margin 216 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Type. excurved below middle; the inner margin excised before outer angle, where there is a scale-tooth ; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a short distance; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for some distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 119. (Oe i re DW Inopasia ochracealis, 8. 1. (1)?Liopasta OCHRACEALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1308. Ecuador; Brazil. Botys rhodophilalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 169, pl. ix. f. 20. (2)7rLIOPASIA DORSALIS, n. sp. @. Yellowish brown, irrorated with black scales; palpi white below at base ; underside of thorax and abdomen white ; fore legs banded with brown ; abdomen with dorsal yellow patches on first two segments, and a pair of white spots on 3rd. Fore wing with oblique sinuous antemedial dark line; a discocellular speck; a diffused black patch between lower angle of cell and inner margin ; a dentate postmedial line angled at vein 5 and with two yellow teeth on it above inner margin; cilia yellow above outer angle. Hind wing semihyaline yellow ; the apical area fuscous, narrowing to vein 2. Hab. Trinidad. Exp. 40 mm. (3) Liopasta TENERALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, Tolls is 165 JO), N. Amer., Colombia. (4) Lriopasta RELIQUALIS Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 426, pl. 18. f. 35. Surinam. Genus 120. SPARAGMIA. Sparagmia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 216 (1854). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled and extending about the length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne ciliated ; mid tibie fringed with hair on outer side; hind tibiz with tufts of hair on outer side at middle and extremity, the outer spurs about half the length of inner. ore wing long and narrow, the apex produced and faleate; the outer margin produced to an angle at yein 3; yeins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi- 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 20 mated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Sparagmia gigantalis, $. }. Type. SPARAGMIA GIGANTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 216, pl. 6. f. 10. W. Indies ; Tropical America. Genus 121. ANARMODIA. Anarmodia Led, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 412. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about the length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne of male ciliated; mid and hind tibiz strongly fringed with hair, the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow; the apex produced and acute; the outer margin strongly excurved at middle; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 121. Anarmodia sibilalis, 8. }. (1)*ANARMODIA PONTEALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 218, pl. 61. f. 6. Mexico; Centr. Amer. (2) ANARMODIA SIBILALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil. (3) ANARMODIA INscRIPTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 213. Ecuador. (4) ANARMODIA BISTRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214. Colombia. 218 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOLHS (Feb: 21; (5)fANARMODIA PUNCTILINEALIS, n. sp. 3. Fulvous yellow; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow. Fore wing with slightly waved antemedial fuscous line oblique from costa to below median nervure, where it is obtusely angled; a point in cell and discoidal lunule ; a curved series of postmedial black points on the veins, with diffused fuscous patch beyond them between veins 3 and 6; cilia dark at base, pure white at tips. Hind wing with the basal and inner areas paler ; a black discoidal point; a crenulate postmedial line; cilia brown at base with fuscous points, the tips white mixed with brown and fuscous. Hab. Ecuador, Loja. Exp. 50 mm. (6) ANARMopIA CLAMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil. (7)*ANARMODIA MAJORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil. (8) ANARMODIA CORYLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214. Colombia. ype. (9) ANARMODIA INFERTORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214. C. & 8S. America. s longinqualis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 413. Acrospila phellinoidalis Maasen, Stubel’s Reise, p. 170, pl. ix. t. 26. Auctorum. Atheropoda flaccidalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 169. Peru. wmflewalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 169 = majo- ralis Led. pl. 11. f. 9 (nec Guen.). Brazil. $9 Genus 122. ConDYLORRHIZA. Condylorrhiza Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 393. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenue of male with the basal jomt dilated and bearing a tuft Fig. 122 Condylorrhiza vestigialis, $. }. of scales on inner side, the shaft almost simple; mid and hind tibie with the outer spurs short. Fore wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 7 strongly curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&, 219 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8; male with a hairy fold on inner area above. Type. CONDYLORRHIZA VESTIGIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 321. 8. Amer. tBotys tritealis W\k. xviii. 597. + ,, mestoralis Wlk. xviii. 729. Genus 123. AGASTYA. Agastya Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 378. Z -Palpi porrect, projecting about the length of head and down- curved ; maxillary palpi with a sharp tuft of hair from extremity ; frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner; mid tibie fringed with coarse hair on outer side. Fore wing broad, the costa very much arched at base; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing broad ; the cell short; vein 2 from near angle; 3, 4, 5 approxi- mated for some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Agastya hybleoides, §. +. (Brom Moths Ind. vol, iv.) Type. +Agastya HYBLEOIDES Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 379. Sikhim. » flavomaculata Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 379. Genus 124. PRoTRIGoNntiA. Protrigonia Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 414 (1896). Palpi porrect, projecting about the length of head, down- curved, and the 3rd joint hidden; maxillary palpi with a pointed Protrigonia zizanialis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.) tuft at extremity; frons rounded; antenne of male somewhat thickened and flattened ; tibiz with the spurs nearly equal. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 220 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Teb. 21, 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3 from before angle; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Type. ¢+PROTRIGONIA ZIZANIALIS Swinh. P. ZS. 1885, p. 865, pl. 57. £. 2. W. India & Ceylon. Genus 125. Microcausta. Microcausta Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340 (1895). Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, down- curved at extremity, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons rounded; antenne annulate; hind tibie of male fringed with extremely long hair on outer side and with tufts of hair towards extremity, the spurs absent, the first joint of tarsus fringed with hair. Fore wing broad, the apex produced and acute; veins 3, 4,5 from close to angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell; 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto- mosing with 8. Microcausta ignifimbrialis, S. }. Type. +MICROCAUSTA IGNIFIMBRIALIS Hmpsn. A.M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340. . W. Indies. Genus 126. Noorpa. Noorda Wlk. xix. 978 (1857). Palpi porrect, the 3rd joint long and downeurved ; maxillary palpi with a long pointed tuft in front; frons rounded; tibiz with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing Fig. 126. ‘ Ss lox roy Noorda blitealis, ¢. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) narrow; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from upper angle ; 7 anastomosing with 8. Type. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 221 Szor. I. Antenne of male almost simple. (1) NoorDA IGNEALIS, n. sp. Bright yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen suffused with fiery red in parts; palpi at base and rings on abdomen towards ex- tremity, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with the costal area fiery red, the costa itself dark; dentate subbasal, medial, and postmedial lunes, the last two oblique, the 2nd expanding into a discoidal spot, the last’ slightly excurved between veins 7 and 3; terminal area red, leaving a yellow edge to postmedial line; a diffused purplish-fuscous terminal band ; cilia white, black at apex and below middle. Hind wing with the terminal avea purplish, narrowing to tornus; cilia white, blackish at apex and middle. Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea; Cooktown, Queensland (Mees). Exp.16 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. (2)rNoorDA ESMERALDA, n. sp. Emerald-green ; head whitish ; palpi brown at sides; antenne fulvous ; hind wing greenish white, the termen green. Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Schaus); Venezuela, Aroa. Exp. 36 mm. Szor. II. Antenne of male with long cilia. (3)tNoorpa FessaLis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 459, pl. 41. f. 13. W. Africa; Aden; India; Burma; Andamans. tAutocharis amethystina Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 149. (4)*NoorRDA SINUALIS, n. sp. @. Head and thorax fuscous; abdomen banded fuscous and white. Fore wing with the basal half of costal area suffused with fuscous; some black scales at base of inner margin; the ante- medial line represented by some black scales in and below cell and on inner margin; the postmedial line sinuous, angled inwards below costa and outwards on vein 4, some diffused fuscous scales before it, and the area beyond it greyish fuscous with a sinuous subterminal line with diffused black on its inner side; cilia pale reddish brown. Hind wing hyaline, with fuscous terminal band narrowing from costa to vein 1. Hab. Natal, Weenen. EHap.16 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (5)rNoorpa Brirnaris WIk. xix. 979. Aden ; India; Ceylon. TScopula subjectalis Wik. xxxiv. 1472. (6) NoorDA MARGARITALIS, n. sp. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi black; anal tuft blackish. Fore wing pearly white; a bright red fascia on costa, terminating at middle in a triangular patch with its apex con- joined to outer area; the outer area brown, defined by a sinuous black line on inner side, with a broad silvery purple band on it 222 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, and becoming bright red at costa; a marginal white line emitting a curved mark below the apical red patch. Hind wing pearly white; the outer area brown and fuscous, almost wholly suffused with silvery purple, and with its medial part defined by a black line on inner side; a marginal white line; cilia of both wings pale brown, with silvery reflections. Hab. Kikuya, German E. Africa (Ansorge); Sierra Leone (Clements). Hwp.24mm. Type in B.M. (7) NoorDA NIGROPUNCTALIS, n. sp. 3. Yellowish white; palpi, sides of head, and shoulders brown ; anal tuft fuscous. Fore wing with the costa reddish brown ; two black points in cell, one at each angle and one on middle of inner margin; terminal area purplish fuscous, with minutely waved black line on its inner edge, bent outwards at vein 3. Hind wing with the apical area purple-fuscous, with minutely waved black line on its inner edge. Hab. Perak; Gunong Ijan, Malay States. Hxp. 18 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. Genus 127. DavsaRa. Dausara Wk. xvi. 507 (1859). Palpi porrect, rather long, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden; maxillary palpi with a long sharp tuft from extremity ; frons flattened and oblique ; antenne of male much thickened and flattened ; tibiee with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of mner. Fore wing with the inner margin lobed at middle; veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8. Dausara talliusalis, 8. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Sect. I. Fore wing of male with the median nervure bent upwards; a large tuft of scales on underside below its basal half, and a smaller tuft in middle of cell. Type. (1) Davsara tatiiusanis WIk, xvii. 507. Assam; Burma; Andamans; Borneo. TGlyphodes marginalis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 618, pl. 60. f. 15. Type. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSLINE. 223 Sucr. II. Fore wing of male normal. (2)}Dausara orIonaLIs WIk. xvii. 501. Borneo. (3)+Dausara amErnysta Butl. Tr. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. i. p. 563. Malacca ; Borneo. Genus 128. Humiscorts. Hemiscopis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890). Micromania Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 141 (1894). Palpi porrect, rather long and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden; maxillary palpi with a long pointed tuft in front; frons rounded ; antennz almost simple and minutely annulated ; tibie with the outer spurs about halt the length of inner. Fore wing with the apex somewhat acute, the outer margin rounded ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell: 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing shortly with 8. Fig. 128. Hemiscopis suffusalis, ¢. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) (1)tHeMiscopis sUFFUSALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1471; Hnrpsn. Ill. Het. ix Plo ioe. US: S. India; Ceylon ; Burma; Sumatra; Borneo. Botys snellemannt Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 61. (2);Hemiscoris crneREA Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 396. Japan. (3)pHemiscoris pxpansa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 396. N.W. Himalayas. (4)+Hemtscoris stiamaTitis Swinh, A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 141. Assam. Genus 129. Mucyna. Mecyna Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 406 (1854). Tholeria Hubn. Verz. p. 354 (1827), non descr. Palpi porrect, long, rostriform, and downcurved, the 3rd joint partially hidden; maxillary palpi dilated with scales at extremity ; frons oblique ; antenne of male minutely ciliated ; mid tibie with a groove containing a tuft of hair; hind tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of.inner. Fore wing rather narrow, the costa arched towards apex ; veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is Type. 224 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21, approximated. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 4, 5 closely approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8. Fig. 129. Mecyna gilvata, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) (1) Mecyna timpanis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 122. Europe. Pyralis rusticalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 121. (2) Mecyna aitvata Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 290. 8. & E. Europe; Pyralis orientalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, Madeira; Syria ; p: 234. Abyssinia; Aden ; Pyralis polygonalis Hiitbn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. India; Ceylon. ff. 617, 204, 205. Pyralis diversalis Hiibn. Schmett. Ear., Pyr. f. 102. Mecyna aversalis Guen. Delt. & Pvr. p. 409, pl. 4. f. 12. », teriadalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409. + ,, deprivalis Wk. xix. 806; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. folks WAS), ath dh, as (8) Mecyna REVERSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409. U.S.A.; W. Indies. (4)+Mecyna PRUNIPENNIS Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 454 (1879). Japan. (5) Mucyna ornirHorrmratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 411, pl. 8. tig Lp Australia. (6) Mecyna maoriaLis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 34. N. Zealand. (7)tMucyna virescens Butl. A. M.N. H. (5) vil. p. 329 (1881). Hawaii. (8)TMucyna APICALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 28.) 3. Head and thorax ferruginous brown; abdomen pale brown. Fore wing yellow-brown, suffused with ferruginous red and more or less irrorated and suffused with fuscous ; traces of a pale, highly waved antemedial line, especially on inner area ; some black marks on veins at end of cell and slight patches of hyaline membrane in the discal interspaces, with a pale waved line beyond them, dentate beyond the cell and below vein 2; an indistinct minutely waved ochreous postmedial line; a silvery white bidentate mark below apex, with a fuscous streak below it; a marginal series of black specks ; cilia fuscous, with a white line at base. Hind wing hyaline yellow, with all the veins streaked with fuscous, and a fuscous warginal band. Type. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 225 2 redder; the hind wing without the streaks on veins, the marginal band red tapering to anal angle. Hab. Lower Amazons (Austen). Hap. 28 mm. Auctorum. Tholerta illiberalis Hiibn. Zutr. ff. 349, 350. Surinam. Genus 130. BaorarcHa. Beotarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 305. Palpi porrect, long, rostriform, and downcurved; maxillary palpi large and dilated with scales; frons with a conical promi- nence ; antenne thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing typically long and narrow ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8. Beotarcha martinalis, §. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) (1)*Beorarcna pemantriaris Druce, Biol. Centr.Am., Het. 1. p- 270, pl. 63. f. 6. Mexico ; Centr. Amer. (2)fBaorarcHa maRTINALIS WI. xvii. 791. Burma. +Botys crassicornis Wik. xxxiv. 1455. (3) Beorarcua THNIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 209, and 1883, pl. 7. f. 3. N. Australia, (4)+Baorarcua nyatrNatis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 419. E. Himalayas ; Andamans. (5)+Baorarcua stiemosaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6), ix. p. 249. Brazil, (6) Beorarcua comaroaris W1k. xix. 1O1L Brazil. (7)}BeorarcHa MARGARITA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 480. Brazil. (8)}BeorarcHa LmBata Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 430. Australia. Genus 131. ATBLOCENTRA. Atelocentra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 323. Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending about three times length of head, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi dilated with Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. XV. 15 226 - SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21% scales: antenne laminate and with rings at the joints; hind _tibiz with the inner medial spur about 1th outer. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 somewhat approximated for some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 131. Atelocentra chloraspis, G. 1. Type. *ATELOCENTRA CHLORASPIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 323. Australia. Genus 132. PROTOCOLLETIS. Protocolletis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 223. : Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending more than twice the length of head, fringed with rough hair above and below, the 3rd joint concealed; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur one half length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10 anasto- mosing with 8, 9, or free. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing. Fig. 132. ZF SS y ZS S Protocolletis constricta, 3. Hi Type. (1)tPRorocon.etis consrricra Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 40. Hawaii. (2)+PRorocoLnETIs LiroREA Butl. EH. M. M. xix. p. 178. Hawaii. Genus 133. ADENA. Adena W1k. xxvii. 197 (1863). Deana Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 451 (1879). Nesarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 330. Palpi porrect, rostriform, downcurved, extending about twice the 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 227 length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales ; frons flat and oblique ; antenne of male laminate ; mid tibiz dilated ; hind tibize of male with the inner spurs minute. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute ; the termen produced to an angle at middle; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 curved and somewhat approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 133. Adena hybreasalts, S$. }- Type. +ADBNA HYBREASALIS WIk. xviii. 797. New Zealand. tScopula paronalis W1k. xviil. 797. t+ Adena xanthialis Wik. xxvil. 198. Auctorum. Nesarcha bilunalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 153. Java. Genus 134. CaLAMOCHROUS. Calamochrous Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 386. Sclerocona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 445. Notaspis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297 (1891). Dicepolia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 158 (1893). Palpi porrect, long and downcurved, the 3rd joint hidden ; frons oblique; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; antenne of male minutely ciliated; tibia with the spurs long. Fore wing with the Fig. 134. Calamochrous tranquillalis, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.) apex somewhat produced; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle: 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short; veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. 15* 228 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Srcr. I. (Sclerocona). Fore wing of male with the retinaculum formed by a large valve of scales below the cell, the median nervure bent upwards ; a hyaline streak above base of vein 7, which is bent downwards; vein 10 anastomosing with 8, 9 (abnormally absent and 11 anastomosing with 8, 9). (1) Catamocurovs acurettus Ey. Bull. Mose. 1842, p. 563. S.E. Europe; Japan; China. Duponchelna cilialis H.-S, iv. p. 8, f. 60. ~ +Crambus sinensellus W1k. xxvii. 167. te ate tincticostellus Wik. xxvul. 167. Sxct II. Fore wing of male normal. A. (Notaspis). Maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales. (2) CALAMOCHROUS TRANQUILLALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, D> Billy oll, Ws tis JUG, N.E. India; Ternate. (8) CauamMocHRous FERRUGINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 420. (4)+Caamocrrous CARNEALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) ae: (5)fCALAMOCHROUS RUFICOSTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 420, (6)+CALAMOCHROUS ROSEOBRUNNEA Warr. Trans. Ent. Sou Teh p- 260. Brazil. B. (Calamochrous). Maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales. (7)+CaLaMocHRrous picHROMA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223. Sikhim. brevipalpis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 599. 39 Type. (8) CauamMocHrous cHItonaLIs Led. Wien, Ent. Mon. 1863, Dn Boa jolle, 122, at, Op Venezuela. (9)+CALAMOCHROUS STRAMINEA Warr. A. M. N. H, (6) ix. p. 393. California. Genus 135. CYBOLOMIA. Cybolomia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 420. Hypolais Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 239 (1854), preoce. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 8rd joint concealed Fig. 135. ee Cybolomia pentadalis, Type. 1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 4. 229 maxillary palpi with a long pointed tuft in front; frons flat and oblique; antennze of male thickened and laminate; hind tibie with the outer medial spur about one-third length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 separate ab origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing shortly with 8. Szor. I. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance. (1)*CYBOLOMIA OSSEALIS, n. sp. Pale ochreous ; palpi brown at sides; frons with lateral white lines; abdomen whitish. Fore wing irrorated with a few brown scales; the costal and terminal areas purplish brown; brown points near base and middle of cell and a diffused discoidal lunule ; a postmedial series of points excurved between veins 7 and 5 and at vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing white, with indistinct postmedial series of brown points on the veins, retracted at vein 2 to below augle of cell; the termen brown from apex to vein 2. Hab. Ecuador, Loja. Exp. 24 mm. Subsp. 1. Abdomen and hind wing pale ochreous. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap. 20 mm. Secor. IJ. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not approximated. (2) CyBotomi1a NEMAUSALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 377, pl. 236. is de S. Europe. Scopula argillacealis Gell. Isis, 1847, p. 579. (3) CyBoLomia puLcINaLis Tr. Schmett. Eur. x. 3, p. 35. S.E. Europe; W. Asia. (4) Cysotomisa pentapaLIs Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855, pei, pla dats 1c. W. Asia. (5) CyBoLomiA LurosaLis Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 387, pl. 3. S. Europe; W. Asia. (6);CyBOLOMIA INGLORIALIS Zell. ? MS. Scharud. (7) Cypotomia siccaris Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 240, pl. 7. f. 10. Botys glyceralis Steger. 8. EH. Z. 1859, p. 220. S. Europe. », sexpunctalis Chrét. Le Nat. 1891, p. 67. (8) CYBOLOMIA FRACTILINEALIS Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. x. p. 42. Persia; Turkestan. (9)fCYBOLOMIA ALBILINEALIS Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 274, pl. 10. f. 4 Aden. (10)rCysotomia exrorris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 395. U.S.A Auctorun. Cybolomia gratiosalis Rom. Mém. ii. p. 40, pl. ii. f. 9. Turkestan. 230 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21, Genus 136. PRocHORISTIS. Prochoristis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 458. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antenne of male thickened and laminate ; mid bie of male dilated with a groove and tuft; hind tibie with the outer medial spur one-half length of inner. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced; veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 136. Prochoristis rupesan nels, o- + Type. (1) PROCHORISTIS RUPICAPRALIS Tied: Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855, 05 Le ike at, Ie W. Asia. (2) PRocHORISTIS CaPPARIDIS Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. 1876, p- 272, pl. 7. £. 438. Turkestan. Botys daghestanica Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 273, f. 44 (var.). Auctorum. Ebulea simplicialis Brem. Ost-Sib. p. 71, pl. 6. £. 13. Amur. Genus 137. Ovnapa, Cyneda Hiibn. Verz. p. 346 (1827). Odontia Dup. vii. p. 83 (1831). Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly Fig. 137. Cyneda dentalis, $. +. scaled, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne of male strongly Type. Type. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 231 ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with a large tuft of rough hair on inner margin before middle; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) Cynmpa pewratis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120; & Dup. Lép. Fr. vin. pl. 215. f. 1. Hurope; W. Asia. Noctua fulminans Fabr, Ent. Syst. no. 311. Phalena ramalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 378. Noctua radiata Esp. iv. p. 374. (2) Cynapa FuRIosA Ster. List, xxxui. Syria. Auctorum. Odontia exoticalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xviii. p. 191, pl. xi. f. 3. W. Indies. Genus 138. MnNusicrrna. Mnesictena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 328. Palpi porrect, extending about one and a half times length of head, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antenne ot male minutely ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 separate at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the median nervure loosely pectinated ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 138. Mnesictena quadralis, 3. }- (1) Myzsicrena QuaDRALIs Doubl. Dieff. N. Zeal. i. p. 288. New Zealand. marmorina Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 329. (2)tMyestcrena norara Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 493. New Zealand. (8) Myestcrena riavipaLis Doubl. Dieff. N. Zeal. i. p. 287. TScopula dipsasalis Wk. xviii. 796. New Zealand. Botys otagalis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 184. f. 35, 232 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Genus 139. ExmrRisris. Exeristis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 266. Palpi porrect, triangularly and roughly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with rounded prominence ; antennz ciliated and ann ulated ; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur minute in both sexes. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell. Fig. 139. Exeristis asyphela, S$. }- Sxcr. I. Hind wing with veins 6, 7 stalked; 7 anastomosing with 8 to near apex. Type. (1)fEXERISTIS asyPHELA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 266. Tonga. Szor. IJ. Hind wing with veins 6, 7 from angle of cell; 7 anasto- mosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing. (2)ExzRistis xantHoTa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 267. Fiji. Genus 140. Monocona. Monocona Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) is. p. 173 (1892). Palpi porrect, clothed with very long hair below, the 3rd joint hidden ; maxillary palpi dilated with hair; frons with long corneous Fig. 140. ra & y BSS &, S Monocona rubralis, 8. 3. prominence with vertical edge excised in front; antenne cilliated tibie roughly scaled, the spurs moderate. Fore wing with veins Type. Type. 1899.1 OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 233 3, 4, 5 separate ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; (10 on right-hand side of one specimen forking and giving rise to an extra vein). Hind wing with veins 2 and 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; discocellulars very oblique; 6, 7 from upper angle, anastomosing with 8. +Monocona RuBRALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 174 (1892). California. Genus 141. ENDOLOPHTA, nov. Palpi downcurved, extending about twice the length of head, the 8rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with pointed conical prominence; antenne ciliated; mid and hind tibie with the outer spur about two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10, 11 from cell; a large scale-tooth on middle of inner margin. Hind wing with the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle. Endolophia rufitinctalis, S. +. TENDOLOPHIA RUFITINCTALIS, nN. sp. 3. Ferruginous red ; palpi tinged with fuscous ; sides of frons and antenne greyish; front of pectus, fore tarsi, and mid and hind iegs almost pure white; abdomen pale rufous, with whitish segmental rings. Fore wing with the costa darker; a curved antemedial line ; a discoidal spot ; the postmedial line excurved to vein 3, then incurved; scale-tooth black ; a terminal black line; cilia white at tips, except at apex and tornus. Hind wing yellowish white, the veins and termen tinged with brown. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus). Lxvp. 16 mm. Types in B.M. and Coll. Schaus. Genus 142. AUTOCOSMIA. Autocosmia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 432 (1892). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about the length of head, and the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi filiform : frons with a conical prominence ; antenne of female nearly simple ; hind tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with vein 3 234 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto- mosing with 8. Fig. 142. B | \? TH Autocosmia concinna, 2. 3. Type. (1)+Aurocosmra concinna Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 433. il S.A. (2) Avrocosmia oriosatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 373, Ble MO, a, 10. Brazil. Genus 143. CRIOPHTHONA. Criophthona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 339. Palpi porrect, straight, rather long, roughly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons with long truncate conical prominence; antenne ciliated ; hind tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 143. Criophthona finitima, G. 3. Secr. I. Antenne with the shaft roughly scaled above; hind wing with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell. (1)*CriopHrHona HALIAPHRA Meyr. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 340. Australia. Secr. I]. Antenne with the shaft smoothly scaled; hind wing with vein 5 from above angle of cell. Type. (2)*CRIOPHTHONA FINITIMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 340. Australia. (3)*CRIOPHTHONA HARMODIA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 2438. Australia, ho co Or 1899. ] OF THH SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. Genus 144. Trranto. Titanio Hiibn. Verz. p. 350 (1827). Eurrhypis Hiibn. Verz. p. 351. Metaxmeste Hiibn. Verz. p. 351. Catharia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 353. Palpi porrect, fringed with extremely long hair below, the 3rd joint hidden ; maxillary palpi with long hair at extremity; frons with rounded prominence, clothed with rough hair; antennee ciliated; legs moderately hairy, the spurs nearly equal; wings short and broad. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle; 7 straight. Hind wing with the cell short ; 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8, Fig. 144. be ee s Titanio normalis, G. 3. (1) Trranio potrrnais Schiff. W. V. P- ran a S.A.; S. Europe; Noctua bigutta Schaeff. Icon. pl. 275. ff. 5, 6. Australia. tEnnychia melissalis W1k. xvii. 331. TBotis flavinotalis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 34. » guttulals H.-S. iv. p. 16, ff. 96, 97. (2) Trranio sarTaLis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 173, 174. W. Asia. Hercyna caucalis H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 11, ff. 76, 77. (3) Trranto MaGNIFICALIS Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 266, pl. 7. f. 35. Turkestan. (4) Trranio vyenusratis Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855, p. 250 ; Rom. Mém. i. pl. 1. f. 10. Greece; W. Asia. » echinea Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. (2) u. p. 50. Type. (5) Trranto Normauts Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 41, 110. S. Europe. Pyralis comitalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 180. (6) Trranto oriernauis H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 11, f. 78. W. Asia. (7) Trranto EPurprraris Zett. Ins. Lap. 971. Labrador ; Boreophila frigidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 157. N. Europe. 59 scandinavalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 156. (8) Trvanto pyrEnmALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. iv. p. 400, pl. 82. f. 6. Hercyna simplonialis H.-S. Eur. Schmett. iv. C. Europe. ff. 31-34. 236 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (9) Trranio scHRANKIANA Hockenw. Beitr. vi. p. 336, pl. vii. f. 6. Noctua lugubrina Esp. iv. p. 189. C. Europe. Pyralis holesericealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 112. (10) Trranto puryaraLis Hibn. Pyr. f. 42. Europe. Pyralis rupicolalis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 189 & 198-200. Noctua monedula Hsp. iv. pl. 197. ff. 5, 6. Pyralis sericealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 43 (var.). » nevadalis Stgr. S. HE. Z. 1859, p. 220 (var.). (11)fTiraNio DaPpHALIs Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 17. U.S.A. Auctorum. Botys bububattalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 149. U.S.A. Titanio zachlora Meyr. EK. M. M. (2) i. p. 11. Algeria. » proximalis Hern. Insect Life, vi. p. 256. California. Hercyna cacuninalis Ky. F. V. U. p. 476. 8. Russia; W. Asia. f. 38. Turkestan. Noctuomorpha pulchellalis Stgr. Deutsche H. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. f. 20, & vi. p- 71. C. Asia. Titanio eponyma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 454. Transcaucasus. =Threnodes meschleri Rom. Mém. ii. p. 22, pl. 1. £. 11 (nee Christ.). Hercyna heliothalis Stgr. Deutsche EH. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. ui. f. 18 & vi. p. 74. C. Asia. ‘. paschalis Stgr.? ined. 6 sultanalis Stgr. Deutsche EH. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. ii. f. 19 & vi. p. 7d. C. Asia. sericatalis H.-S. iv. p. 17, ff. 28-36. S.E. Europe. Genus 145. Mprasta. Metasia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 251 (1854). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled. the 3rd joint hidden ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; proboscis small; frons with a rounded Metasia monialis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.) prominence ; antenne nearly simple; tibiz with the spurs equal. Fore wing rather long and narrow ; vein 3 from well before angle Type. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. 237 of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10 also well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 5 from above angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; median nervure somewhat pectinated above. (1) MrErAsrIa ALBULA, n. sp. Yellowish white; sides of palpi and head and prothorax tinged with brown; abdomen with dorsal black bands on Ist and sub- terminal segments. Fore wing with the costal area tinged with brown ; the antemedial line represented by black points in and below ceil; a prominent black spot below middle of vein 2; the postmedial line obscure, arising from a black point on costa, bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then obsolete. Hind wing with indistinct postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2. Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 14mm. Types in Coll. Roth- schild and B.M. (2) Merasta suPPANDALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 187. 8. Europe; W. Asia. (3)*Mzrasta HomoGAMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 239. W. Australia. (4) Murasta carnuanis Tr. Schmett. Hur. vii. p. 91. S. Europe; W. Asia. gigantalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 185, pl. 2. f. 8 (var.). (5) Merasta corsicanis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 306, pl. 230. ff. 6, 7. S. Europe. Stenia infidalis H.-S. ff. 39, 40. (6) Merasta opuianis Tr. Schmett. Hur. vii. p. 90, x. 3. p. 20. S.E. Europe. (7) Merasia saABULOSALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 217. W. India. (8)rMerasta HoprusaLis WIk. xviii. 706. Amur; China; Botys medialis W\k. xxxiv. 1482. Borneo ; Sumbawa. (9) Mrrasra tiopH£A Meyr, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 241. Australia. (10)7Merasta PROFANALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1403. S. Africa. (11)?fMzrastA CRIOPHORA, N. sp. ¢- Frontal process large ; dark fuscous ; palpi white at base. Fore wing strongly irrorated with dark brown; a dark spot in middle of cell and line from median nervure to inner margin ; a dark mark on discocellulars ; the postmedial line exeurved between veins 5 and 2, then bent inwards to below angle of cell, both wings with series of dark points on termen and cilia. flab, Teita, E. Africa (Jackson). Hap. 16 mm. 238. SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (12)*Merasta strancatora Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 240. Australia. (13)*Merasia aFRaARCHA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 239. W. Australia. (14)*Merasra areLoxantHa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 242. Australia. (15)*Merasta Hemicrrca Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 271. Tasmania. (16) Merasta capyocHroa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 241. Australia; Tasmania. (17) Merasta nomopHea Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 449. Australia; Tasmania. (18)+Murasta SEGESTUSALIS W1Ik. xviii. 793. Australia. (19) Murasta FaminiARIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 336. Australia. (20)7Merasia PRIONOGRAMMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 265. N. Guinea. (21) Murasta ocHrocHroa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 238. Australia. (22)*Merasia xENoGAMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 337. Australia. (23)*MeErasiA ZINCKENIALIS, n. sp. 3g. Black; palpi white below; frons with white points; abdo- men with white band on Ist segment, white lateral and ventral lines and patch on anal tuft. Fore wing with white basal points ; a point at middle of cell with spot below it connected with inner margin by a line; a small quadrate spot in end of cell, with larger spot below end and bifid spot beyond discocellulars; an inter- rupted postmedial white line bent outwards between veins 5and 2; cilia with pairs of white spots below apex and above tornus. Hind wing with white subbasal band; a quadrate spot in end of cell connected with inner margin by a band; the postmedial line repre- sented by two points below costa and three between veins 5 and 2; cilia with white spots above and below middle. @. Abdomen with the white lateral and ventral lines slight. Fore wing without basal points or point in cell; the spots below cell small and without lines to inner margin; the postmedial line represented by points on costa and between median nervules. Hind wing with spot in cell and point on inner margin only. Hab. Queensland, Dawson district (Barnard). Kxp. 20 mm. Tvpe in Coll. Rothschild. (24)*Merasia HapLopEs Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 197. Australia. (25) Merasta mMontatis Ersch, Hor. Ent. Ross. vii. p. 317, and Lep. Ture. pl. 5. f. 83. C. Asia; N. India. 1899,] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINUE. 239: (26)PMeErAsIA HOLOXANTHIA, n. sp. 2. Bright orange-yellow ; palpi and frons fuscous, the former white below. Fore wing with the costa rufous; dark points near base and in middle of cell, and a larger discoidal spot. Hind wing with discoidal dark point; both wings with postmedial series of dark points excurved between veins 3 and 4. a terminal series of dark points on rufous marks; cilia fuscous. Hab. Estcourt, Natal (Hutchinson). Exp. 22 mm. Auctorum, Metasia octogenalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 421, pl. 15. 1s 1K0). W. Asia. » ochrifascialis Christ. Hor. Ross. xvii. p. 121. Turkestan. » ossediis Steger. Hor. Ross. xv. p. 182. W. Asia. » mendicalis Stgr. Hor. Ross. xv. p. 183. W. Asia. Stema viperalis Guen. Réunion, p. 62. Mauritius. », adelalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 245. S. France. Metasia olbienalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 251. S. France. » cuencalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.171. Spain. » argalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 256. California. quadristrigalis Fern. Insect Lite, vi. p. 257. California. rosealis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xeviii. Syria. -5, deltoridalrs Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 243, pl. xiii. £.16. Bogota. » lilliputalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxiii. p. 229, and xxvii. pla tieeSs Celebes. acharis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 518. New Guinea. mustalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 169. Persia. » vergimalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 170. Persia. ebericalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.170. Spain. 33 Genus 146. Pionra. Hapalia Hibn. Verz. p. 355 (1827), non deser. Oébia Hiibn. Verz. p. 362 (1827), non deser. Pionea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 367 (1854). Udea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 398. Stantira Wk. Cat. xxvii. p. 76 (1863), Jomis Motsch. Et. 1860, p. 38. Oindaphia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 488. Osiriaca Wik. xxxiv. 1493 (1865). Perispasta Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1875, p. 331. Pseudebulea Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 587. Melanomecyna Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 179 (1888). Microstega Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 450. Idioblasta Warr. A. M. _N. H. (6) vii. p. 62 (1891). Aglaops Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (189 2). Sericoplaga Warr. A. M. N. H. My ix. p. 296. Prodasycnemis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301. 240. SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Mimudea Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 440. Lepidoplaga Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 475 (1896). Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 8rd joint concealed ; maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales at extremity; frons rounded ; antenne of male usually minutely ciliated. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 stalked ; 7 anastomosing with 8. Vig. 146. Pionea ferrugalis, S. %. (Krom Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Sucr. I. (Lepidoplaga). Fore wing of male with the retinaculum consisting of a fan of large scales. A. Fore wing of male with a fan of large scales beyond upper angle of cell at bases of veins 6, 7. a. Fore wing of male with the fans of scales showing above as small dark foveas. (1)?PronHA FLAVOFIMBRIATA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 208. N.E. India; Ceylon. Crocidophora flavicinctalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 595. Lepidoplaga longicorpus Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 108. “ elongalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 108. (2)*PIONEA FUSCIZONALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 428. Sikhim. 6. Fore wing of male with no foveas on upperside. (3) PronEA PH@NicisTIs Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 428. N.E. India; Burma. B. Fore wing of male with large hyaline fovea beyond upper angle of cell, vein 7 curved down round it. (4)7PIONEA THYRIPHORA, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 26.) Bright orange; palpi white at base; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with the costal area suffused with purplish brown; the terminal area purplish. Hind wing with the costal and inner areas whitish; a purplish band on terminal area from costa to vein 2. Hab, Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Hap. 26 mm. 899.) OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ®. 241 (5)fPIONEA ECTOXANTHIA, nN. sp. $. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown; palpi white at base; sides of frons with white lines. Fore wing purplish, with flesh-coloured patches on inner area at base and beyond middle ; the terminal area orange except on costa, widening from tornus to below costa. Hind wing whitish; the termen yellowish, with faint fuscous band before it. Hab. Castro Paraiia, Brazil (Jones). Hap, 22 mm. c. Fore wing of male with no fan of scales or fovea beyond upper angle of cell. (6)*PrIoNHA FLAVICILIALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 596, pl. xx. ff. 5, 5a. Sikhim. (7)TPIONEA CLAVIFERA, n. sp. ¢. Head and thorax fuscous brown; abdomen paler. Fore wing with the fovea below base of cell, forming a large pouch on upperside with fan of scales above it; colour fuscous brown mixed with ochreous ; the antemedial line represented by an oblique series of black points; black points at angles of cell and one above them on costa; the postmedial line arising from black point on costa, minutely waved and highly excurved from costa to vein 2, its outer edge defined by ochreous; a terminal series of points. Hind wing paler brown, with terminal series of minute dark points. @ with black claviform mark below cell of fore wing on outer edge of antemedial line; one specimen has the antemedial line defined by diffused white on inner side and the postmedial line placed on a diffused white area. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs, Cooktown. Hap. 22 mm. Scr. II. Fore wing of male with a large tuft of hair beyond upper angle of cell below. (8) Pronua NypstusaLis WIk, xix. 924. Borneo, Snot. III. (Perispasta). Fore wing of male with a very large elongate hyaline fovea beyond upper angle above. (9) Pronna cacunatis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1875, p. 331, pl.10. f. 46a. U.S.A, TPerispasta immiatalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 232. 4 immaculalis Grote, Smith’s List Lep. Bor.-Am. p. 80. Secr. [V. Fore wing of male with foveas below middle and in end of cell; hind tibie with the outer medial spur minute. (10)*Pronna pRAxITaLIs Druce, Biol.-Centr. Am., Het. ii. p. 205, pl. 60. f. 17. Mexico; Centr. Amer. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XVI. 16 242 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Srcr. V. Fore wing of male with a fovea covered with hair below base of median nervure above; the costa of hind wing highly arched at base. A. (Nomis). Hind tibie of male with the outer medial spur minute. (11) Pronna ALBoPEDALIS Motschl. Etudes, 1860, p. 38. Japan. B. (Microstega). Hind tibiz of male with the outer medial spur half the length of inner. (12) PronEa PANDALIS Hiibn. Verz. p. 355. Europe; Japan. Pyralis verbascals Hiibn. Pyr. f. 59. » angustalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 379. » terminalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 379. +Botys jessica Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. 39. £. 6. + ,, protensa Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. 39. f. 7. (13)+Pronza LuTEALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 439. Brazil. (14)tPronza cervinatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p.439. Brazil. (15)rPronza anENaceA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 431. Brazil. Szor. VI. Fore wing of male without foveas. A. (Prodasycnemis). Mid tibiz of male with large tuft of recurved hair from extremity. (16)+PionEa rnoRNATA Butl. Ill, Het. iii. p. 76, pl. 59. f.12. Japan. B. (Udea). Hind tibie with the outer medial spur minute. a. Mid tibie dilated with a fold and tuft. (17) Pronua instiranis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 182. S. Europe. Botys ferraralis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 317, pl. 231. f. 6. (18) Pronna conFinatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 149, pl. 4. f. 4. E. Europe; W. Asia. Botys grecalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 199, pl. 11. f. 15. (19) Pionza LanevipaLis Ev. Bull. Mose. 1842, ii. p. 559. S.E. Europe; W. Asia. Botys arabescalis, H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 12, f. 79. (20) PIoNHA PROFUNDALIS Pack. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. x. p. 261. U.S.A. (21) Pronna FuLvaLIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 147. Europe; C. Asia. (22) Pronwa ruBIGALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 398. U.S.A. Botys oblunalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372. + ,, harveyana Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 104. (23)*PIonEA DEIDAMIALIS Druce, Biol.-Centr. Am., Het. ii. p. 210, pl. 60. f. 27. Mexico; Centr, Amer, 1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 243 (24) PionHA FERRUGALIS Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. ff. 54, 150. Europe; W. Asia; Madeira; W. & S. Africa; Scopula martialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Japan; Afghanistan ; p- 398. India ; Ceylon ; » Aypatialis Wik. xix. 1014. Burma. », testacea Butl. Ill. Het. iti. p. 77, pl. 59. f. 15. (25)*PIONEA OCTONALIS Snel]. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 581. N.E. India. (26)TPIoNEA RENALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224. Sikhim. (27)tPIoNBA DELINEATALIS Wlk., Melliss’s St. Helena, p. 189. St. Helena. (28) Prionza eLurais Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe. Pyralis albidalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 118. (29) PIoNEA SILVALIS Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. lxxxii; Mab. & Vuill. pl. xvii. f. 9. Syria. (30)+PIoNHA SCOPARIALIS, n. sp. 6. Head and thorax dark olive-brown and grey; abdomen grey-white. Fore wing grey-white, thickly irrorated and suffused with grey-brown to beyond middle and on terminal area, leaving a slightly irrorated broad postmedial whitish band; an obscure antemedial waved white line curled outwards and forming a hook above inner margin ; the orbicular and reniform very large, defined by black, and with black centres; a postmedial dark speck on costa, followed by an obliquely curved minutely-waved line; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing white, with black points at the two angles of cell; an indistinct curved postmedial line; an apical fuscous patch extending more or less to vein 2; a terminal series of black points; underside suffused with fuscous, with the post- medial line prominent and maculate. Hab, Tibet, Yatong, 10,500 feet (Hobson). Hap. 24 mm. (31) Pionza PRUNALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe. Pyralis leucophealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 77. » nebulalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 386. (32) PronnA scoRIALis Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 566. Sicily. (33) PIONEA sOBRINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 360. Brazil. Ebulea ialis W1k. xix. 1009. (34)TPIoNEA FUSCULALIS, n. sp. Head and thorax brown; abdomen fuscous, with whitish seg- mental lines; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing brown; an antemedial waved black line obtusely angled below cell; a discoidal black lunule; a postmedial minutely-dentate black line excurved to vein 2, below which it is angled inwards almost to the cell, then bent outwards again. Hind 16* 244 SIR G. F. HAMPSON REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, wing fuscous, with two black points on discocellulars ; the post- medial line excurved between veins 5 and 2; both wings with terminal series of black points. Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus); Peru, Callao. Hwp. 24 mm. (35)+Pronwa oLtvanis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441. Brazil. (36)tPronna FLavinorata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441. Brazil. (37)tPionEA suBROSEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441 (9). B razil. (38)+PIONBA PHZALIS, n. sp. 3. Head and thorax dark brown and black; abdomen black, with pale segmental lines and anal tuft, the ventral surface pale with black points. Fore wing dark brown, irrorated and suffused with black; an indistinct sinuous antemedial line angled outwards below cell; obscure black annuli at middle of cell and on disco- cellulars ; the postmedial line defined by ochreous on outer side, excurved between veins 6 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell; some black points on costa towards apex and a terminal series of ochreous points. Hind wing fuscous, with two dark points on discocellulars; traces of a postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2; a terminal series of black points. @. Fore wing with the markings rather more distinct, with pale patches on inner area at postmedial line and on costa towards apex. ae Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap. 20 mm. (39)7Pronza sTELLATA Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 179. Hawaii. (40)+Pronea NigREscENS Butl. A. M.N. H. (5) vii. p. 328 (1881). Hawaii. (41)fPionna ENNYCHIOIDES Butl. A. M. N. H.(5) vi. p. 328 (1881). Hawaii. (42)+PIoNEA MoNTICOLANS (-ENS) Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 34. Hawaii. (43)+Pronea micacra Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) vii. p. 326 (1881). Hawaii. b. Mid tibie not dilated. (44)TPIONEA ANTIGASTRIDIA, N. sp. @. Ochreous; head and thorax tinged with brownish ; palpi white at base. Fore wing with fiery-red streaks on the veins and in interspaces; the costal area brownish; black points at middle of cell and on discocellulars ; a postmedial fuscous line with black points on the veins running out to an obtuse angle on vein 5, then incurved to middle of inner margin, and with an obscure fuscous spot beyond it on costa; cilia blackish, white at tips. Hind wing yellowish white, with a rufous mark on termen at vei, 2; dark lines on termen and cilia from apex to vein 2. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Hap. 24 mm. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 245 (45)+PIONEA LEUCOCRASPIA, n. sp. 3. Bright reddish fulvous; palpi white at base. Fore wing with obscure fuscous point in cell and discoidal lunule ; the post- medial line indistinct, oblique from costa to vein 5, dentate to vein 2, then bent inwards to middle of inner margin ; cilia fuscous at base, white at tips. Hind wing yellowish white, with a rufous patch on termen near vein 2; dark lies on termen and through cilia from apex to vein 2. Hab. Brazil, Sao Paulo (Jones). Hap. 20 mm. (46) PronBA TESTACEALIS Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 571. S. Europe. Botys ochrealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 140, pl. 219. f. 1. Ebulea rubrebralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 359. (47) Pronua crocnaris Hibn. Pyr. f. 71. Europe; W. Asia. Pyralis ochrealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 146. (48) Pronza tureanis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 145. Europe. Margaritia institialis Steph. Ill. iv. p. 56. Scopula pascualis Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 206. » etialis Steph. Cat. B. M. p. 244. (49)+PronEA GRACILIS Warr. P. Z.8. 1888, p. 334. N.W. India. (50) Pronea NIgRostigMALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 96. N.E. India. (51) Pronza InquINaTALIS Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 205. Labrador ; Botys glacialis Pack. Labr. xi. p. 52. Europe. (52) Pronna stacHyDaLis Zinck. Germ. Fn. iv. no. 18. Europe, (53) PIoNEA BICOLORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 205. WES 2As +Endotricha julialis W1k. xvii. 389. W. Indies ; 8S. Amer. Cindaphia incensalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 439, plese. Botys facitalis Berg, Bull. Mose. xlix. pt. 2, p. 224. Botys amiculatalis Berg, 8. E. Z. xxxvi. p. 343. +Pionea pulchripictalis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 341. (54)*Pionna ancustaLis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 26. Mexico. C. (Pionea). Hind tibie of male with the outer medial spur well developed. a. Mid tibiez of male dilated with a fold and tuft. (55) PronEA veRBASCALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe; W. Asia; Japan: India; Ceylon. Pyralis arcualis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 80. Botys plumbocihalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 576. (56)+PronEa PoLiosticrA Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ined. Ceylon. (57)7PIoNEA MANDRONALIS WIK. xix. 1014. India; Ceylon, 246 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 2], (58)+PionnA LEUCANALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 276, pls. seme: Assam; Burma. (59)*PionEA GENTALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 69, pl. 3. £.10(@). Japan. (60);PronnA ALBICOsTALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 271. India; Burma. (61)*PIONEA PR#HPANDALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 573. Sikhim. (62) Pionna auREoLALIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 375. India ; Ceylon; Burma; Andamans. +Pyralis ochrealis Moore, P. ZS. 1877, p. 614. Paliga contractalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 113 (1896). (63) Pronna PLAcENS WIk. xxxiv. 1416. Borneo. (64)+PIONEA ALBIFIMBRIALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1446. China ; Formosa; Sumatra; Java. Botys niveicilialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 64. (65)+PIoNHA MINNEHAHA Pryer, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 234, pl. 4. f. 9. Japan ; China. (66) Pronna TuRTUSALIS WIk. xviii. 690. Borneo. +Botys bresialis Wik. xvili. 699. » eriggusalis Wik. xix. 1005. (67) PronEA LUGUBRALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 67, pl. 3. £.6 (¢ ). Japan. (68)*PIonHA MINNITHALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 242, pl. 62. f. 15. Centr. Amer. (69);+Pronea aAvRoRA Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) vii. p. 327 (1881). Hawaii. (70)+PIONHA DAICLESALIS WIk. xix. 1017. N. Zealand. (71)fPIONEA FURNACALIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 254. Fiji. (72) Pronna orBrcenTRALIS Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p- 22. Amur; Japan; N. China. b. Mid tibize of male not dilated. (73)+PionzA RHODOCHRYSA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 447. Australia. (74) PIoNBA ROSINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 342, pl. 9. f. 10. Brazil. (75)+PionzA avRoRINA Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. xxxix. f. 9. Japan. (76)+PIonBA PROLAUSALIS W1k. xix. 990. S. Africa. (77)+PIoNHA RHEXIALIS WIk. xvii. 624. Venezuela. (78)+PIONEA FENTONI Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 587. Japan ; India. Type. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 247 (79)+Pionna PHIALUSALIS WIk. xix. 991. W. Africa. (80) Pronna NoBitis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224, pl. 7. f. 29. Sikhim. (81) Pronna auvratanis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 472 (1895). Japan. (82)+PIoNEA BREVIALIS W1k. xviii. 759. India ; Ceylon ; +Scopula eximialis W1k. xxxiv. 1471. N. Australia. Botys divisalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 10. f. 4. Mnesictena pactolina Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 234. (83)TPIoNEA EXTERNALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. 1891, ii. p. 296. US.A, (84) Pronna caAsTORALIS W1k. xviii. 693. 8. India; Andamans ; +tSamea purpurescens Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 615. Borneo. (85)PronEa ABLACTALIS W1k, xviii. 660. India ; Ceylon ; Burma; Sumbawa; Amboina. (86)+PIONBA TRIPARTALIS, n. sp. 6. Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with dark brown ; abdomen brown mixed with grey. Fore wing bright red-brown, thickly irrorated with grey and black scales, and divided into three equal parts by oblique straight ante- and postmedial grey lines. Hind wing pale yellowish, with some darker irroration on termen and a series of dark points. Hab. Peru. Hap. 26 mm. (87) Pronnsa ForFICALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 533. Europe ; C. Asia; Japan; Himalayas. + ,, sodalis Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 59, pl. 39. f. 4. (88) Pronza arricatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 370, and Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. pl. vii. f. 43. Sicily ; Algeria; 8. Africa. Pionea zonalis Lah. Contr. p. 20. tRivula vicurialis Wik. xxxiv. 1155. +Scopula concisalis W1k. xxxiv. 1470. (89)+PionnA INFUSCALIS Zell. Caffr. p. 41. S. Africa. (90)}PionEA INcCLUSALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1464. W. Indies ; Honduras ; Venezuela. Euryereon fuscocilialis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1875, p. 210, pl. 13. Eas (91);Pronzna imitans Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 299 (1891). Brazil. (92) PIonEA OPALISALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. Brazil. (93) Pronra THNIOLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. Brazil. (94)tPronpna EXUVIALIS Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. |W. Indies ; Honduras ; Brazil. Botys syphawalis W1k. xviii. 604. 248 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (95),PIONEA PHEOCHYSIS, n. sp. 3. Head and thorax dark brown; palpi white below ; abdomen fuscous, with whitish segmental lines and large genital tufts. Fore wing dull brown; a waved black antemedial line with red patch on its inner side below the cell; a dark point in cell and discoidal lunule; the area below and beyond the cell yellowish white irrorated with red, brown, and black scales; the postmedial line nearly straight, with diffused dark band on its outer side; a reddish subapical patch ; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing hyaline white ; a terminal fuscous band from apex to vein 2 and fine terminal line. Hab. Ecuador, Loja. xp. 24 mm. (96) Pronea synvrais WIk. xviii. 615. Brazil. Botys myopicalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, pl. 8. Diped tp (97)+PionHa EUPALUSALIS WIk. xviii. 605. Venezuela. (98)fPronEA vinoTincTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340. W. Indies. (99)+PionEA sERIOPUNCTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 341. W. Indies. (100)+PronEA FERRUGINEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 431. Brazil. (101)*Pronza pEcETIALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 205, jolt, GO), FING. Centr. Amer. (102) Pronna NerRissazis WIk. xviii. 505. Brazil. Botys graviusalis Wik. xix. 986. », nocmonalis Wik. xix. 987. Scopula permivtalis Wik. xxxiv. 1466. . +Phlyctenia paolinuiis Warr. A. M. N. H, (6) ix. p. 431. (103)+Pronza TaTatis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 106. U.S.A. (104)*PionEa pusistaLis W1k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) 1. p. 126. Brazil. (105) Pronna RUBIGINALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 79. Europe ; W. Asia; Japan. (106) Pionna sraiusanis WIk. xix. 945. Colombia ; Brazil. Botys scitalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 378, pl. 10. f. 11. (107)tPronza pEsPEcTA Butl. EH. M. M. xiv. p. 49. Hawaii. TScopula caiqgua Butl. H. M. M. xvii. p. 9. (108)+Pronna HELVIUSALIS WIk. xvii. 786. _ , S. America, +Scopula itylusalis W1k. xviii. 787. +Pionea fuscipalpalis Wk. xxxiv. 1457. +Scopula bogotalis W1k. xxxiv. 1463. +Orambus bogotanellus Wik. xxxv. 1754. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 249 (109)}+Pronza amitina Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p.54. Chili. TScopula indistincta Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 54. t 4, meélanosticta Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 5d. (110)7Pionna sapunosaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 393. Chili. (111)tPionza FuMIPENNIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 392. Juan Fernandez. (112)?Pionna picEatis WIk. xviii. 792. Australia. (113) Pronza NuMpRALIS Hiibn. Pyr.f.89. 8S. Europe; Armenia. Scopula simplicella Lah. Contr. Faun. Sic. 51. (114) PronEa neBULALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 51. Europe. Pyralis squalidalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 144. Scopula pinetalis Zett. Ins. Lapp. 970. » arcticalis Zett. Ins. Lapp. 972. Botys pratalis Zell. 8. E. Z. 1841, p. 176. (115) PionEA DECREPIDALIS H.-S. iv. p. 40, ff. 67,61. Europe. (116)+Prionza rrysatis WIk. xix. 828. U.S.A. TStantira variegata Wk, xxvii. 76. TBotis turmalis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 33. » hyperborealis Moschl. 8. H. Z. xxxy. p. 163. (117)7PionEA WASHINGTONIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 577. USA. Botys mvinetalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii, p. 152. (118)*PIoNEA NOLALIS, nD. sp. 6. White; antenne blackish; thorax irrorated with black. Fore wing with the basal half irrorated with black, especially below costa; a black point below base of costa; an antemedial black line interrupted in cell and at vein 1; a discoidal spot ; the postiedial line excurved round cell, then retracted to below it ; the subterminal line slightly curved, with short lines beyond it from costa and at tornus ; a prominent series of terminal points from apex to vein 2. Hind wing semihyaline, the terminal area slightly suffused with fuscous. Hab. 8. Celebes (Doherty). Exp. 20 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (119)}Pronua tactEata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 62 (1891). Marquesas. (120)+Pronna stRamiInata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 62. Marquesas. (121) Pionra onrvais Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe ; Pyralis nvealis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 385. Armenia. » umbralis Hibn. Pyr. f. 52. - (122)}Pronna inpistinoranis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 394. U.S.A 250 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (123) Pronza cyawauis Lah. Pyr. p. 30. Europe. (124)+Pionna DetpRsAaLis WIk. xxxiv. 1465. Venezuela; Peru. (125)}Pionna Mitis Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 53. Chili. (126)*PrIonEA AUTOCLESALIS WIk. xix. 985 (9). Brazil. (127)7Pronna tnHospPiraLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 394. Uis-Ae (128)7Pionna THYALIS WIk. xviii. 667. China. (129) PIONEA LEUCOSTICTALIS, n. sp. @. Fuscous; palpi blackish, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, fore tibize and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing with traces of antemedial line; a dark discoidal point; an indistinct postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 2, where it is retracted to below angle of cell; the outer half of costa with five very prominent pure white spots. Hind wing with in- distinct pestmedia’ line, obsolete towards costa and slightly re- tracted at vein 2; both wings with fine dark terminal line; cilia of hind wing w ae at tips. Hab, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek). Exp. 20 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. Auctorum. Nomis tessellalis Motschl. Etudes, 1860, p. 38. Japan. Scopula argyroscelis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 222. Hawaii. » eucrena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 218. Hawaii. Pronea conquisitahs Guen. Alg. 11. p. 403, pl. 4. f. 9. Algeria. Botys assutalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, pl. 8. f£. 14. Venezuela. », subochracealis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. 1884, p. 268. Amboina. » imtegralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 373, pl. 10. f. 12. Venezuela. » tritalis Christ. Bull. Mosc. lvi. (1) p. 20. Amur; N. China. Scopula illutalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400 = dilutalis Guen. Se p- 401, pl. 4. £.6; Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. pl. vii. f. 4 Algeria. a fee Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p.396 = bipunctalis H.-S. ff. 140, 141. S. Europe ; Armenia. Botys costalis Ev. Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 166 = hilaralis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 23. Siberia. » perochrealis Christ. Rom. Mém. ii. p. 35, pl. 1. f. 6. Armenia. » varias Brem. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. viii. p. 69, pl. 6. £. 9. Siberia. Scopula concoloralis Oberth. Ht. Ent. i. p. 68, pl. 2. f. 6. Algeria. Cindaphia impuralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 264, pl. xiv. £.10. W. Indies. Pronea terminalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 338. Madagascar, Type. Type. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 251 Genus 147. PARATALANTA. Paratalanta Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 440. Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, tri- angularly scaled; the 3rd joint hidden with hair; maxillary palpi almost filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated ; mid tibiz dilated with a fold containing a tuft of long hair and a fringe of scales ; hind tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing of male very long and narrow, the outer margin oblique, a strong costal fold on basal half; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 separate; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing of male with the outer margin somewhat excised from vein 3 to near anal angle, which is lobed; the cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 from close to angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Paratalanta ussurialis, $. }. PARATALANTA USSURIALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 68, pl. 6. £6: Siberia ; China; Japan. Botys cultralis Staud. 8. E. Z. 1867, p. 108. » labutonalis Led. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1871, pl. ii. f. 9. » amurensis Rom. Mém. ui. p. 32. Genus 148. APLECrROPUS. Aplectropus Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 275. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibie without spurs. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 6,7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 to near apex. Fig. 148. & ra \ se £ Aplectropus leucopis, 3. jf. +APLECTROPUS LEUCOPISs Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 275, pl. 10. 2 10; Aden. ey 4) pat BJ Sirs i 252 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Genus 149. Pyravsta. Pyrausta Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii. 2, p. 163 (1802). Syllythria Hiibn. Verz. p. 349 (1827). Hematia Hiibn. Verz. p. 349. Epicorsia Hiibn. Verz. p. 355. Hapalia Hiibn. Verz. p. 355. Anania Hibn. Verz. p. 360. Ostrinia Hiibn. Verz. p. 360. Hercyna Tr. Schmett. Eur. vil. p. 179 (1829). Boreophila Guen. Dup. Cat. Meth. p. 195 (1831). Nascia Curt. Brit. Ent. vi. p. 599 (1840). Herbula Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 175 (1854). Synchromia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 288. Enulea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 357. Sebunta, W1k. xxvii. p. 77 (1863). Ennychia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 255. Algedonia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 363. Gyptitia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 138. Eclipsiodes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 343. Paliga Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 350 (1885). Opsibotys Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 474 (1890). Sciorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890). Micractis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 294 (1892). Glauconoé Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 296. Anthocrypta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 296. Aplographe Warr. A.. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301. Diacme Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 389. Niphograpta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 390. Cosmocreon Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 483. Ebuleodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 112 (1896). Placosaris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 89. Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi almost filiform; frons rounded; antenne about three-fourths length of fore wing and ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs short, the outer medial spur not more than two-thirds Fig. 149. Pyrausta coclesalis, . j. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 nearly straight ;-10 sometimes anastomosing shortly with 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 253 Sror. I. (Gyptitia). Antenne of male with a small tooth on inner side of 3rd joint; hind wing with the bases of vein 1 ¢ and median nervure fringed with long hair below. (1)tPyRausTa oCHRACHALIS Wk. xxxiv. 1446. Assam; Ceylon; Burma; Java; Celebes. Gyptitia gonialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 138, pl. 8. feo) G10 tHapalia denticulosa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 337, pl. 183. 1 Gb Sncr. IT. Antenne of male with a tuft of hair on inner side of basal joint; the base of shaft excised, flattened and contorted. (2)*Pyravsra TORRIDALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 448. Assam. Srot. II]. Antenne of male normal. A. Fore legs of male with thick tufts of fawn-coloured hair from base of cox and white hair from their extremities ; mid legs with large tufts of black and white spatulate hair from coxe, the tibiz clothed with rough hair. (3)tPyRavusta BAMBUCIVORA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224. India; Ceylon. tNascia arenalis Hmpsn. Il. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 173. f. 29. (4)¢Pyrausta cirrinaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 802( 9). N.W. Himalayas, B. Hind tibize of male with the outer medial spur minute. a. Fore wing of male with large fovea below the cell. (5) PYRAUSTA XANTHOTHYSANA, 0. sp. Reddish brown with a cupreous tinge; palpi below, front of pectus, and mid tibia and tarsi white, fore tibia with white bands. Fore wing with oblique sinuous dark antemedial line; a speck in cell and discocellular lunule; a highly dentate postmedial line slightly bent outwards between veins 7 and 2, then retracted ; a terminal series of black points; the cilia yellow. Hind wing with minutely dentate postmedial line; a terminal series of points, becoming a line towards tornus; cilia yellow. Hab. Sikhim. Exp. 36 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M. b. (Placosaris). Fore wing of male with scale-fans below median nervure on upper and under sides. (6)rPyRausTa LEVcULA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 89 Sangir, 254 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, c. (Nascia). Fore wing of male without scale-fans. (7) Pyrausta crn1aLis Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. f. 119. Europe ; Amur. Botys venosalis Nolck. Nat. Ver. Riga, 1848, i. p. 283. » virgata Reulti, Lep. Fri. 1389. Antigastra virgatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 38. (8)fPyRausta ACUTELLA WIk. xxxv. 1753. USA. {Botys venalis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 24. (9) Pyrausta FUMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 358. USA. tScopula orasusalis Wik. xviii. 784. +Botis badipennis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 88, pl. 2. f. 12. (10) PyravstTa RUBELLALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 577. N.E. India ; Burma. Botys coactalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 577. (11)TPyravusta BisienaTA Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 98, pl. 135. f. 11. N.W. Himalaya. (12) Pyravsra PAUPELLALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 469, Jl, WO, ih, India ; Ceylon. (13) Pyrausra opiiqeuata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224. India ; Ceylon ; Burma. T 4 nissoralis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 145. (14)*Pyravsta cynoatis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 221, oll, Gio its Jake Mexico; Centr. Am. (15)*Pyrausra stmPLEX Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 112. Assam. (16)*Pyrausra rmpuncTata Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 129. Natal. (17)tPyrausta CocLEsALIs Wlk. xvii. 701. Japan ; TBotys itemasalis Wik. xix. 996. Oriental region. + ., strenualis W1Ik. xxxiv. 1409. ft ,, tnterfusalis W1k. xxxiv. 1443. lentalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 44. lacrimalis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 69, pl. ii. f. 12. 99 39 (18)tPyravusra acutmeNntTaLis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 441 (@). Sikhim. (19) Pyrausra FRaupULENTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 474. Assam. (20)+PyRausTa BAMBUSALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222. N.E. India. (21) Pyravsra pintasalis WIK. xviii. 649. China ; N.W. Himalayas. (22) Pyravsra Fruscanis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe. Puralis cineralis Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 379. Margaritia pulverals Steph. Il. iv. p. 56. . fimbrialis Steph. Ill. iv. p. 56. Pyralis juaalis Schrank, Faun. Boica, p. 1712. 1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ, 255 (23) Pyrausta TERREALIS Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 110. U.S.A. ; Europe; Afghanistan. Scopula borealis Curt. Brit. Ent. 175. +Botys mysippusalis Wk. xvili. 564. humilalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9. fs (24)pPyRausTA ACCOLALIS Zell. 8S. E. Z. 1867, p. 190. S.E. Europe. (25) Pyrausta sAMBUCALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe. 29 (26) Pyravusta TERTIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 364. U.S.A. Botys plectilis Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 20, Pleecente lie » syringicola Pack. Rep. Mass. Board Agric. 1870. (27)*PYRAUSTA TRIUMPHALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 47. Bogota. (28) PyrausTa LucTUALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 88. Europe; Amur; Noctua unigutta Esp. iv. p. 104, pl. 183. ff. 1, 2. Japan. TEnnychia dwersa Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 585. (29)tPyrausra suFFUSALIS Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 488 (@ ). Japan. C. Mid tibie of male immensely dilated with a fold and tuft of hair; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur one-third length of inner. (30) PyRAUSTA MELLINALIS Hubn. Zutr. 1. 24, 69. ff. 137, 138. U.S.A.; W. Indies ; S. America Botys edipodalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 336. t ,, butyrosa Butl. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 493. Eudioptis oratalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 158. (81)7PyRaUsTA FLAVIDENSALIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p- 287 (palpi broken). Brazil. D. Mid tibize of male immensely dilated with a thick fringe of large curved scales on inner side. (82) PyRavsTa VARIALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 69, pl. vi. f. 9. Siberia ; Japan. TOpsibotys latipennis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 295 (1892). E. Legs of male normal; the outer medial spur about one-half length of inner. a. (Crypsiptya). Thorax of male with a large fan of scales at base of fore wing below. (33)TPYRAUSTA CHADESALIS WIk. xviii. 639. W. & E. Africa. 256 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (34)7PyRausta pEpucTALIS WIk. xvii. 659; Hmpsn. India ; Il. Het. ix. pl. 183. f. 8. Ceylon; Malayan Botys neridalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, subregion Pecmaleupl. One. to New Guinea. » ausonialis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 578. TGlauconoé fuscescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297 (1892). b. Thorax of male normal. a’. Fore wing of male with a glandular swelling on costa at two-thirds from base ; a hyaline fovea in end of cell; vein 7 from well below upper angle, 6 from below middle of discocellulars, the base of each curved downwards and with elongate foveas above them. (35)fPYRAUSTA FOVIFERAIIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 439. Burma. b'. (Anthoerypta). Hind wing of male with a large patch of androconia from below middle of cell to near outer margin. (36) PYRAUSTA SUBINQUINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 362. Brazil. c’. Wings of male normal. (37)TPYRAUSTA PERELEGANS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 29.) 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen above purplish, the last tinged with black; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white; wings very pale hyaline yellow. Fore wing with the costa bright purple, expanding to inner margin at base, slightly at middle, into a truncate triangular discoidal patch with a yellow point on it, and into an apical patch extending to vein 5 and bearing two yellow spots and a fine terminal line ; a very indistinct dentate line from lower edge of apical patch to vein 2 near cell and angled outwards above vein 1; some purple points on termen. Hind wing with discoidal point and irregularly waved postmedial indistinct fuscous line bent outwards between veins 5 and 3; some purple points on termen. Hab. Colombia; Peru. Hap. 28 mm. (88) PYRAUSTA CINIFERALIS W1Ik. xxxix. 1417. Ceylon ; Burma; Borneo. tHapalia concolor Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ui. p. 339, pl. 181. f. 3. (39)TPYRAUSTA SUBFLAVALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297 (1892). Madagascar. (40)7PyRAUSTA ALBICHRALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. p. 678. U.S.A. (41)tPyRavstTa ALLECTALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p.107. U.S.A. Eurycreon perplewals Fern. Can. Ent. xvii. p. 57. (42)tPyrausra vacunaLis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 33. U.S.A. (43) Pyravsra RHIPHEUSALIS WIk. xviii. 710. Borneo; Solomons. 1899.]} OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®, Pi (44) Pyravsta incororALIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Syria ; p. 333. W. &S. Africa ; tBotys melonalis Wk. xviii. 702. Aden ; India ; TSpilodes nitetesalis Wlk. xviii. 773. Malayan subregion TBotys albidalis Wik. xxxiv. 1411. to Australia. »» ruficostalis Led. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1855, p. 217, pl. 3. f. 4. (45) Pyravusta REPANDALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120. Europe. Pyralis pallidalis Hiibu. Pyr. f. 115. (46) PyravstTa PERLUCIDALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 143. Europe. Botys commellalis Chrét. Le Nat. 1891, p. 99. (47) PyrausTa PERTEXTALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pat. LO: WESzA Botis gentilis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 173. » thesealis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1872, p. 514. (48)?PyRausta FissaLis Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 273. U.S.A. (49) Pyratsta MODERATALIS Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 25. Japan. (50)tPyRavusta mELEALIS Wlk. xviii. 565. Waser TBotis quinquelinealis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 231. (51)fPyravusta THESTEALIS W1k. xviii. 733. WES. AG TBotis magistralis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 1. p. 178. » gulosalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xni. p. 155. (52)7TPYRAUSTA THESEUSALIS WIk. xviii. 562. WScA TBotis feudalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. i. p. 21. (58)TPyRAUSTA LANGDONALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix.p.10. U.S.A. (54) Pyravsta oxypatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 328. U.S.A.> Brazil. (55) Pyravusta FLAVIDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 329. U.S.A. tBotys lacoalis W1k. xvii. 733. T 4, cinctipedalis Wik. xxxiv. 1391. (56) Pyravsra PUNCTIMARGINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 438. Sikhim. (57) Pyravsta rravazis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe. Botys lutealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 331, pl. 233. f. 1 (var.). » citralis HN. iv. p. 28. (58)7PYRAUSTA PROCILLUSALIS WIk. xvii. 641. S. Africa. + Botys flavissimalis Wk. xxxiv. 1402. ; Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. XVII. Ly 258 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTIIS [ Feb. 21 (59) Pyravsra rTrrnais Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 317. Europe ; . flavalis v. tripunctalis Oberth. Bull. C. Asia. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. xcix. (60)+Pyravusta stenaTaLis Wlk, xxxiv. 1444. India ; Ceylon ; Java. (61)?Pyrausta GRACILIS Butl. Il. Het. iii. p. 74, pl. 59. f. 4. Botys explicatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. 1881, 1. p. 16. Japan. (62)7PyRausTA PHYLLISALIS WIk. xix. 936. WESeAs (63) PyrausTa LIPARALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 195. Brazil. Botys catonalis W1k. xix. 936. (64)7Prravsta ELEALIS WIk. xvii. 351. U.S.A. TBotys tedialis Wk. xviii. 732. (65) PyravusTa ADIPALOIDES Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. De 275 pla 2: te LO! U.S.A. (66) Pyravsta mopsanis WIk. xviii. 594. Venezuela. Botys mettiusalis Wk. xviii. 731. (67)tPYRAUSTA ALBIGUTTALIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 289. Brazil. (68) Pyravsta orronaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 196. Brazil. Botys finitalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 335. (69) Pyravsta BITERNALIS Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 185, (Ol, Bp its Oe Armenia. (70) tPYRAUSTA FUSCIMACULALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 25. U.S.A. TBotys confovealis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 151. (71)fPyRavsta SUBMEDIALIS Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 111. Canada ; tBotis dissectalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36. U.S.A. » pilalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xii. p. 151. (72)fPYRAUSTA TRIMACULALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 24. U.S.A. (73) Pyrausta Prmpnranis Led. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1869, p. 90, lvoe oll Armenia ; Centr. Asia. (74) Pyravusta LUTULENTALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 149. fava Syria. (75)tPyravsra avrua Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 414 (1875). Natal. (76)TPYRAUSTA FLAVICOLORALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x.p. 25. U.S.A. (77)TPYRAUSTA THALESALIS W1k. xvi. 599. Honduras. (78)*Pyravsra ILLuTALIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 333. Brazil. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2A. 259 (79) Prravsra ExTRIcALIs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 338. Canada; +Pionea dionalis W1\k. xviii. 758. USA TSpilodes niseecalis Wk. xviii. 771 Botys intricatalis Led. Wien, Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 378, pl. 10. £. 9 teeta oppilalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36. (80)+PyRravusta HELVALIS WIk. xvi. 757. US.A. t Botis oscitalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36. » gyralis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 152. (81)7PyRAUSTA SANGUINEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 294 (1892). Japan. (82) PyRAUSTA SALENTIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 207,.& SSS ple fat. 1 Java; Celebes; Flores; Australia. (83) PyravustTa FURNACALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332. Australia. (84)+PyRausta DAMOALIS WIk. xviii. 656. Japan; China ; +Botis scapulals W1k. xviii. 657. Himalayas; Burma. Hapalia dorsivittata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223, pl. 7. f. 18. (85) Pyrausta nuBianis Hibn. Samml. Hur. Schmett., Pyr. 94. Europe; W. Asia; Himalayas ; Assam, Pyralis silacealis Hiibn. Samm]. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 116. » glabralis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 380. Botys zealis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332. Hapalia kasmirica Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222, pl. 7. f. 28. (86)}Pyravsra InDIsTans Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223. Himalayas. Botys callidoralis Oberth. Et. Ent. xv. p. 25, pl. ii. f. 30. (87)+PyRausra GRISEIFUSA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 153. S. India. (88)fPYRAUSTA OCCULTILINEA WIk. xxvii. 168. N.E. India; Borneo. (89) Pyrausra opuMBRATALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, ns Baan ULS2e (90) Pyravsta rosusta Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222, pl. 7. £.27( 2). Sikhin. (91) PyrausTa MUSTELINALIS Pack. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. x. p. 262. +Botis catenulalis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 105. U.S.A. , monulahks Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xi. p. 154. (92) Pyrausta cLaupiusaLis WIk. xvii. 629. U.S.A, (93) Pyrausra sIncuLARIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376, ple. ie de U.S.A.; Brazil. (94)7PyRAUSTA RUBIDALIS Dognin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xli. p-. 249 (1897). (1898, Plate L. fig. 30°.) Ecuador. 1 Named egcarsialis in the Explanation of the Plate. his 260 STR G. F. HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (95)7PYRAUSTA GLAUCESCENS, n. sp. -$. Head and thorax reddish brown suffused with grey; abdomen ochreous tinged with fuscous. Fore wing rufous suffused with grey, especially on inner and apical areas ; the antemedial black line very indistinct, strongly angled below the cell and with a prominent spot on inner margin; a prominent white, discoidal spot ; an obliquely curved postmedial series of black points on a broad band of grey suffusion. Hind wing white, with subterminal black points on veins 2 to 6, some brown suffusion on termen from apex to vein 2. Hab, Ecuador. Exp. 34 mm. (96) Pyrausta InLipatis Hiibn. Zutr. 1. 19, 48. ff. 95, 96. +Botys arsaltealis W1k. xvii. 564. Canada; U.S.A. T 4, euphesalis Wik. xix. 1008. TSebunta guttulosa Wlk. xxvu. 78. Scoparia fascialis W1k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 127. Botys subjectalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 374, pl. 10. ity es 4 magniferals Wik. Can. Nat. & Geol. vi. p. 41. (97) PyRausta INCONCINNALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, Toll LO), aes OU. SeAr TBotis crocatalis Grote, Papilio, i. p. 167. , festalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 153. (98) en FUTILALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. ee Ole IU, 8 TL US {Botis erectalis Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 99. (99) PyraustaA FUMOFERALIS Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p- 154. WESAG (100) Pyrausta suBsrquatis H.-S. Schmett. Eur. vi. p. 141, f, 133. Armenia. (101) Pyrausta asinatis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 185. Europe. Botys characteralis Err. vi. p. 67, £. 521. (102) Pyrausra ERIopsaLis W1k. xix. 1006. Assam ; Borneo. Glauconoé atrigenalis Warr. A. M. N. H.(6)xvii. p. 95 (1896). (103)*PyRausta cuRVALIS Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 68, pl. ii. f. 3, Japan. (104) Pyravusta vireLLInauis Koll. Hiig. Kash. iv. p. 492. Himalayas ; Burma. Botys extinctalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 467, pl. ix. tty keh (105)tPyrausta usraLis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vii. p. 138, te 155. ite Oo S. India. (106) Pyrausra PRoFusaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 95. N.E. India ; Ceylon ; ee 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 261 (107) Pyrausta DIFFUSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 340. S. Europe ; Syria; N.W. India. Botys affusalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 340. » carnealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 322, pl. 232. f. 4 (nec iihe:))3 » tenuialis Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 387, pl. 3. ee (108)7Pyrausra PHARISALIS WIk. xvii. p. 726. Australia. (109)*PyRaUsTA MALEDICTALIS, n. n. Pyrausta fuscalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii pe 27 (preoce.). W. India. (110)7Pyravusra coorumBA Hmpsn. Hl. Het. viii. p. 132, pl. 154. te Loe Assam ; ‘S. India. Ebulea anomalalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. au) (111)7Pyrravsra trncraLis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 132, pl. 154. EG. 8. India. (112)fPyravusta PuRPURASCHNS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 162, pl. 172. £. 14. Ceylon. (113)7PyRausta BENENorATA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 142. N.E. India. (114)*Pyravusta tTRipLagALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p- 114(@). Assam. (115)7Pyrausta NicREScCENS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 221. Sikhim. ( P Pp (116)*Pyravusta NicRITALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. ae um a. (117) Pyravusta Limporuncratis H.-S. iv. p. 115, f. 117. S. Europe ; W. &C. Asia. Herbula sardinialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 178, pl. 4. f. 5. » congeneralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 179. Botys frustalis H.-S. N. Schmett. f. 144. dissolutalis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 171 (var.). 99 (118) Pyrausta arREALiIs Hiibn. Pyr. f. 44. Europe; W. & C. Asia. Pyralis opacalis Hubn. Pyr. ff. 169, 170. Pyrausta suffusalis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 68. Scopula ablutalis Ey. F. V. & U. 461 (var.). (119) PyrausTa suBonIvanis Pack. Ann. Lyc. N. York, x. p. 261. GeScAC Botys unifascialis Pack. Aun. Lyc. N. York, x. p, 261. Botis hercynalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 252. », obnigralis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 153. (120)tPyrzausta canormnctatis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 431. N.W. Himalayas. 262 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21, (121) Pyravusta Torvatis Méschl. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1864, p. 198, pl. 5. f. 16. Labrador. tScoparia gelida McLachl. Journ. Linn. Soe. xiv. p. 115. (122) Pyrausta murinauis F. R. p. 276, pl. 92. f. 3. Europe. (123) Pyrausra ausrriacaLis H.-S. vi. p. 141, 1.142. | _Hurope. Scopula donzelalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 392, pl. 6. f. 12. Botys sororialis Heyd. Jahrb. Graub. 1860, & 8. H. Z. 1862 (var.). ,, nitidalis, Heinem. Schmett. Deutschl. p. 83 (var.). (124) Pyravsra ULIGINOSALIS Steph. Cat. 166. Europe. Botys monticolalis Lah. Pyr. 26. (125) Pyrausta ALPINALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe. (126)*Pyravsra DEVIALIS Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 21. Bogota. (127) PyRAUsTA RHODODENDRALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 363, pl. 235. f. 5. Europe. Tortrix sulphurana Hibn. 162. (128) Pyrausta FopinaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 369, p- ‘Dll, Sh, it 8) U.S.A. tBotis socialis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. 107. (129) PypausTa SEMIRUBRALIS Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. x. (1878) p. 263. U.S.A. (130) PyravsTa PERRUBRALIS Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. x. p. 265. U.S.A. (131)7PyYRAUSTA POSTRUBRALIS, n. sp. Head and thorax bright yellow ; palpi brownish, white at base ; frons and shoulders pink; abdomen yellowish white. Fore wing bright yellow; a pink fascia below basal half of costa; a pink antemedial line angled below cell, then obsolescent ; a large pink discoidal spot extending to costa and connected at lower end with the broad oblique pink postmedial band, which is angled inwards to costa on inner side and extends to apex on outer. Hind wing yellowish white ; a subterminal fuscous band from costa to vein 2, towards which it becomes pinkish. Hab. Mexico, Arizona (Schaus). Hap, 24 mm. (132)*PYRAUSTA PERFULVALIS, n. sp. @. Bright fulvous; palpi white below; abdomen with slight fuscous segmental lines. Fore wing slightly irrorated with fuscous; an antemedial black line angled on median nervure, then incurved ; a discocellular lunule ; the postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to angle of cell and strongly excurved again. Hind wing with discoidal spot; the postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to angle of cell 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 963 and oblique to tornus ; both wings with terminal series of black strie ; the cilia fuscous at base, whitish at tips. Hab. Queensland, Dawson district (Barnard). Ep. 20 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (133)TPyRAUSTA ACHEHUSALIS WIk. xix. 1007. Australia. (184) Pyrausra paLusrraxis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 129, 130. Noctua carneola Esper, pl. 69. f. 8. S.E. Europe. (135)7PYRAUSTA MEMNIALIS WIk. xix. 1010. Japan ; China. (136)7Pyrausta MACH@RALIS WIk. xix. 1013. Formosa; India; Ceylon; Burma; Java; Australia. TScopula damastesalis Wk. xix. 1013; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. ios fe Lise Botys egenalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 10. ito i Y 5, suavalis Wik. xxxiv. 1448. TtAsopia rufipicta Butl. P. Z. S. 1880, p- 682. TLbulea fimbriata Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 346. Paliga rubicundahs, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 96. » fsuscicostalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 146. (137)7Prrausta cubatatis WIk. xviii. 657. | Formosa; Ceylon; Burma; Malayan subregion. Botys rhecusalis W1k. xix. 1000. », subcrocealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 208. (188) Pyrausta FERRIFUSALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 164, pl. 172. ity Jy Ceylon ; Burma. (1389) Pyrausra extincrais Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 20. Siberia; Burma. (139 a) Pyrausra HYALopiscaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 471. ASSAi, (140)7PYRAUSTA LITHOSIALIS, n. sp. Q. Palpi orange, black at tips; frons and antennz black, vertex of head orange; thorax grey, tegule with black band, shoulders and metathorax behind orange ; legs orange and fuscous ; abdomen orange, with fuscous ventral spots. Fore wing grey ; an orange fascia on costal area; the basal half of costa black; the inner margin and termen orange. Hind wing orange; a large apical patch, a wedge-shaped terminal patch on vein 2, and the inner area blackish. Hab. Natal, Northdene. Exp, 24 mm. (141) Pyravsta RuBRITINcTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. joe 42s Assam. Syllythria metallica Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 107. (142) Pyrausta cruorALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 471. Assan:. 264. SIR G. F. HAMPSON——REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (143) Pyravsta caRDINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 188, pl. 7. £. 6. W. Indies; Brazil. Synchromia coceinealis Wik. xxxiv. 1292. Botys carnifex Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 184. f. 36. (144)*Pyrausta MUSTELALIS Wk. xix. 924. Borneo. (145) Pyravsta PHENICEALIS Hiibn. Verz. p. 348. Nearctie, Neotropical, Ethiopian, Oriental, & Australian regions. TRhodaria flegiais Wik. xvii. 316. cia. ah panopedlis Wik. xvii. 318. TBotys cecihahs W1k. xviii. 581. Rhodaria probalis Wik. xix. 923. a ocellusalis Wik. xix. 923. - noravalis W1k. xix. 926. - catenalis W1k. xxxiv. 1282. » Jjuncturals W1k. xxxiv. 1283. zs concatenalis W\k. xxxiv. 1284. Myriostephes heliamma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 448. ahs bb (146) Pyrausta insteniranis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 173. U.S.A.; W. Indies: S. Amer. +Botys eratalis Wik. xviii. 578. + ,, onythesalis W1k. xvii. 734. yAsopia largalis Wik. xix. 938. *Scopula ordinaialis Wik. xxxiv. 1465. (147) Pyravsra tincoraLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1868, p. 371, pl. 9. £. 5. Brazil. (148);Pyrausra acRionaLis Wk. xix. 925. U.S.A. ~Rhodaria acuphisalis Wik. xix. 926. Botys proceralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 367. » haruspica Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 19, plyZae A T Pyrausta sumptuosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1281. + Botys rujijimbrialis Grote, Can. Ent. xi. p. 34. (149);PyRAUSTA PYROCAUSDA, 1. sp. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown; palpi white at base. Fore wing yellow, suffused with fulvous brown; an antemedial sinuous black line bent outwards below the cell; a point in cell and pair of discoidal points; the postmedial lie exeurved and minutely dentate between veins 5 and 2, below which it is angled inwards; a subterminal oblique diffused line and terminal series of points. Hind wing orange-yellow, with postmedial black line oblique from costa to vein 2, where it isangled; a terminal fuscous band narrowing from costa te a point near tornus; a terminal series of black points. Ab. 1. Fore wing with the oblique subterminal band much more prominent, defined on inner side by clear yellow and on outer side 1899. ] - OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 265 diffused nearly to termen; hind wing with the costal and inner areas fuscous. Hab. Brazil: Sao Paulo, Parana (Jones). Hap, 20 mm. (150) Pyrausra RUBRIOALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 106. WES: Botys sinulalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 367. TRhodana nescalis Wik. xvu. p. 315. Botis californicalis Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. 1878, p. 260. on ia (151)}Pyrausta InirHucIALIS WI. xvii. 324. S. America. (152)*Pyrausta PRocHYTALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ti. p- 208, pl. 60. f. 24. Guatemala, (153) Pyrausra cHILiALis Feld.Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 30. Chili. (154)7Pyravusra PURPURARIA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 52. Chili. (155) Pyrausta BoREALIS Pack. Labr. xi. p. 50. Canada; U.S.A. TBotys matronalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sci. 1. p. 2381. (156)7Pyrausra SUBMARGINALIS WIk. xxxiy. 1288. Hab. Unknown. (157) Pyrausra suBsEQUALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 177, pl. 8. f. 3. Herbula insequalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 447. U.S.A. tIsopteryx madetisalis Wik. xix. 946. tHerbula repletalis Wik. xxxiv. 1285. ofp Ree efficituhks W1k. xxxiv. 1287. (158) Pyrausta orFuMaLIs Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xt. p. 150. U.S.A. (159)7Pyrausta CoMMIXTALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1459. +tCrambus indotatellus Wik. xxxv. 1752. U.S.A.; Finland. Botys septentrionalis Tengstr. Cat. p. 358. Eurycreon cereralis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872, p.517. (160) Prrausra ManuaLis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 195-197. 8. Europe; W. Asia; Siberia. var. furvalis Hy. Bull. Mosc. 1842, p. 561. (161) Pyrausra cespiraLis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Palearctic region; N. India; Burma. Tortria zonana Schaff. cones, pl. 262. ff. 4, 5. Tinea vestianella Clerck, Icones, pl. u. f. 11. Pyralis sordidalis Hiibn. Pyr. pl. 7. f. 40. Pyrausta intermedialis Dup. Lep. Fr. p. 350, pl. 254. ff. 1, 2. Botys despicata Scop. Ent. Carn. no. 579. tHerbula picarialis Wik. xxxiv. 1287. Botys tendinosalis Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 99, pl. 8. £. 10. (162) Pyrausta GEeNEROSA Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p- 20, pl..2. £. 10. U.S.A, 39 39 266 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (163)fPyRAUSTA FLAVOFASOIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi. Ge Ot U.S.A. (164) Pyravsra mEssa Druce, Biol. Centr.Am., Het. 11. p. 206, pl. 60. f. 20. Guatemala. (165)+Pyravusra nuBRivenA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 176 (11892.), Madagascar. (166) Pyrausta sancurinatis Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. no. 339. Europe; W. Asia; Siberia; N.W. Himalayas. Rhodaria hematalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 178 (var.). auroralis Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 645 (var.). us virginalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 216, pl. 224. f. 3. Ebulea simplicealis Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 71, pl. 6. f. 18. 99 (167) Pyrausra TrrHontALis Zell, Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872, p. 504, pl. 3.f. 15. Siberia. Botys dotatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 12. (168) Pyrausta PELLICALIS Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. vii. p. 189. Spain. (169) Pyrausta castaris Tr. Schm. Eur. vii. p. 164. 8. Europe. (170) Pyravsra LavicLAvia Grote & Rob. Tr..Am. Ent. Soe. i. ide Wis alls Be it, WZ UES sac Botis cinerosa Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 17, pl. 2. f, 13 (var.). (171) PyravsTa TYRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 169. U.S.A. 53 erosnealis Wik. xvu. 311. Botis diffissa Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 19. bellulalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 149. 99 (172)*PyRausta satvia Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ui. p. 207, pl. 60. f. 22. Mexico. (173)7PYRAUSTA SIGNATALIS Wik. xxxiv. 1282. U.S.A. Botis virulenta Grote & Rob. Tr. Am, Ent. Soc. i. p. 17. (174) Pyratsra TOGALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, ply Se tlss Cuba; Ecuador. (175)tPyravsra aGaTHALIS W1k. xvii. 318. Venezuela, (176)7PyRAUSTA VOLUPIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iil. p. 799. U.S.A. (177)TPyRAUSTA ANGUSTALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi, p- 273. U.S.A. (178)*PYRAUSTA ROSA Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 206, pl. 60. f. 19. Mexico, (179)rPyRaustTa suBNIcALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177 (1892). U.S.A. -(180)}PYRAUSTA ATROPURPURALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x. U.S.A, 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 267 (181)Prravsta LeraaLis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 33. U.S.A. os - (182)+Prravsra NICALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv.iv. U.S. p- 671 Botis wxorculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 153. (183)tPykausta coccinea Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 176 (1892). UES eA. (184) Pyrausra PorPHYRALIS Schiff. 8S. U. p. 317. S. Europe. Pyralis coccinalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 37. Pyrausta chionealis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 164, pl. 3. f. 4. (185) TPYRAUsTA ORPHISALIS WIk. xvi. 310. U.S.A. (186)*Pyrausta RANALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 6. Bogota. (187) Pyrausra FaALCATALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 167. S. Europe. » phenicealis F. R. p. 278, pl. 93. f. 2 (preocc.). (188)*PyRausta RHBALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 207, pl. 60. £. 28. Guatemala. (189) Pyrausra PuRPURALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. i. p. 883. Botys inflammata Scop. Ent. Carn. 564. Europe. Pyralis punicealis Hibn. Pyr. f, 34. », ostrinalis Hubn. Pyr. f. 113. » mestalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 226, pl. 224. » chermesinalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 167 (var.). (190) Pyrausra auRATA Scop. Ent. Carn. no. 565. Europe ; Syria; Persia; Afghanistan. Pyralis punicealis Schiff. W. V. p. 317. » porphyralis Hiibu. Pyr. t. 36. (191)TPYRAUSTA TRIZONALIS, n. sp. 6. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, mixed with ochreous scales; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous. Fore wing blackish tinged with red; a diffused orange antemedial band ; a spot in end of cell; a broad diffused orange postmedial band crossed below costa by the dark postmedial line, which is excurved between veins 6 and 2; an ill-defined subterminal orange band and spot above tornus. Hind wing black, with orange subbasal patch below the cell; orange medial and subterminal bands not reaching costa, the former angled at middle, the latter expanding into a patch below costa and obsolescent towards tornus. Underside of fore wing black, with the orange markings much more sharply detined. 2. Fore wing suffused with rufous, the orange and black markings all blurred and ill-defined, Hab. Mexico: Cordoba, Orizaba (Schaus). HEup.16mm. Type 3 in Coll. Schaus. 268 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21, (192)7PYRAUSTA PH HOPH@NICA, n. sp. 6. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, mixed with ochreous and dark purple-red scales; abdomen suffused with red on dorsum and with pale segmental lines. Fore wing dark purple-red, irrorated with yellow and greyish scales; indistinct waved subbasal and antemedial yellow lines; a yellow spot in end of cell; a sinuous postmedial line strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2; a subterminal line represented by marks below apex and above tornus. Hind wing black-brown, with yellow spot below middle of cell; a postmedial band between veins 5 and 2; subterminal spots below veins 6 and 2, and a spot on inner margin above tornus. Under- side with much more developed greyish-yellow markings. Hab. Brazil, Castro Parana (Jones). Hap. 14 mm. (193)*PYRAUSTA LATINIGRALIS, n. sp. 2. Head and thorax black ; palpi orange below; vertex of head with some orange scales; legs orange, fore legs with black on femora and tibie; abdomen orange, with slight lateral segmental black marks and some black on terminal segment. Fore wing black, with orange antemedial band expanding at middle; a spot in end of cell; the postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to angle of cell, defined by an orange band from costa to vein 5, a line from yein 5 to 3, and an orange patch below cell; cilia orange at apex and tornus. Hind wing orange; an oblique antemedial black lie; the postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then oblique to tornus; the terminal area black with sinuous inner edge, wide at costa and narrowing to tornus. Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Hwp. 20 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. (194) Pyrausta ninpotpALis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 46, Dl Sy ty (6. Silesia. (195) PYRausTA TRIMACULALIS Ster. S. HE. Z. 1867, p. 109. Greece; Armenia. (195a)+PyRaUSTA TETRAPLAGALIS, n.sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 25.) 3. Head orange, antenne and tufts above eyes blackish; thorax orauge, with two black stripes; abdomen orange, with dorsal series of blackish marks. Fore wing black, with orange subbasal band ; a medial triangular spot on costa; around patch on inner area just beyond middle; an elliptical subterminal patch extending from costa to vein 2. Hind wing black, the basal area orange ; a broad postmedial band narrowing somewhat on inner area. Hab, Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). Hap. 16 mm. (196) Pyravsra sikKIMa Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 207. Himalayas; Andamans. * ae maculata Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 93, pl. 134. £. 16: 1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUS'TIN ©. 269 (197)*PYRAUSTA AURANTIFASCIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 429. Burma. (198)tPyravsta cHrysiTIs Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 584. Japan. (199)+Pyrausta UniPuNCTATA But]. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 584. Japan. (200)tPyrausta Limpava Butl. Il, Het. ii. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 13. Japan. (201) Pyravusta sILHETALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 166. C. Asia; Himalayas ; Assam. Botys pangialis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 184. f. 25. Pyrausta cuprealis Moore, A. M. N. H. (5) i. p. 285 (1878) and 2nd Yarkand Mission, pl. i. f. 26. (202) Pyrausta opruscata Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 232. 8S. Europe. BS Pygmealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 225, pl. 224. fanf . inna Tr. Schmett. Eur. x. 3, p. 36. ie atrosanguinalis Ev. F. & U. p. ae (203) Pyrausta acontrais Ster. 8. EH. Z. 1859, p. 221. S. Europe ; Armenia. “ 5 var. senialis Ster. 8S. E. Z. 1859, oe lle (204)7PYRAUSTA NIVEICIMIALIS Grote, Bull. Buff. Soe. ii. p. 232. ULS-AG (205) PYRAUSTA PEREGRINALIS Ey. Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 164. Botys linutalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 14. Siberia. (206)}PYRAUSTA MARGINALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1459. U.S.A TBotis stenopteralis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 26, (207) Pyrausta FascraLis Hubn. Pyr.f.31. 8. Europe; W. Asia. (208) Pyrausta NIeRATA Scop. Ent. Carn. 580. Europe. Pyralis anguinalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 32. » Jjuscialis Schr. Faun. Boic. p. 65. Type. (209) Pyrausra cineutava Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 259. Europe. Botys cethiopata Scop. Ent. Carn. 581. Ennychia fascialis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 247, pl. 226. £. 3 (210) Pyrausta aALBorAscrALis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 196. S. Europe. Ennychia minutalis Speyer, 8. E. Z. 1868, p. 111. (211)rPyRavsta ARABICA Butl. P. Z. 8S, 1884, p. 500. Arabia. (212)7Pyrravsta CcomMorraLis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 233. WISA: (213)7PyRausta veRsicoton Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 175 (1892). UESEA (214) Prravsta nigRALis Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 421. Europe. 270 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (215) Pyrausta NYCTEMERALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 148. Europe. Hercyna intricalis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1854, ii. p. 193. (216) Pyravsra unrmacuta Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p- 14, pl. 2. f. 8. Uses: (217)+Pyrausta astTrIFERA Butl. Ill. Het. i. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 14. Japan (218)+Pyravsta asstuinis Butl. I]. Het. i. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 12. Japan. (219)tPyRavsta GLOMERALIS WIk. xvii. 330. U.S.A. (220) Pyrausta ocromacunata Linn. Mant. 540. Europe ; Phalena atralis Fabr. Ent. Syst. 422. W. Asia. Pyralis guitulalis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 124. Noctua trigutta Esp. iv. p. 84, pl. 163. f. 4. Auctorum. Botys perpendiculalis Dup. Leép. Fr. vill. p. 324, pl. 232. f. 5. 99 S. France. - appositalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 148, pl. ff ria. crudalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 10. f. 5. Syria. saxatilis Staud., Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, p. 450. Europe. fimbriatalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 352, pl. 234. f. 3. S.E. Europe ; Armenia. desiqnatalis Chr., Rom. Mém. iii. p. 28, pl. u. f. 3. W. Asia. amasialis Staud. W. Asia. =trinalis var. pontica Rom. Mém. u. p. 146, pl. 7. f. 12. vastalis Chr., Rom. Mém. iii. p. 33, pl. 1. f.5. W. Asia. concoloralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1857, p. 100. Syria. Buryoreon scalaralis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 275, pl. 7. £. 46. W. Asia. Botys consortalis H.-S. vi. p. 142, ff. 130, 131. Spain. Pyralis seutalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 156. S. Europe. Botys vittalis Lah. Nouv. Mem. Soe. Helv. Sci. Nat. p. 33. Switzerland. ,, deceptalis Lah. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helv. Sci. Nat. p. 37. Switzerland. auralis Peyerimh. Pet. Nouv. 1872, p. 252. ? Alsace, pauperalis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 173. | Armenia. retowskyi Méschl. 8. B. Z. xlix. p. 128. Crimea. gutturalis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 175. | Magnesia. dorcalis Rom. Mém. v. p. 230, pl. xi. £. 7. Teneriffe. Pyrausta dorsipunctalis Rebel, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vil, p. 245. Canaries. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 271 Botys maderensis Bath. Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 584. Madeira. ,, atlanticum Beth. Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 584. Madeira. », murcialis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xxiii. Spain. Pyrausta cuprinalis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xevii. Syria. Botys sedakovialis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 165. E. Siberia. Eurycreon eversmanni Stgr. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. f. 21, & vi. p. 80. Central Asia. Botys tesserulalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. x. p. 44. —-N. Persia. » jrbulalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 9. Amur. », solemnalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 10. Amur. » pullatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 12. Amur. 5, ¢lausalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 18. Amur. », aurithoracalis Chr., Rom. Mém. ii. p. 145, pl. vii. f. 11. Achal Tekke. Hercyna nanalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xxii. p. 310. C. Asia. Botys gresert Staud. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 384, pl. iii. f, 24, Siberia. Herpetogramma expictalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 36. Amur. Botys ochreocapitalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 165. Amur. », caliginosalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.166. Amur. Samea geographicalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. E. Indies. » continentalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. E. Indies. Botys lincolalis Motsch. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. xxxix. i. p. 198. Japan. Pyrausta thibetalis Oberth. Et. Ent. x1. p. 35, pl. ii. f. 6. Tibet. », oiett Oberth. Et. Ent. xi. p. 35, pl. ii. f. 10. Tibet. Ennychia menalis Oberth. Et. Ent. xix. p. 37, pl. vi. f. 55. Tibet. Botys velatalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 63. Sumatra. ,», omicronalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 63. Sumatra. ,, amboinalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxvii. p. 268, pl. vi. f. 2. Amboina. » gqunquemaculals Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxviii. p. 54. Nias. » murinalis Pag. J.B. “Nass. Ver. XXXVIil. p. 5d. Nias. », jlavoviolalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxviii. p. 56. Nias. » catasemals Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 333, & xxxv. pl. 6. a iek Ké I. » wterrcals Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 119. Java. » fuscocilialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 122. Java. “4, fusemervalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxxviii. p. 123, Java. epitrota Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, e 231. Australia. Pr yr austa stramimeca Lucas, P. Linn. Soe. N. 8. W. (2) vii. p. 263. Queensland. » violacea Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) vii. p. 263. Queensland. », nerialis Boisd. Faun. Mad. p. 119. Mauritius. 272 SIR G. PF. HAMPSON— REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,: Pyrausta minutalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 339. Madagascar. », monotretalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 3389. Madagascar. » acosmialis Mab. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 144. Madagascar. Botys bifenestrahis Mab, C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. xxv. Madagascar. stenopalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxii. p. xxv. Madagascar. vimlalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. xxv. Madagascar. » chrysotalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. eviii. Madagascar. » prasinalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 301. Madagascar. », distinctalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 302. Madagascar. » ferruginalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 302. Madagascar. » earnosalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges, 1879-80, p. 302. Madagascar. » gravitalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 303. Madagascar. » ochracealis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 303. Madagascar. », posticalis Saalm. Ber. Senck, Ges. 1879-80, p. 304. Madagascar. », holowanthalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxv. p. ]xii. Madagascar. adsocialis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 41. 8. Africa. Rhodari va cinnamomeals Wlgrn. W. HE. M. 1860, p. 175. 8. Africa. Botys lacunalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 42. S. Africa. » approvimalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 360. W. Africa. » interficalis Wik. Tr. N. H. Soc. Glasg. i. p. 870. Congo. » aburalis Plétz, 8. E. Z. xl. p. 304. W. Africa. » mungatis Plotz, 8. BH. Z. xli. p. 304. W. Africa. » Outlert Dewitz, Verh. L.-C. Ac. xl. p. 87, pl. iu. f. 13. Guinea. », sordidalis Dewitz, Verh, L.-C. Ac. xi. p. 88, pl. in. f. 11. Lagos. » Jumarialis Dewitz, Verh. L.-C. Ac. xlii. p. 88, pl. iii. f. 19. Guinea. trigonalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 51. W. Africa. Prorasea lepidalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xi. p. 146. U.S.A. Kurycreon aureolalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xu. p. 156. U.S.A. Botys venalalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 151.° U.S.A. 29 99 labeculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii, p. 152. U.S.A. succandidalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 153, U.S.A. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. Dies Botys thallophilatis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 154. 39 oblectalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 154. abdominalis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, Xxil. p. 515. pemtahs Grote, Can. Ent. vii. p. 98. toralis Grote, Bull. U. 8S. Geol. Surv. vi. pp. 167, 178. Seca! WESEAS radiosalis Moschl. 8. E. Z. xliv. p. 123. Labrador, mornatalis Fern. Can. Ent. xvi. p. 57. Florida. Orobena castanealis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 157. WeSeaG Botys roseipennalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 148. 39 newals Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 150. U.S.A. gracilalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Fnt. Soc. xiii. p. pe WES 2Ac hedulalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 152. U.S.A. octosignalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xii. a 1535 SUIS scurralis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 155. WESTAG nelumbialis Smith, Ent. Am. vi. p. 88. WESeAe magdalena Fern. Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 122. Florida. nigralis Fern. Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 178. Florida. polygamalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 195, pl. i. ff. 5, 6. Jamaica. Eurycreon collucidalis Méschl. Abh, Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 290. Porto Rico. Botys insularis Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1. p. 24, bb) 9 39 pl. 2. f. 24. Cuba. acutangulalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvii. p. 200, pl. xi. f. 11. W. Indies. claudialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 204, pl. xi. f. 14. W. Indies. samealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvi. p. 205, pl. xi. f. 15. W. Indies. variegalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 207, pl. xii. ff. 1, 2. W. Indies. aulicalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 75. Jamaica. villicalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 76. Jamaica. matronulalis Mosechl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 76. Jamaica. meropialis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. Pe ce Jamaica. janiralis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. pein. occidentalis Soell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 57, ae ieee 2 Curacoa. citrinalis, Moéschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 282. P. Rico. oculatalis, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 282. P. Rico. pertentalis, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 284, f. 7. P. Rico. albifrontalis Moschl. Abh. Senck, Ges. xvi. p. 284. P. Rice principaloides Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 285. P. Rico. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. XVIII. 18 274 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Botys placendalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 285. P. Rico. visendalis Méschl. Abh. Seuck. Ges. xvi. p. 285. P. Rico. intricatalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 286. P. Rico. evincalis Moéschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 287. — P. Rico. concinnalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 287. P. Rico. fortificalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 288. P. Rico. secernalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 288. P. Rico. flammeolalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 289. i . P. Rico. pantoppidani Hedemann, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 284. St. Croix. flavaginalis Hedemann, Stettin, Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 285. St. Croix. Syllythria conradti Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 207, 99 39 99 99 99 99 99 99 59 jas GO, tt, Zak, Guatemala. Botys lautalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, pl. 8. f. 13. Colombia. , eoidalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 14. Bogota. » voecarialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvin. p. 194, pl. xi. f. 4. Bogota. » communalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvii. p. 196, pl. xi. f. 7. Bogota. Eurycreon ornamentalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 418, JOlls SrA, thy So Surinam. Botys gluialis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 420, pl. xviil. Ite coll Surinam. 5 patronalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 421, pl. xviii. f. 31. Surinam. », luciferalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422, pl. xviii. f{. 32. Surinam. », delavalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422, pl. xviii. f. 33. Surinam, » percludalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422. Surinam. ,, dolosalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 423. Surinam. » metricalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 423. Surinam. flewalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 424. Surinam. terricolalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 424. Surinam. » tenuialis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 425, pl. xviii. f. 34. Surinam. Phalena surinamensis Sepp, Surinam, i. 137, pl. 65. Surinam. stigmatalis Sepp, Surinam, il. 257, pl. 107. Surinam. 5 jatrophalis Sepp, Surinam, ui. 131, pl. 62. Surinam. Botys suavidalis Berg, 8S. H. Z. xxxvil. p. 346. Brazil. perlulis Maasen, Stubel’s Reise, p. 169, f. 28. | Eeuador. 99 tb) 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 275 Genus 150. SCELIODES. Sceliodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400 (1856). Daraba Wik. xvii. 385 (1859). Eretria Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 206. Palpi porrect, straight, about two and a half times length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the 3rd naked; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with large conical prominence ; antenne ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex some- what produced and acute; veins 3, 4, 5 separate; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the apex produced; veins 3, 4,5 separate; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Sceliodes cordalis, 8. 1}. Type. (1) Scrtiopes corpaLis Doubl. in Dieff. Celebes; Australia ; N. Zeal. i. 288. N. Zealand. i mucidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400. +Daraba extensalis W1k. xxxiv. 1311. Eretria obsistalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 206, & 1883, pl. 6. te) 12! (2)+ScELIopEs LAISALIS WI1k. xvii. 382. Arabia; S. Africa, +Daraba idmonealis Wk. xvii. 385. Genus 151. THELCTERIA. Thelcteria Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, p. 350. Eustixia Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24. 164 (1824), non descr. Palpi porrect and straight, the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the Fig. 151. Thelcteria pupula, d. 3. 8rd naked; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons with a 13* “276 SIR G. F. HAMPSON-—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21, conical prominence; antenne of male ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10 well separated. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Type. (1) THELCTERIA PUPULA Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24. 164, ff. 327, 328. U.S.A.; Brazil. (2)tTuELcTeria ocronanis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1873, jo lib all Bs tt Wo + Botys secmaculalis Grote, Can. Ent. vii. p. 98. (3)PTHELCTERIA DICHOCROSIALIS, n. Sp. @. Orange; fore tibiz with black band; abdomen with paired dorsal black spots on 1st and 4th segments, the terminal segment black. Fore wing with black spot at base of inner margin ; an oblique black antemedial line; a postmedial straight line from costa to vein 5; a spot below middle of vein 2, a speck below it above inner margin and one beyond it above vein 1; subterminal spots above veins 4 and 7. Hind wing with large spot beyond the cell ; a curved bar between vein 2 and tornus, and subterminal spots above veins 2 and 6. Hab. Arjuno, Java (Doherty). Exp. 24 mm. Genus 152. CoRNIFRONS. Cornifrons, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 384. Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the 3rd promi- nent; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated at extremity ; frons with long corneous process with oblique vertical edge; antenne ciliated ; tibize with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Cornifrons ulceratalis, G. +. Type. (1) CoRNIFRONS ULCERATALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 147, pl. 4. f. 1. Algeria; Syria; Persia. 1899.1} OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN #. 277 (2)7CorNrIFRONS sIMALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. p. 670. U.S.A. (3)TCORNIFRONS PULVERALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 435. WES EA. Auctorum. Prorasea indentalis Grote, A. M. N. H. (5) xi. p. 57 (1883). ESrAG Genus 153. Tra@ostoma. Tegostoma Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 581. Anthophilodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 181 (1854). Emprepes Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 360. schremon Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 362. Cataonia Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 450. Anthophilopsis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 449. Turana Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 449. Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint slightly fringed with hair below, the 3rd naked ; maxillary palpi filiform ; Ronis with a large flat cor- neous process excised in front; antenne of male ciliated ; legs smoothly scaled. Fore wing lone and narrow; male with a slight fovea on underside above the base of vein 7, which is bent down- wards ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Fig. 153. Tegostoma comparalis, $- +. (rom Moths Ind. vol. iv.) Type. (1) TaaosroMa COMPARALIS Hiibn. Verz. p. 347. Mediterranean subregion ; India. — Pyraks glaucinalis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. t 12h + ,, tenebrosalis W)k. xxxiv. 1235. TScopula fotalis Swinh. P.Z.8. 1885, p. 875, pl. 57. f. 9. (2) Tueostoma DISPARALIS H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 134, 135. Armenia; Afghanistan. (8) TrGostoma suBDITALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 25. S. Africa. (4) TeGostoma Ma@scHLERI Christ. 8. E. Z. 1862, p. 220. Armenia; Egypt. (5) TrGostoMa BaPHIALIS Stgr. Hor. Ent, Ross. 1870, p. 183, pleat. 7. S.E. Europe ; N.W. India. Anthophilodes plumbiferalis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 270, le te ko AO. 278 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (6) TucostoMa MoNocERIALIS Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p- 450. Syria. (7)tTncostoma FLavipA Moore, P.Z.8. 1881, p. 371. Punjab. (8)fTrcostoma BrpaARTALIS Hmpsn. P. Z.S. 1896, p. 274. Aden. (9) Trcostoma PENTODONTALIS Ersch, Lep. Turk. p. 75, pl. 6. ts Ole Turkestan. (10) Trcosroma LEPIDA H.-S. il. p. 387, f. 534. Armenia. (11) Trcostoma FLORIDEGARIA Guen. Phal. p. 175. S. Africa. (12) Tucostoma PuDIcALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 212, pl. 224. f. 1. S. Europe. (18) Tucosroma pinicHEALIS WIk. xix. 986. W. Indies; Brazil. Auctorum. Anthophilodes erubescens Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xu. p. 271, pl. 7. f. 41. Turkestan. . concinnalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 120. Turkestan. = turcomanica Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xi. p. 271, pli. £ Aa: Turkestan. mi conchylialis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 7, pl. 1. f. 4. Sarepta. Hypotia russulalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 268, pl. vii. f. 35. Turkestan. Genus 154. NocTurnia. Noctuelia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 113 (1854). Aporodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p, 159. Aporocosmus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 396. Semniomima Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 172 (1892). Mimoschinia Warr. A. M. N. H.(6) 1x. p. 174. Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd naked; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded promi- nence ; antenne of male ciliated; mid tibie fringed with spinous Fig. 154. Noctuelia floralis, $. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) hair. Fore wing long and narrow; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Type. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN , 279 Szor. I. Palpi with the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below. A. (Aporodes). Fore wing of male with a slight fovea on underside above base of vein 7. (1) Noorvrenia Froraxis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Europe ; Syria 3 Schmett., Pyr. f. 142. Afghanistan 5 Pyrahs stygials Treit. Hur. Schmett. C. Asia ; N.W. India. vil. p. 176 (var.). tHerbula meleagrisalis Wik. xvii. p. 324 (subsp.). Eudorea transversalis Moore, 2nd Yarkand Men p. 14. B. (Noctuelia). Fore wing of male with no fovea on underside. (2) NocruEnia suPERBA Frr. 441, p. 101. Armenia; Persia. Anarta melaxantha Koll. Ins. iPers. p: 12: (3) Nocrvenia vesprrTatis H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 121, 1238. S.-Hurope ; Armenia. (4) Nocrvetta atriconauis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 268, pl. vi. £. 39. Armenia. (5) Nocrunr1a sravpineert Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 6, pl. i. te BF Persia ; Turkestan, (6)rNoorvenia opscura Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) ix. p. 175 (1892). Armenia. Sor. Il. (Aporocosmus). Palpi moderately scaled below; fore wing of male with no fovea beyond the cell. (7) Nocruniia rLavicers Burm. Rep. Arg. v. p. 425. Argentina. Type of Semniomima, Warren, A. M. N. H.(6) ix. p. 172 (1892). (8) Nocrugnia PuELLA WIk. vil. p. 1647. Brazil. (9)fNOCTUELIA POLYSTRIGALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 24.) Head, thorax, and abdomen black. Fore wing orange, with black Simeles on costa, through the cell, in submedian interspace, and just above inner margin ; the apical area purplish black trom two-thirds of costa to Sean. Hind wing purplish black, with the costa orange to near apex. Hab. Peru. Exp. 32 mm. (10)*Nocturnia LigaTanis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. pe 189, plo 29.6. Li. Mexico. (11) Nocrvrnia comastis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Sce. 1884, p. 33. N. Zealand. TWoctuelia intrudens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 175 (1892). (12)tNocrvrtia THALIALIS WIk. xviii. 582. U.S.A.; Haiti. TAnthophila peruviana Wk. xxxiii. 804. TPyralis gelidalis Wk. xxxiv. 1229. Emprepes novalis Grote, Can. Ent. 1876, p. 156. eer i" costemaculalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. 1887, p. 54, pl. 4. £. 6. 280 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, (13)tNoorvnnia NucHALIs Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. p. 675. U.S.A. (14)tNocruntia rusciIvERvVis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 445. N.W. Himalayas. (15)fNocruntia LAMPRODETA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 265. New Guinea; Australia. tAporocosmus bracteatus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 399. (16)tNocruBLia ELAUTALIS, Grote, Papilio, i. p. 168. U.S.A. Emprepes magnalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xin. p. 147. (17) Noorvrr1a stmpLex Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 474. U.S.A. (18) Nooruenra 1sarmpanis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 336, pl. 233. £. 3. Europe. (19) Noorvrria DESERTALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 17. S. Europe. Botys vandalusialis H.-S. vi. p. 142, f. 148. (20)7NocrvEn1a uNDULOSELLA Moore, A. M. N. H. (5) 1. p. 236 (1878), & 2nd Yarkand Mission, p. 16, pl.i.f. 27. Kashgar. (21)tNocrvurnia stminais Grote, N. Am. Ent.i. p. 94. U.S.A. Auctorum. Aporodes dentifascialis Chr. Rom. Mém. iii. p. 20, pl. i. f. 9. W. Asia. Noctuelia plebeialis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvii. p. 118, & Rom. Mém. i. pl. i. f. 12. Armenia. Aporodes arbutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxii. p. 190, pl. xi. f. 2. S. America. yaminalis Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. p. 35, pl. vi. f. 35. 99 Algeria. Noctuelia mardinalis Stand. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. tellosrecavien paves Kurdistan. Genus 155. HeniorHEna. Heliothela Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 152 (1854). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed below with hair towards extremity, the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; Heliothela ophideresana, 3. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) frons rounded; antenne of male somewhat thickened and minutely ciliated ; legs short, the tibiz simoothly scaled, with the spurs Type. 1899. ] y OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 281 moderate; wings short and broad. Fore wing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle. 7 anastomosing with 8. (1)tHuricrHEnLa persuMPTANA WIK. xxvii. 459. Australia ; Tasmania. (2) Hutrorurna opHiperEsaNna WIk. xxviii. Madagascar; India; 459. Ceylon; Australia. Heliothela pusilla Butl. Il. Het. vii. p. 93, pl. 134. f. 15. (3)fHELIOTHELA OCHREIPENNIS Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 429, pl. x. £. 9. Australia (4)PTHELIOTHELA NIGRALBATA, Nn. sp. 3. Black-brown; fore wing with a pale mark beyond disco- cellulars ; hind wing with a large pure white quadrate spot beyond the cell; underside with the spots on both wings pure white. Hab. Chekiang, China. wp. 14 mm. (5) HeniorHEna arratis Hibn. Pyr. f. 27. §. Europe; W. Asia. Pyralis undulalis Schr. Faun. Boic. 1792. », obfuscata Scop. Ent. Carn. 582. (6)7HELIOTHELA aTRA Butl. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 404. N. Zealand. (7)THELIOTHELA PRHGALLIENSIS Frey, Lep. Schw. p. 253. Switzerland. Auctorum. Nyctarcha paracentra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 245. W. Australia. Genus 156. Mimasarra. Mimasarta Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 164. Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, clothed with long hair hiding the 3rd joint; maxillary palpi with tuft of long hair at extremity; frons rounded and hardly prominent ; Fig. 156. Mimasarta niveifascialis, 3. 4. antenne of male ciliated; legs smoothly sealed, hind tibie with the spurs nearly equal. Fore wing short and broad ; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 5 from above angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from 282 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTIS, (Feb. 21, before angle of cell; 5 from above angle and almost obsolete ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to apex. Type. *MIMASARTA NIVEIFAScIALIS Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1804, p. 164, & Mon. Phye. ii. pl. xxiv. f. 6. Marghilan, C. Asia. Genus 157. MsbraPrRotus, nov. Palpi porrect and short, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair, the 8rd naked; maxillary palpi minute and filiform; proboscis minute; frous with a pointed corneous prominence ; antenne of female minutely ciliated; tibiz moderately hairy, the spurs moderate. Fore wing with the costa slightly excised beyond middle; the apex somewhat produced and acute, and the outer margin somewhat excised below apex; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 trom below upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 from cell near upper angle. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 5 trom above the angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with &. Metaprotus asuridta, 2. 1. Ty pe. (1)fMuraprorus asurRipIA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 430, jally 3x5 tts D (CQ )s Queensland. (2)*Merraprotus MAenirica Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 200, Australia. Genus 158. SIM@PrHiIs7TIs. Simethistis Hmnpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 446 (1896). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi minute; frons with a rounded Fig. 158. Re SF %, Simethistis tricolor, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.) prominence ; antenne annulate. Fore wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 at regular Type. Type. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ, 283 intervals. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 8 approximated to 7 for a short distance beyond end of cell, but not anastomosing with it. {+SIM#THISTIS TRICOLOR Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 95, pl. 134. f. 18. N.W. Himalayas. Genus 159. SrENoPrycHa. Stenoptycha Zell. 8. E. Z. 1863, p. 154. Palpi porrect, extending hardly the length of head, the Ist joint very broadly scaled below, the 2nd with shorter scales extending as far as the short naked 3rd joint; maxillary palpi small and dilated with scales ; frons with a rounded prominence ; antennze longer than fore wing, annulate and ciliated; legs very long and slender, tibie with the spurs minute; abdomen long and slender, with lateral tufts. Fore wing very long and narrow, veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing somewhat ample; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 absent; cell long; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 becoming coincident with 7. Fig. 159. Stenoptycha celodactyla, G. }. (1) Svenoprycna c#Lopactyia Zell. S. E. Z. 1863, p. 154, pl. ii. ify Ee Ecuador; Bogota; Chili. 2 lindigi Feld. Reise Noy. pl. 140. f. 61. zellert Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 57. ih 99 Agathodes dubitalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, pl. ix. f. 21. (2)TSTENOPTYCHA PTEROPHORALIS Wk. xxxiv. 1340. St. Domingo. (3)*STENOPTYCHA ERSCHOFFIANA Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 457, pl. vi. f. 159. Bogota. Genus 160. LinEopEs. Lineodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 234 (1854). Scoptonoma Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. p. 328 (18738). Palpi porrect, hardly the length of head, the Ist joint very broadly fringed with scales below, the 2nd with shorter scales pro- jecting as far as the short naked 3rd joint ; maxillary palpi filiform ; Type. 284 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, frons oblique; antenne somewhat longer than fore wing and annulate ; legs very long and slender ; tibie with the spurs short; abdomen long and slender, with paired lateral tufts. Fore wing very long and narrow; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-fourths of wing. Fig. 160. Lineodes hieroglyphalis, G. 4. (1) Liyzoprs HIEROGLYPHALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 235, pl. 3. Hig (Oh Brazil. (2) Linzoprs contortTauis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 236. ULS AG irae (3) Linzoprs intEGRra Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxii. p. 328, pl. iv. f. 44. UL SSA iorazile (4) Lryeopes interRupraA Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. p. 329. Texas. (5) Linnopes sprpunLaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 417, plaiontenes Brazil. Auctorum. Lineodes pulchralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 235. Brazil. » triangulalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305. Porto Rico. » metagrammalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305. Porto Rico. Genus 161. Tryzopus. Tineodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 236 (1854). Carcantia W1k. xvu. 424 (1858). Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint three times length of bead, thickly scaled, and with hair projecting from extremity extending as far as the short naked 3rd jot; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons roughly scaled ; antenne longer than the fore wing and annulate; legs very long and slender, the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing very long and narrow ; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from well below upper angle; 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 285 8, 9 stalked. Hind wing long and narrow; veins 3, 4 well separated at origin; 5 from middle of discocellulars; 6, 7 on a long stalk, 8 becoming coincident with 7. Fig. 161. i j\ Tineodes adactylalis, $. }. Type. TINEODES ADACTYLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 237, pl. 9. f. 7. TCarcantia pterophoralis W1k. xvii. 425. Australia. GENERA AUCTORUM. Acellalis iridalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 270, pl. vii. f. 7. Amboina. Alyta calligyrammalis Mab. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 143. Madagascar. Ancyloptila lactoides Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 170, & Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 509. Aru. Barisoa intentalis Moéschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 83. Jamaica. Berdura pupillalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 78. Jamaica. Catacteniza euvexalis Moéschl, Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 314, f. 13. Porto Rico. Cataonia monocerialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 450. Armenia. Clepsicosma iridia Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 64. N. Zealand. Crossophora miscellalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 308. Porto Rico. Decelia terrosalis Snell. Tid}. v. Ent. xxii. p. 231, & xxvii. pl. iv. Fauillver. 6: Celebes. Diaphantania conspicualis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 314. Porto Rico. Enyocera latilimbalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 67. Sumatra. Epimetasia vestalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1854, pp. 173, 226. Persia. s rhodobaphialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, pp. 173, 226. C. Asia. Gonocausta zephyralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 436. Amboina. Hercynella staudingert Beth. Baker, Ent. Mag. xxix, p. 204. N. Persia. 286 SIR G. F, HAMPSON-——-REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21, — Hercynella margelana Beth. Baker, Ent. Mag. xxix. p. 205. N. Persia. Mialopsis compositalis Led. Wien. Hat. Mon. 1863, p. 358, pl. 8. f, -3 sree Brazil. Lampridia fuliginalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 234, & xxvii. pl. 4. ff. 4, 4 a. Celebes. Motya abseusalis Wk. xix. 1022. Brazil. Pelea ramalis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 92. Italy. Pilemia deformalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 427, pl. xvi. f. 36. Surinam. Psara pallicaudalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xvii. p. 239, pl. xin. ft. 13, 14. W. Indies. ,» selenialis Snell. Tijd. v. Hut. xxxviil. p. 146, pl. vi. f. 5. Java. Rapoona tristis Hedemann, Stett. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 293. St. Thomas. Somatania pellucidais Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 301, f, 22. Porto Rico. Syndicastis heteromima Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 507. N. Guinea. APPENDIX. List oF SPECIES OMITTED. Aidiodes bacisalis Wik. xix. 985. Type lost. Asopia niobesalis Wik. xix. 939. Type lost. Acripia subolivacea W1k. xxvii. 9, belongs to the Nocturde. Audia mivtalis Wik. xxvii. 18. Type lost. Acrobasis latiorella Wlk. xxvii. 29, belongs to the Noctwide. Arrade erebusalis W1k. xxvii. 82, belongs to the Deltordine. Adricara albodiscata Wik. xxvii. 115, belongs to the Tineide. Adra argentilinea Wik. xxvii. 138, belongs to the Noctuide. Arsacia saturalis Wik. xxxiv. 1260, belongs to the Woctuzde. Arsisaca bolinalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1262, belongs to the Noctuidae. Abacena discalis Wik. xxxiv. 1270, belongs to the Acontiune. Asopia depressalis W\k. Trans. Wnt. Soc. (3) i. 122. Type lost. Acrobasis cryptoleucella Wik. xxxv. 1709, belongs to the Zeneide. * atratella Wilk. xxxv. 1712, belongs to the Tineide. Archanara nonogrisella Wik. xxxv. 1737, belongs to the Voctuide. Andrapha basalis Wik. xxxv. 1742, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Banassa rutilans Wk. xxvii. 20, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Beara dichromella Wik. xxxy. 1703, belongs to the Nociuide. , nubiferella Wik. xxxv. 1704, belongs to the Noctusde. Botys pyrrhusalis Wik. xviii. 600. Type lost, niavialis Wik. xviii. 611. Type lost. lysanderalis Wik. xviii. 603. Type lost. dryopealis Wik. xviii. 672. Type lost. nephealis Wik. xviii. 673. Type lost. myrinalis Wik. xviii. 673. Type lost. 1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN £. 287 Botys brevilinealis W1k. xviii. 674. Type lost. thaisalis WIk. xviii. 674. ‘Type lost. dialis Wik. xvii. 675. Type lost. annulalis Wik. xviii. 675. Type lost. phycidalis Wik. xvii. 675. Type lost. theialis W1k. xviit. 689. Type lost. acilialis Wik. xix. 988. Type lost. polyclealis Wk. xix, 998, belongs to the Geometride—Gym- noscelis. » nesusalis Wik. xix. 991. Type lost. aquilalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1395. ‘Type lost. tortipennis Wik. xxxiv. 1395. Type lost. bilunulalis Wik. xxxiv. 1398, belongs to the Noctuide. longalis Wik. xxxiy. 1403. Type lost. » imterruptais Wik. xxxiv. 1406. Type lost. canalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1429. Type lost. columbalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1454. Type lost. acuminatalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1454. Type lost. imparatahs Wk. xxxiy. 1416, is a Geometer = Chlorochystis recensitaria Wk. disparalis Wik. xxxiy. 1438, is a Cirrhochrista near semi- brunnea Hmnsn., Scheenobiine. semifedalis W1k. xxxiv. 1459, belongs to the Galleriine. graminalis Herr.-Schitf. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. p. 183 geminatulis, germanalis, episcopalis, pealoy: imine gracilalis, harpals, semifjulvahs, p. 20; subviolalis, subauran- tialis, subhyalinalis, tiliaralis, p. 27; hesperialis, idonealis, p- 28 ; dilutalis, wlepidalis, impeditalis, impulsalis, impuralis, mfixalis, p. 29; lualis, p. 30. Types lost ; descriptions inadequate. From Cuba. immaculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xi. p. 154, is not a Pyrale. Cavifrons biundulalis Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, p- 502, pl. mi. f. 14, from U.S.A., is a Noctuid. Cataclysia bisectalis Wik. xvii. 449, belongs to the Acontiine. Clettharra valida Wk. xxvii. 101, belanes! to the Sarrothripine. Characoma albulalis Wk. xxvii. 107 , belongs to the Noctuide. Coluhatha metaspilalis Wik. xxvii. 126, belongs to the Acontiine. Cophanta funestalis Wik. xxx. 964, belongs to the Acontiine. Cyiza punctalis Wik, xxx. 965. Type lost. Chlumetia guttiventris Wik. xxxiv. 1271, belongs to the Sarrothri- pme. Cossedia erateinalis Wik. xxxiv. 1277. Type lost. Cesa viduella Wik. xxxv. 1729, belongs to the Noline. Cutina albopunctella W\k. xxxv. 1735, belongs to the Noctuide. Cretonia platypheella Wik. xxxv. 1736, belongs to the Sarrothri- Ppuve,. Cenostola quadrifenestrulis Herr.-Schaff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.- Blatt, xxv. p. 21; from Cuba. Type lost. 39 288 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21, Diasemia completalis Wik. xxxiv. 1327. Type lost. Daraba vitellialis Wk. xvii. 386, belongs to the Deltoids. Genus Arrade. Dosara lapsalis Wik. xix. 829, belongs to the Phycitine—Ancylodes. Davara azonaxsalis Wik. xix. 1020, belongs to the Phycitine— Phycita. Dantona busalis Wlk. xix. 1021, belongs to the Moctuide. Davana phalantalis Wik. xix. 831. Type lost. Desmia acriasalis Wik. xix. 934. Type lost. Daulia indecora W1k. xxvii. 5, belongs to the Cosside. Derchis horridalis Wik. xxvii. 7. Type lost. Dapha valeusalis Wik. xxvii. 125, belongs to the Tineide. Docela vetustalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1258, belongs to the Acontune. Desmia crudalis Wk. xxxiv. 1296. Type lost. Deuterollyta majuscula Herr.-Schiiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.- Blatt, xxv. p. 17; from Cuba. Type lost. Desmia sertorialis, impuralis, quadrinotalis, p. 24; personals, per- vialis, p. 25: Herr.-Schiitt. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. ; from Cuba. Types lost, descriptions inadequate. Ebulea camillalis Wik. xviti. 749. Type lost. Egone bipunctalis Wik. xxvii. 4, belongs to the Noctuide. Evia ferrinalis Wik. xxvii. 89, belongs to the Noctuidae. Enispa eosarialis Wik. xxxiv. 1275. Type lost. Ennychia crassalis Wik. xxxiv. 1289. Type lost. Ertrica purpurealis W1k. xxxiv. 1848. Type lost. Enopa mediella Wik. xxxv. 1740. Type lost. Epiecia externella Wik. xxxv. 1740. Type lost. Gyrtona pardalina W1k. xxvil. 91, belongs to the Lathosune. » suffusa Wk. xxvii. 99, belongs to the Deltoidine. » proximalis, ferrisiusalis, divitalis, conglobalis, semicarbonalis, rotundalis, hylusalis, nigrocinerea, inelusalis, costella, dorsifascialis, strenualis, thoracia, monilalis, spilalis, and dorsalis, Wik. xxvii. 90-98, belong to the Noctuidae. Gargaza tristrigella Wik. xxxv. 1734, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Gabara subnivosella Wik. xxxv. 1740, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Gorama strenuella Wlk. xxxv. 1749. Type lost. Hibita arcturella Wik. xxvii. 10, belongs to the Noctuidae, Hypochaleia pyralinalis Wk. xxvii. 45. Type lost. = perlignealis Wik. xxvii. 46, belongs to the Noctuide, genus Gyrtona. : repugnalis Wik. xxvil. 47, belongs to the Deltoidine. Hamawia lignulina Wik. xxvii. 128, belongs to the Deltordine. Homeosoma bilituralis Wik. xxx. 955. Type lost. Hisbanda acronyctoides Wik. xxxiv. 1268. Type lost. Herbula submarginalis W\k. xxxiv. 1284, belongs to the Tineide. », multiferalis W1k. xxxiv. 1286, belongs to the Tineide. Hydrocumpa dispulsalis Wk. xxxiv. 1841. Type lost. a inornata Wik. xxxiv. 1341. Type lost. . discoloralis Wlk. xxxiy. 13842. ‘Type lost. 1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 289 Herbula determinata Wik. Ent. v. p. 134. Type lost. Hellula simplicalis Herr.-Schiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. p- 17; from Cuba. Type lost. Illice batialis Wk. xix. 1019=Scoparia stupidalis xxxiv. 1497, is a Lithosid. Iambia inferalis W1k. xxvii. 109, belongs to the Noctuide. Isopteryx canescens Wik. xxxiv. 1318, belongs to the Deltoidine. » favillahs Wk. xxxiv. 1319=canescens, belongs to the Deltoidine. Lineodes peridialis W1k. xix. 948. Type lost. Lacipea muscocella Wlk. xxvii. 138. Type lost. Lephana tetraphorella W1k. xxxv. 1702, belongs to the Noctwide. Letoa patulella Wik. xxxv. 1738. Type lost. Lineodes gracillalis, multisignalis Herr.-Schiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. p. 22; from Cuba. Types lost. Mella dymnusalis Wik. xix. 1018= Etiella zinckenella, belongs to the Phycitine. Maschane erratipennis Wik. xxvii. 3, belongs to the Notodontide. a simplee W1k. xxvii. 3, belongs to the Notodontide. Motina equalis Wik. xxvii. 12, belongs to the Noctwide. » disparalis Wik. xxvii. 13, belongs to the Noctwide. Masoga panagralis Wik. xxvii. 16. Type lost. Marisba undulifera Wik. xxvii. 17. Type lost. Midea rectalis W1k. xxvii. 21, belongs to the Noctuide. Myelois marsyusalis Wik. xxvu. 37. Type lost. » basifuscalis Wik. xxvii. 38. Type lost. Modunga palpigera Wik. xxvii. 84, belongs to the Deltoidine. Maliattha separata W1k. xxvii. 86, belongs to the Acontiine. Moca velutina W1k. xxvii. 102, belongs to the Tineide. », dentilinea Wik. xxvii. 103, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Medava diminuens Wik. xxvii. 113, belongs to the Sarrothripiwe. Madoce leucocosmalis Wik. xxvii. 117, belongs to the Deltoidine. » Uneatula Wik. xxvii. 118. Type lost. Masthala favillalella Wik. xxx. 962. Type lost. Madiama nigroscitalis Wik, xxx. 964. Type lost. Molvina guttalis Wik. xxxiv. 1267, belongs to the Lithoswine. Macaduma tortricella W1k. xxxv. 1705, belongs to the Lithosiine. Monilia semicanella Wik. xxxv. 1741, belongs to the Tineide. Nephopteryx spoliata W1k. xxvii. 63, belongs to the Noctuide. i etolusalis W1k. xxvii. 64. Type lost. 3 harpavalis Wik. xxvii. 65. Type lost. “J cyllusalis Wik. xxvii. 65. Type lost. af acisalis Wik. xxvii. 66=Gyrtona hylusalis— Noctuide. 3 argiadesalis W\k. xxvii. 66. Type lost. a eolusalis W1k. xxvii. 66. Type lost. ¥ rudisella Wlk. xxvii. 70, belongs to the Noctuide, genus Arrade. Nigramma quadratifera Wk. xxvii. 77, belongs to the Noctuide. Nanaguna breviuscula Wk. xxvii. 85, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. XIX. 19 290 REVISION OF MOTHS OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. [Feb.21, Nanaguna stipata Wik. xxvii. 86, belongs to the Noctuidae. Necla cantoralis Wik. xxvii. 100, belongs to the Noline. 5, concinnula Wik. xxvii. 100. Type lost. Nachaba transversa Wik. xxvii. 114, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Nephopteryx phycisella Wik. xxx. 957. Ty pe lost. Br neglectalis Wik. xxx. 958. Type lost. Maccaba sumptualis Wik. xxxiv. 1272, belongs to the Deltoidine. Nagara phryganealis Wik. xxxiv. 1378, belongs to the Noctuide. », steirialis Wlk. xxxiv. 1379, belongs to the Noctwide. Nigetia formosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1506, belongs to the Noline. Nabara limacodella Wik. xxxv. 1706, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Nephopteryx variella Wik. xxxv. 1718. Type lost. i demptella Wlk. xxxv. 1721, belongs to the Noctuide. Orthomecyna exigua Butl. EH. M. M. xv. p. 271: belongs to the Crambine = cupripenms Butl. E. M. M. xix. p- 178; the genus is allied to Platytes. albicaudata Butl. KE. M. M. xix. p. 178: do.; do. aphanopis Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 227: do.; do. Oratha significata Wik. xxvii. 15, belongs to the Geometridee, Olulis puncticinctalis Wk. xxvii. 127, belongs to the Deltoidine. Orthaga pyralisalis Wik. xxvii. 105. Type lost. Pionea susialis Wik. xviii. 760, belongs to the Noctuide— Acontiine. Phazaca erosioides W1k. xxvii. 21, belongs to the Epzplemide. Pena costalis Wik. xxvii. 1380, belongs to the Geometride. Pindicitora acreonalis Wik. xxvii. 136. Type lost. . annusalis Wk. xxvit. 136. Type lest. Pontana rubrana Wik. xxx. 954. Type lost. Pardasena acronyctella Wik. xxxv. 1730, belongs to the Sarrothri- pine. minorella Wlk. xxxy. 1730, belongs to the Sarrothii- me. Rhodaria ba btalis WIk. xxxiv. 1284, belongs to the Acontiine. Scoparia stupidalis Wik. Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) 1. p. 127, belongs to the Lithosiine = lice batialis Wik. xix. 1019. Scopula hastiferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1473, belongs to the Crambine= Culladia admigratella W1k. Salbia lenalis Wik. xvii. 862. Type lost. Silda truncatalis Wik. xxvii. 131, belongs to the Noctwide. Scopula comptalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1462, belongs to the Deltoidine. limasalis Wk. xxxiv. 1464. Type lost. fedalis Wk. xxxiv. 1466, belongs to the Deltoidine. nexalis Wk. xxxiv. 1473. Type lost. arcuatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1474, belongs to the Tortricidae. Jiguralis Wik. xxxiv. 1475, belongs to the Noctuidae. vinctalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1476, belongs to the Noctwida. pulverosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1478, belongs to the Deltoidine. variabilis, flewifera, serpentina, effrenata, includens, inscitu, and submarginalis, W1k. Ent. v. pp. 151-153, from the Red Sea. Types lost. 39 99 1899.] MR. J. BE. S. MOORE ON FRESHWATER JELLYFISH. 291 Symitha nolalella Wik. xxxv. 1731, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Subrita abrostolella Wik. xxxv. 1744, belongs to the Noctwide. bilineatella, curviferella, latifasciella, metaspilella, parvella, circulella, and basigerellu, Wik. xxxv. 1744-48, belong to the Sarrothripwme. Torone hybleoides Wk. xxvii. 6, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Tipasa nebulosella Wk. xxvii. 129, belongs to the Deltoidine. Tirathaba mundella Wik. xxx. 961, belongs to the Gallerrane. Tomissu fervidella Wlk. xxx. 979. Type lost. Tribunta scabralis Wik. xxxiv. 1507, belongs to the Noline. » biguttalis Wik. xxxiv. 1507, belongs to the Noline. Toiana venosella Wik. xxxv. 1732, belongs to the Lithosiine. Tamusida vittalis Wik. xxxv. 1733, belongs to the Sarrothripine. Vinzela inaptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1261. Type lost. Zebronia celiusalis Wik. xix. 966. Type lost. » oialis Wik. xix. 968. Type lost. fia tactalis Wik. xxvii. 110, belongs to the Nohkne. Ziza ostentalis Wk. xxvii. 119, belongs to the Deltoidine. Zuncacetha bipartite Wlk. xxvii. 134, belongs to the Geometride. Zitna albicinctalis Wik. xxxiv. 1277. Type lost. Zebronia discerptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1348. Type lost. teneralis Wlk. xxxiv. 1345, belongs to the Deltoidine, 99 99 March 7, 1899. Prof. G. B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1899 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 112, of which 31 were by presentation, 6 by birth, 43 by purchase, and 32 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 104. Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the fine series of Cassowaries deposited by the Hon. Walter Roth- schild, F.Z.S., which now embraces examples of the following eight species :—Casuarius bicarunculatus, C. australis, C. salvadorii, CO, beccariz, C. violicollis, C. occipitalis, C. bennetti, and C. papuanus. In exhibiting specimens of the freshwater Jellyfish (Limnocnida tanganjice), from Lake Tanganyika, Mr. J. E..S. Moore said that 292 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON CANIS VULPES. (Mar. 7, the animals themselves were by no means new to science. They had been recorded from the Lake by Boehm in 1887. They had also been seen by Mr. Muir, and obtained by him, and their anatomy described by Mr. R. T. Giinther’. But, notwithstanding this, the Medusa was of perennia! interest, in that it is, with the exception of Limnocodium, the single representative of a true freshwater Jellyfish. All the other instances which had been. recorded of Jellyfish inhabiting freshwaters had turned out to be examples of the fact that Jellyfish could migrate, under certain circum- stances, considerable distances from the sea, Just in the same way that Crabs and Prawns and flat-fish were sometimes found far up the estuaries of rivers beyond the tidal range. Nevertheless, all these organisms were typically marine, and the very last place where anyone would have looked for Jellyfish was Lake Tangan- vika, on the top of the interior African plateau, and 700 miles from the sea. Mc. Moore himself had observed the Jellyfish early in March, and shortly afterwards they began to increase rapidly by budding, so that in a few weeks the bays and open waters of the Lake were filled with immense swarms of Meduse. The buds on the manubrium became detached in strings and shreds in such a manner as to curiously resemble minute siphonophores. About June or July the budding ceased, and shortly afterwards ciliated embryos appeared in great quantities, which developed into small Medusz exactly like the buds, and towards September all reproductive activity appeared to have come to an end. It thus appeared that the life-cycle of Limnochnida was complete without the introduction of any hydroid stage, and accordingly, although a most careful search had been made among the débris on the bottom of the Lake, upon the shells of molluscs, and upon the appendages of crabs and other Crustacea, no hydroid had ever been found. Hence it was inferred that the various surmises which have been put forward respecting the possibility of Limnochnida being related to the Macro-Medusz were probably true. Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon the tail of a Common Fox (Canis vulpes), showing the gland on the upper surface covered with straight coarse hair, which appeared to be little known. This gland, which emitted an aromatic odour, was found in all the Canide, with possibly the exception of Lycaon pictus, Although the bases of the hairs covering the gland were usually almost white, the tips were always black ; this colour generally extended to the surrounding hairs, and often formed dark bars on the buttocks. The dark spot on the dorsum of the tail was particularly conspicuous, notably in such widely separated species as the Wolves, Azara’s Dog, and the Fennec. 1 See Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xi. p. 269. 1899.] MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 293 Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Assistant-Superintendent of the Gardens, laid on the table a series of specimens of various Insects reared and exhibited in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following report on the subject :— Report on the Insect-house for 1898. Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited in the Insect-house during the past season :— Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies. Attacus atlas. cynthia. TCM. pryeri. Caligula japonica. *Rhodia fuga. Antherea mylitta. Atiacus hesperus. Samia cecropia. ceanothi. Telea polyphemus. promethea. Actias mimose. Gynanisa isis. Asiatic. Antherea yama-mai. pernyi. * Actias leto. selene. So} artemis. Cricula trifenestrata, American. Hypochera io. * Automeris rubrescens. Anisota stigma. Eacles imperialis. regalis. African. Cirina forda. * Lebeda koellikeri. Diurnal Lepidoptera. Papilio podalirius. machaon. Doritis apollinus. Papilio zolicaon. asterias. ajax, European. Thais polyxena. Cerisyt. Charawes jasius. American. Papilio troilus. LInmenitis disippus. Nocturnal Lepidoptera. Acherontia atropos. Sphine ligustri. pinastt. carolina. Ceratomia undulosa. amyntor. Smerinthus tlic. ocellatus. —— myops. Smerinthus exceecatus. Philampelus achemon. Deilephila vespertiho. galir. —— euphorbie. ——. niced. ———— @lecto. elpenor. Darapsa myron. * Exhibited for the first time. Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1899, No. XX. 20 294 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [| Mar. 7 ) Of the Lepidopterous Insects which I have the honour to place before the meeting, Attacus pryeri, Actias artemis, Rhodia fugax, from Japan, Actias leto (females), from the Himalayas, and Avto- meris rubrescens, from Buenos Ayres, were exhibited for the first time during the past season. T have received during the past three years cocoons of the beautiful Indian Moth » SOUS PUTUUS\ Vaeee 5 a Ai 5, (absent 40 p.c.). 1899. ] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 307 The latissimo-condyloideus, a muscle which has been reduced to a mere fibrous vestige in Man, is much diminished in size in both Gorilla and Chimpanzee, but it is larger and more primitive in its attachments in the Chimpanzee than inthe Gorilla. The humerus is proportionally long in the Gorilla (40 per cent. or more of the limb). The arm of the Chimpanzee, considering all its characters, approaches the conditions found in the brachiating Apes and shows features adapted for climbing not shown by that of the Gorilla. A distinctive feature of the Gorilla, and one adaptative to plan- tigrade progression, is the great: development of the anterior-superior part of the ilium. The breadth of the iliac fossa, measured from the posterior-superior to the anterior-superior iliac spine is never less than 17 em. in the adult Gorilla and never more than 13 cm. in the Chimpanzee. The result of this development is that the posterior part of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen is inserted to it; the tensor vagina femoris arises from it; the iliac crest acts as a fulerum for these muscles to balance the body on its lateral aspects. The bones and muscles of the Chimpanzee thorax resemble the arrangement found in lower Primates more closely than those of the Gorilla. One of my pupils, Mr. Tredgold *, has shown that the average costal development of the Chimpanzees is 13°20 ribs, for Gorillas 12°86; there are commonly 13 pairs in both, but 12 pairs occur in the Gorillas occasionally and 14 pairs not unfrequently in the Chimpanzees. The lower limbs of the Gorilla show a tendency to be fixed to a vertebra higher up than in the Chimpanzee *. The lumbar curve is more pronounced in the Gorilla ®. Further, in the more extensive attachment of the pectoral muscles to the chest- wall, and in the absence of a hiatus between the clavicular and sternal parts of the pectoralis major, the Chimpanzee recalls the arrangement in the lower Primates more than is the case in the Gorilla. The secondary attachment of the pectoralis minor to the coracoid process, a constant insertion in Man, is the rule in Gorillas and the exception in Chimpanzees ; it occurred in 8 out of 9 Gorillas and 7 out of 18 Chimpanzees. That point also indicates adaptation in the arm of the Chimpanzee to brachiation. There is a very well-marked difference between the Gorilla and Chimpanzee in the attachment of the extensor muscles of the neck. The difference is seen in the Chimpanzee’s more extensive cervical origin or insertion of the trapezius, rhomboideus, splenius colli, levator anguli scapule, and omo-trachelien muscles ; they have also a more extensive attachment to the dorsal vertebrae below. The wide cer- vical attachment, which was the rule for these muscles in the Chim- panzee, was the exception in the Gorilla. These attachments are adaptive to the greater mobility of the head of the Chimpanzee, a feature in which it much more resembles Man than the Gorilla. ? Journ. of Anat. & Physiology, vol. xxi. p. 288. 2 A.M. Paterson, Trans. Roy. Society, Dublin, 1893, ser. 2, vol. v. pt. iii. : D. T. Cunnincuam. Cunningham Memoirs, Roy. Irish Acad. 1892, no. vii. 308 DR, A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7, It will be thus seen that there is scarcely a feature in any muscle or any bone in the body of the Chimpanzee or Gorilla that can be said to be distinctive, and yet, when their characters are summed up, on an average, there are very striking differences between the body of the one and the body of the other. 7. The External Ear of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. The external ear of Man and the Anthropoid Apes, as well as that of some South-American monkeys, is in a retrograde phase of de- velopment. Retrogression has proceeded furthest in the ear of the Orang-utan, to a Jess degree in the ears of Man and the Gorilla, and least in that of the Chimpanzee. ‘“ Johanna” has what may be described as the typical Chimpanzee ear, a form not known to occur amongst Gorillas. It measures 85 mm. from the top of the helix to the lower border of the lobule, and 50 mm. from the base ot the tragus to the posterior border of the helix. The height of the Gorilla ear seldom exceeds 60 mm. and its breadth is commonly about 40mm. The ear of the Chimpanzee stands out from the side of the head at an angle, like the wind-sail from the port-hole of a steamer ; the ear of the Gorilla is appressed to the side of the head. Du Chaillu describes the ear of A. kooloo-kamba as very large; the ear of A. aubryi, supposed to be of this species, was much smaller than that of “ Johanna” ; while the ear of “ Mafuka ” resembled in size that of the Gorilla. The small, Gorilla type of ear is seen occasionally in the Chimpanzee. The Chimpanzee type of ear is quite a common human form. The folding of the poste- rior border of the ear, which must be regarded as evidence of a retrograde development, has proceeded to a further extent in the Gorilla than the Chimpanzee. The degree to which the posterior border of the Helia is folded in Gorillas and Chimpanzees. Number. Not folded. 2mm. fold 4mm. fold Average. or less. or less. Gorillas .....; 19 D) 15 5 1:30 Chimpanzees .. 22 9 12 iL “60 The lobule of the ear is more developed in the Gorilla. “ Johanna’’ possesses a very large lobule, measuring about 12 mm. in depth. The development of a Lobule im Gorillas and Chimpanzees. Total Lobulelessthan lLessthan More than Average. number. 10mm. deep. 15mm. deep. 15mm. deep. Gorillas) 322) 25 + 16 5 10°4mm. Chimpanzees. 14 9 4 1 34mm, The average development of the lobule of the human ear is nearly 15 mm. Its meaning is unknown. 1899.] DR. A, KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 309 Darwin’s point appears more frequently in the Gorilla than in the Chimpanzee. It appears in 9 per cent. Chimpanzees and 26 per cent. Gorillas, the last figure corresponding to its appearance in Man— taking an average of various races. ‘I'he development of the ante- helix in the Gorilla approaches that of Man more nearly than the Chimpanzee. The muscles of the ear are more rudimentary in the Gorilla than in the Chimpanzee. Almost in every point the ear of the Gorilla is the more human of the two. The external ear is certainly an aid in distinguishing between the Chimpanzee and the Gorilla. 8. The Circulatory and Digestive Systems of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. Our knowledge of these systems in the two African anthropoids is founded on a too limited amount of material to allow of any definite statement being made as to the points on which they differ. On the whole, they appear to resemble each other very closely. he only feature that appears to demarcate them is seen in the liver. The right lobe of the Gorilla liver shows always a deep fissure, separating off a right lateral lobe, a fissure which occurs vary rarely in the Chimpanzee and only occasionally in the Orang. The liver of the Gorilla, in its division, is the most primitive form found in the Anthropoids and most nearly resem- bles that of the lower Catarrhini. On the other hand, especially in its bulbous glans penis, the genital system of the Gorilla is the more human. Laryngeal sacs occur both im the Gorilla and Chimpanzee, and it is rather strange that “ Johanna” has never been observed to manifest its presence. 9. Hairs and Pigment as distinctive Features of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. Neither the colour nor arrangement of hair, nor the degree to which the skin is pigmented assist much in the differentiation of the adult female Chimpanzee and Gorilla. In Anthropopithecus niger the pigment appears much later than in the other Chimpanzees, and circum-oral and supra-orbital parts of the face appear never to become deeply pigmented. The skin of the Gorilla, especially the face, ears, palms, soles, and dorsal aspects of the trunk and limbs, are deeply pigmented at birth. ‘The adults of A. calvus and A. kooloo-kamba show an equally intense deposit of pigment; so does the Central-African variety, but it is unlikely they are so deeply pigmented at birth. The scalp of A. kooloo-kamba, taking Johanna as an example, seems almost as thinly supplied with hair as A. calvus. The arrangement of hair is the same in all. 10. Features of the Face and Skull which are characteristic of the Chimpanzee. Next to the teeth, the most characteristic features of the Gorilla are to be found in the structure of its nose. The Gorilla retains Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXI. 21 310 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7, the long nasal bones of the lower Catarrhini; in all the other Anthropoids and in Man they have undergone marked retro- gression, especially in the Orang. The nasal bones, as can be seen in the living Chimpanzee, extend downwards to the level of the lower border of the orbit and are never over 25 mm. long; in the Gorilla they extend much lower down and are never less than 40 mm. in length. The nasal bones of the Gorilla show a sharp median ridge, evident in the living animal. This ridge appears at adolescence and sometimes disappears in very old animals. _ A trace of this ridge is seen on the nasal bones of the Central-African Chimpanzee. The nasal bones unite before birth in the Gorilla, at or after birth in the Chimpanzee. At their upper end the nasal bones of the Goriila always project within the interfrontal suture, sometimes to a slight degree, frequently to a very considerable extent, and at their lower ends unite into a spine in over 60 per cent. of skulls. On the other hand, the nasal bones of the Chimpanzee seldom project within the interfrontal suture and only toa slight extent, the examples occurring mostly in Central-African Chimpanzees, and show an inferior spine in only 15 per cent. of skulls, and these were mostly from Central Africa. The inter-orbital breadth and the shape of the bridge of the nose have frequently been used as characters of differentiation. They both depend on age, and to some extent on sex. All through the life of a Chimpanzee the bridge of the nose keeps changing im con- formation, owing to the continual growth of the lachrymo-ethmoidal air-sinus ; the convex bridge of the young adult becomes converted into the flat or depressed bridge of the old adult. The inter- orbital breadth is practically the same for Gorillas and Chimpanzees, being greater in males than females, but the bridge of the nose in the Gorilla never becomes flattened and depressed like that of the Chimpanzee. In her wide, smooth, rounded alar nasal folds, Johanna, and all the Chimpanzees ascribed to the variety of which she is an ex- ample, shows a marked Gorilline feature. A. nigei never possesses these folds so markedly, although they do increase in size with age; but in the Gorilla they extend almost to the margin of the lip, the middle part of which shows a widely grooved philtrum. In Johanna a distinct transverse groove marks the upper lip from the nose, and such a groove occurs always in Chimpanzees. The middle and inferior turbinate bones of the Chimpanzee are more convoluted than in the Gorilla, and the nasal duct less inflated. In development, the palatine processes of the palate-bone of the Gorilla frequently fail to meet, giving rise to a form of cleft palate ; they always, when they unite, leave an open angle between them: the corresponding processes in the Chimpanzee are always well developed and unite so as to leave the bony palate with a transverse posterior border. The nasal spines of the premaxilla are commonly present in the Gorilla (17 out of 28) and seldom in the Chimpanzee (5 out of 43). The nostrils are widest in the Gorilla. The anterior opening of the nasal cavity in the adult Chimpanzee 1899.] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 311 measures on an average 25 mm. high and 25 mm. broad; in the female Gorilla 29 mm. high and 31 mm. broad; 34 mm. high and 38 mm. broad in the adult male Gorilla. The or ‘bits vary according to age, sex, and the individual, but they measure, almost without exception, most in the transverse diameter in the Chimpanzee, in the vertical in the Gorilla, a feature dependent on teeth development. Certain features in the foramina for the exit of nerves in the facial part of the skull separate the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. The infra-orbital foramen in the Gorilla is divided into two or more compartments by a vertical bar, that in the Chimpanzee by a hori- zontal bar. This difference depends on the fact that the infra- orbital nerve in the Gorilla sinks down within the maxilla from the margin of the orbit; in the Chimpanzee it passes horizontally inwards from the maxillary-malar suture. The foramina for the nasal nerves are always to be seen in the nasal bones of the Gorilla, never in those of the Chimpanzee; in the Chimpanzee these foramina occur in, or at the side of, the upper part of the premaxilla. Malar foramina occur, only occasionally in the Gorilla; they are always present in the Chimpanzee. The inferior palatine foramen of the Chimpanzee is divided by a process of bone—a division not seen in the Gorilla. The supra-orbital ridges in Johanna project from the frontal bone to a depth of 22 mm., and are separated by a glabellar notch. This notch is very seldom seen in the female and never in the male Gorilla. Itrarely occurs in the male Chimpanzee and is variable in the female, but does not appear to be confined to any particular race. The supra-orbital ridges keep on growing through life: in ®) young adult CRIP IRTEES their average depth was 14 mm., in 4 old adults 18 mm.; at corresponding ‘periods of the same sex of the Gorilla they measure 20 and 25 mm. In this feature Johanna resembles the Gorilla. These ridges begin to form before the milk-dentition is completed, and the part they play in the animal economy is to strengthen the facial portion of the skull to give a firm dental support. The skull of the Chimpanzee is the more brachycephalic. The average length of 10 skulls of Gorillas, excluding from the measure- ments the prominence due to the frontal air-sinuses and the external occipital protuberance, was 118 mm., the corresponding measurement in 1U skulls of Chimpanzees 103°6; the breadth of skull, from one parietal eminence to another, was int the first 94mm., in the second 89 mm. The breadth of the skull in Gorillas is 80 per cent. of the length, in Chimpanzees 86 per cent. But the measurements ov erlap, fal mauy of the measurements of the female Gorilla correspond to those of the female Chimpanzee. The temporal ridges in Johanna are about 25 mm. apart on the crown of the head, a Chimpanzee character. In only 1 out of 5 adult female Gorillas had these ridges not fused into a median crest, and in that particular case the cranial capacity was un- commonly great. In it the temporal ridges were 20 mm. apart. mali kg 312 MR. W. L. H. DUCKWORTH ON [ Mar. 7; In 9 adult female Chimpanzees, on the other hand, in only one had the temporal ridges united to form a slight crest: the average distance between them is 22 mm. These ridges in the male Gorilla reach the sagittal suture as the canine teeth cut and fuse into a ridge, which continues to grow all through life. In the male Chimpanzee they only occasionally unite to form a ridge. The development of the temporal ridges, the height to which they reach on the roof of the skull, depends on the dentition. The condition in the adult female Chimpanzee corresponds to the stage of develop- ment found in a male Gorilla cutting its second molar tooth. The lower jaw in the female Gorilla, almost without exception, exceeds in every dimension that of the female Chimpanzee. 11. Summary. The Gorilla may be distinguished in life from the Chimpanzee by its sullen, untamable, ferocious nature ; its long nasal bones descending far below the level of the infra-orbital margin; its great alar nasal folds running to the margin of the upper lip; its great peculiar molar, premolar, and canine teeth; its broad, short, thick webbed hands and feet; its long heel and the great length of its upper arm with the smaller development of the forearm. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Anthropopithecus troglodytes kooloo-kamba. Taken from the specimen named ‘* Johanna,” living in the collection of Messrs. Barnum and Bailey. 2. Further Note on Specific Differences in the Anthropoid Apes. By W. L. H. Ducxworrn, M.A., Fellow of Jesus College, Cambridge. [Received March 4, 1899.] 1. After reading a note on this subject to this Society in December 1898, I learned that in the Zoological Museum at Jena is an Ape, the determination of whose species has given rise to some discussion: the point in dispute being, whether it should be described as a Gorilla or a Chimpanzee. Through the kindness of Professor Haeckel I have been enabled to examine the specimen and have arrived at the following conclusion—that, although labelled “ Junger weiblicher Gorilla,” * neither the stuffed skin nor the skeleton afford any evidence to justify the term Gorilla; and the facts that hardly a suture remains unclosed in the skull, that every epiphysis has long been fused with its diaphysis im the limb- bones, and that the teeth are much worn down, indicate that this was an aged, and not a young female. The average transverse diameter of the crowns of the molar teeth is 9°7 mm. (¢f. the ape “ A” at Cambridge, where the average is 10-4; and an undoubted female Gorilla with 14 mm.); and the mounted skeleton measures 1 The label runs:—* Troglodytes gorilla (Cuy.). Junger weiblicher Gorilla, yon einem Urunga Neger, 1885, in der Kolonie Gaboon erlegt.” 1899.] SOME ANTHROPOID APES. 313 only 1010 mm. in height (less than 3 ft. 4in.). On renewed careful examination of the skeleton and of the skin, including observations on hair-colour, ear-dimensions, characters of the extremities and face, I could find no reason for regarding it as other than an old female Chimpanzee, but one considerably smaller than our Cambridge specimen “ A ” (also an aged female). 2. The foregoing instance is one in which a Chimpanzee is incorrectly described as a Gorilla. The converse, whereby a Gorilla is described as a Chimpanzee, may be noticed in the paper by Professors Kiikenthal and Ziehen of Jena (in the ‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft,’ Band xxix. 1894), entitled: ** Untersuchungen iiber die Grosshirnfurchen der Primaten.” On mentioning Gorilla engena, the authors state that they themselves had no opportunity of making observations on cerebral hemispheres of this species. They draw up, however, from the works of others, a list of twenty characteristic features of the fissures of the cerebral hemispheres in this species. They proceed to Yroglodytes niger, of which they describe six hemispheres, with which they combine descriptions of two hemispheres of Yvroglodytes savagii! The latter specimens are in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, aud are the cerebral hemispheres of a Gorilla that died in this Society’s Gardens in 1887. More interesting than the omission of the authors to recognize the identity of Gorilla engena with Troglodytes savagit is the fact that out of the ten particulars in which the hemispheres of 7’. savagii are stated to differ from those of 7. niger, in three only does such divergence from T. niger imply agreement with features previously described by the authors as characteristic of Gorilla engena, while in three cases there is divergence from these characteristic features of Gorilla engena, and in the remaining four instances no comparisons can be made. But further, from the examination of these hemispheres of 7. niger and savagii, the authors proceed to draw up a list of characters specially typical of the hemisphere of the Chimpanzee, and seventeen of these affect features that appeared in the list for Gorilla engena. Of these seventeen characters, thirteen actually present similarities in conformation between the hemispheres of Gorilla engena and of the Chimpanzee (1. e. 7’. niger and 7”. savagii of Profs. Kiikenthal and Ziehen), while only four indicate differences of conformation. If we may accept the data, no better proof could be adduced of the practical identity of Gorilla and Chimpanzee in respect of cerebral convolutions. 3. The study of cerebral hemispheres of Gorilla and Chimpanzee respectively (in my possession) shows in strong relief the diver- sity of conformation that may be met with in the brains of the former. Consequently the value to be attached to the arrange- ment of the cerebral convolutions as a criterion of species is insignificant, and herein the conclusion arrived at in the preceding paragraph is corroborated. I should prefer, however, to postpone the further consideration of this part of the subject until I have been able to consult the communication so lately made to the Zoological Society on the brain of the Gorilla. 314 MESSRS. B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [ Mar. 7, [P.S.Two points respecting the geographical distribution of the Gorilla appear to me to call for notice here. Last year (1898) the occurrence of a Gorilla near Brazzaville on the Congo was recorded, and, in fact, the specimen was brought to England. Secondly, in the same year was published Captain Burrows’s book, entitled ‘The Land of the Pigmies,’ which contains a photograph of an Ape described as a Gorilla, which was shot at Stanley Falls. If we regard this Ape as a genuine Gorilla, it follows that the eastward range of that animal is much more extensive than it is commonly supposed to be; but unfortunately the evidence of the photograph alone does not support that specific title, showing as it does that the specimen was possessed of distinct Chimpanzee features. Without further investigation, therefore, no final con- clusion on this point can be arrived at. | 3. Cn the Myology of the Edentata. By Brrrram C. A. Winoiz, D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Ana- tomy in Mason University College, Birmingham, and F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.8., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital and Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons, Hngland. [Received February 9, 1899,] Part I.—Musciis or run Hap, Neck, anp Fore Limes. It has been for some time our intention to gather together the very scattered literature on the subject of Edentate myology, and to check it by a series of dissections of such animals as we could collect. We are greatly indebted to this Society, to Professor Stewart of the Royal College of Surgeons, and to Professor Howes of the Royal College of Science for giving us opportunities of dissecting specimens in their stores. We submit that the com- paratively large number of records which we have been able to bring together as the result of our own dissections and a study of the literature has given us an opportunity of indicating which muscles are constant and which are liable to variation. or this reason we are glad to be able to point out that we have several records of most of the existing genera of Edentates. There are many points on which further information is desirable, and we feel that the paper is far from complete; still, as the investigation has been lengthy and arduous, it has seemed best to publish this first part and to defer, as in the case of the Carnivora, the generali- zations which we intend to offer, until the remainder of the muscles are dealt with, in a second part of this paper. As in former papers, small numerals refer to the list of animals at the commencement of the paper and Roman figures to the bibliography at its end. Those animals in the list against which no author’s name is placed have been dissected by ourselves. 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 315 List of Animals. Family BrapyPpopip”. 1. Bradypus tridactylus. 2. 03 = (Humphry, IV.) 3. os $ (Macalister, XIV.) 4. of) Fs (Meckel, XI.) 5. 55 r (Mackintosh, XVI.) 6. ” ” (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VII.) ie = A 8. Cholepus didactylus. 9. a ‘; (Humphry, IV.) 10. 99 » (Mackintosh, XIII.) Family MyrMEcopuagip 2. 11. Myrmeccphaga jubata *. 2: , Bs (Pouchet, IT.) alte. - a (Macalister, I.) 14. Tamandua tetradactyla. 15. 45 Pe (Rapp, IIT.) 16. 55 Be (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VII.) 17. Cyclothurus didactylus. (Humphry, LV.) 18. ~ a (Macalister, I.) 19. Ps Pe (Meckel, V.) 20. 54 ay (Galton, VI.) 21. a “ (Cuvier & Laurillard, XVII.) Family Dasypopip®. 22. Dasypus villosus. 23. » sexcinctus. (Galton, X.) 24. . oe (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VII.) 25. Tatusia peba. (Macalister, VII.) 26. » sp-inc. (Meckel, XI.) 27. Chlamydophorus truncatus. (Macalister, XT.) 28. 5 = (Hyrtl, XII.) Family Manip. 29. Manis macrura. 30. ” ” eiluahass! eSPadue: 32. 4, surita. (Humphry, IV.) »» tricuspis. (Macalister, I.) », jevanica. (Macalister, VIL.) Family ORYCTEROPODIDS. 3). Orycteropus capensis. (Galton, VIII.) : be (Humphry, IX.) 37. Bh e (Cuvier & Laurillard, XVII.) 1 R.C.8. Eng. Collection. 316 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar. 7, Panniculus.—Bradypodide. The three records which we have of this muscle in Bradypus al] agree in stating that the dorsal portion is very feebly marked. The ventral part or abdomino- humeralis passes backwards as far as the outer surface of the thigh, whilst anteriorly it covers in the axilla, and is attached to the pectoral ridge deep to the pectoral muscle. We have succeeded in satisfying ourselves that the sterno-facialis and sphincter colli are both absent in this family. Myrmecophagide. In Cyclothurus the abdomino-humeralis re- sembles that of the Bradypodide ; it is well marked on the outer side of the thigh and extends as far as the knee. Humphry (17) describes a femoral attachment between the ectogluteus and vastus externus. In Yamandua (14) the dorso-humeralis is better developed than the abdomino-humeralis. Dasypodide. In this family the panniculus is remarkably specialized, being divided into a number of slips which are inserted into the carapace. In Tatusia peba (25), Macalister describes seven parts, viz.: (a) abdomino-femoral, from the mid-line of the abdomen to the anterior edge of the femur; (4) abdomino-tergal, from the anterior part of the mid-line of the abdomen to the deep surface of the dorsal shield; (¢) ischio-tergal, from the tuber ischii to the deep surface of the pelvic shield ; (¢) pectoro-brachial, from the mid-line of the pectoral region to the fascia on the mner border of the arm ; (e) dorso-pectoral, from the integument over the clavicular pectoral to the anterior angle of the dorsal shield ; (f) from the angle of the mouth and the skin over the side of the jaw to the lateral border of the dorsal shield as far as the elbow; (g) a similar and longer slip connected with the posterior trapezius. In Dasypus villosus (22) the most important bundle, which is probably platysmal in its nature, passes from the lower part of the zygoma to the cephalic border of the first part of the dorsal carapace and thence backwards as far as the fourth segment. Another band passes from the skull above the orbit to the head- shield. In Dasypus sexcinctus (24), Cuvier and Laurillard figure these zygomatic and occipital bundles, the former being, as in villosus, much the larger of the two. The acromio-basilar of Galton (23) is well-marked and passes from the skull anterior and lateral to the occipital slip to the acromion process at its junction with the spine. It lies wholly superficial to the trapezius, and is clearly the same as Cuvier’s portion cervicale du trapéze. In Chlamydophorus (27) there is no connection between the panniculus and the spheroma; the abdomino-humeralis is repre- sented by a thin slip from the external aspect of the thigh to the surface of the abdomen. Some fibres, which appear to be quite separate from those of the trapezius, pass from over the scapula to the cephalic shield, and these may probably be homologous with the acromio-basilar of Dasypus. In the Manide the panniculus more closely resembles the more common mamialian arrangement. The abdomino-humeralis is very thick and dorsally inseparable from the dorso-humeralis, the two covering the outer side and 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 317 front of the thigh and buttocks. Some fibres also find their way to the inner side of the thigh and there blend with the gracilis. Anteriorly the more ventral fibres, to which alone the name of abdomino-humeralis should be applied, pass deep to the pectoarls and are inserted partly into the ribs and partly into the pectoral ridge of the humerus. The more dorsal part of the pannicular sheet, or dorso-humeralis, is partly inserted with the abdomino- humeralis, deep to the pectorals, and partly runs to the fascia of the dorsal surface of the arm and the posterior border of the outer end of the spine of the scapula. In our specimens of Manis the platysma is quite rudimentary, though it appears to be well developed in Manis javanica (34) (Macalister). In the Oryctero- podide (35, 36) there seems to be a remarkably well-developed panniculus. We have not, unfortunately, had the opportunity ourselves of dissecting the Aardvark, but the descriptions of the platysma in this animal which are at our disposal are quite clear, and seem to show that it there reaches a development superior to anything which we have as yet met with in our researches into mammalian musculature. It is described as passing from the zygomatic region over the neck and shoulder and arm to the radial side of the forearm. Humphry (86) and Cuvier and Laurillard (37) both figure this extensive platysma, and both also figure a very well-marked sphincter colli or sterno-facialis running backwards to the hinder end of the sternum, superficial to the pectorals. Galton (35) describes a muscle running from the orbicularis oris to the hinder end of the thorax, where it is attached to the mid-line of the sternum : this, there can be little doubt, is the sterno-facialis (cf. ‘‘ Lectures on the Muscles of Mammals,” Journ. of Anat. & Phys. vol. xxxii. p. 480). The same author states that part of this muscle passes under the jaw and round the neck, a fasciculus which quite clearly corresponds to the sphincter colli of other mammals. The abdomino-humeral part of the panniculus in this animal is also well developed (37). Facial Muscles.—There is little of special interest to note with regard to the facial muscles of the Edentates, and there is so much variety in the terminology employed by different writers that a satisfactory generalization is most difficult. All the animals seem to possess the orbiculares palpebrarum et oris, levator labii superioris, zygomaticus, depressor labii inferioris, and retractor naris, as well as anterior, superior, and posterior auricular muscles, the last-mentioned being usually the best developed of the three. The muscles of the face in Myrmecophaga have been described in great detail by Owen (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv.). In Bradypus the zygomaticus is well marked, whilst the most remarkable feature in the Dasypodidw and Mande is the great development of the retractor uvaris, which rises from the zygoma and passes directly forwards to the snout and is evidently a valuable adjunct in rooting and grubbing. Masseter.—In Bradypus (1) the muscle is bilaminar, but the two layers are not very easily separable. The superficial rises 318 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [Mar.7, from the anterior inferior border and from the inferior angle of the malar, and is inserted into the lower border of the mandible from the angle to midway between the angle and the symphysis. The deep layer comes from the lower part of the posterior border of the malar and is inserted into the outer surface of the mandi- bular ramus. In his elaborate account of the muscles of the face in Myrmecophaga, Owen does not mention any bilamination of the masseter. In Dasypus (22) the muscle is distinctly bilaminar. The same condition obtains also in Chlamydophorus (27, 28), where, according to Hyrtl, it is intersected by tendons. In Manis (29, 30) the masseter is thin and unilaminar and arises from a fibrous zygoma. We have no records of its condition in Orycteropus. Temporal, Buccinator, and Pterygoidet show no points of special interest, Digastrie.—In the Bradypodide this muscle reaches from the paramastoid process to the middle third of the body of the mandible. In 1, 5, and 6 it is described as possessing a slight tendinous intersection opposite the hyoid bone, from the inner side of which intersection is given off a fibrous arcade similar to that met with amongst the Sciwride. In 3 no tendinous inter- section was noticed. Cholwpus (9) has a tendinous intersection, though none was noticed by Macalister in his specimen. We have no records of the digastric in any of the Myrmecophagide. Among the Dasypodide the digastric is described as monogastric by Macalister, who states that it is attached below the mandible in Dasypus and Tatusia. In our specimen of Dasypus, and in a second which we specially examined with reference to this point, the muscle was absent, but it is figured by Cuvierand Lanrillard (24) as arising by tendon and inserted by fleshy fibres. In Chlamy- dophorus, Macalister found a very small digastric passing from the bulla tympani to the mandible, but Hyrtl found none in his specimen of the same animal. In the Manide the digastric is inserted into the lower jaw as far as halfway to the symphysis ; it possesses no central tendon (29). In the Orycteropodide (36, 37) the muscle has the same arrangement. Mylo-hyoid.—Vhis muscle is always well marked in the Eden- tates, being especially large in Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and Manis, in all of which animals the posterior fibres curve round the sterno-glossi and the part of the tongue into which these are inserted, forming a narrow tunnel or sheath in which they are enclosed. Sterno-maxillaris, Hyoid, and Thyroid.—The first of these muscles is absent in the Bradypodide. In Bradypus (1, 5) the latter two are fused as far as the caudal edge of the larynx, at which point a slip is delaminated from the mesial and ventral part of the muscle and continued to the hyoid bone, the greater part of the muscle passing to the thyroid cartilage. In Cholepus (10) the two muscles have practically the human attachments. In the Myrmecophagide the sterno-maxillaris is present as a superficial 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 319 delamination from the sterno-hyoid (M. jubata, Owen, XV.). In Tamandua and Cyclothurus it rises from the manubrium and is inserted into the mandible near the symphysis. In the Dasy- podide the sterno-maxillaris is also present in Dasypus (22), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the Mande no sterno-maxillaris was noticed nor is any recorded in Orycteropus. The only animal in which a tendinous intersection was noticed was Vamandua (14), in which the condition existed in the sterno- maxillaris. Sterno-glossus.—This muscle has so far only been recorded in Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and Manis. Whether it is present in Cyclothurus we are unable to state. It rises from the xiphi- sternum and the last one or two true ribs and passes forward at first deep to the sternum and costal cartilages, and is subsequently ensheathed, as has already been mentioned, in fibres derived from the mylo-hyoid, to be inserted into the tongue. In Myrmecophaga Owen points out that it is intersected in its thoracic portion by linez transversze. Styloid Muscles—The stylo-hyoid, glossus, and pharygneus seem to be generally present, and of these the stylo-glossus appears to be always the best developed. The stylo-pharyngeus is usually small, and the stylo-hyoid is sometimes absent. Omo-hyoid.—In no Edentate have we ever seen this muscle, nor is it specifically described by any author, though it is stated in one paper that Cuvier noted it in Myrmecuphaga, a reference which we have been unable to trace. Sterno-cleido-mastoid.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1,3, 4) is remarkable for having the two parts closely united, whilst in Cholepus they are distinct. In Bradypus the single muscle rises from the manubrium and the fascia external to it and may (3) get a slight origin from the rudimentary clavicle. It is inserted into the paramastoid and paroccipital region of the skull and has the spinal accessory nerve on its deep surface. In Cholawpus both sterno- and cleido-mastoids are present, the latter coming from the middle third of the clavicle, and the spinal accessory nerve passes between them. The cleido-mastoid muscle when it is present is, as in most mammals, inserted deep to the sterno- mastoid. In the Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga and Tamandua have only a sterno-mastoid, but Cyclothurus, in which the clavicle is well developed, has both sterno- and cleido-mastoids (17, 21). In one specimen of this animal (19) there are described distinct sterno-mastoid, cleido-occipital, and cleido-mastoid, the latter lying deep to the cleido-occipital. It is to be regretted that the relation of the spinal accessory nerve to these three muscles is not recorded. In the Dasypodide, Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) have separate sterno- and cleido-mastoids. In the last-mentioned animal, Hyrtl (28) mentions that the sterno-mastoids of opposite sides are fused in the neck. In Manis (29) the cleido-mastoid is absent. In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) both sterno- and cleido-mastoids are 320 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, present, and the latter arises from the inner 4 or 3 of the clavicle. Omo-trachehan.—This muscle is not a constant feature in Edentate myology. When present, it arises, as is usually the case amongst mammals, from the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into the acromion process. In the Bradypodide it was present in Bradypus (1, 3), being imserted in the latter specimen into the upper angle of the scapula. In another specimen (5) its existence is not mentioned, nor has it been noticed in Cholapus. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle was absent in Myrmecophaga (13), but present and well marked in Tamandua (16) and Cyelo- thurus (18, 19). In the Dasypodide the muscle was absent in two specimens of Dasypus (22, 24) and no mention is made of its presence in a third (23); Macalister, however, records its existence inaspecimen. In the Manide the muscle is well marked, but shifts its anterior attachment from the atlas to the mastoid region of the skull (29, 30, 31, 32). Scaleni.—In no Edentate have we seen or met with any record of a scalene muscle lying on the ventral aspect of the subclavian vessels, so that it may be fairly definitely laid down that the scalenus ventralis is a muscle totally wanting in this order. The scalenus longus is attached toa very small number of ribs, another characteristic feature of Edentate myology. The following table gives a list of the attachments of longus and brevis in several specimens :— Longus. Brevis. — Bradypus (1) ....--+-+00e 6, 7, 8,9 C.V. & ribi. 6, 7, 8, 9 C.V. & rib i. a (4) ee ccccccacce ” ” ” 2 Cholepus (10)..........-. 2, 3, 4, 5,6 C. V. & vibs i., ii. Tamandua (14) ......... 3, 4, 5,6 C.V. & ribi. 4, 5,6, '7 C.V. & ribi. Cyclothurus (17, 21) ... 4,5,6,7C.V. & ribi Dasypus (22) ...00-0..0+ ribs ili., iv., v. ribs ii., ill., iv. Thanet, (P75) coadecasaces ribs i., ii., 11. ribs 1., i. Chlamydophorus (27)... 2, 3, 4, 5,6 C. V. & rib ii. 2,3, 4,5,6C. V. & ribi. be) (28)... 33 ” 22 ”» WWGHEES (BM) scocnccdacoscae 2,3, 4, C. V. &ribsii.,ii., iv. 4,5, C.V. & ribi. Rectus thoracis lateralis—This musele is, so far as we know, characteristic of the Edentates, as we have neither met with it nor any description of it among other mammals, in the jcourse of our researches. It continues the direction of the scalenus longus caudalwards, being attached anteriorly to the first rib or pair of ribs and posteriorly to some of the hinder ribs. Asa rule, the muscle is external to the rectus ventralis, but when the two overlap, as they did in our specimen of Dasypus (22), the rectus ventralis is the more superficial of the two, a fact which shows that the rectus thoracis lateralis cannot be regarded as a dis- placed supra-costalis. Indeed, the fact that it is found in Cholapus (10) co-existing with the supra-costalis is alone sufficient to prove this. Macalister considers that this muscle is a lateral displace- 1895. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 321 ment of a portion of the rectus ventralis. We have, however, very carefully examined the question and have come to the conclusion, from the facts that (1.) it so often continues the direction of the scaleni and (i1.) is occasionally connected to them by direct fibres, that the muscle should be looked upon as a caudad extension of scalenus longus and that its presence is correlated with the fact, already insisted upon, that the last-named muscle has a very limited attachment in the costal region. In the Bradypodide the muscle was noticed in five specimens of Bradypus (1, 3, 4, 5, 6); it was attached in all to the first rib anteriorly, but its posterior connections were various. In Cholepus (10) it passed from the first and second ribs to the eighth and ninth. Amongst the Myrmecophagide, we have no record of its occurrence in Myrme- cophaga itself, but in Tamandua (14, 16) it is well marked and passes from the first to the seventh and eighth ribs; it was also present in four specimens of Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20, 21). In the Dasypodide the muscle, for some reason not apparent to us, shifts its anterior attachment nearer to the mid-ventral line. Thus in Dasypus (22), as we have already mentioned, it is attached deep to the rectus ventralis, whilst in Tatusia (25) its anterior attach- ment is to the manubrium sterni. In Chlamydophorus (27) the muscle is very slender and feeble and is attached to the first rib. In another specimen of the same animal (28) Hyrtl does not allude to the muscle. Amongst the Manide the muscle was found passing from the 1st to the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th ribs in Manis (29). Its presence is not recorded in any of the descriptions of the Orycteropodide, nor do Cuvier and Laurillard figure it in their plates of the myology of this animal (37). Recti capitis dorsales.—There does not seem to be any delami- nation, producing a r.c.d. medius, as is the case in so many mammals. We find only records of r, c. d. superficialis et profundus (vr. c. posticus major and minor), as in Man, Splenius capitis et colli.—These muscles are subject to a gcod deal of variation in the Hdentata and especially amongst the Bradypodide. In Bradypus, a form possessing nine cervical vertebra, we are not surprised to find the colli very large and the capitis either very small (1, 4, 6) or absent altogether (3). In one specimen (3) there were two splenii colli, the anterior arising from the spines of the 5rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th cervical vertebree, while the posterior came from five spines behind these. In Cholepus (10), a form in which the number of cervical vertebre is liable to reduction, the splenius capitis was large and rose from all the cervical spines or the ligamentum nuche dorsal to them. The splenius colli was absent. Amongst the Myrmecophagide there was no splenius colli in Tamandua (14) or Cyclothurus (21). In another specimen of the first-named animal (16) it went to the atlas only. Amongst the Dasypodide there was no splenius colli in Dasypus (22, 24), Tutusia (25), or Chlamydophorus (27). In Manis (29) there is also no splenius colli, nor have we any record of the muscle in Orycteropus. We may sum up the description of 322 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, these muscles amongst the Edentates by saving that the splenius colli is usually absent throughout the Order with the exception of Bradypus, in which animal the splenius capitis is feeble or wanting. Trapezius.—In Bradypus (1, 2,3, 5, 6) this muscle fails to reach the occiput, a fact which seems to be correlated with the lengthening of the neck due to the two extra cervical vertebre. The origin is from the ligamentum nuche and the anterior 4th, 5th, and 6th spines. The anterior cervical fibres are continuous with the clavicular deltoid to form a cephalo-humeralis ; the posterior cervical and thoracic fibres are separated from the former by a fibrous interval and are inserted into the spine of the scapula and acromion process. In Cholewpus the anterior part rises from the occiput and ligamentum nuchee, and isinserted into the lower border of the scapular spine. The posterior fibres can with difficulty be separated from these and are inserted into the whole length of the spine. In the Myrmecophagide the trapezius forms a continuous sheet. In Myrmecophaga (13), Tamandua (14, 16), and two specimens of Cyclothurus (17, 21) there was no occipital origin, but in other specimens of the last-named animal (18, 19, 20) the muscle rose from the occipital curved line. In Cyclothurus the anterior fibres are inserted into the outer part of the clavicle, which is well developed in this animal. In Myrmecophagea (11) and Tamandua (14, 16) the anterior fibres form with the clavicular deltoid a well-developed cephalo-humeral, and as usual there is a fibrous intersection in the position of the clavicle. Amongst the Dasypodide, Dasypus (22) has the anterior fibres of the trapezius arising from the deep surface of the anterior part of the carapace, and these fibres form the cephalo-humeral. ‘The posterior part of the muscle rises from the fonrth cervical to the last thoracic spines and is inserted into the scapular spine. In Chlamydophorus the anterior part of the muscle is separated from the posterior by a cellular interval, the anterior fibres, as in Dasypus, arising from the head-shield. In Yatusca no mention is made of an origin from the carapace. In the Manide the cephalo-humeral is well marked and rises from the occiput (29, 31, 32, 33, 34). The remainder of the muscle forms one mass and is inserted into the spine of the scapula and its acromion process. In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) the origin is from the occiput, ligamentum nuchz, and anterior nine or ten thoracic spines, the insertion is into the spine and acromion process of the scapula, but there is apparently no clavicular bundle or cephalo-humeral muscle. Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle has the ordinary origin from the posterior half of the thoracic spines, the lumbar fascia, and three or four posterior ribs, and is inserted, as usual in mammals, into the humerus below its neck. In the Dasypodide it is remarkable for rising from more ribs than usual, often from the third or fourth to the last. These costal origins blend with the deep part of the insertion of the pectorals, and form a muscular floor to the axilla. We regard them as unusually well-developed achselbogen, 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 323 or portions of the pectoral mass. Regarding as we do this mass and the panniculus of the region as portions of the differentiated lateral sheet of muscle carried out by the limb-bud, we believe achselbogen to be a rudimentary condition represented in its fullest development by the presence of a muscular floor to the axilla, and that in both these conditions we have to do with a section of the sheet lying between the pectorals and the latissimus dorsi. This arrangement has been noticed in Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the last- named animal Macalister describes a special bundle of fibres rising from the mammillary processes of the first two lumbar vertebrie and gaining insertion into the posterior inferior angle of the scapula. We can quite concur with his statement that this bundleis not found in any other Edentate. Latissimo-olecranalis—This muscle is always present in Eden- tates, and is singularly well developed in many of them. In the Bradypodide the muscle is not of great size; in Bradypus it is inserted into the internal supra-condylar ridge (1, 2, 4, 6), while in Cholepus it is attached to the arch of the large supra-condylar foramen. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle is of fair size and (in the specimen O.11 at the R. C.S.) attached to the inner side of the olecranon. Pouchet (II.) speaks of an ‘ accessoire interne ” arising from the infraspinous fossa in his specimen (12). This may be a displaced latissimo-olecranalis, though the condition is clearly abnormal, since it was neither found by Macalister nor by ourselves (11). In Tamandua (14) we found the muscle with its usual attachments ; but Rapp (III.) found it rising from the scapula close to the teres major, a condition which nearly agrees with that described by Pouchet as the “ accessoire interne.” In Cyclothurus the muscle has a more extended insertion than in the other Ant- eaters; it is attached to the forearm from the olecranon process to the palmar fascia (17, 18, 19, 20). Humphry (LV.) says that from its insertion the palmaris longus takes origin, this being one of several instances of unusual continuity between muscles generally separate one from another in other Orders. In the Dasypodide the muscle is very large and often has further origins than that which it obtains from the latissimus dorsi. In Dasypus (22) we found it rising («) from the main insertion of the latissimus dorsi, (6) from the dorsum scapule, and (c) from that part of the latissimus dorsi muscle which arises from the thoracic vertebre. The muscle covered the dorsal and internal aspects of the arm and was folded round the triceps in such a way as to render that muscle invisible until the latissimo-olecranalis was removed. The insertion was into the olecranon and upper half of the subcutaneous margin of the ulna. This is the maximum development of the muscle so far met with by us in any mammal. Galton does not mention any independent origin from the scapula in this animal (23), but otherwise his description agrees with our own. Cuvier and Laurillard (24) figure the same extensive insertion. In Tatusia the muscle is very large, and in one specimen (25) obtains an extra 324 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, origin from the teres major. In Chlamydophorus (27) it is also large and is inserted into the internal condyle, internal lateral ligament, olecranon, and fascia of the forearm. In the Manide the muscle is not quite so well developed as in the Armadillos ; in this class it is inserted into the olecranon and fascia of the forearm (29, 30, 31, 32, 33). In Orycteropus (35) the muscle rises from the latissimus dorsi and apparently gets additional slips from the scapula and teres major; in part it joins the long head of the triceps. Rhomboidei.—We have found it convenient for the purposes of mammalian myology to describe the rhomboid sheet in two parts, viz. rhomboideus capitis et colli and rhomboideus thoracis. In the Bradypodide the rule holds good which we have already found to apply to other neck-muscles. In correlation with its additional cervical vertebre, Brudypus (1, 3, 4, 5) has no occipital origin to the rhomboid, whilst in Cholwpus this origin is well marked. Ia Bradypus there is no division between the rhomboidei colli et thoracis, but in Cholepus (8) the r. thoracis, which is inserted into the vertebral border of the scapula opposite the root of the spine, is, at its origin, deep to the rhomboideus capitis et colli. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle forms a single undivided sheet without any occipital origin in Myrmecophaga (13), Tamandua (14, 16), or Cyclothurus (18, 19, 20). In the Dasypodide an occipital origin is always present and the rhomboideus thoracis is usually separate from the rhomboideus capitis et colli. The rhomboideus capitis often forms a separate slip and is called by Galton (VI.) the occipito-scapular. In the Manide the occipital origin is also always present (29, 31, 33, 34). In the Orycteropide the occipital origin is present but ill-developed (35, 36). Rhomboideus profundus (Levator scapule mimor).—This muscle, which rises from the transverse process of the atlas and is inserted into the base of the spine of the scapula, seems only to be distinct in Orycteropus (385, 36, 37). Indications of it may be found in other animals, but in them it is usually more or less blended with adjacent muscles, such as the rhomboideus capitis et colli, omo- trachelian, or serratus ventralis colli (neck portion of serratus magnus). Serratus ventralis colli et thoracis (Serratus magnus).—The following origins of this muscle are given by different observers :— Cery. Tr. Proes. Ribs. Jeranyje0s (Q)) ce eocncoccsoec09 absent. 1-7 A (7) EA RD 3 0p ae 6-9 1-2 55 (3) Dene 6-9 1-8 ch Gay etal aA 9 12% i (D) RAO ee 2 Raa 7-9 1-7 Pn 0) RRP ERM ers 4 9 1-7 Gilezots (QU) Seigsconbacsecs 5-7 1-8 Myrmecophaga (13) .......... 2-7 1-8 Narnandiion QD) pe cnis welyestet 1-7 1-7 1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 325 Cery. Tr. Procs. Ribs. Cyctoctmum (QUAN «ais ee = ee « 2-7 1-8 ae CUS APE 5-7 1-7 3 (PAU) Ara 5-7 1-7 a (P21) a ae a eg ae 5-7 1-7 MESHPUSI(A) tics aie ales de me hinder C. V 1-8 or 9 Sion, Lp AAD) he A as Pa oe Sr 5-7 1-7 ALC) eee 1% ty 7) GLE Se eae sa see 1-7 1-7 Bee Vasile Ser WLS Pe tee 2-7 - POS) Were ee. a 2-7 1-6 Wriycteropus (SD) 2... vse we se - oi 18 - (SO) eee 2 2-7 1-8 w (C/O eee ne ge 2-7 1-8 From the foregoing it will be seen that the neck portion of the muscle (the levator anguli scapule of human myology) is either absent or feebly developed in the Bradypodide. In Tamandua (14) and two specimens of Manis (29, 30) it is described as arising from the atlas, but past experience makes us think that in these cases the rhomboideus profundus is incorporated with the serratus ventralis colli. In some cases, e. g. Cyclothurus, the cervical, anterior and posterior thoracic origins may remain .distinct as far as their insertion, and the muscle may then consist of three portions, as it more or less does in Man. In other cases, e. g. Dasypus (22), the cervical and thoracic portions may form two separate sheets, while in many instances the whole muscle forms one continuous plane. It may be added that on the whole the muscle is one of great strength, exceeding in this respect the condition met with in most of the mammals examined by us, also that the scapular insertion often takes the form of two strong bundles attached to a triangular portion of bone at the caudal and cephalic ends of the scapula respectively, the part between, though continuous with these two bundles, being comparatively thin. Pectorales.—The pectoral mass in Edentates, as, indeed, generally amongst the Maimalia, is exceedingly hard to classify, for the greater the amount of available material, the more difficult does the generalization become. We feel that the only way to do justice to the subject would be to repeat the various descriptions in eatenso; but as this is hardly possible, we shall content ourselves with making what generalization we can. We believe that a typical pectoral has superficial and deep manubrial and superficial and deep gladiolar planes, that there may be a clavicular portion and an abdominal sheet or pectoralis quartus arising from the linea alba, that one or more bundles may rise from the anterior ribs deep to the gladiolar fibres, and that these may be described as a pectoralis minor. In Bradypus we have six descriptions, no two of which agree. Macalister and Mackintosh failed to find any abdominal portion or anything representing a pectoralis minor. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. XXII. 22 326 MESSRS. B. C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, Tn our specimens (1, 7) we found a feeble pectoralis minor rising from the second costal cartilage and passing to the fascia over the shoulder ; while the abdominal pectoral (pectoralis quartus) was present and closely blended with the abdomino-humeral part of the panniculus. Cuvier and Laurillard (6) show in their figure an absence of pectoralis quartus, thus agreeing with Macalister and Mackintosh, but they represent a fairly well-marked pectoralis minor. In Cholepus a special bundle corresponding in origin to the superficial gladiolar fibres was inserted into the inner border of the flexor surface of the forearm. In Myrmecophaga (13) the super- ficial and deep manubrial fibres were fused and the superficial and deep gladiolar were distinct. There was no pectoralis minor. In Tamandua (14) and Cyclothurus (17, 18) the superficial manubrial and gladiolar fibres were fused. In Dasypus (22, 24) the same condition obtains, but the place of the deep gladiolar fibres is taken by the large part of the latissimus dorsi which passes across the floor of the axilla and is inserted with the pectorals. In Tatusra (25) clavicular, sternal, and abdominal bundles are present, and the same description apples to Chlamydophorus (27). In Manis (29, 39, 32) the superficial manubrial bundle is well marked, and, although narrow at its origin, spreads out to be inserted from the lower end of the deltoid tubercle to the internal condyle. In one specimen (30) it is noted that these manubrial fibres are twisted upon themselves in such a way that those rising most deeply were most superficial at their insertion. In Orycteropus, Macalister (1.), Humphry (1X.), and Galton (VIIL.) allagree that a pectoralis minor is present. The pectoralis quartus (37) is also well marked. Subelavius—This muscle in the Edentates varies a good deal and is of considerable interest. In the Bradypodide it is present and is inserted not only into the clavicle, but into the coracoid process and acromion. This was the case in six specimens of this animal 2, 3, 4+, 5, 6, 7) and in two of Cholepus (10 and a specimen of Galton’ 8). Tn the Myrmecophagide the muscle is absent not only in Myrmecophaga (13) and Tamandua (14 and X. p. 528), which have only rudimentary clavicles, but also in Cyclothurus (17, 18, 20, 21), in which this bone is well developed. In the Dasypodide the muscle is always large and inserted chiefly into the acromion process and the fascia over the supraspinatus. This is true of Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the Manide the muscle is wanting (29, 31, 32, 33,34). In the Orycteropodide the subclavius is present (35, 36), but, as in most Edentates, is inserted more into the acromion and fascia over the supraspinatus than into the clavicle. This arrangement is clearly an approach to the sterno-scapularis muscle so constantly found amongst hystricomorphine rodents. Deltoid.—The usual three parts of the deltoid are present in Edentates, and, as a rule, are inserted very close together into the deltoid ridge. Speaking generally, the usual mammalian rule is borne out, that clavicular fibres are inserted lowest and pass 1899. | THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 327 superficially to the others, while the spinous fibres are inserted highest and pass deep to the other two bundles. In those animals in which the clavicle is absent or rudimentary, the clavicular part of the muscle is continuous with the ventral fibres of the trapezius to form a cephalo-humeral. Among the Bradypodide, Bradypus has the cephalo-humeral, acromial, and spinous parts closely blended and inserted into the middle of the humerus (1, 3, 4). In two specimens (4, 5) a slip was given to the short head of the biceps from the cephalo-humeral. In Cholewpus the insertion varied in two specimens—in one (10) the clavicular and acromial portions were both inserted into the radius, while in another (8) all three parts went to the deltoid tubercle. Among the Myrmeco- phagide, Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 13) and Tamandua (14, 16) have each a cephalo-humeral and all three parts are mserted into the middle of the humerus. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 21) the clavicular, spinous, and acromial parts are all inserted into the humerus together, the two latter bemg apparently closely fused. Inthe Dasypodide the clavicular slip rises from the clavicle in Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 23), and is always inserted into the deltoid tubercle on the humerus. The acromial and spinous parts may or may not be separate. In the Manide the cephalo-humeral is well marked, the spinous and acromial parts are more or less fused, and in several specimens (29, 32, 33, 34) a separate bundle was traced from the spine of the scapula to the triceps or supinator longus. Macalister expresses some doubt as to the nature of this slip; but we have been able to satisfy ourselves, by tracing the circumflex nerve into it, that it is a part of the deltoid. In the Orycteropodide the clavicular portion is inserted into the radius with the biceps, the other two parts passing to the deltoid ridge (35, 36, 37). Supra- and Infraspinati.—In all cases the supra- is consider- ably larger than the infraspinatus. In Dasypus (22, 23) the latter muscle rises between the two scapular spines. Teretes major et minor.—One of the great characteristics of all members of the Edentate Order, with the sole exception of the Myrmecophagide, is the great development of the teres major. In many of these animals there is a considerable ridge of bone marking off the origin of the teretes from that of the infraspinatus. Of this ridge, which is called the inferior scapular spine, we have already written in connection with Dasypus. The teres minor in most of the Order has been described as present. In some cases it is described as being fused with the infraspinatus or subscapu- laris, but from our own experience of the Order we can quite exsily understand how two observers, in the instances in which the muscle is not well marked, might readily differ in their description of the same animal, so that we shall content ourselves by saying that this muscle is usually a distinct entity throughout the Edentata. Subscapularis.—In the Bradypodide the bundle of fibres rising from the axillary border of the scapula and obtaining an insertion 22* 328 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, below the lesser tuberosity of the humerus is specially marked off from the rest of the muscle. The name of subscapulo-humeral, which sufficiently indicates its nature, has been suggested for this slip (1, 2,5, 10). In one specimen of Bradypus (2) the sub- scapularis was divided into three parts, the hindmost of which was the subscapulo-humeralis. In Myrmecophaga Macalister (I.) found the muscle intersected by ten tendinous planes, and the specimen now in the R.C.S. Museum (11) shows the same condition. We further found in this specimen that five separate nerves, all from the dorsal part of the brachial plexus, entered the muscle. Macalister states that there are two accessory slips to the muscle in this animal: (@) the subscapulo-humeralis, and (6) ‘a triangular slip from the fossa above the subscapular nerve.” Pouchet (IL.) found that the tendon of insertion split into upper and lower parts and between them was the short head of the biceps; it is, however, Just possible that he may have mistaken the upper edge of the supraspinatus, which is very prominent in this animal, for part of the insertion of the subscapularis. In Tamandua (14) the muscle is also considerably broken up. In no other Edentate was any special feature of interest noted im connection with this muscle. Ooraco-brachialis.—An Hdentate characteristic of considerable interest is the great frequency of occurrence of the coraco- brachialis longus throughout the Order. In the Bradypodide, Bradypus and Cholepus, as is so often the case, differ in their myology. In the former the coraco-brachialis medius alone is present (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6), and in our own specimen (1) we were careful to notice that the musculo-cutaneous nerve passed above the muscle, 7. e. between it and the bone. In Cholepus (8, 10) the brevis and longus alone were present, though Galton (X.)in another specimen says that he found only a thin cord-like middle variety. In the Myrmecophagidw, Myrmecophaga (11, 12) and Tamandua (14, 15, 16) have the longus only attached to the supracondylar arch, and given off from the short head of the biceps about the middle of the arm; whilst in the four specimens of Cyclothurus of which we have records (17, 18, 20, 21) no coraco-brachialis at all was present. Inthe Dasypodide the longus and brevis were present in two specimens of Dasypus (22, 23), but in another specimen described by Wood (Journ. of Anat. & Phys.i. p. 51), and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s specimen (25), the longus only was found. In Vatusia the longus and brevis were present in one specimen (25), the longus only in another (26). In Chlamydophorus the muscle was totally absent in Hyrtl’s specimen (28), whilst in Macalister’s (27) the brevis was present. In the Manide the muscle was totally absent in five specimens (29, 30, 31, 32, 34), but in one (33) the longus occurred. In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) the longus alone is present. From the above it will be seen that this muscle is very variable in its condition throughout the Order, not alone varying in different genera but in different specimens of the same animal. 1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 329 Biceps.—Among the Bradypodide, Bradypus is remarkable for possessing a humeral head. This was noticed in five specimens (1, 2, 3, 4, 5), and is described under that name by all five observers individually. In all these cases the head was large, and in all the insertion of the muscle was much blended with that of the brachialis anticus. We must confess that we find it very difficult to give any general rule for determining when a slip coming from the anterior aspect of the humerus and more or less connected with both brachialis anticus and biceps should be regarded as a brachialis anticus internus and when a humeral head of the biceps. When the connection is only with one muscle, as is sometimes the case, the task is comparatively simple. We are not, in this instance, prepared to take a different line from the above-mentioned writers, and therefore, at least conditionally, adopt their terminology. In all the five animals above alluded to there was also a glenoid head, and one (2) in addition possessed a coracoid head, which went to the fascia on the inner side of the forearm. The combined gleno-humeral muscle may be inserted into the radius or the ulna or both. In Cholwpus (8, 10) only the glenoid head is present, and is inserted partly into the radius partly into the ulna. In one specimen (8) part of the muscle joined the acromial deltoid. In the Myrmecophagide, Myrmeco- phaga (11) has glenoid and coracoid heads, the latter rising from the position which would be occupied by the coracoid process were — it present; the glenoid or long head divides below, the more superficial fibres being inserted into the radius with the short head, whilst the deeper group join the brachialis anticus to be inserted into the ulna. The description which we have of the other two specimens (12,13) seems to agree fairly accurately with the above. Tamandua (14, 15, 16) resembles Myrmecophaga, though Rapp describes a humeral head in addition, which we believe, in this case, is a part of the brachialis anticus. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) only the glenoid origin is present and inserted into the radius and ulna, usually with the brachialis anticus. In the Dasypodide two heads were present in four specimens (22, 23, 24, and an extra specimen) out of five recorded. In Tatusia (25, 26) and Chlamydophorus (27) only the long head is present. In the Manide the gleno-ulnar part of the muscle alone is present (29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) the long head appears to be the only part represented. Brachialis anticus——In the Bradypodide the outer part of the muscle alone is usually present, and does not in all cases reach as high as the surgical neck of the humerus. It may or may not join the biceps before its insertion, which is into the radius or ulna or both. In our specimen of Bradypus (1) there was also an imner head, which was almost continuous with the coraco- brachialis. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle is remarkable for its frequent fusion with the biceps. We can definitely state that in this family the generalized mammalian brachialis anticus rising from the back of the surgical neck of the humerus and winding round 330 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, the outer side of that bone is not present. In Myrmecophaga the humeral head of the biceps, already described, may with considerable probability be looked upon as a suppressed and modified brachialis anticus (11, 12, 13). In Tamandua (14,15) the condition is practically the same. In Oyelothurus (17, 18, 19, 20) the muscle rises below the deltoid ridge. In the Dasypodide the external part of the muscle is present and rises from the neck of the humerus in the usual mammalian manner. This applies to Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25), and Ohlamydophorus (27). In the Manide the outer or long head was found, as in the last-mentioned family, in every case (29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In only one case was the internal head found (29), and in that it rose from the front of the humerus below the deltoid ridge. In two cases (30, 31) this head was carefully looked for, but without success ; it is, however, frequently so closely fused with the external head that, unless specially sought for, it is very easily overlooked. In Orycteropus (35, 36) the external head was present as usual, but the internal head was present, as a few fibres rising from below the deltoid ridge, in one specimen only (385). Triceps and Anconeus.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 4,5) and Cholepus (8,10) have the usual three heads, and the inner of these tends to fuse with the anconeus. In the Myrmeco- phagide the muscle is often very specialized. Pouchet (I1.) describes six heads, three superficial and three deep. The three superficial he calls: (a) “ La longue,” which is equivalent to our longus, though a few of its fibres rise from the dorsum scapule and remind us of the arrangement found in some of the Mustelide amongst the Carnivora (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 394). This arrangement was also found in the R.C.S. specimen (11). (4) “ L’accessoire interne,’ which we have already alluded to as a displaced latissimo-olecranalis. (c) ‘‘ Liaccessoire ex- terne,” which rises by tendon between the two parts of the deltoid and becomes fleshy as it descends. It was not present in the specimen which we examined from the R.C.S. ‘he three deep heads of Pouchet are: (d) “Le vaste interne,” (¢) “ Le vaste externe,” and (f) ‘‘ L’accessoire médian.” The two former are simply the usual external and internal heads of the muscle, while the third consists of some fibres from the short head of the biceps to the triceps, which we did not find in the R.C.S. specimen. Macalister (13) points out that the internal head becomes tendinous and passes through a groove behind the internal condyle, through which it plays as through a pulley, its tendon then becoming continuous with one of the heads of the flexor of the digits. This remarkable arrangement, also met with in Orycteropus, must, as Macalister remarks, give great additional power to the latter muscle and is a further example of the unusual confluence of usually separate muscles in this Order. In Tamandua (14, 15) the long head is very large, rising from all that part of the dorsum scapulz below the inferior spine which is not occupied by the teres major. In one case (15) an additional 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA,. 331 scapular head is noted as rising from just below the glenoid cavity The fibres of the inner head have the same pulley-like arrangement as in Myrmecophaga, as shown by Cuvier and Laurillard’s figure (16), and by Rapp’s description of them as forming a humeral head for the flexor profundus digitorum (III.). Of the five specimens of Cyclothurus of which we have records, three had only one scapular head (17, 18, 21), whilst in two (19, 20) this was double. In one of the first-named group (21) a continuation of the muscle into the forearm, as in Zamandua and Mr yrmecophaga, was present. In all the M yrmecophagide the anconeus is large, and especially so in Cyclothurus. The Dasypodide resemble the last family in having, as a rule, two scapular heads, which may be called anterior and posterior. The anterior rises from the axillary border below the glenoid cavity, and the posterior from the dorsum scapulze in the region of the lower spine. This applies to Dasypus (22), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27,28). In Galton’s specimen of Dasypus (23) the long head was apparently single, while in one specimen of Chlamydophorus (27) there was a third scapular head from the inferior margin of the bone. In the Manide the scapular head is also usually double, this condition having been noticed in three cases (29, 31, 34); in two cases (32, 33) no division was seen. In Orycteropus multiple scapular heads seem to be the rule. In 36 there are three, viz.(a) glenoid, (b) from the posterior costa, (c) from the angle, passing to the triceps and the latissimo- olecranalis. In (35) only two were noticed, but one of them seems as it it would be more properly described as a scapular origin of the latissimo-olecranalis, and the same thing seems to have been present in (31). Macalister (VII.) notices that in a specimen which he dissected the lower fibres of the inner head play round the internal condyle and join the flexor profundus as in the Myrmeco- phagide. ‘The anconeus presents no special features of interest id the Manide and Orycteropodide. In conclusion, we may point out that all the Hdentata, with the exception of the Bradypodide, are remarkable for the great development and complexity of the extensor cubiti and for the presence of additional scapular origins. Epitrochleo-olecranalis— We can confirm Galton and Gruber’s observations as to the constancy and remarkable development of this muscle throughout the Edentata. Pronator radw teres rises from the internal condyle and seems to be always inserted into the lower third or half of the radius. This arrangement we find to be so constant that it may be fairly looked upon as an Hdentate characteristic. Flexor carpi radialis—Unlike most mammals the Edentates show some variability in the insertion of this muscle, though its origin from the internal condyle is constant enough. In the Bradypodide it never seems to obtain its normal insertion into the second metacarpal bone. In four specimens of Bradypus (2, 3, 5, 6) it was inserted into the rudimentary trapezium. Mackintosh (5) found a small muscle, which he calls flexor carpi radialis profundus, rising from the ulna and running down to the deep 332 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar.7, fascia of the wrist. In three specimens of Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the muscle was inserted into the scaphoid. In the Myrmecophagide the insertion was into the second metacarpal in Myrmecophaga (11, 13), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (17, 18), but in another specimen of Myrmecophaga it was into the third metacarpal. Among the Dasypodide the insertion was into the trapezium in Dasypus (22, 23), but in Tatusia (25) and Chlamydophorus (27) into the first metacarpal bone. In the Manide the insertion varies. In four specimens of Manis (29, 30, 31, 32) the muscle passed to the second metacarpal only, but in two others (32, 34) slips were given to the three radial metacarpals. In Orycteropus (35, 36) the insertion was into the second metacarpal, but a sesamoid bone was apparently developed in the tendon, a portion of which was attached to the styloid process of the radius. In 37 it was also inserted into the second metacarpal. Palmaris longus.—In six specimens of Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) this muscle was present, rising from the internal condyle and gaining an insertion into the palmar fascia by one or more of the bony prominences about the palm. In three specimens of Cholepus (8, 9,10) the muscle was also present. In the Myr- mecophagide it is difficult to determine what is palmaris longus and what flexor sublimis digitorum. A careful comparison of the descriptions given by Macalister (18) and Pouchet (12) with the College of Surgeons’ specimen (11) makes us inclined to believe that in Myrmecophaga the palmaris longusis absent. In Tamandua (14, 16) the muscle extends from the internal condyle to the fibro- cartilaginous anterior annular ligament. In Dasypus (22, 23) some superficial fibres of the flexor sublimis passed to the annular ligament, representing, we think, a palmaris longus, but in another specimen (24) the muscle is absent. In dams the muscle may extend from the condyle and olecranon process to the palmar fascia (29, 31, 33) or it may be fused with the flexor sublimis (30, 32, 34). In Orycteropus the muscle is either fused with the flexor sublimis (35, 36) or is absent (37). Flexor sublimis digitorum.—In Bradypus this muscle is always absent (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). In Cholewpus it is present and has two delicate tendons (8, 9, 10), which are more or less connected above with the palmaris longus. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 13) and Tamandua (14, 15, 16) it rises from the internal condyle as well as the olecranon process and some of the shaft of the ulna below it. It is inserted into the middle phalanx of the medius, splitting to enclose the flexor profundus tendon, but not showing the ring which is so evident in Rodents, Insectivores, and Carnivores. In Dasypus the muscle gives tendons to the index and medius (23, 24) or to the medius only (22). In the Manide the arrangement of this muscle is very inconstant and various writers seem to have confounded it with the palmaris longus. In the two specimens (29, 30) which we dissected the arrangement was quite different. In 32 there was a slip for the pollex from the fascia of the lower part of the forearm, condylar slips for the index and medius, while 1899. | THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 333 the annularis and minimus were supplied by slips from the ole- cranon and the surface of the flexor profundus. Weare, however, not sure whether some of these factors should not rather be referred to the palmaris longus. In 30 the flexor sublimis passed from the condyle to the medius only; before being perforated by the profundus in the theca it had the usual ring passing deep to that tendon. In (29) and (31) no flexor sublimis was seen. Of the other specimens, (34) had also a slip for each digit, whilst (33) resembled (29) and (31) in having no sublimis atall. In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) there were in each case four tendons for the four digits. flexor carpi ulnaris—As usual, this muscle rises from the internal condyle, olecranon, and margin of the ulna. The condylar and olecranal heads unite in the forearm to be inserted into the pisiform. In Bradypus (1, 3, 5) the tendon, instead of ending in the pisiform, was inserted into the base of the most ulnar of the three metacarpals. In Cyclothurus (13) the muscle is very large and important in function; the pisiform, a fact no doubt correlated with that just mentioned, is also very large. Flexor profundus digitorum.—in the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 5) has radial, ulnar, and condylo-ulnar heads and divides into three tendons for the three digits. In our own specimen of Cholepus (8), radial, ulnar, condylo-central, and condylo-ulnar heads were present, and this seems also to have been the condition in 9 and 10. The muscle ends in two strong tendons. In the Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga has a head continuous with the lower part of the triceps and already described in connection with that muscle. In addition to this it possesses radial, ulnar, and condylar heads. It is a very large muscle and has a variable in- sertion. In Pouchet’s specimen (12) a slip was given to the pollex, but in that at the R.C.S. there were only three tendons, neither pollex nor minimus receiving one. In one specimen of Tamandua (15) a humerai head was present, but we failed to find it in our specimen (14). In this instance, however, the factors were much united, and we with difficulty identified radial, ulnar, condylo- ulnar, and condylo-central portions. In one specimen (15) the tendons passed to all five digits, whilst in the other (14) the pollex was not supplied with one. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) we have no records as to which condylar heads are present, but the muscle only possesses two tendons, which pass to the second and third digits respectively. In Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) the muscle is very large, the ulnar portion being specially well developed. In all these animals a strong fibro-cartilaginous sesamoid is developed in the palmar part of the tendon before its division, beyond which slips are given off to all the five digits. In two specimens of Manis (30, 32) there were condylo-ulnar, radial, and ulnar heads present. In another (29) the condylo-centralis was present in addition. A palmar sesamoid is present as in the Armadillos, but not to such a marked extent. There may or may not be a small 304 MESSRS. B. 0, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar.7, tendon to the rudimentary pollex. Orycteropus (35, 37) has condylo-ulnar and central parts, also radial and ulnar. The common tendon, which possesses no sesamoid, gives off four tendons. Lumbricales—Amongst the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 3) is devoid of any of these muscles, but Cholepus (9) has two, one for each digit. In the Myrmecophagide two specimens of Myrmecophaga (11,12) had four muscles, whilst another (13) had only two. Tamandua (14) had three, that for the index being absent, but in another specimen (16) there were six. In Cyclothurus two speci- mens (15, 20) had two lumbricales, whilst another (17) had none at all. Dasypus (22, 23, 24) possessed none at all. In Chlamy- dophorus Hyrtl (28) failed to find any; but in another specimen (27) seven slender fleshy bundles are described as rising from the sesamoid cartilage in the flexor tendon, which are inserted into each side of the middle phalanges of all the digits except the pollex. In Manis the number is very variable ; there were three in (50), four in (32) and (34), and twoin (33). Inall the specimens of Orycteropus of which we have records (35, 36, 37) there were four. Pronator quadratus.—Amongst the Bradypodide this muscle is very small, both in Bradypus (1, 2, 3,5) and Cholepus (8, 9, 10), occupying in the former only one-eighth to one-sixth of the fore- arm. The Myrmecophagide, viz. Myrmecophaga (12, 13), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (17, 18, 20), have the muscle extending over the whole length of the interosseous space. In Myrmecophaga (12), Pouchet notices that the lower third of the muscle corre- sponds to the human pronator quadratus in being attached to the surfaces of the radius and ulna, whilst the upper two-thirds is attached only to the opposed margins of the bones. In the Dasy- podide and Manide the muscle is usually absent, this being the case in Dasypus (22, 23), Chlamydophorus (28), and Manis (29, 30, 31, 32, 33,34). In Tatusia (25, 26) it was extremely rudimentary, and in one specimen of Chlamydophorus (27) it was represented by a feeble fibrous cord. In Orycteropus (85) it occupied the whole length of the bones, as was the case in the Myrmecophayide, though Humphry describes it as being small. Supinator longus.—This muscle is always present in the Brady- podide and is often double. Of four specimens of Bradypus, three (2, 4, 5) had the muscle delaminated into a superficial and a deep layer, both of which arose from the supracondylar ridge, the more superficial being inserted lower down than its deeper fellow. In the other three specimens (1, 3, 6) the muscle was single and rose from the lower half of the humerus. In the last of these (6) the supinator longus and pronator radii teres jomed before their insertion. The bilaminar condition of the supinator longus was found in all three specimens of Cholepus of which we have records (8, 9,10). In 9 the superficial layer was inserted into the fascia over the wrist, the deep into the radius. In the other specimens (8, 10) both parts were attached to the radius. In the Myrmeco- 1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 385 phagide the arrangement closely resembles that of the Sloths. Of three specimens of Myrmecophaga the muscle was bilaminar in two (12, 13), the superticial part going to the fascia and posterior annular ligament and the deep to the styloid process of the radius. In Tamandua (14,16) and Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) the same condition obtamed. It is well figured by Cuvier and Lauril- lard (plate 237). In the Dasypodide the supinator longus is absent in Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the Manide the muscle may be present (32, 33, 34) or absent (29, 30, 31). When it is present it is closely connected at its origin with the deltoid, so much so that by some observers the two muscles have been described as continuous. In Orycteropus the muscle is present (35, 36, 37) and rises from a considerable portion of the length of the humerus. It is inserted partly into the radius, partly into the fascia over the tendons. Extensores carpi radiales longior et brevior—tIn the Sloths there are usually two insertions, although the muscular belly is described as single. In three specimens of Bradypus (2, 3, 4) the muscle, described as single, ended in two tendons, which were inserted into the radial pair of the three metacarpals ; ‘but in our own specimen (i.) the longior was absent and the brevior passed from the external condyle to the middle of the shaft of the central (3rd) metacarpal bone. Mackintosh’s specimen (5) appears to have presented an identical arrangement. In three specimens of Cholapus (8,9, 10), in spite of the presence of only two metacarpal bones, both tendons were present, and in our own (8) we noticed that the muscular bellies were separable and that the longior was the smaller of the two. The two tendons were in all three cases inserted into the radial of the two metacarpals. The Myrmecophagide are re- markable for the suppression of the extensor carpi radialis longior, but the brevior is unusually strong. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 13), Tamandua (14, 15), and Cyclothurus (17, 18, 20) only the brevior was present, but in another specimen of the latter animal (19) both muscles were found. In the Dasypodide both muscles seem to be usually present, though the two bellies are sometimes described as being fused. The Manide are remarkable for the absence of the longior, this condition being noticed in five speci- mens (29, 30, 31, 32, 33). In MW. javanica, however, tendons are described as passing to the second and third metacarpals. In Orycteropus the longior seems to have been present in (35) and absent in (36). Extensor communis digitorum.—This rises as usual from the external condyle and is inserted into a variable number of digits. In Cholepus it always passes to the second and third, the only two which are present. In Bradypus it may go to all three digits (1, 5, 6), the two outer (3) or the two inner (4). In Myr mecophaga all the digits may be provided with tendons (12, 13) or only the third and fourth (11). . In Tamandua (14, 15) ‘slips go to the medius and annularis only. Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) possesses only a tendon for the medius. Dasypus (22, 23, 24), 336 MESSRS, B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7, Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) have tendons for the index, medius, and annularis. In the Manide a strong tendon passes to the medius, and the annularis and minimus are provided with feeble slips (29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In the Orycteropodide (35, 36, 37) all four digits are provided with tendons. Extensor minimi digiti—In the Sloths this muscle is often either replaced by or becomes an extensor brevis digitorum, which rises from the dorsum of the carpus and metacarpus and is inserted into one or more of the few digits. It existed under this condition in two specimens of Bradypus (2, 3) out of five examined, and in one specimen of Cholepus (9) out of three. In the cases in which an extensor brevis was not present, it was replaced by a normal extensor minimi digiti, which obtained an insertion into the most ulnar digit. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12) the muscle in question only went to the fifth digit. In Tamundua (14) it was attached to the fourth and fifth digits, and in Cyclothwrus (19, 20) to the rudiments of the same. Dasypus (22, 23) and Chlamydophorus (27) had this muscle attached to the fourth and fifth digits, and Tatusia to the fifth only. In the Manide (29, 30, 32, 33) the muscle was present, but in our specimen it was inserted into the fifth metacarpal bone instead of into the phalanges. Asa double tendon from the extensor communis to minimus is described in (32), it is probable that the condition was the same as has just been mentioned. In Orycteropus the extensor minimi digiti is inserted into the minimus and annularis (85, 37) or into the minimus alone (36). Extensor carpi wlnaris—There is little variety about this muscle; it is always present and rises from the external condyle and dorsal border of the ulna and is inserted into the base of the most ulnar of the metacarpals present. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis—In the Bradypodide both Bradypus (1, 2,3) and Cholepus (8, 9,10) have this muscle in- serted into the trapezium, though in Mackintosh’s specimen (5) the insertion is said to have been into the base of the inner meta- carpal. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle appears to be always present, but in Cyclothurus (17, 18) it is said to rise from the external condyle. In the Dasypodide it is present and extends from the ulna to the first metacarpal. In the Manide it some- times is inserted into the first metacarpal, sometimes into the trapezium. In Orycteropus (35, 36) it is inserted into the dorsum of the trapezium. Extensor profundus digitorum.—In Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) an extensor indicis, which passes to the most radial of the three digits, is always present. In Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the extensor pro- fundus always gives a slip to the radial of the two digits and sometimes (9, 10) to the ulnar one also. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 13) there are slips from the deep extensor to the pollex and index. In Yamandua (14, 15) there is, in addition, a shp to the medius. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20) there is always a tendon to the third digit (medius) and sometimes one to the rudimentary 1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 337 index as well. In Dasypus (22, 23) there are tendons for the index and pollex, but in (24) for the index only. In Yatusia there are teudons for the index and medius in (25) and for index only in (26). In Chlamydophorus (27) the tendon to the index gives a fascial slip to the pollex. In Manis (29, 32, 33) the extensor indicis alone is present, but in one case (30) there is a polliceal slip as well. Orycteropus has a well-developed extensor profundus, which in two cases (35, 36) went to the index, medius, and annularis, and in another (37) to the index and medius only. It is interesting to notice that whilst in some of these animals the origin is as usual from the dorsal surface of the ulna, in others it seems to have slipped down and the muscle rises from the dorsum of the carpus and closely corresponds to the extensor brevis digitorum pedis. This low origin was found in the following animals: Bradypus (1, 4, 5), Choleepus (10), Cyclothurus (17), Manis (30, 33). Palmaris brevis.—This muscle was well marked in Bradypus (1), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (18). in Yamandua it was a peculiarly large muscle, filling the great boxing-glove like pad on the ulnar side of the hand. In Myrinecophaga it was very feeble, if, indeed, it was present at all, whilst we failed to find any trace of it in any other Edentate. Supinator brevis —In the Bradypodide this muscle covers the upper third of the radius. In two specimens of Cholapus (8, 10) it was divided into two layers, between which lay the posterior interosseous nerve, but in another specimen of the same animal (9) this division was not noticed. In the Wyrmecophagide the muscle is inserted into the lower part of the radius—Myrmecophaga (11, 12), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (17,18, 19,20). Among the Dasypodide the muscle is small in Dasypus (22, 23), small or absent in Tatusia (25, 26) and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the Manide, on the other hand, it is inserted into nearly the whole length of the radius (29, 31, 32, 33, 34), and has a sesamoid bone developed in its origin. In Ore ycteropus (35, 36) the muscle only occupies the upper half of the radius. Intrinsic Muscles of the Hand.—We find it extremely difficult, in reading the literature of the subject, to understand at what depth the various muscles were placed and to which digit precisely they were attached. As it has been always our desire to err less on the side of commission than of omission, we feel bound to omit much which did not appear clear to us, and must therefore confess that our account of these muscles in the Hdentata is somewhat of the scantiest. In Bradypus (1) there was an adductor pollicis and also adductors of the index and annularis, which were superficial to the deep branch of the ulnar nerve. An interosseous muscle is present between each of the metacarpal bones. In Cholepus (8) there is an adductor indicis, belonging to the first layer of deep rouscles, which rose from the carpus and was inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the index; there is also an interosseous muscle on eacii side of the index. In the 338 ON THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, [Mar. 7, specimen of Myrmecophaya which we examined (11) there was a well-marked flexor brevis digitorum mantis, which rose from the anterior annular ligament and was inserted into the middle pha- langes of the annularis and minimus. The same muscle with the same attachments was evidently present in Pouchet’s specimen (12). An adductor pollicis was met with in this specimen, arising from the base of the second metacarpal, and was also present in (11) and (13). In all three specimens an abductor minimi digiti, arising from the pisiform, was also present. The dorsal interossei were arranged as in Man. We were unable to examine the palmar interossei in our specimen, but in that described by Macalister (13) there were apparently two, belonging to the index and aunularis respectively. In Lamandua (14) there were superficial adductors to the index, medius, and annularis, and a pair of flexores breves to each functional digit. There were also abductor and flexor brevis pollicis. In Dasypus (22) there is an abductor and flexor brevis pollicis, an abductor minim digiti, and a transverse adductor indicis arising from the heads of the metacarpals of the annularis and minimus. Interossei are inserted into the radial side of the index and medius, and others are represented by fibrous bands. In Manis (30) there were superficial adductors from the bases of the palmar side of the metacarpals to the index and minimus. There were also four dorsal interossei arranged as in Man, but no palmar interossei were present. In Orycteropus (35, 36) there appear to have been superficial adductors for the index and minimus, an abductor minimi digiti, and paired flexores breves to all four digits. BIBLIOGRAPHY. T. Macatister.—* Report on the Anatomy of the Insecti- vorous Hdeutates,’ Trans. R. Irish Academy, xxv. p- 491. TI. Poucner.— Mémoire sur le Grand Fourmilier.’ 1867. T1l. Rapr.—Anat. Untersuchungen ub. die Hdentaten. Tii- bingen, 1852. TV. Humeury.— On the Myology of the Limbs of the Unau, the Ai, the two-toed Anteater, and the Pangolin,” Journ. Anat. & Phys. iv. p. 17. V. Mecxet.-—“ Anat. des zweizehigen Ameinenfresser,” Meckel’s Archiv, v. p. 1. VI. Gatron.—“‘ The Myology of Cyclothurus didactylus,” Ann. & Mag. of Nav. Hist. 1869, p. 244. VIL. Macatister.—* A Monograph on the Anatomy of Chiamy- dophorus truncatus, &c.,” Trans. R. Irish Academy, xxv. 5 Al WOnHE Gannon @ The Myology of the Upper and Lower Ex- tremities of Orycteropus capensis,’ Trans. Linn. Soe. Xxvi. p. 567. TX. Humpury.—‘ On the Myology of Orycteropus capensis,” Journ. of Anat. & Phys. i. p. 290. 1899.] ON THE PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 339 X. Gatron.—“ The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in Dasypus sexcinctus,” Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvi. p. 523. XI. Mecxen.—Manuel d’ Anatomie Comparée, vol. vi. XII. Hyrrn.—Denkschr. d. k.-k. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Wien, Bad. ix. XIII. Mackryroso.—‘ On the Muscular Anatomy of Cholepus didactylus,” Proc. R. Irish Academy, ser. i. vol. ii. ». 66. BaIAc iia On the Myology of Bradypus tridac- tylus,” Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. i. 1869, p. 51. XV. Owen.—Trans. Zool. Soc. 1854. XVI. Mackinrosu.—“ On the Myology of the Genus Brady- pus,” Proc. R. Irish Academy, new ser. vol. i. p. 517. XVII. Cuvier et Lavrittarp.—‘ Planches de Myologie.’ 4, Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Africa.—Part II." By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. [Received February 3, 1899.] (Plate X XI.) This paper forms the second part of that read before the Society last year. It deals with the species of the subfamilies Halticine and Galerucine of different parts of Africa, so far as I have been able to determine them at present. Most of the material was received from Mr. Guy Marshall, the indefatigable collector in Mashonaland, to whose labour we are indebted for so many novelties. In a future Supplement I hope to deal with the rest of the species received since. HaLtricina. PHYGASIA SULPHURIPENNIS, Sp. n. Entirely pale flavous, the antenne robust, the thorax impunctate, with deep transverse sulcus ; elytra extremely minutely and closely punctured. Length 5 millim. Head impuuctate, frontal elevations and the clypeus broad, palpi robust ; antenn not extending tothe middle of the elytra, flavous, the joints robust, the third and following ones of nearly equal length, the second, small and round ; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides rounded at the middle, the anterior angles blunt, the posterior ones distinct, the surface not perceptibly punctured, the basal sulcus deep, bounded at the sides by a perpendicular groove; elytra microscopically punctured, convex, their epipleurz very broad and concave ; metatarsus of the posterior 1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 212. 340 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7, legs as long as the following two joints together; prosternum extremely narrow. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). This species is very closely allied to P. pallida Jac. and P. gestrot Jac., both African ; it is, however, a more robust, larger and convex insect, the sides of the thorax are less rounded and the antenne are shorter: from P. lactea Jac. the uniform flavous antenne and much narrower thorax distinguish it. I received several specimens of it from Mr. Guy Marshall. PHYGASIA MARGINATA, Sp. 0D. Flavous, the head and thorax impunctate; elytra chestnut-brown, finely and closely punctured, the lateral margins flavous, narrowly reflexed. Length 4-5 millim. Head flavous, impunctate, the frontal tubercles small and thick, carina broad and strongly raised, mandibles and palpi fulvous ; antenne rather robust, extending slightly beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous, all the joints thickened, the third and following ones of equal length, terminal joint more elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded and with a rather broad margin, the anterior angles obtuse, the posterior ones distinct, the base with a transverse sulcus bounded at the sides by a perpendicular groove, the surface entirely impunctate, flavous ; scutellum flavous ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, finely and closely punctured, with a narrow reflexed margin, the latter, the epipleure, and the apex more or less flavous, the rest of the surtace dark brown; underside and legs flavous. Hab. Cameroons (Conrad). Three specimens, which I received from Dr. Kraatz, agree in every respect : the species may be known by the system of color- ation, which differs from that of P. marginicollis Jac. (sub Lactica) in the flavous head, elytral margin, and similarly coloured under- side ; it is also of smaller size. PHYGASIA LACTEA, sp. n. Pale testaceous, the antennz (the basal three joints excepted) black; thorax impunctate, the basal sulcus distinct; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured. Length 5 millim. Head impunctate, the eyes large, the frontal tubercles rather feebly raised, interrupted at the middle, the palpi very robust; antenne black, the lower three joints flavous, all the joints rather robust, the third joint very slightly longer than the fourth ; thorax transverse, more than twice as broad as long, the sides with a rather broad reflexed margin, rounded, the anterior angles oblique, posterior ones produced into a short tooth, the surface entirely impunctate, shining, the base with the usual sulcus deeply impressed and bounded at the sides by an equally deep longitudinal groove; elytra convex, not depressed below the base, distinctly 1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 341 and very closely punctured; legs robust, the posterior metatarsus as long as the following two joints. Hab. Cameroons (Conrad). The single specimen in my collection, which Dr. Kraatz has kindly sent me, is of an entirely pale testaceous colour ; it differs from its African allies of similar coloration in the black antenne, the very transversely shaped thorax, and the distinct and close punctation of the elytra. PHYGASIA MELANOCHEPHALA, Sp. 0. Testaceous, the head, antenne, and the legs black; thorax sparingly and minutely punctured, the basal sulcation shallow ; elytra very finely and closely punctured. Length 4 millim. Elongate and parallel; the head entirely impunctate, black, shining, the frontal elevations very broad, distinctly raised, the clypeus with an acute central ridge, penultimate joint of the palpi thickened ; antenne entirely black, the second one short, moniliform, the third and fourth joints equal, the terminal five joints slender and elongate: thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, with a narrow margin, the disc with a few very minute punctures, testaceous, the base with a shallow transverse sulcus, bounded laterally by perpendicular grooves ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, very finely and closely punctured, their epipleure broad and continued below the middle: the underside and the base of the femora testaceous, the posterior femora but moderately thickened, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together; claws appendiculate; prosternum very narrow; the anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Verulam, Natal (G. Marshall). At once to be distinguished from every other species ef the genus by the black head and legs. PHYGASIA BRUNNEA, sp. n. Pale fulvous, terminal joints of the antennz aud the legs piceous ; head and thorax impunctate, the latter with deep basal sulcus ; elytra finely and very closely punctured. Length 38 millim. Head impunctate, broad, the frontal tubercles small but distinct, the carina broad, labrum black; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, robust, fulvous, the terminal joints more or less stained with fuscous, of subquadrate shape, the third joint the longest ; thorax twice as broad as long. the sides strongly rounded at the middle, constricted at the base, anterior angles slightly thickened, the surface transversely convex, fulvous, shining, with a few microscopic punctures, the basal sulcus deep, bounded at the sides by a perpendicular groove ; scutellum triangular ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, extremely finely and closely punctured : underside fulvous, finely clothed with white pubescence; the legs Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXIII. 23 342 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7, darker, posterior femora strongly incrassate, their apical portion piceous, posterior tibize incrassate ; anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Frere, Natal (G. Marshall). A small species, of ovate and convex shape and with dark- coloured legs. Lactica marginicollis Jac., L. africana Jac., and L. yabonensis Jac. ought, I think, to find their places in Phygasia on account of the shape of the thorax; the last-named species is identical with P. magna Weise. PHYLLOTRETA NATALENSIS, sp. n. Flavous, the apical three joints of the antenne, the breast and abdomen piceous ; head and thorax finely punctured and coriaceous ; elytra metallic dark greenish, finely geminate punctate-striate ; posterior femora piceous. Length 3 millim. Blongate and subcylindrical; the head flavous, finely granulate and very minutely punctured, the frontal elevations entirely obsolete, clypeus raised and thickened, palpi slender; antenne closely approached at the base, slender, and rather long, flavous, the apical three joints and the preceding one partly piceous or black, basal joint long, the second less than half its size, scarcely shorter than the third joint, the apical joints shorter and thicker; thorax about one-half broader than long, the lateral margins straight and distinctly narrowed in front, the anterior angles obliquely thickened, posterior margin sinuate at each side, the suriace very closely and more strongly punctured than the head and finely eranulate, flavous; scutellum extremely short, only just visible ; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, gradually widened towards the middle, greenish seneous, closely and finely punctured in double rows, distinct to the apex, the latter broadly rounded ; legs rather robust, flavous, the posterior femora piceous, tibiee with a minute spine, the posterior ones sulcate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together ; anterior coxal cavities open; the breast and abdomen piceous. Hab. Verulam, Natal (G. Marshall). A nearly typical species and distinguished by the geminate punctate-striate elytra. (EpIONYCHIS RUGICOLLIS, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.) Flavous, the antenne, part of the head, the breast and the legs blackish ; thorax strongly rugose-punctate, with two piceous spots ; elytra closely and strongly rugose-punctate, flavous, the suture and a broad longitudinal band on the disc, abbreviated posteriorly, dark green. Length 6 millim. Head strongly rugose, the vertex flavous, the lower portion black, frontal elevations strongly raised, fulvous ; clypeus in shape of an acute triangular ridge, piceous ; antenne short and stout, only extending to the base of the thorax, the terminal seven joints transversely widened, black, the basal joints flavous, first 1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 343 joint piceous above ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, obliquely narrowed, with a narrow reflexed and thickened margin, posterior margin oblique near the angles, rounded at the middle, the surface very strongly and irregularly rugose and deeply punctured, flavous, the sides with a transverse piceous spot ; scutellum smooth, piceous; elytra convex, extremely closely and deeply punctured throughout, flavous, the suture narrowly dark green, a broad longitudinal band of the same colour extends from the middle of the base nearly to the apex and is rather more distantly placed from the suture than from the lateral margin ; breast and legs more or less piceous, the abdomen and the posterior femora fulvous, the latter very strongly incrassate, their upper and basal portion piceous. Hab. Niger-Benue Expedition. I received a single specimen of this very distinct species from Herr Bang-Haas. (EDIONYCHIS SULCICOLLIS, sp. n. Testaceous, the labrum and the intermediate joints of the antenne black; head and thorax impunctate, the latter with a distinct transverse sulcus; elytra obscure fuscous, strongly and closely punctured. Length 6 millim. Head impunctate, the vertex swollen, frontal elevations broad, strongly raised as well as the clypeus, labrum black, palpi swollen ; antenn slender, the lower and the apical two joints testaceous, the third and the following joints equal, nearly twice the length of the second joint; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, with a very broad flattened margin, the angles in shape of a small tooth, the surface with a deep transverse sulcus near the base, impunctate or with a few very fine punctures ; elytra slightly widened towards the middle, with a rather broad reflexed margin, darker in colour than the thorax, strongly and closely punctured throughout, the interstices more or less wrinkled, especially so at the sides; below and the legs testaceous ; posterior tibiee with a strong spur, the metatarsus short, claw-joint strongly inflated. Hab. Oameroons (Conrad). This species is well distinguished by the deep thoracic sulcus and the strong elytral punctation. Ihave received a single specimen from Dr. Kraatz, another is contained in that gentleman’s collection. (EDIONYCHIS AFRICANA Jac. Of this species, a most variable one in regard to coloration, I have received specimens from Mashonaland and Natal, obtained by Mr. Guy Marshall. They vary much in size and have the elytral humeral spot sometimes connected with the black suture below the base, so as to include a flavous round spot of the ground- colour; the antenne and legs are either entirely black or more or 23* 344 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7, less testaceous. In a specimen from Abyssinia contained in my collection the elytra have a sutural and discoidal black longi- tudinal band, the latter being interrupted anteriorly, leaving the shoulder-spot isolated ; this specimen differs in no other way from the type. The species seems to have a wide distribution in Africa, which no doubt accounts for its many aberrations. LONGITARSUS DIMIDIATICORNIS, sp. 0. Black, shining, the head piceous, the basal and apical joints of the antenne fulvous; thorax very minutely punctured; elytra more strongly and closely punctate-striate, knees obscure fulvous. Length 4 millim. Of oblong, subcylindrical shape; the head piceous, impunctate, the frontal elevations feebly raised, the clypeus with a strongly raised central ridge; eyes very large; antennee filiform, black, the lower three and the apical two joints fulvous, the third joint one- half longer than the second, thinner, the seventh and the following joints more elongate; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight, with comparatively broad flattened margins, the anterior angles obliquely thickened, the surface very minutely but not very closely punctured; elytra slightly wider than the thorax, subeylindrical, the apex broadly rounded, the surface distinctly _ and closely punctate-striate ; below and the legs black, the knees to a small extent fulvous, posterior femora strongly incrassate, their tibie greatly widened near the apex, and sulcate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi much longer than the following joints together: prosternum very narrow. Hab. Cameroons (Conrad). Of this species, distinguished by the colour of the antenne, the broad thorax and its flattened margins, I received a single specimen from Dr. Kraatz. APHTHONA DURBANENSIS, sp. 0. Subquadrate-ovate, black, the head fulvous; thorax flayous, extremely minutely punctured ; elytra very finely and closely punctured, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly piceous ; legs flavous, the posterior femora piceous above. Length 3 millim. Head impunctate, fulvous, the eyes with a few punctures or short grooves near the inner margins, frontal elevations narrowly oblique, distinct, labrum piceous ; antenne rather long and slender, flavous, the apical three or four joints blackish, second and third joints equal, the following two more elongate, of equal length, the apical joints longer ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, posterior angles acute, the surface flavous, shining, with a few microscopical punctures ; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, subcylindrical, very finely and closely punctured, the punctures somewhat regularly arranged, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly piceous, this colour not extending in either case 1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 345 to the apex ; the underside black, the legs and the basal portion of the posterior femora flavous ; posterior tibiz strongly widened and deeply channelled, their metatarsus as long as the following joints together. Hab. Durban, Natal (G. Marshall). APETHONA BOHEMANI, sp. 0. Below piceous, the head, basal joints of the antenne, the thorax, and the anterior legs reddish fulvous ; elytra metallic dark blue, finely and closely punctured. Length 3 millim. Of subquadrate-ovate shape; the head impunctate, reddish fulvous, the frontal elevations not developed, clypeus strongly raised between the antenne, labrum piceous ; the antenne slender, black, the lower four joints flavous, the second and third joints equal in length, the following scarcely longer; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles oblique, the surface entirely impunctate, reddish fulvous, shining ; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, convex, the shoulders moderately prominent, the disc finely and closely punctured, metallic dark blue, the interstices finely wrinkled here and there; below and the posterior femora nearly black, the legs fulvous, the tarsi more or less fuscous, the posterior tibiz. more broadly sulcate, their metatarsus as long as the following joints together. Hab. Frere, Natal, under bark of Eucalyptus globulus (G@. Marshall). A species distinguished by the metallic dark blue elytra and the fulvous head and thorax. ORNEATES, gen. n. Body ovate; antenne with the third and following joints triangularly dilated; thorax transverse, with rounded posterior angles, the surface without sulcus; elytra irregularly punctured ; posterior femora strongly thickened, the tibia longitudinally channelled, all armed with a small spine, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together, claws feebly appendiculate ; the anterior coxal cavities open ; prosternum extremely small. This genus seems allied to Trymnes Weise (Jamesonia Jac.) on account of the rounded posterior angles of the thorax and the very narrow prosternum ; but the entirely different structure of the antennee, which differ in their dilated joints from most other genera of Haliicine, will at once distinguish it. ORNEATES NIGRITUS, sp. 0. Entirely black, shining, head nearly impunctate, thorax distinctly and rather closely punctured; elytra similarly but more closely punctured, the interstices finely wrinkled. Length 2 lines. 346 MR, M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7, Head broad, sparingly and finely punctured at the vertex, the frontal tubercles and the carina broad and short; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint thickened, the second and third very short, equal, the following joints subquad- rately widened, apical joint pointed ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles thickened, the pos- terior ouesobsoletely rounded, the posterior margin distinctly so, the surface not very closely but rather strongly punctured ; scutellum broader than long; elytra very closely and evenly punctured, the punctures of the same size as those of the thorax, the interstices slightly wrinkled ; underside and legs black. Hab. Natal, obtained by sweeping (GC. Marshall). DECARIA ABDOMINALIS, sp. n. Black, shining, abdomen flavous, the antenne ten-jointed ; thorax impunctate, elytra extremely finely punctured. Var. Underside entirely black. Length 4 millim. Subelongate, black, very shining, the head impunctate, the frontal tubercles obsolete, transverse, clypeus with a strongly raised central ridge; antennz short, ten-jointed, black, the fourth and the following joints transversely widened, not longer than broad, the terminal joint more elongate, second one very short ; thorax transversely subquadrate, about one-half broader than long, the sides deflexed, the lateral margins nearly straight, the angles obtuse, the surface impunctate or with a few minute punctures; scutellum small; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, parallel, subcylindrical, extremely minutely and not very closely punctured, black and shining, their epipleure continued below the middle; all the tibiz mucronate, the posterior femora much thickened, the first tarsal joint as long as the following two joints together, claws appendiculate ; abdomen flavous; prosternum very narrow ; the anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on acacia-trees (G. Marshall). I must refer this insect to Weise’s genus Decaria, the only one, with the exception of Psylliodes, in which the antennz have ten joints only. Weise speaks only of the posterior tibie having a spine, in the species before me all the tibiz are mucronate: the author has neither mentioned the length of the posterior meta- tarsus nor the shape of the prosternum, but the other characters agree with his description; in three specimens the abdomen is flavous, in a single one the entire underside is black, but no other differences can be seen. MALVERNIA, gen. n. Oblong; the antenne filiform, long, the 8th, 9th, and 10th joints moniliform, the terminal joint elongate, strongly thickened, with an additional appendage at the apex; thorax transverse, without sulcus; elytra irregularly punctured, epipleure broad at the base, indistinct below the middle; legs rather robust, the 1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 347 posterior femora strongly dilated, the tibie with a minute spine, simple, non-suleate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together, claws appendiculate ; prosternum nearly invisible; the anterior coxal cavities open. The most characteristic feature of this genus, which in general shape resembles somewhat Aphthona, is to be found in the peculiar structure of the antenne, which differs from every other genus of Halticine. In these organs, which have the lower joints very elongate and slender, the penultimate three joints are suddenly shortened and scarcely longer than broad, while the last is again elongate and thickened; the almost invisible prosternum is another peculiarity rarely met with in this tribe. MALVERNIA VARICORNIS, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.) Black, the head, the lower joints of the antenne, the thorax and legs fulvous ; thorax distinctly but remotely punctured ; elytra bluish black, shining, very strongly and closely punctured, the interstices subrugose. Length 4 milim. Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, subquadrate, carina broad, flavous like the clypeus, the latter thickened, impunctate; antenne nearly extending to the apex of the elytra, black, the lower three joints and the base of the fourth flavous, third joint double the length of the second, the fourth and the following three joints very elongate, the next three very short, terminal joint elongate, thickened, emarginate at its inner edge, with a short additional joint; thorax twice as broad as long, of equal width, the sides rounded, the angles acute, the surface sparingly and finely punctured, flavous or fulvous; scu- tellum black, triangular ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, black, with a slight bluish gloss, very strongly and closely punc- tured, the punctation somewhat regularly arranged here and there, the interstices slightly rugose; underside black, sparingly pubescent ; legs fulvous, the posterior femora strongly thickened. Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). HiESPHRA AFRICANA, sp. n. Black, clothed with fine pubescence, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous; the thorax and elytra minutely granulate, without punctures. Length 4-5 millim. Of oblong, rather depressed shape, black, and opaque; the head and the entire upper surface minutely granulate and clothed with very fine grey pubescence, the clypeus raised in shape of an acute central ridge; the antenne long and slender, extending to the apex of the elytra, black, the lower two or three joints fulvous, the second joint very small, the third slightly shorter than the fourth, the latter and the following joints very elongate; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides feebly, the posterior margin more distinctly rounded, the angles rather obsolete, the 348 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7, surface depressed at the middle; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, rather flattened, the apex of each rounded : underside black, more shining; legs fulvous, all the tibiz mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following jomts together ; prosternum extremely narrow, the anterior coxal cavities open ; posterior femora thickened ; the last abdominal segment of the male deeply depressed; anterior coxe very prominent. Hab. South Africa (my collection). The type of this genus was described by Weise from China, and the present African species almost entirely resembles it, except in the colour of the legs and its larger size, but I cannot find any structural differences sufficient to warrant its separation. The genus seems to represent a transitionary form between the Halticine and Galerucine, since the whole general shape and the almost indistinct prosternum resemble much more a species of the latter family ; but the distinctly dilated posterior femora leave no doubt as to the real place of the insect. JAMESONIA Jac, This genus, originally described by me under the name of Gabonia, but subsequently altered to Jamesonia, seems to me to be identical with Weise’s genus Thrymnes (Deutsche entom. Zeitsch. 1895). A renewed examination of other specimens since received has proved to me that I have wrongly given the anterior coxal cavities as closed; the opposite is the case, they are open. The name of J. wnicostata seems also applicable only to the female sex of that species, as I have received lately a male specimen from Dr. Kraatz, obtained at the Cameroons, in which the elytra are without the transverse ridge near the apex: this specimen agrees, however, in everything else with the female types, except in having the entire head flavous. The species is evidently identical with Thrymnes nucleus Weise. J AMESONIA WEISEL, sp. 0. Flayous, the apical joints of the antenne and the posterior legs black ; head impunctate, thorax with a few fine punctures; elytra scarcely more strongly punctured ; tarsi fuscous. Length 3 millim. Head impunctate, the eyes large, the frontal elevations and the carina distinctly raised, labrum and mandibles piceous; antenne black, the lower three or four joints flavous, the second and third joints small, equal, the fourth but slightly longer, the others more elongate ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the angles not produced, the posterior ones slightly oblique, the surface nearly impunctate, shining, flavous; scutellum flavous, broader than long; elytra wider than the thorax at the base, slightly widened towards the middle, scarcely perceptibly punctured, when seen under a strong lens; below flavous, the posterior legs piceous or black, tarsi more or less dark coloured. 1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 349 Hab. Boma, Congo (coll. Belgian Mus. and my own). This small species differs from Thrymnes nucleus Weise in the flavous head and differently coloured antenne and legs and nearly impunctate upper surface, and from 7’. custos likewise in the flavous head and scutellum. T. bifoveatus Weise is black below and has two elytral fovee. PopaGRICA (?) GLABRATA, sp. Nn. Ovate, widened posteriorly, flavous, the apical joints of the antenne and the elytra, breast, and abdomen black; thorax with a distinct transverse sulcus, impunctate; elytra not perceptibly punctured. Length 3 millin. Head impunctate, flavous, the frontal tubercles small, clypeus widened between the antenne, apical joint of the palpi acute; antenne filiform, extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the last four joints blackish; thorax transverse, twice as broad as long, the lateral margins distinctly rounded, the posterior angles produced into a small tooth, the surface strongly trans- versely convex, flavous, shiuing and impunctate, the base with a distinct transverse sulcus, which does not extend to the sides but is bounded laterally by perpendicular grooves or rather turns downwards to the base, another small transverse depression is placed near the anterior angles; scutellum small, black; elytra strongly convex and widened behind, much wider at the base than the thorax, black, shining, with traces of a few extremely minute punctures, only visible with a very strong lens here and there ; legs flavous, all the tibie with a minute spine; the breast and abdomen black; prosternum moderately broad, elongate; the anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). This small species differs from the typical form of Podagrica in its more convex and ovate shape and in the thoracic transverse sulcus. In the absence of other similarly structured species, however, I have for the present included the insect in Podagrica, to which at all events it is very closely allied. The elytra have a very narrow lateral reflexed margin, which is accompanied by a row of punctures, the only ones visible; the metatarsus of the posterior legs is as long as the following two joints together. CREPIDODERA ZAMBIENSIS, Sp. n. Elongate, fulvous; head and thorax remotely and strongly punc- tured, the latter transversely sulcate; elytra dark blue, strongly punctured, the interstices longitudinally costate throughout. Length 5 millim. Of elongate and parallel shape, the head broad, strongly and remotely punctured at the vertex, the latter fulvous, lower portion of the face paler; frontal tubercles in shape of narrow transverse ridges, clypeus with an acute central ridge; antenne rather long and slender, fulvous, the basal joint elongate, thickened at the 350 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7, apex, the second, half the length of the third, the others nearly equal in length; thorax transverse, subquadrate, twice as broad as long, the sides very slightly rounded before the middle, the anterior angles oblique, not produced, posterior ones distinct, the surface with a narrow transverse sulcus, not quite extending to the lateral margins, the disc punctured like the head, fulvous, shiming; scu- tellum fulvous; elytra dark blue, the extreme sutural margin and the epipleure fulvous, the dise strongly and closely longitudinally costate, each elytron with eight coste and another short subsutural one, the interstices transversely rugose-punctate: underside and the legs fulvous, posterior femora moderately incrassate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together ; prosternum narrow and strongly raised, the anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Zambi, Congo (coll. Belgian Mus. and my own). This insect differs from typical species of Crepidodera in the very narrow and strongly convex prosternum, also in the absence of a lateral perpendicular groove, which generaily limits the trans- verse sulcation of the thorax; it should perhaps be placed in a separate genus. CREPIDODERA NATALENSIS, Sp. n. Piceous, the antenne and legs flavous, above obscure seneous ; thorax very finely and closely punctured, with deep basal sulcus and lateral grooves; elytra finely punctate-striate, the interstices sparingly and minutely punctured. Length 3 millim. Head greenish neous, entirely impunctate, with a short perpen- dicular groove immediately above the eyes, frontal elevations small ; the clypeus with an acutely raised central ridge; the antenne slender, flavous, the terminal joint stained with fuscous, the second joint scarcely shorter than the third, the terminal four joints slightly thickened; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides straight at the base, rounded before the middle, the angles distinct but not acute, the surface very closely and finely punc- tured, greenish eneous, the basal sulcus very deep and bounded laterally by an equally deep longitudinal greove, which extends upwards some little distance, the basal portion behind the sulcus of more distinctly fulvous colour and likewise finely punctured ; elytra elongate and convex, the apex rather pointed, the basal portion very feebly depressed, the disc rather strongly and very regularly punctate-striate, of the same colour as the thorax, the interstices very finely punctured; below and the legs flavous, the apex of the posterior femora more or less stained with piceous. Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall) ; also Dunbrody, 8. Africa (Rev. T. O’ Nev). This little species must be closely allied to C. tosta Gerst. in regard to its obscure neous coloration, but the impunctate head, very closely punctured thorax, and its distinct transverse basal suleus prevent the insect being identified with the last-named 1899,] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 351 species. Mr. Marshall states that it was found on Acacia horrida, which seems to be frequented by a great number of other Phyto- phaga. CHETOCNEMA MARSHALLI, sp. 1. Dark zneous; the antenne very long, more or less fulyous as well as the four anterior tibie and tarsi; thorax finely and closely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex, impunctate. Length 33 millim. Of elongate, posteriorly pointed shape, the vertex of the head rather strongly punctured above the eyes, the latter with a rather deep sulcus near their inner margins, which runs obliquely to the clypeus, this part rugosely punctured as well as the space in front of the eyes at the sides of the clypeus; antenne slightly extending beyond the apex of the elytra, filiform, fulvous, the terminal joints sometimes darker, the second joint half the length of the first, the following ones very elongate ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles some- what prominent and obliquely thickened, the posterior margin accompanied by a finely impressed line, the surface transversely convex, finely and closely punctured; scutellum twice as broad as long, impunctate ; elytra pointed posteriorly, with deep rows of transversely shaped punctures, the interstices raised and slightly punctured here and there; underside dark neous, the abdomen finely punctured at the base of each segment, sparingly pubescent ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, impunctate ; tibize fulvous at the base, the four posterior ones armed with a stout tooth ; tarsi fulvous; prosternum narrow, sulcate longitudinally; last abdominal segment with a short transverse ridge at the apex (32). Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). The long antenne, which extend beyond the elytra, will at once distinguish this species; in this respect it agrees with C. longi- cornis Jac., likewise from Natal, but that species is much smaller and has still longer antenne, the thorax is finely rugose, and the legs are nearly black. Some specimens of C. marshalli are of a more opaque dull bluish colour, but I cannot find sufficient differ- ences to justify a separation ; in the female the antenne are shorter, but still as long as the body. CHETOCNEMA FREREENSIS, Sp. n. Below piceous, above dark neous, basal joints of the antenne and the tibize and tarsi more or less flavous; thorax very closely and finely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the imter- stices longitudinally costate near the apex, the latter pointed. Leneth 2 milli. Head impunctate, with the exception of a single deep puncture above the eyes, the sides with narrow oblique grooves which meet in front ; clypeus broad, impunctate ; the antenne not extending to 352 MR. M, JACOBY ON THB [Mar. 7, the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal joints more or less fuscous, basal joint elongate and slender, the second and the following joints of equal length ; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, with a narrow reflexed margin, the anterior angles thickened, basal margin unaccompanied by an impressed line, the surface finely and closely punctured; elytra ovate, pointed posteriorly, their base not wider than the thorax, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate at the sides and at the apex: underside and legs piceous, the tibiz and tarsi more or less flavous ; prosternum narrow, longitudinally sulcate. Hab. Frere, Natal (G. Marshall). CHEHTOCNEMA CARINATA, Sp. 0. Greenish black below, the basal joints of the antennz and the tibize and tarsi fulvous ; above metallic green, the head with three transverse ridges, thorax finely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate- striate, the interstices finely wrinkled. Length 2-23 millim. Head rather elongate, perpendicularly deflexed, dark greenish, strongly and remotely punctured and minutely granulate at the lower portion; the clypeus deeply triangularly emarginate, the vertex with three acute transverse ridges, its base strongly rugose ; the antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the apical joints more or less fuscous, the third and fourth joints equal, but little longer than the second joint ; thorax very short, nearly three times broader than long, the sides scarcely rounded, obliquely narrowed towards the apex, the surface finely and rather closely punctured and minutely granulate, metallic light green, the anterior and posterior margins accompanied by a finely impressed groove or line; scutelluam much broader than long, cupreous; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, strongly punctate- striate, the punctures very closely approached, the interstices slightly convex and very finely transversely wrinkled, the space between the first row of punctures and the suture irregularly punctate; below nearly black, with a slight metallic greenish gloss, posterior femora very strongly incrassate, blackish, the tibie and tarsi dark fulvous. Hab. Moliro, Riv. Lulangoi, Congo (/. Duvivier) (coll. Belgian Mus. and my own). This species is doubtless very closely allied to C. cristata Har. from the Zambesi River; but the latter insect is described as greenish neous, and as having a single transverse ridge at the vertex of the head, while here there are three and the space behind these ridges is strongly rugose. The size of v. Harold’s species is also smaller, other details of structure are not given. NISOTRA OVATIPENNIS, sp. 0. Broadly ovate, obscure fulvous; thorax extremely closely and 1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 393 finely punctured ; elytra regularly punctate-striate, the interstices very sparingly punctured. Length 4 millim. Of broadly ovate shape ; the head broad, very sparingly and finely punctured, with an oblique groove in front of the eyes, the latter very large ; clypeus broad and thickened ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second joint slightly shorter than the third but thicker, terminal joints elongate ; thorax trans- verse, nearly three times broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles obliquely truncate with a small notch at each side, the posterior margin with a perpendicular short groove at each side, the surface closely and finely punctured throughout ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, widened towards the middle, the disc rather regularly and distinctly punctate-striate, the strie widely placed, the interstices with a few fine punctures here and there, elytral epipleure very broad ; legs short and robust, prosternum longer than broad ; anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Cameroons. From other similarly coloured species the present insect is distinguished by the broadly ovate shape and the punctate-striate elytra. I received two specimens from Dr. Kraatz of Berlin. NISOTRA COSTATIPENNIS, sp. 0. Pale fulvous ; the thorax finely and closely punctured, with deep basal perpendicular grooves ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate and finely punctured. Length 4 millim. Nearly parallel in shape ; the head impunctate, obliquely grooved between the eyes ; the clypeus broad, widely separating the antenne at the base, labrum fulvous; antenne nearly extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal ; thorax strongly transverse, the sides slightly rounded before the middle, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the basal margin with a deep and long perpendicular groove at each side, nearly ex- tending to the middle, the surface finely and closely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed, the interstices convex and finely punctured; underside and legs coloured like the upper surface. Hab. Cameroons. Although I have received only a single, apparently female, speci- men from Dr. Kraatz, I think the species varies sufficiently trom any of its allies to be of certain recognition ; the thoracic basal grooves are more than usually large and deep, and the elytral inter- stices differ from those of every other species in being longitu- dinally costate, peculiar perhaps to the female only. NIsoTRA UNIFASCIATA, sp. 0. Fulyous, the terminal joints of the antenne fuscous; thorax 304 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7, very closely and distinctly punctured; elytra strongly punctate- striate, the interstices finely punctured, each elytron with a longitudinal fuscous band, abbreviated behind, and the apex fuscous. Length 4 millim. Of parallel shape; the head impunctate, obsoletely sulcate in front of the eyes; clypeus separated from the face by a transverse groove, rather deflexed, impunctate, palpi slender; antenne ex- tending slightly beyond the base of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal four or five joints fuscous, the third joint slender, longer than the fourth one, terminal joints thickened; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly and evenly rounded, the anterior angles slightly oblique but not produced, the basal margin with a short but deep longitudinal groove, the surface extremely closely and rather strongly punctured throughout; elytra with regular rows of strong punctures, closely placed, the interstices very finely punctured, fulvous, the extreme lateral margin, the apex in shape of a triangular spot, and a narrow longitudinal stripe at the middle of each elytron nearly black, the latter abbreviated before the apex ; underside and legs fulvous. Hab. Niger-Benue Expedition (Staudinger). I have received two specimens of this very distinct species from Dr. Staudinger. NISoTRA UNIFORMA, sp. n. Pale fulvous, the terminal joints of the antenne darker ; thorax finely and closely punctured, the basal sulci short and deep; elytra closely and finely punctured, the punctation partly geminate- striate. Length 3—4 millim. Head very finely and somewhat closely punctured, the clypeus with some stronger punctures ; the antennz nearly extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower five or six joints fulvous, the third joint slightly longer and more slender than the following two joints, terminal ones thickened ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight at the base, rounded at the middle, the anterior angles scarcely oblique or prominent, the perpendicular basal grooves short and deep, the disc rather convex, finely and rather closely punctured; elytra with closely approached double rows of fine punctures, more or less distinct ; underside and legs pale fulvous. Hab. Sierra Leone, Rhobomp, Niger - Benue Expedition (Staudinger). Although this species seems very closely allied to JV. testacea Chap. and NV. chapuisi Jac. from Madagascar, I think it sufficiently different to be considered distinct. NV. testacea, of which the description is scarcely detailed enough, is said.to have a dark breast and abdomen, as well as similarly coloured posterior femora. 1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 305 NIsOrRA APICALIS, sp. 0. Obscure fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ; thorax transverse, finely and closely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate- striate, fuscous, the apex more or less pale fulvous. Length 3 millim. Ovate and convex, pointed posteriorly ; the head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations indistinct, the labrum and palpi fulvous ; the antenne only reaching the base of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal joints more or less piceous, the third joint more slender and slightly longer than the fourth joint, the apical joints shghtly thickened; thorax at least twice as broad as long, the sides evenly and moderately rounded, the anterior margin straight, the posterior one strongly produced at the middle and rounded, im- pressed at each side with a short, slightly oblique perpendicular groove, the surface very finely and closely punctured; elytra gradually widened towards the middle, rather strongly punctured, the punctures somewhat irregularly arranged in rows, distinct to the apex, the latter flavous, the rest of the surface fuscous, the two colours generally well divided; below and the legs fulvous ; prosternum narrow ; the breast and abdomen nearly impunctate. Hab. Rhobomp, Sierra Leone. Smaller than WV. spadicea Dahlm., of different coloration and with single not geminate elytral punctation. NISOTRA CONGOENSIS, sp. 0. Fulvous ; the thorax finely and closely punctured, the base with two perpendicular grooves; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, flavous, the dise with a broad lougi- tudinal black band, not extending to the apex. Var. The elytral band divided into a basal and subapical spot. Length 4 millim. Head convex, extremely minutely punctured, the eyes bounded within by a deep sulcus ; clypeus narrow, strongly raised ; antenne fulvous, extending to the base of the elytra only, the second and the following joints very nearly equal, all rather thickened, terminal joint more elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides evenly rounded, the angles acute, the surface very closely and finely punctured, flavous or fulvous, the basal margin with a rather deep and long perpendicular groove at each side; scutellum flavous ; elytra ovate, very strongly and deeply punctate-striate, the inter- stices minutely punctured and longitudinally costate, each elytron with a broad longitudinal black band abbreviated near the apex and constricted at the middle; underside and the legs fulvous ; tibiz mucronate ; prosternum narrowed between the coxe. Hab. Chiloango, Congo. Belgian Mus, collection and my own. Closely allied to N. unifasciata Jac. and of similar coloration, but the antenuz entirely fulvous, and the elytra very deeply and regularly punctured, with the interstices costate and the lateral 356 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7, margins of the ground-colour. In the type the elytral band is strongly narrowed near the middle and in the variety it is entirely divided into two spots. AMPHIMELA ORNATA Jac. Aberration. Thorax and elytra yellowish white, the latter with the suture, a spot on the shoulder, another at the apex, a short transverse band at the middle, and a very small spot near the scutellum black; antenne and legs pale testaceous, the posterior femora black. Hab. Isipingo, Natal (G. Marshall). This variety or aberration I must refer to the species previously described by me, but the elytral bands have been reduced to spots ; the latter exactly indicate the position of the bands in the type, the sculpturing and everything else is the same. ALLOMORPHA AFRICANA, sp. n. Below fuscous or piceous, the head and thorax pale fulvous, finely wrinkled and pubescent ; antennz (the basal joints excepted) black ; elytra flavous, finely granulate and punctured, the sutural and lateral margins piceous; legs flavous, the posterior femora piceous at the apex. Length 23-3 millim. Head very finely punctured and granulate, the frontal tubercles short and broad but distinct: eyes ovate, entire, rather large ; antenne nearly as long as the body, black, the lower three joints fulvous, the third and following jomts elongate, nearly equal ; thorax about one half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, very slightly widened towards the apex, the anterior angles thickened, the posterior margin slightly rounded, the surface very finely rugose and punctured, fulvous, clothed with very short yellowish pubescence ; scutellum small, black ; elytra of paler colour than the thorax, wider than the latter, extremely finely transversely wrinkled or rugose throughout, closely covered with short yellowish hairs, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly black ; legs flavous, the posterior femora piceous at the apex, tarsi fuscous. Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). This is the first species of the genus recorded from Africa, the other three having been obtained in India and the Malayan region. T cannot find, however, sufficient structural differences to separate them from the genus, the principal characters of which are to be found in the pubescent upper surface, the subquadrate thorax without sulcus, the absent or indistinct elytral epipleure below the middle, the rather long metatarsus of the posterior legs, and in the scarcely visible prosternum and closed coxal cavities. All this would agree better with the group Galerucine, but the distinctly incrassate posterior femora do not allow the placing of the insect in the latter section. I received two specimens of the present insect from Mr. G. Marshall. 1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 357 NotTomMnEta, gen. n. Body oblong; antennz widely separated, very short, the terminal joints transverse, palpi subfiliform,; thorax transverse, without depressions ; elytra glabrous, geminate punctate-striate ; legs short and robust, the posterior femora strongly incrassate, the tibie widened at the apex, deeply sulcate, the four posterior ones mucronate; claws appendiculate; prosternum much narrowed between the coxze ; mesosternum short, deeply bilobed posteriorly ; the anterior cotyloid cavities closed. There are but few genera of Halticide which agree with the present one in the widely separated antennz and the punctate- striate elytra; and although I have only a single specimen before me, the structural differences of the species are so well marked that it will be easy to recognize the insect, which would perhaps best be placed near Amphimela Chap., which is, however, of strongly rounded shape. NOToMELA CYANIPENNIS, sp. n. Reddish fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ; thorax strongly and closely punctured ; elytra dark metallic blue, strongly geminate punctate-striate, longitudinally costate near the lateral margin. Length 3 millim. Head fulvous, closely and strongly punctured, the frontal tubercles in shape of narrow transverse ridges; clypeus deeply separated from the face by a transverse groove, broader than long ; antenne scarcely extending beyond the base of the thorax, fulvous, the last four or five joints fuscous, the basal joint thickened, curved and moderately long, the second short, the third twice as long, the others shorter and gradually transversely thickened ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, widened at the middle, the sides rounded before the middle, the anterior angles thickened, the surface closely and strongly punctured, but more so at the sides, where the punctures are large and round; scutellum tri- angular, fulvous; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, dark metallic blue, each elytron with nine or ten double rows of strong punctures, the lateral margin strongly thickened in shape of a costa ; underside and legs fulvous, abdomen subremotely punctured ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi shorter than the following two joints together. Hab, Cameroons, West Africa (Conrad). This species much resembles those of the genus . Oceanodroma., 1 Adult skulls of Halocyptena and Oceanodroma not represented in the Museum collections. 1899. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARBES. 405 Group O. Supra-orbital grooves deep and wide, sharply defined, and tending to meet in the middle line; pterygoids rod-shaped, with articular surfaces for the basipterygoid processes—which are often vestigial ; yomer more or less boat-shaped, not cleft more than half its length; length of anterior nares never more than 4 that of upper jaw. a, Lachrymal free. a’, Supero-external angle of antorbital plate incomplete, forming with the lachaymalianlarcentoramenwerrcsencerees ade enesticctensoacseess Puffinus. Priofinus. Majaqueus. b'. Supero-external angle of antorbital plate complete, closing the space between itself and the lachrymal .............c.....0c0eeeee Bulweria. 6, Lachrymal anchylosed with nasal, c', Size very large; basioccipital with well-developed mammillary pro- cesses; a large space between the dorsal border of the antorbital plate and the frontal; postorbital processes turning downwards and ending in a point; lachrymal with the horizontal greatly exceeding the vertical axis ; quadrato-jugal bar with a strongly marked triangular process for articulation with the quadrate.................. Ossifraga. d', Size not exceeding + inches; basioccipital without mammillary pro- cesses ; postorbital processes with a squarely truncate outer border ; lachrymal with the horizontal and vertical axes about equal ; quadrato- jugal bar of uniform thickness throughout. a'', Interorbita] region of frontals dividing supra-orbital grooves moderately wide; lachrymal with its postero-dorsal free edge produced laterally into a pair of conspicuous wings. a®, Vomer tapering anteriorly to a point; beak stout and wide, not conspicuously narrower at the tip ; anterior palatine vacuity very wide, not bounded by a flattened ledge on either side; palatines elongated, ventral surface conspicuously keeled posteriorly. a', Temporal fossa deep, nearly meeting in mid-dorsal line. Fulmarus, b*. Temporal fossa shallow, divided by the roof of a distinct cerehellansprominenCoperceccecseseiseseeseseerasesa-ae= Daption. b°, Anterior end of vomer more or less hidden by the maxillo-palatine processes, which meet in the middle line; palatines short and broad, proximal end zo¢ conspicuously keeled ; anterior palatine vacuity narrow, bounded on either side by a flattened ledge; beak more or less conspicuously depressed, the extreme form resembling that OleB Alen ce pSunsermcnvecccteceeseteassaateadeeces sane Prion. ce°. Vomer terminating anteriorly ina long spine; palatines elongated ; beak slender. ce’, Anterior limb of free bifid end of lachrymal longest; inter- orbital region of frontals less than width of supra-orbital groove. Thalasseca. d‘. Posterior limb of bifid end of lachrymal longest and directed backwards ; interorbital region of frontals much greater than width of supra-orbital grooves ...............0e0008 strelata. 6". Supra-orbital grooves divided by a thin bony ridge ... Priocella. DIOMEDEID 4. a, Interorbital region of frontals broad ; antorbital plate not extending out- wards to the level of the outer margin of the lachrymal; with a well- marked tubercle lying between the mammilary processes. a'. Interorbital region of frontals not exceeding } of the width of the frontals between the lachrymals; pterygoid ends of the frontals becoming abruptly wider in the region of a line drawn through the median Palen THO KEE e235. sa. iede uaknstanes cc chceattecs Adee tenovesdommanece Diomedea. Prog. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No, XX VII, 20 e 406 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21, b'. Width of interorbital region of the frontals exceeding 3 that of the frontals between the lachrymals ; pterygoid ends of the palatines gently widening from behind forwards .............c.seseeeseesenees Thalassogeron. 6, Interorbital region of frontals reduced to a narrow median ridge ; antorbital plate extending outwards to the level of or beyond the outer border of the lachrymal ; no tubercle between the mammillary processes. Phebetria. B. VERTEBRZ. All the presynsacral vertebree are free and heteroccelous ; the centra of the thoracie bear more or less conspicuous lateral depressions and are often highly pneumatic; only the 2nd—5th or 6th cervicals bear neural spines ; all the cervi- cals from the 2nd bear ribs in the form of elongated and very slender styles, they become free and bear a distinct capitulum and tuberculum on the last 3 vertebrze (cervico-dorsals) ; the free caudal vertebrae bear distinct intercentra, and in the larger species the neural arch of each is provided with a pair of processes directed forwards and embracing the neural spine of the vertebra next in front; catapophyses of cervicals never meeting in mid-ventral line to form a canal. A. Many if not all the thoracic vertebree bear elongated hypapophyses, of which the cephalad are bifid...............02-0e-ceeceseenereeee Proceliartide. B. Thoracic yertebre without hypapophyses..................... Diomedeide. C. SternumM AND PrctoraL GIRDLE. The posterior border of the sternum may be either notched orentire. In the former the anterior coracoid border is produced forwards beyond the level of the anterior lateral process. In the latter the anterior coracoid border does not project far forwards. The base of the coracoid is always of great width, and the furculum articulates by ligament with the antero-ventral angle of the carina. A. Pneumatic foramina of the dorsal surface of the sternum, when present, never very conspicuous, and confined to the anterior region of the middle line ; carina sharply defined throughout the whole length of the sternal plate; spina interna absent ........00....01.:.00se-cneerceen enero Procellariide. a. Coracoid grooves forming markedly oblique angles with the long axis of the sternum ; base of coracuid more than 3 as broad as long; articular surfaces of sternal ribs extending backwards far beyond the anterior lateral processes. a'. Posterior border of the sternum entire ; clavicle with a hypocleideum ; spina externa pointed. a'', Hypocleideum small ; width of posterior border of sternum much less (ama) Tee MOVIE BETIS cogagnosdcosocnonnaDeosdonsDoDonVODASSEnAOne Procellaria. 6". Hypocleideum long. a®, Width of posterior border of sternum=length of long axis of sternal plate; carina unfenestrated ...........0...006 seecees Cymodroma. b®. Carina fenestrated ; posterior border of sternum wider than length Git Movies ESSE condognoadcaosoq0ancanso0sdoobuDDpauosodadEoNGEDD OA0 Fregetta. e®, Carina fenestrated ; with posterior border of sternum less than long axis; anterior lateral process only slightly projecting above the base of the coracoid ; width of base of coracoid falling far short of length of its lomg AXIS ....0.....cc.cesnseeececerceceenneee Oceanites. d3, Metasternum projecting beyond the posterior lateral processes ; carina fenestrated ; anterior lateral processes projecting con- siderably over the base of the coracoid ; width of coracoid at base nearly equal to the length of the shaft; width across posterior border of sternum less than its long axis ............ Pelagodroma, 1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 407 b'. Posterior border of sternum with four deep notches; spina externa Jaihevals, Gye 1S7T EL cheesdaoboasagenedaor eaiteecaeats dosdnaonnodsadias .. LPuffinus. Majaqueus. Bulweria. Prion. (Estrelata. Pagodroma. ce’, Outer pair of notches obliterated or feebly developed (sometimes forming TENNESSEE) gnoconbocosecagsacacsencnooqedddecsncoLacuosospnocdeacu, Priocella. Thalasseca. Fulmarus. Priofinus. d'. Posterior border of sternum with 4 very slight notches ; corpus sterni with pneumatic opening on anterior region of dorsal surface. Ossifraga. b. Coracoid grooves forming a right angle with the sternum ; base of coracoids not more than } the width of the long axis; sternal ribs almost en- tirely confined to anterior lateral process ; furculum without a distinct hypocleideuin ; posterior border of corpus sterni entire... Pelecanoides, B. Pneumatic foramina of dorsal surface of sternum conspicuous, extending along the whole length of median line of the sternum ; carina merging into the sternal plate some distance in front of the metasternum ; posterior lateral processes projecting far beyond the level of the metasternum. Diomedeide. D. Petvic GIRDLE. Pre- longer than post-acetabular ilium ; ischium produced far backwards in the form of a long narrow bar of bone, its free end deflected and firmly bound to, or even fused with, the pubis, so that the obturator fissure is closed behind; obturator foramen never completely shut off from the fissure. A. Pre-ilia not meeting in the mid-dorsal line above the neural crest of the synsacrum ; innominate free. a. Size small, total length of pelvis not exceeding 1-4 in. ; postacetabular ilium with its dorsal border obliquely truncated and ill-defined ; free ends of ischium and pubis fused. a’. Obturator fissure very narrow; pre-ilia widely separated ; obturator foramen open posteriorly ; lumbar enlargement of synsacrum large and lyingn front of the acetabular region. a'', Pre-iliw® not expanded distally ...............2.2+20+ . Procellaria. 6". Pre-ilifim expanded distally .............0.c0.sesecesseees Oceanodroma . b’. Obturator fissure very wide ; lumbar enlargement of synsacrum slight, lying in mid-acetabular region. c''. Pre-ilia not rising beyond the level of the base of the synsacral neural crest; obturator foramen separated from the fissure by a joroadi/ ban otsbonemec-c--en sere ecaeeiea neces aecilla sistem em Pelagodroma. a. Pre-ilia rising to the level of the top of the neural crest, or nearly so. a?. Obturator foramen and fissure confluent. at, Dorsal border of pre-ilium pressed closely to the lumbar en- largement, which is almost entirely preacetabular; greatest width of synsacrum about 4 its length ............ Oceanites. b*. Dorsal border of pre-ilium separated by a deep groove from the lumbar enlargement; greatest width of synsacrum about 3 its ROHS tiles ce secacwaes emteebs ned tqie eared sstdonse eee Cymodroma, 6°. Obturator foramen separated from the fissure by a broad bar of bone ; pre-ilia pointed in front ...........:..-eeeeeeeee Fregetia. 27* 408 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [ Mar. 21, b. Size larger, not less than 24 in. (Bulweria alone excepted); postacetabular ilium with dorsal border well-defined and terminating in a well-marked spine. c'. Pre-ilium moderately broad and expanded distally, resting upon the synsacrum and partly concealing it; ischium having its free end more or less sharply deflected. e'. Post-ilium with flattened dorsal aspect, rapidly tapering to form a laterally-compressed blade-like edge, terminating in a spine; obtu- rator foramen an elongated oval twice length of the acetabulum ; free end of ischium bent at right angles to long axis, narrow and HOA UG) A) FOIA) = Snoonubonanonssoba08 nrodonaRdoannenoDoNa: Puffinus. Majaqueus. j''. Post-ilium slightly or not at all compressed dorsally; pubis projecting distinctly beyond the ischium; ischium with broad flattened foot closely articulating with pubis. c?, Ischiadic foramen nearly circular; dorsal border of pre-ilium concave. c, Width of dorsal aspect of post-ilium rapidly decreasing from before backwards; post-iliac spine ill-defined ... Thalasseca, d+, Width of dorsal aspect of post-ilium broad throughout ; post- iliac spine well defined > .ceeeeecsce sect etee: see eeeraee Priocella. d®. Ischiadic foramen oval; dorsal border of pre-ilium straight. e*, Thoracic vertebra immediately in front of pre-ilium fused with synsacrum. a°. Entire length of pelvis not less than 3} in. ...... Fulmarus. 6°. Entire length of pelvis not exceeding 23 in. ...... Daption. e®, Lumbar enlargement forming a distinct tumid swelling in front of acetabulum. f+. Ischium never completely fused with pubis posteriorly. ce. Anterior border of pre-ilium obliquely truncated ; ischium it TEMPTS! Ho) EW HITANE) JOXOMIANG Gonna 30 scecdioonbeosoqcceeouhon CHstrelata. d®. Anterior border of pre-ilium squarely truncated ; ischium of equal width throughout <......0...-.0.....0sssesesee- Bulweria. g*. Pubis completely fused posteriorly with ischium ... Prion. d'. Pre-ilium reduced to narrow bars, separated one from another by the whole width of the synsacrum; ischium in the form of a long slender spine running directly backwards .............s.seeseeeeeeee Pelecanoides. B. Pre-ilia meeting in the mid-dorsal line above the synsacral neural crest ; suture dividing innominate bones from synsacrum almost or quite ob- literated. a. With a more or less well-marked pectineal process; free end of ischium turning downwards in a strong curve; pubis of uniform thickness throughout; cavity of pelvis not divided into anterior and posterior TS ALMUS AO): 2) estasaee saecae-a6>0.56qb+ cone pobanennebedodroecsboshHAes he Ossifraga. b. No pectineal process ; free end of ischium not abruptly curved ; cavity of pelvis distinctly divisible into anterior and posterior renal fossx; ribs of sacral vertebrae extending across renal cavity immediately behind ace tallouliimn caters an ccratelos oe rem neem eistiatis site aiciesioniectesiemetisieissat ... Diomedea, E. Prororat Lime. Humerus with a shallow coraco-humeral groove; a triangular pectoral crest not extending far down the shaft; crista inferior very small, formed for the most part by the downwardly-directed tubercelui inferius; with a large ect- epicondylar process, aud a more or less deep fossa for the brachialis internus ; the sub-trochanteric fossa is in no case of more than medium size, and never subdivided into two; the ulna is without an olecranon process; the phalanx of the pollex and the 2nd phalanx of Me. LI. are of great length. 1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THD TUBINARES. 409 A. Humerus non-pneumatic ; crista inferior never inflated along its free edge. Proceilariide. B. Humerus pneumatic; crista inferior inflated along its preaxial border ; sub-trochanteric fossa small, receiving several pneumatic foramina. Diomedeide. KF. Prrvic Lives. All the bones non-pneumatic; tibio-tarsus with a greatly enlarged ecto- enemial crest forming a large flabelliform crest rising high above the articular surface ; with an extensur bridge; outer and middle toes of equal length ; ballux more or less vestigial ; tibio-tarsus with a more or less well-marked intercotylar tubercle; 1st phalanx of D. I. = to or longer than that of D. IIT. PAGEL Y OLAL SUS: COMM LOR goss Sarid on no keseecclstas deistesuios ameseeeaeaerss Procellariide. a. Tarso-metatarsus longer than the outer toe. a’. Ungual phalanges flattened; basal phalanx of middle toe as long as or longer than next two taken together (forbes). a", 'Tarso-metatarsus markedly longer than the outer toe, grooved an- teriorly throughout, its length = $3 that of the tibio- tarsus ; ph. 1 of D. II. longer than ph. 1, D. ITI. & IV. ............ Cymodr Oma. 6". Tarso- metatarsus much longer than outer toe; trochlea all in same plane; grooved anteriorly, much flattened distally antero-pos- teriorly ; 3 toes nearly = ph. 1, D. II. & Iil., = longer than IV. Pregetta. c''. Tarso-metatarsus longer than outer toe, 3 as long as tibio-tarsus; fibular ridge scarcely longer than the width across the proximal articular surface of the tibio-tarsus ; basal phalanges of D. II. and THOT, Ss gyal lice (rey (lovty Ost IVS | Scooneesdoosoeconecacnes Oceanites. d', Tarso-metatarsus much longer than the outer toe, 3 as long as tibio- tarsus, with a shallow groove throughout its whole length ; basal phalanges D. I. and I11.=ana longer than IV.; outer and middle HOGS CCUM Al). acecpgeonsisgeceldaneateteneecaeemaccks Meson ees Pelagodroma. b'. Ungual phalanges pointed ; basal phalanx of middle toe shorter than next two joints (Horles). e''. Tarso-metatarsus only slightly longer than the outer toe; fibular TIC ZCLO DSO] EhOH a. sengchensdsstcere wena cayeaeceatectnc ace aclscbens Procellaria. 6, Tarso-metatarsus shorter than outer toe, but much longer than femur. c'. Fibular ridge obsolescent. f''. Tarso-metatarsus faintly grooved anteriorly, its outer border raised INCOR, SHAPE BOL eae ter cee taas were eet ae cect a nehasets secs ee Puffinus. g'. Tarso-metatarsus deeply grooved anteriorly, outer border not con- spicuously developed ................ nontoagooesonngnsunapssios Bulweria, d'. Fibular ridge distinct. kh”. Tarso-metatarsal groove nearly obsolete .................000 Daption. Prion. z', Tarso-metatarsus grooved anteriorly and posteriorly ... (Zstrelata. d) Hs ” ”? ” a’, Groove deeper, length not exceeding 24 in............. Majaqueus, 48, Groove shallower, length not less than 3# in. ......... Ossifraga. c. Ie sus shorter than outer toe, scarcely longer than femur, k''. Tarso-metatarsal groove obsolescent, hallux present. ce’. Hctocnemial crest stronger; shaft of tibio-tarsus not exceeding Oe eaeace ecu ace cuatee uso atac uaa seaneausea abe wae seee Thalasseeca, ah. Ectocnemial crest weaker ; shaft of tibio-tarsus not exceeding Sale ceases sce SobpdgndumnecuaesobdooUoEbonES caonal earoc Priocella. i’. Tarso-metatarsal grooye obsolescent ; halluxabsent ... Pelecanoides. B. Hypotarsus simple; ectocnemial large, forming an acute hele with the entocnemial crest proximally ; ; fibular ridge scarcely raised above haif of SITENNE — copneoanaoncocboncase spa0cedKsn0 SacosoconTonooDCo soos bsosocnooensoos Diomedeide, 410 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21, xii. List oF WorKS REFERRED TO OR CONSULTED. 1. Bepparp, F. E.—Structure and Classification of Birds. 1898. 2. Brpparp, F. E.—‘‘ Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral Column of Birds.” P. Z.8. 1897. 3. Branpt, J. ¥.—“ Beitriige zur Kennt. der Naturgesch. der Vogel.” Mém. Acad. Imp. des Sciences St. Petersbourg, ser. vi. vol. 11. 1839-40. 4, Eyton, EH. C.—Osteologia Avium. London, 1867, pp. 222-4, oils 5. F orBEs, W. A.—‘“‘ Report on the Anatomy of the Tubinares.” ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. iv. pt. xi. pp. 1-64, pls. i—viii., 1882. 6. Forpus, W. A.—‘“ On the Petrel called Vhalassidroma nereis... and its Affinities.” P. Z. 8S. 1881, pp. 735-737. 7. Firprincer, M.—Untersuch. zur Morphol. und Systemat. der Vogel. IL. Allegem. Theil, 8. 1588. 1888. 8. Gapow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Vogel, 1891, Anatom. Theil. 9. Gavow, H.—Ibid., Syst. Theil. 1893. 10. Garrop, A. H.—“ On certain Muscles of the Thigh in Birds.” P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 626-644; 1874, pp. 111-123, pl. xvii. 11. Garrop, A. H.—“ Notes on the Anatomy of Pelecanoides urinatriv.” Coll. Sci. Papers, 1881, p. 521. 12. Huxtzy, T. H.—<‘ On the Classification of Birds.” P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 455. 13. LyprKkKnr, R.—Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus., 1891. 14. Miznz-Epwarps, A.—Reécherches pour servir a |’ Histoire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France, vol. i. p. 301 et seq., 1867-68. 15. Pycrarr, W. P.—‘ Contributions to the Osteology of Birds (Steganopodes).” P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 82-101, pls. vii. & viii. 16. Pycrarr, W. P.—‘‘ Contributions to the Osteology of Birds (Impennes).” P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 958-89. 17. Remuarpt, J.—“* Om en hidtil ubekjendt Knogle i Hoved- skallen hos Turakverne (Musophagides).” Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. For. Kjébenhavn, 1870, pp. 826-341. 18. Satvin, O.—Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., vol. xxv., 1896. 19. Sensoum, H.—Classification of Birds. 1895. 20. Suarps, R. B.—Review of Recent Attempts to Classify Birds. 1891. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Pruate XXII c.p.=cerebellar prominence. $.¢.=sagittal crest. e.r.=coronal ridge. sq.p.W.=squamoso-parietal wing. .=lachrymal. s.0.g.=supraorbital ridge. nm.=nasal. $.0.1,= 0 ledge. n.pmx,=nasal process of premaxilla. _#.f.=temporal fossa. g.=quadrate. The Dorsal Aspect of the Skull. Fig. 1. The skull of Puffinus kuhli, nat. size, to show the large temporal 1899.] OSTHOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 411 fossz, the backward position of the squamoso-parietal wings, the sagittal crest, coronal ridge, and large supraorbital grooves and lachrymals. Fig. 2. The skull of Prion vittatus, nat. size (p. 389), to show the great de- velopment of the upper jaw, the form of the supraorbital grooves, the cerebellar prominence, temporal fossze, and fused lachrymals. Fig. 3. Skull of Proceliaria pelagica, nat. size (p. 404), to show the feebly- developed supraorbital grooves and the great width of the inter- orbital region of the frontals. g. 4, The skull of Cymodroma melanogaster, nat. size (p. 404), to show the form of the supraorbital grooves, the spine-like wings of the free end of the squamosal, and the lachrymals, which are partly separated from the frontals by a space. ig. 5. The skull of an Albatross, Diomedea exulans, } nat. size (p. 404), to show the great size of the supraorbital groove and ledge, and the shallow femoral fosse, confined to the lateral surface of the cranium. ig. 6. The skull of Oceanites oceanicus, nat. size (p. 40+), to show the form of the supraorbital grooves. KF — F a Q Puate XXIII, Additional Letters. als.=alisphenoid. m.=meatus internus. a,0.p.=antorbital process. mes. = mesethmoid. ant.=autrum of Highmore. op. = opisthotie. Cdn ep 5 Pe p.= parietal, b.p.=basipterygoid process. pa.=palatine. bt.p.=basitemporal platform. par., pr.=parasphenoid. d.s.=basisphenoid. pn.ap.=pneumatic aperture, c.b.v.=cerebral vein. pro.=prodtic. cu.g. + pr.ap.—Eustachian groove+ pt.=pterygoid. pneumatic aperture. $.0.=supraoccipital. ep.o.=epiotic. 5.8. =squamosal spine. ex. =exoccipital, sq. =squamosal. J.f.=floccular fossa. tr, =temporalis recess. fr.=frontal. v=vomer. h.pt.=hemipterygoid. v.f.=vagus foramen. Fig. 1. Lateral aspect of skull of nestling Oceanodroma leucorrhoa, outer view, X 2 (p. 393), to show the unclosed sutures. Fig. 2. Lateral inner view, longitudinal section, of same skull (fig. 1), x2, to show unclosed sutures. Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of palatines, pterygoid, and vomer, x2 (p. 396), to show the form and relations of the hemipterygoid. Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of a portion of fig. 3, x3, outer view, to show relations of hemipterygoid. Fig. 5. Ventral aspect of Pelecanoides garnoti, nat. size (p. 383), to show the form and great size of the basitemporal platform. Fig. 6. Dorsal aspect of the yomer and neighbouring parts of the skull of Diomedea exulans, } nat. size (p. 390). Fig. 7. Lateral aspect of same dissection as fig. 6, to show form of vomer, 3 nat. size (p. 391). Note in figs. 6, 7, and 8 the antrum of Highmore. Fig. 8. Ventral aspect of skull of Diomedea exulans, to show the schizognathous palate, 2 nat. size (p. 390). 412 HEER F, BE. BLAAUW ON THE [Mar. 21, 2. On the Breeding of the Weka Rail and Snow-Goose in Captivity. By F. E. Braauw, C.M.Z.S. [Received February 15, 1899.] I. Ton WexkA Ratu (Ocydromus australis). A pair of Wekas, kept in a small enclosure in my park, began to exhibit the first signs of breeding in the end of February of last year (1898). The birds became very noisy and were heard screaming in concert, as well during the day as during the night. The male became extremely attentive to the female, and, if fed with bread or anything else that was acceptable to him, would take as much of the food in his bill as it could possibly hold, and run towards the female, calling her by a peculiar drumming noise. As soon as she came to him, he would give her the whole of his provisions, and would only eat himself what she left. He delighted so much in feeding her that, if she were present whilst the food was thrown before them, he would snatch it away from her in great haste to present it to her afterwards. The beginning of the nesting-operations was a rather deep circular hole, which the male excavated with his powerful bill under a box-tree. The female soon began to join him in this work, and afterwards would sit in it whilst the male went about in search of material for the nest. This consisted of loose grass and hay, but chiefly of grass dug out with the roots adhering to it, which he would bring in big mouthfuls to the female, who set it im order about her. This went on for several days, the nest growing very large considering the size of the birds. It measured ulti- mately fully 25 inches across, the borders being raised about 11 inches, whilst the depression in the middle was so deep as to almost entirely hide the bird which sat in it. Both male and female took part in the construction of the nest, but the bringing and collection of the materials seemed to be exelu- sively the work of the male. On the 26th of March the first egg was laid, and the following five were laid with generally, but not always, one day between each egg. The eggs are of a buffish white. with lighter and darker red spots, which have the appear- ance of some being on the surface of the shell and of others being under it. The eggs resemble closely those of Aramides ypecaha trom the Argentine Republic. After three eggs had been Jaid the birds began to sit, each sitting alternately. The male sat mostly during the night and the female during the day, but sometimes, though seldom, the reverse would occur. This lasted during a fortnight, and I thought everything was going on as it should, when, one morning, I was much grieved to find that all the eggs were eone—eaten by the parent birds, as | found out afterwards, and the whole nest was left in disorder. A few days after this catastrophe the Rails began to pair again and to build a new nest. Again eggs were laid, seven in number 1899.) BREEDING OF THE WEKA RAIL AND SNOW-GOOSE. 413 this time, and the birds commenced to sit. My hopes of a good result ran high, as special orders had been given not to disturb the birds on any account, because I had attributed their former bad behaviour to some annoyance that had put them out of temper. During ten days incubation took place quite regularly, when again the nest was found turned upside down, with six of the eggs broken or eaten by the birds, who were still busy at this most unnatural proceeding. The seventh egg was saved and put under a bantam-hen, which brought it to maturity, so that in due time a very lively little black Weka-Rail chicken burst the shell. Incubation had lasted, including the ten days during which the Rails had sat, 28 days. The chick was of nearly uniform slightly brownish black all over, with jet-black eyes, a slightly curved black bill, and stout reddish-black legs. The down being very long and stiff, gave the bird a very fluffy appearance, and a great resemblance to the chick of the Common Fowl. In the chick of Aramides ypecaha the down is much shorter and velvety in texture, so that the form of the body remains plainly visible. The curious resemblance between the eggs of Aramides ypecaha and Ocydromus australis is, therefore, not continued in the chicks of these two very different members of the Rail family. The little Ocydromus-chick uttered constantly a sharp piping note, and showed almost from the first day the intelligent boldness of its parents. It soon found out that its foster-mother had little patience in feeding it from its bill, as was expected by the little Weka, and that it had to look to the keeper’s fingers for its supply of food, which chiefly consisted of small earthworms and little crumbs of bread. I had every reason to believe that it would thrive, when, unfortunately, it was discovered that it preferred mealworms to everything else. These consequently were given to it, but seemed to have disagreed with it, for its digestion became diserdered, and after a couple of days’ illness it died when just a week old. The old birds went on making nests and laying a great number of eggs. Several of these were eaten, as the first two clutches were; a number were also saved and placed under common hens, but they all proved to be unfertilized, so that I did not succeed in getting any more chicks. ‘his strange propensity of eating their own eggs was not restricted to this individual pair of birds, as another pair let loose in a wooded enclosure of about three acres behaved in just the same way. The birds made a nest, sat on the eggs during a few days, and then destroyed everything. This last pair was of a most ferocious disposition, and the male even destroyed some young Rheas which were running about along with their father in the same enclosure. They also killed other birds. All Wekas are remarkable for their tameness and intelligent behaviour, so that, where their destructiveness is no hindrance, they make very amusing pets. They use their wings only when 414 ON THE WEKA RAIL AND SNOW-GOOSE. [Mar. 21, running about, on which occasions they will keep them uplifted at different angles to their body. ‘They can dig deep holes in the eround with their bills, and use this power to make their escape under a fence. My two pairs differed much in size; and in the larger pair the ground-tone of the plumage was very rufous, whilst in the smaller pair the ground-tone was more dusky. In both pairs, the males were larger than the temales. They seem to be very hardy birds, as they walk about most contentedly in the snow. II. Tue Snow-Goose (Chen hyperboreus). Since the year 1887 I have possessed a pair of the white Snow- Goose (Chen hyperboreus). These birds were kept in company with a number of other aquatic birds on a small piece of ornamental water in my park. LHvery spring they paired, got very much excited, and attempted to wander away, but no eggs were laid. Three years ago I purchased what was supposed to be a pair, but which soon turned out to be two males of the Blue or Cassin’s Snow-Goose (Chen cerulescens). One of these males constantly followed the pair of White Snow-Geese, and as he seemed not to be too intrusive, he was, after some lame attempts on the part of | the white male to drive him away, allowed to do as he liked. This went on for two years, when, in the spring of 1898, the blue male began to assert himself more and more, and finally got the mastership over the white male, and entirely monopolized the white female. In the end of May they were frequently seen to pair, and one of the first days in June a nest was made near the edge of the pond, on a heap of dry reeds that happened to be there, and the first egg was laid. With one day between each egg, two more eggs followed, and the female, after having plucked an abundant supply of down from her own breast, began to sit. A curious thing now occurred. ‘The blue male kept active watch near the nest, and attacked furiously every living thing that came near. ‘The white male, however, who had taken the most lively interest in the proceedings of his unfaithful spouse, not being allowed to come near the nest, kept watch on the other side of the water, just opposite the sitting bird, and there kept the coast clear, in exactly the same way as did the blue male on the side where the female actually sat. Between the two the female was very successfully taken care of, for no accident happened, and on the 8th of July, that is after an incubation of 29 days, the three eggs produced three chicks, which were of a dark olive-green colour, ranging into slaty black on the upperside and into yellowish on the belly. The feet and legs and also the bill were black. As for fear of Crows and vermin the family had to be removed into some sate place, I thought it right to give the white male some compensation for all he had had to undergo, and to reunite him with his rightful partner, leaving the usurper in the pond. Both the white birds seemed to be quite happy with this arrange- - 1899. ] ON HARES FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 415 ment, and took the greatest care of the chicks, as if everything was as it should have been. The little birds grew extremely fast, so that at the age of seven weeks they were almost of the size of the parents, fully feathered, and able to fly. These first feathers presented a brownish slaty- grey colour all over the bird, the wing-coverts and _tertiaries having lighter edges, the whole of the plumage being very glossy. The legs and bills, which had gradually turned from black into grey, now began to show signs of assuming the pinkish colour proper to the adult bird of this species. On the bills the pink became visible in stripes or lines. At the age of eleven weeks the heads got white feathers and the brownish body-feathers began to be replaced, especially at the sides, by the more bluish-grey ones of the adult Cassin’s Snow- Goose. At the present time (February 3rd, 1899) the heads are nearly white and the rest of the bodies are nearly moulted, the brownish-grey feathers being replaced by bluish-grey ones; so there is little doubt but that they will assume the typical plumage of Chen cerulescens without any undue mixture of white. As when two good species cross, the offspring nearly always presents the mixed appearance of the parents, I consider this result of the interbreeding of my Blue and White Snow-Geese as an additional proof, if such were wanted, of the non-yalidity of the White and Blue Snow-Geese as separate species. The two forms being only colour-variations, there was no reason for a mixed coloration in the offspring. The young have simply taken the colour which is probably most adapted to the circumstances under which the birds live. In this case it was the plumage of Ohen cerulescens. Judging from these facts, I also think it probable that the intermediate forms which are found in North America in a wild state are not so much the result of the interbreeding of the typical White and Blue forms, as the produce of a range of country where the circumstances which formed the White or Blue forms are not sufficiently pronounced. 3. On two Hares from British East Africa, obtained by Mr. Richard Crawshay. By W.E. pe Winton, F.Z.S. [Received March 6th, 1899.] (Plate XXIV.) Mr. Richard Crawshay, who is so well known as a traveller and contributor to our knowledge of the fauna of Africa, has lately sent to the National Collection two Hares from British East Africa. One of these belongs to an already described but little known species, hitherto recorded only from North-eastern Somaliland ; the other is a very distinct and apparently undescribed form, which I propose to name, in honour of the collector, Lepus crawshayt. 416 ON HARES FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. [ Mar. 21, Lupus somMaLensis Heuglin, Nov. Aci. Acad. Leop. 1861, XXVill. p. 5. This is a pale-coloured Hare, with a more or less strong wash of black owing to the outer hairs being mostly black-tipped; the ears are very long, edged with black at the extreme tips only, inner margin dull yellow; the nape is pale fawn; throat dull sand-colour; there are no distinct lines between the colours of the upper and under surfaces; there is a wash of yellow on the edge of the dark colour on the inside of the thighs; the tail has a clear black broadish line above. Collector's note :—‘ Ukamba, 5000 ft., Athi Plains, July 15th, 1898. Weight about 34 lbs. This Hare frequents the bare open plains of the Upper Athi River, where there is not a tree for miles and miles.”—2#. C. Measurement of the ear in the dry specimen 120 millim. The upper incisors are moderate in width, with the front surfaces level; the grooves are placed near the inner edge, they are shallow, diverging inwardly, and entirely tilled with cement. The back of the nasal bones is gradually bowed from the out- ward edge, forming a wide V. This Hare is closely allied to LZ. tigrensis Blanf., from Abyssinia, and probably that species does not differ much except in being rather larger. It would also stand very close to L. egyptius in an arrangement of the genus. LEPUS CRAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV.) General colour very dark, all the hairs broadly tipped with black, subterminal band golden, the hair rather straight and shining; the nape, forelegs inside and out, throat, and a line between the colours of the upper and lower surfaces bright rust- coloured; the face is very rich black and goid; the ears are moderate, with a black spot on the back of the tips; the tail is rather long, with a broad band of black above. Incisors rather narrow, flat in front. The only specimen is labelled—“ ¢. Neugia Kitwi, 3400 ft., Oct. 1898. Shot im barren hills amongst thorny scrub where there is no fresh vegetation. Weight 34 lbs.’—R. C. Measurement of the ear in the dry specimen 97 millim. Outwardly this Hare closely resembles L. whytei from Nyasaland, but the points of the fur are black, and not dark brown as in that species. The skull of L. crawsh«yi is about the size of that of L. whytei ; the nasals are shorter, and the face-line droops more than in that species ; the fronto-nasal suture forms a deep V in the middle line. The rather narrow upper incisors are quite flat, the inner aud outer sides of the grooves being on the same level; whereas in L. whyter these teeth are very broad, the part on the inner side of the groove projects considerably, and on the outer side of the 1899.) ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 417 groove there is a second shallow furrow ; the teeth of L. victorie are also very broad, with the inner portion much raised, the outer portion slopes off considerably, being at the same time depressed towards the middle: thus the skulls of these three Hares are readily recognized by a glance at their incisors. ‘lhe enamel-folds forming the grooves in the upper incisors of this new Hare are lance-shaped, cutting straight into the teeth antero-posteriorly, and completely filled with cement. The folds of the enamel in the teeth of L. whytei are almost globular, with a peak in the middle line posteriorly. Those in the teeth of ZL. victorie are more com- plicated, the sides diverging considerably, forming two points postero-laterally with a concave hinder margin. The discovery of distinctive characters in the incisor teeth of Hares is entirely due to the researches of Dr. Forsyth Major, with whom I have had the good fortune to be associated and who is now engaged in writing on that subject; these characters were pointed out to me as likely to assist in the determination of species, and I have found them most valuable. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. Lepus erawshayi, sp. nov., p. 416. 4, On two small Collections of Butterflies made by Mr. Richard Crawshay during 1898 in British East Africa. By Artour G. Burien, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, Natural History Museum. [Received February 27, 1899.] (Plate XXV.) Towards the end of last year we received a box of Lepidoptera from Mr. Crawshay containing 83 Butterflies and 218 Moths, chiefly collected at Machako’s; and, in January of the present year, a second consignment of 35 Butterflies, 148 Moths, and a Dipteron’, chiefly collected en route trom Machako’s to Naugia (or Neugia). The present paper gives an account of the Butterflies in these two series ; the Moths will eventually be worked out by Sir George Hampson. As usual, Mr. Crawshay has sent home nearly the whole of the specimens in admirable condition, and has carefully labelled the whole with exact locality, date of capture, and in some cases with the altitude at which they were obtained ; notes on the habits are often added, as well as the colouring of the eggs obtained from the bodies of gravid female examples. Three new species are described in the present paper—Acrwa * According to Mr. Austen a Dichetometopia (possibly D. #ssel/ata, Macq.). 418 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Mar. 21, astrigera, Scolitantides crawshayi, Pyrgus machacosa, as well as the females of Hveres kedonga (the male of which was described last year by Mr. Grose-Smith) and of Phrissura nyasana, the male of which I described and figured in these ‘ Proceedings ’ for 1896. Other species of especial mterest are Castalius gregorit, Scolitan- tides stellata (which we previcusly only possessed from Nyasaland), Chrysophanus abbotti, Stugeta bowkeri, Teracolus celimene, Synchloe glauconome (previously only received from near Aden),